FF1 - Telekomunikacije
3DQDVRQLF®
Technical Manual
Section 400
Programming
United Kingdom
ICX Version 2.5
issued August 1998
The contents of this document are subject to change without notice
and do not constitute a commitment on the part of Matsushita
Communication Industrial Co., Ltd. (MCI). Every effort has been
made to ensure the accuracy of this document. However, due to
ongoing product improvements and revisions, MCI cannot guarantee
the accuracy of printed material after the date of publication, nor can it
accept responsibility for errors or omissions. MCI will update and
revise this document as needed.
The software and hardware described in this document may be used or
copied only in accordance with the terms of the license pertaining to
said software or hardware.
© 1998 by Matsushita Communication Industrial Co., Ltd. (MCI)
All rights reserved.
Table of Contents: Section 400-Programming
Introduction to ICX Programming ................................................ Intro-1
Before You Begin...............................................................................................Intro-3
Preparations for Programming.....................................................................Intro-3
Initialising a New Phone System.................................................................Intro-4
System CPC Modes .....................................................................................Intro-8
Understanding FF-Key Programming................................................................Intro-13
FF-Key Programs: Software Structure ........................................................Intro-13
FF-Keys and Other Keys Used in Programming Mode ..............................Intro-16
How to Enter Programming Mode ..............................................................Intro-19
Verifying the Software Version....................................................................Intro-19
Sample Address Entries...............................................................................Intro-20
Default Settings..................................................................................................Intro-22
0. System Configuration................................................................. 0-1
1. System Programming (FF1) ....................................................... 1-1
FF1 0: System Common.....................................................................................1-9
FF1 0 01: General 1 .....................................................................................1-9
FF1 0 02: General 2 .....................................................................................1-22
FF1 0 03: Extension COS Definitions........................................................1-35
FF1 0 04: Exchange Line COS Definitions.................................................1-88
FF1 0 05: Serial Ports ..................................................................................1-94
FF1 0 06: Serial Port Output Data ...............................................................1-102
FF1 0 07 and 08: PBX Parameters ..............................................................1-105
FF1 0 09: Call Logging Output Format.......................................................1-107
FF1 0 10 and 11: Call Restriction Between COS ........................................1-108
FF1 0 12, 13, and 14: MOH Source ............................................................1-110
FF1 0 15, 16, and 17: SSD Blocks ..............................................................1-113
FF1 0 18: Synchronised Clock ....................................................................1-116
FF1 0 19: TRS Class for Forced Account Codes ........................................1-117
FF1 0 20: Ext.No. Display for Closed-Number Calls .................................1-118
FF1 0 21: Ring Alarm for Unanswered Calls..............................................1-119
FF1 0 22: Dealer Programming ID Code ....................................................1-121
FF1 0 23 and 24: Voice Mail Codes ............................................................1-122
FF1 0 25: Caller ID Add Digits ...................................................................1-125
FF1 0 26: DISA ID Codes ...........................................................................1-126
FF1 1: System Timers ........................................................................................1-128
FF1 1 01: Exchange Line Timer 1...............................................................1-128
FF1 1 02: Exchange Line Timer 2...............................................................1-140
FF1 1 03: Extension Timer 1 .......................................................................1-151
FF1 1 04: Extension Timer 2 .......................................................................1-158
FF1 2: Dial Plan .................................................................................................1-167
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page i
Table of Contents
Section 400-Programming
FF1 3: MCO Access in Tenant Groups ..............................................................1-176
FF1 4: DDI/CLI Tables ......................................................................................1-183
FF1 5: Not Used .................................................................................................1-192
FF1 6: Not Used .................................................................................................1-192
FF1 7: Not Used .................................................................................................1-192
FF1 8: Digital Pad Settings ................................................................................1-193
2. Exchange Line Programming (FF2) .......................................... 2-1
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines...............................................................2-7
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines ...............................................................................2-38
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines ............................................................................2-60
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use) .......................................................................2-86
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)..............................................................2-115
3. Extension Programming (FF3)................................................... 3-1
FF3 0: Digital Keyphones and SLTs ..................................................................3-3
FF3 1: S-Point ISDN Extensions .......................................................................3-28
FF3 2: Virtual Ports............................................................................................3-40
FF3 3: RAI Extension Port.................................................................................3-45
4. FF-Keys and Soft Keys (FF4) ..................................................... 4-1
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM/24 Units ......................4-7
FF4 1: FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles ................................................................4-14
FF4 2: Soft Keys on Display Phones .................................................................4-19
5. Groups (FF5) ............................................................................... 5-1
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group ............................................................................5-3
FF5 1: Extension Hunt Groups ..........................................................................5-13
FF5 2: MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Groups................................................5-19
FF5 3: MCO Inbound Exchange-Line Groups...................................................5-21
FF5 4: Paging Groups ........................................................................................5-22
FF5 5: Hot Line Group.......................................................................................5-24
FF5 6: Call Pickup Groups.................................................................................5-26
6. TRS(Call Barring)/ARS (FF6)...................................................... 6-1
FF6 0: TRS/ARS Common ................................................................................6-5
FF6 0 00: Leading Digits Table ...................................................................6-5
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table ...................................................................6-11
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions ............................................................................6-16
FF6 1 00: TRS Class: Path Settings (non-ARS)..........................................6-16
FF6 1 01: TRS Class: Originator Settings (TRS/ARS) ...............................6-19
Page ii
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Table of Contents
FF6 1 02: TRS Class: Dialling Restrictions ................................................6-22
FF6 1 03: TRS Class: SSD Range ...............................................................6-26
FF6 2: ARS Settings...........................................................................................6-27
FF6 2 00 thru 02: Time List Tables .............................................................6-27
FF6 2 03: Route List Table ..........................................................................6-30
FF6 2 04: Route Table .................................................................................6-38
FF6 2 05: Digit Modify Table......................................................................6-40
FF6 2 06: Authorisation Codes....................................................................6-43
FF6 2 07: Closed Number Table..................................................................6-44
FF6 2 08: Tandem Exchange Table .............................................................6-47
7. Applications (FF7)....................................................................... 7-1
FF7 0: Built-In Voice Mail .................................................................................7-3
FF7 1: Built-In ACD ..........................................................................................7-10
FF7 2: API..........................................................................................................7-16
8. Maintenance (FF8) ...................................................................... 8-1
FF8 0: Dealer Maintenance................................................................................8-4
FF8 0 00: Large-LCD FUNCTION SYSTEM Assignments ......................8-4
FF8 0 01: Traffic Control.............................................................................8-14
FF8 0 02: Exchange Line Names ................................................................8-19
FF8 0 03: Alarms.........................................................................................8-21
FF8 0 04: Card Settings ...............................................................................8-23
FF8 0 05: Line Control ................................................................................8-25
FF8 0 06: ISDN Channel Control................................................................8-35
FF8 0 07: Bus Monitor (for factory use) .....................................................8-37
FF8 0 08: Table Dump.................................................................................8-39
FF8 0 09: Memory Dump............................................................................8-40
FF8 0 10: DDI/CLI Names..........................................................................8-41
FF8 1: User Maintenance ...................................................................................8-42
FF8 1 00: System Clock ..............................................................................8-42
FF8 1 01: Personal Speed Dial (PSD) .........................................................8-44
FF8 1 02: System Speed Dial (SSD) ...........................................................8-46
FF8 1 03: Extension Names.........................................................................8-49
FF8 1 04 thru 06: ID Codes .........................................................................8-50
FF8 1 07: Special Days/Times.....................................................................8-53
FF8 1 08: Walking TRS Codes....................................................................8-61
FF8 1 09: Call-Foward Destination .............................................................8-62
FF8 1 10: Caller ID Log Extensions............................................................8-64
Appendix A. Programming Structure........................................... A-1
Index.................................................................................................. Index-1
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page iii
Table of Contents
Section 400-Programming
List of Tables
Table Intro-1. Auto-Configuration settings for CODE Rotary Switch set to “1” .........................Intro-7
Table Intro-2. ICX programming structure .................................................................................Intro-14
Table Intro-3. Sample Programming Addresses..........................................................................Intro-20
Defaults for 0: SYSTEM CONFIGURATION ...........................................................................Intro-22
Defaults for FF1: SYSTEM PROGRAMMING .........................................................................Intro-22
Defaults for FF2: EXCHANGE LINES......................................................................................Intro-30
Defaults for FF3: EXTENSIONS ...............................................................................................Intro-36
Defaults for FF4: FF-KEY/SOFT KEY FEATURE ASSIGNMENTS.......................................Intro-38
Defaults for FF5: GROUPS ........................................................................................................Intro-39
Defaults for FF6: TRS(CALL BARRING)/ARS........................................................................Intro-40
Defaults for FF7: APPLICATIONS ............................................................................................Intro-42
Defaults for FF8: MAINTENANCE...........................................................................................Intro-43
Table 0-1. Free Slot/Option Slot card types (01 and 02 addresses) ....................................................0-8
Table 1-1. Interaction between Virtual Key LED Answer Control #1 and #2 settings .....................1-13
Table 1-2. Extension COS addresses and defaults ............................................................................1-35
Table 1-3. Exchange Line COS addresses and defaults ....................................................................1-88
Table 1-4. SSD Block Table (FF1 0 17) ..........................................................................................1-115
Table 1-5. Maximum/Minimum Dialling at Intercom Dial Tone (FF1 2 01)..................................1-167
Table 1-6. Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at dial tone (FF1 2 02).........................................1-169
Table 1-7. Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at dial tone (FF1 2 03) .........................................1-171
Table 1-8. Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at ringback tone (FF1 2 04).................................1-173
Table 1-9. Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at ringback tone (FF1 2 05) .................................1-173
Table 1-10. Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at busy tone (FF1 2 06) .....................................1-174
Table 1-11. Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at busy tone (FF1 2 07)......................................1-175
Table 1-12. Exchange-Line Group/Chain List assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (FF1 3 01) ....1-178
Table 1-13. Advanced Routing: Exch.Line Group Chains (FF1 3 02)............................................1-180
Table 1-14. Tenant Groups: Inbound Exchange-Line Groups (FF1 3 03) ......................................1-182
Table 1-15. DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side) FF1 4 02 (0001-5756)...............................................1-185
Table 1-16. DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side) (FF1 4 04) .................................................................1-188
Table 1-17. DDI Dialling for ISDN “S” Point (FF1 4 05) ..............................................................1-190
Table 1-18. Digital Pad Settings for Extension Pad Class 1-8 (FF1 8 01) ......................................1-194
Table 1-19. Digital Pad Settings for Exchange Line Pad Class 1-8 (FF1 8 02 0001-0240)............1-196
Table 1-20. Digital Pad Settings for Exchange Line Pad Class 9-16 (FF1 8 02 0241-0480)..........1-197
Table 1-21. Digital Pad Settings for BGM (FF1 8 03)....................................................................1-198
Table 1-22. Digital Pad Settings for Paging Port Adapter (FF1 8 04) ............................................1-199
Table 1-23. Digital Pad Settings for 3-Party Conference (FF1 8 05)..............................................1-201
Table 1-24. Digital Pad Settings for 8-Party Conference (FF1 8 06)..............................................1-202
Page iv
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Table of Contents
Table 3-1. Account Codes and their interaction with TRS/Call Barring for outbound calls ............3-22
Table 4-1. FF-Key/Soft Key Fixed Feature Codes..............................................................................4-2
Table 6-1. Leading Digits Table: FF6 0 00 (001-100) (0001 thru 0006) Hold ...................................6-5
Table 6-2. Analyse Digits Table: FF6 0 01 (001-500) (0001 thru 0006) Hold .................................6-11
Table 6-3. TRS Level for Path: FF6 1 00 (01-50) Hold (0001-0099) Hold (0-9) Hold ....................6-16
Table 6-4. TRS Class: TRS/ARS Levels: FF6 1 01 (01-50) (0001 thru 0003) Hold ........................6-19
Table 6-5. TRS Class: Dialling Restrictions: FF6 1 02 (01-50) (0001 thru 0004) Hold...................6-22
Table 6-6. Time List Tables #1 thru #4: FF6 2 02 (0-3) (01-50) (0001-0010) Hold.........................6-29
Table 6-7. Route List Table: FF6 2 03 (001-100) (0001 thru 0014) Hold ........................................6-30
Table 6-8. Route Table: FF6 2 04 (001-200) (0001 and 0002) Hold ................................................6-38
Table 6-9. Digit Modify Table: FF6 2 05 (01-50) (0001 thru 0003) Hold ........................................6-40
Table 6-10. Closed Number Table: FF6 2 07 (001-150) (0001 thru 0005) Hold ..............................6-44
Table 6-11. Tandem Exchange Table: FF6 2 08 (01-50) (0001 thru 0004) Hold..............................6-47
Table 8-1. List of Available Feature Codes .........................................................................................8-5
Table 8-2. “FUNCTION SYSTEM” Default Assignments at Idle/Dial Tone (FF8 0 00) ..................8-9
Table 8-3. Traffic Control Timing Storage (FF8 0 01 0)...................................................................8-16
Table 8-4. Card Verification (FF8 0 04 1) .........................................................................................8-24
Table 8-5. TEI Layer 2 Error Counter (FF8 0 05 2)..........................................................................8-32
Table 8-6. ISDN Channel Lockout (FF8 0 06)..................................................................................8-35
Table 8-7. Trigger Codes (FF8 0 07 0 [01-15]).................................................................................8-38
Table 8-8. Keys for Speed-Dial Number Entry.................................................................................8-44
Table 8-9. Keys for Speed-Dial Number Entry.................................................................................8-46
Table 8-10. Holidays (FF8 1 07 1) ....................................................................................................8-56
Table 8-11. Special Days of the Month (FF8 1 07 3) ........................................................................8-60
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
ICX-25-400
0: System Configuration (page 0-1) ...............................................................A-1
FF1 0: System Common (page 1-9) ..............................................................A-1
FF1 1: System Timers (page 1-128)...............................................................A-5
FF1 2: Dial Plan (page 1-167)........................................................................A-7
FF1 3: MCO Access (page 1-176) ...............................................................A-10
FF1 4: DDI/CLI (page 1-183) ......................................................................A-11
FF1 5: Not Used (page 1-192) .....................................................................A-11
FF1 6: Not Used (page 1-192) .....................................................................A-11
FF1 7: Not Used (page 1-192) .....................................................................A-11
FF1 8: Digital Pad Settings (page 1-193).....................................................A-12
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines (page 2-7) .......................................A-17
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines (page 2-38)......................................................A-18
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines (page 2-60)...................................................A-20
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page v
Table of Contents
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Program Structure for
Page vi
•
Section 400-Programming
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (USA only) (page 2-86)..............................................A-21
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (USA only) (page 2-115) ..................................A-22
FF3 0: Extension Settings - Digital Keyphones and SLTs (page 3-3)..........A-24
FF3 1: S-Point ISDN Extensions (page 3-28)..............................................A-25
FF3 2: Virtual Ports (page 3-40) ..................................................................A-25
FF3 3: RAI Extension Port (page 3-45) .......................................................A-25
FF4: FF-Key/Soft Key Assignments (page 4-1) ..........................................A-26
FF5: Groups (page 5-1) ................................................................................A-26
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS (page 6-1) .....................................................A-27
FF7: Applications (page 7-1) .......................................................................A-29
FF8 0: Dealer Maintenance (page 8-4) ........................................................A-30
FF8 1: User Maintenance (page 8-42) .........................................................A-35
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Table of Contents
List of Figures
Figure Intro-1: Phone keys during Programming Mode (12-key Large Display).......................Intro-16
Figure Intro-2: Phone keys during Programming Mode (12-key Small Display).......................Intro-17
Figure Intro-3: Phone keys during Programming Mode (24-key Small Display).......................Intro-18
Figure 0-1: CCU Building-Block Configurations ...............................................................................0-2
Figure 0-2: Sample 3rd-party VM connection to the ICX ..................................................................0-4
Figure 0-3: CCU Slots.........................................................................................................................0-6
Figure 0-1: DDI Dialling to ISDN S-Point (example) ....................................................................1-189
Figure 2-1: BRI Point-to-Multi-Point connection .............................................................................2-62
Figure 4-1:
Figure 4-2:
Figure 4-3:
Figure 4-4:
Figure 4-5:
FF-key layout on a Small Display phone .........................................................................4-9
FF-key layout on an EM/24 unit ......................................................................................4-9
FF-key layout on a DSS/72 Attendant Console .............................................................4-14
Soft key layout on a Large Display phone .....................................................................4-20
Soft key layout on a Small Display phone .....................................................................4-20
Figure 6-1: TRS Levels comparison to allow/block the call.............................................................6-18
Figure 8-1: Soft Key Numbering for Large-LCD FUNCTION SYSTEM Features (FF8 0 00).........8-4
Figure 8-2: Name Assignments using a Large Display phone..........................................................8-20
Figure 8-3: Name Assignments using a Small Display phone..........................................................8-20
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page vii
Table of Contents
Page viii
•
Section 400-Programming
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction
Introduction
Introduction to ICX Programming
0
This Introduction is an overview of programming an ICX phone system using
a Panasonic ICX phone.
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
The following table summarises the topics contained in this Introduction.
FF1
FF1
System
System
Topic
Page
Before You Begin
Intro-3
FF2
Preparations for Programming
Intro-3
FF2
Trunks
Initialising a New Phone System
Intro-4
Trunks
CPC Reset (“RAMCLEAR”)
Intro-4
FF3
Initial Settings (Manual)
Intro-5
FF3
Extensions
Auto-Configuration (for single-CCU systems only)
Intro-6
Extensions
System CPC Modes
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Intro-8
Codes 0-3: Switch Operation Mode
Intro-8
Code 4: System Diagnostic Mode 1 - Memory
Intro-8
Code 5: System Diagnostic Mode 2 - LSI
Intro-9
Code 6: CPC Copy
Intro-9
Software Upgrade Procedure via the PC Card
Groups
FF6
Intro-10
Software Upgrade Procedure for CPC-96 and CPC-288
Intro-11
Software Upgrade Procedure for CPC-576
Intro-12
Understanding FF-Key Programming
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Intro-13
FF-Key Programs: Software Structure
Intro-13
FF-Keys and Other Keys Used in Programming Mode
Intro-16
How to Enter Programming Mode
Intro-19
Verifying the Software Version
Intro-19
Verifying the Extension Port/Exchange Line Port
Intro-19
Sample Address Entries
Intro-20
Default Settings
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Intro-22
Defaults for 0: SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
Intro-22
Defaults for FF1: SYSTEM PROGRAMMING
Intro-22
Defaults for FF2: EXCHANGE LINES
Intro-30
Defaults for FF3: EXTENSIONS
Intro-36
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
FF4
•
Page Intro-1
Appendix A
Appendix B
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Defaults for FF4: FF-KEY/SOFT KEY FEATURE ASSIGNMENTS
Intro-38
Defaults for FF5: GROUPS
Intro-39
Defaults for FF6: TRS(CALL BARRING)/ARS
Intro-40
Defaults for FF7: APPLICATIONS
Intro-42
Defaults for FF8: MAINTENANCE
Intro-43
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-2
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction to ICX Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Before You Begin
This section describes preparations that should be completed before you start
programming. If you are already familiar with ICX FF-key programming,
you can begin programming as soon as these preparations have been made.
0
System
Configuration
However, if you are not familiar with FF-key programming, read
Understanding FF-Key Programming on page Intro-13 before you begin.
FF1
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
Preparations for Programming
Before programming the phone#Vystem, make sure the following steps have
been completed:
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
1. Confirm that the purchased phone system meets the customer’s feature
requirements. See Section 700-Feature Operation for feature descriptions.
FF4
2. Confirm that all hardware required for the selected features has been obtained.
See Section 300-Installation for details.
FF-/Soft Keys
3. Use Section 450-Configuration Forms & Tables to record the customer’s site data.
Use the following guidelines when completing Configuration Forms & Tables:
• Be sure to record all program entries.
• Leave the default values for equipment that is not connected.
• Pay careful attention to program items that require a power-down to take
effect. Be sure to complete the necessary programming in these areas before
you make the system operational.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
4. To program a system for the first time, you must first initialise the software to
default values (see Initialising a New Phone System, next page).
FF7
Applications
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Once these steps are completed, use the customer’s site data recorded in
Forms & Tables, as well as this Section 400-Programming, to program the
phone system.
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
IMPORTANT: A display phone is required for FF-key programming.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-3
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Initialising a New Phone System
CPC Reset (“RAMCLEAR”)
0
After installing a phone system for the first time, the CPC (Central Processing Card)
should be reset to default values before programming the system.
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
System
Configuration
IMPORTANT: This procedure must be performed before you program
the system; otherwise, the system will not work.
FF1
The switches, buttons and LEDs in the following
steps are located on the CPC card.
FF2
System
The CPC-576 Card
Trunks
1. Set the CODE rotary switch to 2.
FF3
FF3
2. Set the RAM HOLD switch to OFF.
Extensions
3. Press and hold in the MODE button, then
press the RESET button or power-on the
system.
• Wait for the MJ (Major) and MN (Minor)
LEDs to come on before releasing the
MODE button.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
4. Move the RAM HOLD switch to ON.
• Wait for the system to power itself off,
then back on.
• All display phones should now show
“Welcome to ICX” on the top line.
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
5. At any installed display phone, press ON/
OFF. This will bring up Programming Mode,
and display the software version number.
FF7
Extensions
RUN LED (FPU)
RUN LED (MPU)
MJ LED
FF4
MN LED
FF-/Soft Keys
RESET button
CODE rotary switch
FF5
Groups
MODE button
RAM HOLD switch
FF6
TRS/ARS
MOH plug-in
FF7
Applications
Applications
6. Perform Initial Settings for the system,
either manually via Programming Mode
(see next page) or by choosing a set of
preprogrammed initial settings (see pg.
Intro-6).
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-4
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction to ICX Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Initial Settings (Manual)
Introduction
1. Perform the following programming settings. These settings are the minimum
required to make the system work:
• System Size (see pg. 0-5)
00 Hold (1-6) Hold
• Free Slot Assignment* (see pg. 0-6)
01 (1-6) (01-12) Hold (1-99) Hold
• Option Slot Assignment* (see pg. 0-7)
02 (1-6) (13 or 14) Hold (50 or 61) Hold
• System Date/Time (optional; see pg. 8-42)
FF8 1 000 Hold (yymmdd) Hold (hhmm) Hold (1=Monday, 2=Tuesday, ...
7=Sunday) Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
The CPC-288 Card
FF4
#########([W
FF-/Soft Keys
* Eventually, most cards will be automatically
detected when they are installed.
FF5
FF2
Extensions
4#-$1#:('#3=33
FF-/Soft Keys
System
FF3
4. Wait for the system to power itself off, then
back on. All display phones should read:
FF4
FF1
Trunks
2. Press ON/OFF to exit Programming Mode.
3. On the CPC card, press RESET (and release
quickly).
0
System
Configuration
CN3
(for PC Upgrade Kit)
FF5
RUN LED (FPU)
RUN LED (MPU)
MJ LED
MN LED
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Groups
FF6
RAM HOLD switch
TRS/ARS
RESET button
FF7
CODE rotary switch
FF7
Applications
MODE button
Applications
MOH plug-in
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-5
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Auto-Configuration (for single-CCU systems only)
Introduction
This procedure will automatically configure a single-CCU system for a selectable set
of pre-defined settings (see table, next page).
1. Set the CODE rotary switch to 1.
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
The CPC-96 Card
2. Set the RAM HOLD switch to OFF.
3. Hold in the MODE button on the CPC card,
and either press the RESET button or poweron the system.
• Wait for the MN LED to come on before
releasing the MODE button.
FF1
System
FF2
FF1
System
CN3
(for PC Upgrade Kit)
FF2
4. Move the RAM HOLD switch to ON.
Trunks
Trunks
5. At an installed extension display phone, press
ON/OFF. The phone should display:
FF3
RUN LED (MPU)
MJ LED
3DWWHUQ##&=3
Extensions
FF3
MN LED
##5DQJH##=##4##0##9
Extensions
RAM HOLD switch
FF4
6. Dial the desired System Configuration
Pattern No. 1-6 (see table, next page).
RESET button
7. Press HOLD.
MODE button
8. Press ON/OFF.
MOH plug-in
CODE rotary switch
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Successful completion will be indicated by
the system returning to normal operating
mode (the main screen will appear on the
phone):
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
9. Wait for the initialise auto-configuration
process to complete.
Groups
FF4
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
00:07 Wed JAN 01
100
EXT100
3(5621$/ ',$/
6<67(0 ',$/
(;7(16,21
)81&7,21 6<67(0
)81&7,21 (;7
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
352*
&21)
0,&
0(18
35(9
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
1(;7
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-6
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction to ICX Programming
Section 400-Programming
10. After the Auto-Configuration process is complete, change the CODE rotary
switch back to “2” (to avoid accidental memory erasure in the future).
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
Table Intro-1. Auto-Configuration settings for CODE Rotary Switch set to “1”
Trunks
FF3
0
System
Configuration
-- Free Slots --
System
Config.
Pattern
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
FF1
1
ExchLn EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
1-8
100-107 108-115 116-123 124-131
2
ExchLn EXT
EXT
VM (4-port)
1-8
100-107 108-115 VPU Ext.600-603,
in Hunt Group 1
3
ExchLn ExchLn EXT
EXT
EXT
1-8
9-16 100-107 108-115 116-123
4
ExchLn ExchLn ExchLn EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
1-8
9-16
17-24 100-107 108-115 116-123 124-131 132-139 140-147 148-155 156-163 164-171
5
ExchLn ExchLn ExchLn EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
VM (8-port)
not used
1-8
9-16
17-24 100-107 108-115 116-123 124-131 132-139 140-147 VPU Ext.600-607,
in Hunt Group 1
System
FF2
Introduction
Extensions
6
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
ExchLn ExchLn ExchLn ExchLn EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
EXT
1-8
9-16
17-24
25-32 100-107 108-115 116-123 124-131 132-139 140-147 148-155 156-163
FF4
NOTES:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-Key Assignments: On the auto-configured extensions, FF1=ExchLn#1; FF2=ExchLn#2; ... FF32=ExchLn#32.
FF-/Soft Keys
Ringing: On Extensions 100 and 101, ExchLns#1 thru #32 will ring the extension for incoming calls.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
EXT Assignments: Can be either AEC or DEC cards. The system will automatically detect these cards when they
are installed.
Built-In VM (in Pattern 2): VPU Ports 1-4 are assigned Extension Nos. 600-603, and included in Hunt Group #1.
Hunting method is Pilot Distributed. However, the Hunt Group’s pilot number is not assigned.
Built-In VM (in Pattern 5): VPU Ports 1-8 are assigned Extension Nos. 600-607, and included in Hunt Group #1.
Hunting method is Pilot Distributed. However, the Hunt Group’s pilot number is not assigned.
Patterns 1-3: (all countries except USA) Intended for CAB-40.
USA only: If Pattern 2 is used, be sure to change the FS-5 card assignment (VSSC Card always goes in FS-11).
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-7
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
System CPC Modes
The ICX offers several system CPC modes,
which are automatically entered upon system
startup (depending on current configuration’s
needs). These CPC modes provide a way to
perform functions such as the following:
0
System
Configuration
❒
FF1
❒
System
❒
❒
FF2
❒
The CPC-576 Card
normal system operation
clearing of data at startup
automatic or manual reading of system size
diagnosing memory
diagnosing LSI
0
System
Configuration
RUN LED (FPU)
FF1
RUN LED (MPU)
System
MJ LED
MN LED
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
RESET button
Codes 0-3: Switch Operation Mode
FF3
The Switch Operation Mode executes normal
system switching operation on the basis of
stored (programmed) data.
Extensions
CODE rotary switch
FF3
MODE button
Extensions
RAM HOLD switch
To enter Switch Operation Mode:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
1. Make sure the RAM HOLD switch is ON.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
MOH plug-in
2. Set the CODE rotary switch to either 0, 1, 2,
or 3.
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
3. Press RESET or power-on the system.
4. As the system starts up, the MJ (Major) then
the MN (Minor) LEDs light. When the startup sequence is complete and the CPC
card is in normal operation mode, the RUN LEDs blink.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Code 4: System Diagnostic Mode 1 - Memory
TRS/ARS
FF7
CAUTION: This procedure interrupts call processing. Make certain to perform this test when it has
the least impact on the system.
This procedure analyses the memory on the CPC card.
FF8
FF6
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
1. Set the CODE rotary switch to 4 and the RAM HOLD switch to OFF.
2. Press and hold RESET.
3. When the MJ LED lights, release RESET and change the CODE rotary switch as
follows:
• 2 (D-RAM status information test)
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page Intro-8
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Appendix A
Appendix B
Introduction to ICX Programming
Section 400-Programming
• 3 (S-RAM programming information test)
• 5 (dual-port RAM test)
Introduction
Introduction
4. Press and release the MODE button.
• MN LED blinks during testing.
0
System
Configuration
0
5. When the MN LED goes off, the test is passed. If the LED does not extinguish,
the memory does not pass the test.
6. After the test is passed, restart the system in the desired mode.
FF1
System
Configuration
FF1
System
System
Code 5: System Diagnostic Mode 2 - LSI
FF2
Trunks
CAUTION: This procedure interrupts call processing. Make certain to perform this test when it has
the least impact on the system.
FF2
Trunks
This procedure analyses the LSI on the CPC card.
FF3
FF3
1. Set the CODE rotary switch to 5 and the RAM HOLD switch to OFF.
Extensions
Extensions
2. Press and hold RESET.
3. When MJ LED lights, release RESET and change the rotary switch as follows:
• 2 (D-RAM status information test)
• 3 (S-RAM programming information test)
• 5 (dual-port RAM test)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Groups
5. When the MN LED goes off, the test is passed. If the LED does not extinguish,
the memory does not pass the test.
FF6
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
4. Press and release the MODE button.
• MN LED blinks during testing.
Groups
FF4
FF6
TRS/ARS
6. After the test is passed, restart the system in the desired mode.
FF7
Code 6: CPC Copy
Applications
CAUTION: This procedure interrupts call processing. Make certain to perform this procedure when it
has the least impact on the system.
FF8
This procedure copies the contents of a programmed CPC card (“original CPC”) to
another CPC card (“new CPC”).
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
NOTE: Before performing CPC Copy, be sure to first RAMCLEAR the new CPC.
Follow the instructions on pg. Intro-4.
NOTE: The new CPC cannot have a lower capacity than the original CPC. For instance, a
CPC-288 cannot be copied to a CPC-96 (only to another CPC-288 or to a CPC-576).
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-9
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
1. Power-off the system.
Introduction
2. The original CPC should be mounted in the “CPC” slot of the main CCU, with its
CODE rotary switch set to “6” and its RAM HOLD switch “ON.”
0
3. (USA only - not required in all other countries) If the system is to use pooled line
(MCO) access, cut the MCO strap on the new CPC (labeled “J1” on a CPC-96 or
CPC-288, or “J7” on a CPC-576). Otherwise, MCO trunk groups won’t be
copied.
FF1
4. Place the new CPC into the “OP2” slot of the main CCU, with its RAM HOLD
switch “ON.”
System
Configuration
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
5. Power-on the system. On the original CPC in the “CPC” slot ...
• MJ LED should light.
• MN LED should blink, indicating start of copy.
• When the MN LED goes out, the copy process is complete.
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
6. Power-off the system.
FF3
Extensions
7. Remove the new CPC from the “OP2” slot.
8. If the original CPC is being left in the “CPC” slot, return its CODE rotary switch
to “2.”
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
0
System
Configuration
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Software Upgrade Procedure via the PC Card
Groups
There are two hardware components in a software upgrade:
This card looks like a 3-1/2” diskette, but is more
The PC Card
rectangular in shape. The PC Card stores all the software
upgrade data.
This is a PCB with a special connector on the edge, and a
The PC Upgrade Kit
slot on its surface to hold the PC Card.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-10
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction to ICX Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Software Upgrade Procedure for CPC-96 and CPC-288
1. Power-off the system.
2. On the CPC card, take note of the current
arrow position on the CODE rotary switch
(you’ll be setting it back to this position after
the upgrade). Then turn it to:
❒ “2” for New Software Release or
❒ “4” for Software Upgrade.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
3. Insert the PC Card into the slot on the PC
Upgrade Kit, with the PC Card’s label facing
up.
FF2
Trunks
4. Plug the PC Upgrade Kit into the special
connector (CN3) on the edge of the CPC-96
or CPC-288 card. The connectors are shaped
so that the Upgrade Kit can plug-in only one
way. (It is not necessary to remove the CPC
card to do this.)
FF3
Extensions
5. Power-on the system.
❒ The “MN” LED on the CPC card will
fast-blink for a few minutes while the
system’s Flash ROM is upgraded.
❒ When the upgrading is complete, the
“MN” LED will extinguish.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Introduction
The CPC-288 Card
0
System
Configuration
CN3
(for PC Upgrade Kit)
FF1
System
RUN LED (FPU)
RUN LED (MPU)
MJ LED
MN LED
FF2
RAM HOLD switch
FF3
RESET button
Extensions
Trunks
CODE rotary switch
MODE button
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
MOH plug-in
FF5
Groups
6. Power-off the system again.
7. Unplug and remove the PC Upgrade Kit from the CPC card.
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
8. On the CPC card, set the CODE rotary switch back to the position it was in before
the upgrade.
TRS/ARS
FF7
9. On the CPC card, press and hold down the MODE button, then power-on the
system. Keep holding the MODE button down until the “MN” LED starts flashing
red. The following events should occur in this order:
❒ The “MN” LED will intermittently flash red. (Release the MODE button.)
❒ The “RUN” LED will flash red.
❒ The “MN” LED will stop flashing.
❒ On installed display phones, “Welcome to ICX” will display.
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
10. On the CPC card, press the RESET button.
❒ After a few seconds, the system will power itself off, then back on.
All display phones should show the normal menu at idle.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-11
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Software Upgrade Procedure for CPC-576
1. Power-off the system.
The CPC-576 Card
0
2. Remove the old PC Card from the CPC-576,
and insert the new PC Card.
FF1
3. On the CPC card, press and hold down the
MODE button, then power-on the system.
Keep holding the MODE button down until
the “MN” LED starts flashing red.
System
Configuration
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
RUN LED (FPU)
FF1
RUN LED (MPU)
System
MJ LED
4. Wait until the RUN (top two) LEDs blink
continuously and the bottom two (MJ and
MN) LEDs remain extinguished.
❒ On installed display phones, “Welcome to
DBS” should display on the top line.
MN LED
FF2
Trunks
RESET button
CODE rotary switch
5. On the CPC card, press the RESET button.
❒ After a few seconds, the system will shut
off, then power-on automatically.
❒ “INITIALIZING” will briefly appear on
one of the installed display phones while
the system resets itself.
❒ The CPC LEDs should return to normal
(top two LEDs blinking continuously;
bottom two LEDs off).
❒ All installed display phones should show
the normal, main menu:
MODE button
FF3
RAM HOLD switch
Extensions
FF4
MOH plug-in
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
00:07 Wed JAN 01
100
EXT100
3(5621$/ ',$/
6<67(0 ',$/
(;7(16,21
)81&7,21 6<67(0
)81&7,21 (;7
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
352*
&21)
0,&
0(18
35(9
1(;7
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-12
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction to ICX Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Understanding FF-Key Programming
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
FF-Key Programs: Software Structure
Program entries for the ICX are
organised into 9 primary groups:
FF1
System
0
1 or FF1
2 or FF2
3 or FF3
4 or FF4
5 or FF5
6 or FF6
7 or FF7
8 or FF8
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
System
PROGRAM V1.00
System Configuration
System Settings
Exchange Lines
Extensions
FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Groups
TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Applications
Maintenance
35,17
+<3+(1
3$86( %/.B83
63'B,' %/.B'2:1
352*
&21)
FF7
FF8
FF1
FF2
4
7
8
:
;
PRS
Each group (except for 0: System
Configuration) has its own Flexible
Function key (“FF-key”) on the phone.
On digital key telephones, the FF-keys
are numbered left-to-right, starting on the
bottom row (FF1, FF2, FF3, etc.).
FF5
Groups
35(9
1(;7
FF3
FF4
FF5
FF6
'1'2&)
JKL
9
,17
TUV
<WXY
0,&
/,1(
Trunks
0(18
MNO
3
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2
0,&
5ABC 6DEF
GHI
See table, next page for a more detailled
breakdown of these groups.
FF4
&23<
3$67(
)/25
0(025<
+2/'
TRS/ARS
After entering Programming Mode, dial "0" to
access System Configuration settings.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
press the desired FF-key to start programming the entries (“addresses”) in the FFkey group. OR...
❒ press the digit key “2” to enter Exchange Line Programming; or “3” to enter
Extension Programming; etc.
❒
FF7
FF4
Speakerphone
After you enter Programming Mode (see instructions on pg. Intro-19):
FF6
Extensions
5(',$/
2122))
92/80(
FF3
Applications
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
In any case, the phone’s LCD display will prompt you through the addresses.
NOTE: You must assign the “0: System Configuration” settings before the system
will work.
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
IMPORTANT: A display phone is required for key programming.
A Large Display phone is recommended because of the automatic
display of One-Touch Key (1-10) functions.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-13
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Table Intro-2. ICX programming structure
FF-Key
Programming Group
0 (no FF-key)
SYSTEM CONFIGURATION:
System Size
Free Slot Assignment
Option Slot Assignment
00:
01:
02:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
01:
02:
03:
04:
05:
06:
07-08:
09:
10-11:
12-14:
15-17:
18:
19:
20:
21:
22:
23 and 24:
25:
26:
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1 1 ...
FF5
01:
02:
03:
04:
Groups
FF6
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
8:
FF2
FF2
FF2
FF2
FF2
FF2
FF8
Maintenance
FF3
FF3
FF3
FF3
Appendix B
Page Intro-14
•
System Common
General 1
General 2
Extension COS Definitions
Exchange Line COS Definitions
Serial Ports
Serial Port Output Data
PBX Parameters
Call Logging Output Format
Call Restriction Between COS
MOH Source
SSD Blocks
Synchronised Clock
TRS Class for Forced Account Codes
Ext.No. Display for Closed-Number Calls
Ring Alarm for Unanswered Calls
Dealer Programming ID Code
Voice Mail Codes
Caller ID Add Digits
DISA ID Codes
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
System Timers
Exchange Line Timer 1
Exchange Line Timer 2
Extension Timer 1
Extension Timer 2
FF5
Dial Plan
MCO Access
DDI/CLI Tables
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Digital Pad Settings
FF6
Groups
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
EXCHANGE LINES:
0:
0:
1:
2:
2:
FF3
Appendix A
0
System
Configuration
SYSTEM PROGRAMMING:
FF1 0 ...
FF1
Introduction
Analog Exchange Lines
AC-15 Private Lines
ISDN Exchange Lines
T1-CO Lines (USA only)
T1-E&M Tie Lines (USA only)
FF8
Maintenance
EXTENSIONS:
0:
1:
2:
3:
Key Telephones/SLTs
ISDN Extensions
Virtual Ports
RAI Ports
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
Introduction to ICX Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Programming Group
FF4
FF-KEY/SOFT KEY FEATURE ASSIGNMENTS:
FF4 0:
FF4 1:
FF4 2:
0
System
Configuration
FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM/24s
FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles
Soft Keys on Display Phones
FF5
FF5
FF5
FF5
FF5
FF5
FF5
FF5
FF1
System
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
FF6
FF2
FF6 0 ...
Trunks
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF7
FF7 0:
FF7 1:
FF7 2:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF8
FF8 0:
FF8 1:
FF7
System
Configuration
Attendant Hunt Group
Extension Hunt Groups
MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Groups
MCO Inbound Exchange-Line Groups
Paging Groups
Hot Line Group
Call Pickup Groups
FF1
TRS(CALL BARRING)/ARS:
FF2
System
01:
02:
00:
01:
02:
03:
TRS Class Definitions
TRS Class -- Path Settings (TRS/non-ARS)
TRS Class -- Originator Settings (TRS/ARS)
TRS Class -- Dialling Restrictions
TRS Class -- SSD Range
FF6 2 ...
00-02:
03:
04:
05:
06:
07:
08:
FF4
0
GROUPS:
TRS/ARS Common
Leading Digits Table
Analyse Digits Table
FF6 1 ...
FF3
Introduction
FF-Key
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
ARS Settings
Time List Tables
Route List Table
Route Table
Digit Modify Table
Authorisation Code
Closed Numbering
Tandem Exchange
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
APPLICATIONS:
Built-In Voice Mail
Built-In ACD
API
FF6
TRS/ARS
MAINTENANCE:
Dealer Maintenance
User Maintenance
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-15
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
FF-Keys and Other Keys Used in Programming Mode
While in Programming Mode, the phone keys can perform special functions such as
copying, scrolling, etc. The following illustrations describe these keys and their
functions during Programming Mode on each type of phone.
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Figure Intro-1: Phone keys during Programming Mode (12-key Large Display) ##
FF1
System
(12-key Large Display phone shown)
4
35,17
5
FF2
Trunks
Prints data setting.
(no effect)
6
+<3+(1 Inserts a dash "-" into a speed-dial no.
7
3$86(
8
63'B,' Inserts a "don't-access-outside-line"
message into a speed-dial no.
Inserts a pause into a speed-dial no.
&23<
9 Copies settings of the displayed port or FF-key.
3$67(
: Pastes settings to the current port or FF-key.
< Scrolls up through ports (5, 4, 3, 2,...).
Trunks
PROGRAM V2.5
&23<
3$67(
7
FF4
8
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
352*
&21)
)):
));
))4
))5
4
Groups
7
:
GHI
PRS
FF6
0,&
0(18
))6
))7
:
9
MNO
,17
<
WXY
0,&
5
6
8
JKL
;
TUV
/,1(
0(18
(no effect)
(no effect)
35(9
1(;7
Backs
out of
programs
to Main
Menu.
Toggles
forward
through
Main
Menu.
<
FF3
Extensions
FF4
43
1(;7
))8
'1'2&)
Moves to
the setting
in certain
FF4, FF7
and FF8
addresses.
0,&
;
35(9
DEF
ABC
))9
)/25
)):
));
))4
))5
FF-/Soft Keys
))6
))7
))8
))9
FF1: to System Programming
FF2: to Exchange Line Programming
FF3: to Extension Programming
etc.
FF5
Groups
5(',$/
NOTE: To enter 0: System Configuration, dial "0".
3
TRS/ARS
9
+<3+(1
3$86( %/.B83
63'B,' %/.B'2:1
6
&21)
Goes back
to beginning
of Programming Mode.
Extensions
35,17
FF2
43 Scrolls down through ports (5, 6, 7, 8,...).
%/.B'2:1
FF3
5
System
; (no effect)
%/.B83
352*
4
FF1
0(025<
FF6
2122))
92/80(
+2/'
)/25
TRS/ARS
Erases the displayed setting.
Speakerphone
Backs out to the previous menu level. Or, if an
5(',$/ incorrect setting is dialled, press REDIAL (instead
FF7
Applications
of HOLD) to re-display the previous setting.
/,1(
92/80(
(no effect)
Scrolls through
addresses:
down, to end
(5, 6, 7, 8, ...)
FF8
Maintenance
up, to beginning
(5, 4, 3, 2, ...)
+2/'
Saves the displayed
setting, and moves
to the next address.
Or (at menu level)
moves to the next
sub-menu, going
deeper into the
same menu.
Backs out to the previous menu level. Or, inserts
Applications
0(025< special dialling codes into SSD/PSD numbers.
First button dialled to enter Programming Mode.
2122)) Or, exits Programming Mode.
FF8
Maintenance
IMPORTANT: A display phone is required for key programming.
Appendix A
FF7
Appendix A
A Large Display phone is recommended because of the automatic
display of One-Touch Key (1-10) functions.
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-16
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction to ICX Programming
Section 400-Programming
NOTE: Programming keys work differently for FF7-Applications after you punchin the “Detail Setting” address. For FF7 0, see Section 510: Built-In Voice Mail with
2-Way Call Recording. For FF7 1, see Section 520: Built-In ACD Reference.
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Figure Intro-2: Phone keys during Programming Mode (12-key Small Display)
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
(12-key Small Display phone shown)
352*
&21)
4
Goes back to the beginning of
Programming Mode.
Moves to the setting in certain
FF4, FF7 and FF8 addresses.
FF2
Trunks
(1'
352*
9
:
;
<
43
&21)
4
5
6
7
8
FF4
)):
));
FF-/Soft Keys
))4
))5
Extensions
4
FF5
Groups
))6
))7
5 ABC 6DEF
))8
'1'2&)
7 GHI 8 JKL 9MNO
,17
:
0,&
PRS
;
TUV
<
WXY
3
FF6
/,1(
))9
)/25
5(',$/
6
+<3+(1 Inserts a dash "-" into a speed-dial no.
7
3$86( Inserts a pause into a speed-dial no.
8
63'B,' Inserts a "don't-access-outside-line"
message into a speed-dial no.
9
&23< Copies settings of the displayed port or FF-key.
:
3$67( Pastes settings to the current port or FF-key.
<
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
(no effect)
%/.B83 Scrolls up through ports (5, 4, 3, 2,...).
43 %/.B'2:1 Scrolls down through ports (5, 6, 7, 8,...).
)):
));
))4
))5
FF3
Extensions
FF4
))6
))7
))8
FF-/Soft Keys
))9
FF1: to System Programming
FF2: to Exchange Line Programming
FF3: to Extension Programming
etc.
FF5
Groups
0(025<
NOTE: To enter 0: System Configuration, dial "0".
2122))
FF6
+2/'
92/80(
)/25
Speakerphone
TRS/ARS
(no effect)
;
PROGRAM V2.5
FF3
35,17 Prints data setting.
5
02'(
Introduction
Erases the displayed setting.
TRS/ARS
Backs out to the previous menu level. Or, if an
FF7
Applications
/,1(
92/80(
(no effect)
Scrolls through
addresses:
down, to end
(5, 6, 7, 8, ...)
FF8
up, to beginning
(5, 4, 3, 2, ...)
Maintenance
+2/'
Saves the displayed
setting, and moves
to the next address.
Or (at menu level)
moves to the next
sub-menu, going
deeper into the
same menu.
5(',$/ incorrect setting is dialled, press REDIAL (instead
of HOLD) to re-display the previous setting.
0(025< Backs out to the previous menu level. Or, inserts
special dialling codes into SSD/PSD numbers.
2122))
First button dialled to enter Programming Mode.
Or, exits Programming Mode.
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
IMPORTANT: A display phone is required for key programming.
Appendix A
FF7
A Large Display phone is recommended because of the automatic
display of One-Touch Key (1-10) functions.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-17
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Figure Intro-3: Phone keys during Programming Mode (24-key Small Display)
Introduction
(24-key Small Display phone shown)
0
System
Configuration
352*
&21)
4
Goes back to beginning of
Programming Mode.
5
Moves to the setting in certain
FF4, FF7 and FF8 addresses.
FF1
+<3+(1 Inserts a dash "-" into a speed-dial no.
7
3$86( Inserts a pause into a speed-dial no.
8
63'B,' Inserts a "don't-access-outside-line"
message into a speed-dial no.
Trunks
9
352*
:
&21)
4
5
)):
));
))4
))5
;
<
6
43
7
8
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
))6
))7
))8
4
5 ABC 6 DEF
'1'2&)
7 GHI
8 JKL 9 MNO
,17
: PRS ; TUV < WXY
0,&
3
FF5
/,1(
Groups
))9
)/25
5(',$/
0(025<
FF1
System
9
&23< Copies settings of the displayed port or FF-key.
:
3$67( Pastes settings to the current port or FF-key.
;
PROGRAM V2.5
System
Configuration
(no effect)
6
System
FF2
0
35,17 Prints data setting.
<
(no effect)
%/.B83 Scrolls up through ports (5, 4, 3, 2,...).
)):
));
))4
))5
FF3
Extensions
))6
))7
))8
))9
FF1: to System Programming
FF2: to Exchange Line Programming
FF3: to Extension Programming
etc.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
NOTE: To enter 0: System Configuration, dial "0".
FF5
+2/'
Groups
)/25
Speakerphone
Trunks
43 %/.B'2:1 Scrolls down through ports (5, 6, 7, 8,...).
2122))
92/80(
FF2
Erases the displayed setting.
Backs out to the previous menu level. Or, if an
FF6
/,1(
92/80(
(no effect)
Scrolls through
addresses:
TRS/ARS
down, to end
(5, 6, 7, 8, ...)
FF7
up, to beginning
(5, 4, 3, 2, ...)
Applications
+2/'
Saves the displayed
setting, and moves
to the next address.
Or (at menu level)
moves to the next
sub-menu, going
deeper into the
same menu.
5(',$/ incorrect setting is dialled, press REDIAL (instead
of HOLD) to re-display the previous setting.
Backs out to the previous menu level. Or, inserts
0(025< special dialling codes into SSD/PSD numbers.
2122)) First button dialled to enter Programming Mode.
Or, exits Programming Mode.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
IMPORTANT: A display phone is required for key programming.
Appendix A
Appendix A
A Large Display phone is recommended because of the automatic
display of One-Touch Key (1-10) functions.
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-18
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction to ICX Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
How to Enter Programming Mode
Press the following on any display phone:
ON/OFF PROG
0
System
Configuration
**
NNNN
0
System
Configuration
(where “NNNN” is the Dealer Programming ID Code -- “9999” by default)
Or, if no Dealer Programming ID Code is set, press the following on the phone at the
first digital port:
FF1
System
ON/OFF PROG
**
FF1
System
PROG
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
Verifying the Software Version
FF3
When you enter Programming Mode (see above), the system will automatically
display the software version on the 2nd line of the display phone’s LCD.
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Verifying the Extension Port/Exchange Line Port
FF5
FF5
You must program the appropriate Feature Code into an FF-key:
Groups
Groups
*59 for Extension Port Confirm
*60 for Exchange Line Port Confirm
FF6
Or, enter the programming address for Extension Number or Exchange Line
Number, and press the %/.083 or %/.0'2:1 one-touch key to check the assigned
numbers for all ports.
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-19
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Sample Address Entries
There are several different ways to enter the same address. You can either
step through each menu level, or enter all address numbers sequentially to
reach the data entry level in the address -- or a combination of both:
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
Table Intro-3. Sample Programming Addresses
FF1
To perform this function...
Press...
Enter Programming Mode:
ON/OFF + PROG +
+ NNNN
... and the phone will
display:
System
**
FF1
System
PROGRAM V2.5 U
NOTE: “NNNN” is the Dealer Programming ID Code.
FF2
Trunks
To enable/disable Floating Hold ability (by pressing HOLD) on exchange line FF-keys ...
reference: Floating Hold on Exchange
(page 1-14 in FF1: SYSTEM PROGRAMMING)
to “step through” the menus to the setting:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
to change the setting to “Enable”:
FF1
1
System Data
001 + Hold
10-01General Part1
0009 + Hold
0009 : 0
Auto Floating
1
0009 : 1
Auto Floating
FF-/Soft Keys
to save the setting and move to the next address:
Hold
0010 : 0
Virtual Hold
FF5
-- or --
Groups
to go directly to the data entry level in the address:
1 + 001 + 0005 + Hold
0009 : 0
Auto Floating
to reset to “Enable” and move to the next address:
1 + Hold
0010 : 0
Virtual Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
An example of key functions during Exchange Line programming ...
Maintenance
Appendix A
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF2 0 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-4) Hold
To enter Analog Exchange Line addresses:
2 + 0 + Hold
Applications
FF8
FF3
FF5
reference: Day1 Delayed Ring Type-(page 2-32 in FF2: EXCHANGE LINES)
FF7
FF2
Trunks
Line Key-- FF1 0 01 0009 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
20Analog Trunk
To automatically go to the first analog Exchange Line Hold
port (CCU 2, Slot 10, Port 1 in this example):
2101-00:
Trunk Number
To back out of the data setting:
MEMORY
2101Analog Trunk
To go to the Delayed Ring Assignments sub-menu:
2101 + 4 + Hold
2101-04*
Delayed Ring
To go to Day1 Delayed Ring Type for port position
2101 (first address in this sub-menu):
0 + Hold
-040 :0
Day1 D-Ring Type
To view Day1 Delayed Ring Destination for 2101:
Hold
-041 :283
D1 D-Destination
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-20
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction to ICX Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
To back up to previous address, Day1 Delayed Ring
Type:
VOL ▲ (Volume-Up)
-040 :1
Day1 D-Ring Type
To return to the Delayed Ring Assignments submenu:
MEMORY
2101-04*
Delayed Ring
To toggle forward through sub-menus for 2101 (stay- VOL ▼ (Volume-Down)
ing on the same sub-menu level):
(an asterisk in the display represents settings within
the sub-menu)
VOL ▼ (Volume-Down)
2101-06*
TRK-TRS Class
To enter the currently displayed sub-menu:
0 + HOLD
2101-060 :1
Day1/2 TRS CLS
To view the next setting in this sub-menu:
HOLD
2101-061 :1
Night TRS CLS
To go back to the beginning of Programming Mode:
PROG
FF2
Trunks
2101-05 :0
Tenant Group
PROGRAM V2.5 U
To enter Digital Extension addresses:
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
FF3 + Hold
30KTEL/SLT
Trunks
ON/OFF
12 FEB THU 11:55
301 Davidson C
FF3
...and so on.
FF3
Extensions
To exit Programming Mode:
(display returns to normal operating mode)
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-21
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Default Settings
The following tables show the normal (most common) default settings for all ICX
programming addresses. Sometimes there are exceptions to the defaults, depending on the
countries to which they apply. These exceptions are noted with the address explanations in
this manual.
0
System
Configuration
For the acceptable ranges of extension numbers, Exchange Lines, etc. in different system
configurations, see Section 300-Installation.
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Defaults for 0: SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
FF2
Trunks
FF Key Address
Topic
Default (all)
00 Hold (1-6) Hold
01 (1-6) (01-12) Hold (1-99) Hold
02 (1-6) (13 or 14) Hold (50 or 61) Hold
System Size
Free Slot Assignment
Option Slot Assignment
----
Page
0-5
0-6
0-7
FF2
Trunks
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Defaults for FF1: SYSTEM PROGRAMMING
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF Key Address
FF1 0: System Common
Topic
Default (U.K.) Page
1-9
FF1 0 01: General 1
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1 0 01 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0005 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0007 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0008 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0009 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0011 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0012 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0013 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0014 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0015 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0016 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0017 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0018 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0019 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0020 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0021 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0022 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0023 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Page Intro-22
•
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
1-9
Splash Tone: Voice Calls
Splash Tone: Internal Paging
Splash Tone: Busy Override (Start)
Splash Tone: Busy Override (Continuous)
Splash Tone: 3-Party Conference
Exclusive Hold (Exchange Line Key)
Virtual Key LED: Answer Control #1
Virtual Key LED: Answer Control #2
Floating Hold on Exchange Line Key
Floating Hold on Virtual Port Key
Hot Line/MCO Preference for “ON/OFF” Key
Programming Mode Entry
Built-In VM: Voice Mail Access Key
Built-In VM: Mailbox Key
Built-In VM: Message Retrieve Key
Off-Hook Monitor
Handset Mute
Hookflash on Rotary SLTs
ISDN Outgoing Control
Automatic BLF on DSS and EM/24 Units
Caller ID Log Outgoing Control
Caller ID Log Private/Out-of-Area Control
Time Display Mode
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Free-up key)
1 (Free-up key)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Allowed)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (hookflash)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (12-hour)
1-9
1-9
1-10
1-10
1-11
1-11
1-12
1-13
1-14
1-14
1-15
1-15
1-16
1-16
1-17
1-17
1-18
1-18
1-19
1-19
1-20
1-20
1-21
ICX-25-400
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Introduction to ICX Programming
FF1 0 02: General 2
FF1 0 02 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0005 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0007 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0008 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0009 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0011 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0012 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0013 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0014 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0015 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0016 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0017 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0018 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0019 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0020 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0021 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0022 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0023 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
1-22
Exchange Line Numbering
SSD Code Numbering
SSD Assignment to Groups
Exchange Line Access in Speed Dialling
Intercom Voice Call Pickup
BLF Call Pickup
Day/Night Mode Assignment
Reset Calling: Intercom Calls
Reset Calling: DISA/Private Line
ARS/LCR Setting
Advanced Routing for MCO Access
Page Override
Paging Answer on Private Line
Howler Tone
DISA Invalid Number
DISA Interdigit Timeout
DISA No-Answer Timeout
DDI to Busy Extension (Day1)
DDI to Busy Extension (Day2)
DDI to Busy Extension (Night)
DDI to Incorrect Number (Day1)
DDI to Incorrect Number (Day2)
DDI to Incorrect Number (Night)
0 (2-digit)
1 (3-digit)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (System-wide)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (no ansr.signl)
0 (Disabled)
0 (multi-incomg.)
0 (multi-incomg.)
0 (multi-incomg.)
0 (busy signal)
0 (busy signal)
0 (busy signal)
0 (busy signal)
0 (busy signal)
0 (busy signal)
FF1 0 03: Extension COS Definitions
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold3
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Intercom Calling Type
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Ringback
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Talk
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Camp-On
Extension COS: Exclusive Hold for NonAppearing CO
Extension COS: Exclusive Hold on SLTs
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Brokers Hold on SLTs
Extension COS: Hookflash Control on SLTs
Extension COS: SSD Assignment
Maintenance
0 (Tone)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (System Hold)
1-37
1-38
1-39
1-40
1-41
COS 15: 1 (Excl.Hold)
0 (System Hold)
1-42
1 (Broker’s Hold)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: SSD Assignment to MCO
Tenant Groups
Extension COS: SSD Dialling
Extension COS: Intercom Redialling
Extension COS: Direct Exchange-Line Access
Extension COS: MCO Incoming Call Answer
Extension COS: Paging
Extension COS: Auto Repeat Dial
Extension COS: DND Set/Clear
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 18 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: DND Set/Clear (Other)
Appendix A
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
1 (Not Allowed)
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
1-43
1-44
1-45
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
System
Configuration
1-35
COS 15: 1 (Excl.Hold)
Applications
FF8
1-22
1-22
1-23
1-23
1-24
1-24
1-25
1-26
1-26
1-27
1-27
1-28
1-29
1-29
1-30
1-30
1-31
1-31
1-32
1-33
1-33
1-34
1-34
Introduction
FF7
Applications
1-46
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1-47
1-48
1-49
1-50
1-51
1-52
1-53
Maintenance
Appendix A
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
1 (Not Allowed)
FF8
1-54
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-23
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 19 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Section 400-Programming
Extension COS: Call Forward-All Calls
0 (Allowed)
1-55
Introduction
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 20 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Call Forward-No Answer
0 (Allowed)
1-56
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
System
Configuration
Extension COS: Call Forward-Busy
0 (Allowed)
1-57
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 22 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Call Forward/Other
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 23 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: User Log-In
1 (Not Allowed)
1-58
0
System
Configuration
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
1-59
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
FF1
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Priority Message-Waiting
Send (VM)
Extension COS: Message-Waiting Send
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 26 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: System Mode Switch
System
1 (Not Allowed)
1-60
COS 15: 0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
FF1
System
1-61
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
1 (Not Allowed)
1-62
FF2
COS 15 and 16:
0 (Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 27 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 28 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 29 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Busy Override Send
Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Send
Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Receive
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1-63
1-64
1-65
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 30 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 31 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 32 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 33 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Callback Request Send
Extension COS: Callback Request Receive
Extension COS: Exchange Line Queuing
Extension COS: Manual DND Override Send
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 34 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 35 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Forced DND Override
Extension COS: 8-Party Conference
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 36 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 37 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Voice Call Send
Extension COS: Voice Call Receive
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
1-66
1-67
1-68
1-69
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1-70
1-71
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
FF5
Groups
FF6
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
1-72
1-73
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 38 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Dial Tone Stop
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 39 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Dial Tone Pre-Pause Check
TRS/ARS
FF7
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Receive int.
dial tone)
1 (Check/send
re-order tone)
Extension COS: Long Talk Alarm
Extension COS: Recall Timer Apply
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 42 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 43 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 44 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Forced ARS
Extension COS: API Event Reporting
Extension COS: Call Forward-Outside
Extension COS: Onhook Exch.Line-toExch.Line Transfer
Extension COS: Station Call Park Answer
Extension COS: Station Call Park Transfer
Extension COS: OHVA
Extension COS: OHVA Answer
Extension COS: Call-Waiting Answer at HOLD
Extension COS: On-Hook Park
1-75
FF6
TRS/ARS
1 (Enabled)
0 (Ext.Recall)
1-76
1-77
COS 16: 1 (Att.Recall)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 46 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 47 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 48 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 49 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 50 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 51 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Groups
1-74
COS 15 and 16:
0 (No Check)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 40 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 41 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
1-78
1-79
1-80
1-81
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1-82
1-83
1-84
1-85
1-86
1-87
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-24
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 04: Exchange Line COS Definitions
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Introduction to ICX Programming
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone
Source
Exchange Line COS: Dial Tone to Private Line
Exchange Line COS: Fast-Busy Tone to
Private Line
Exchange Line COS: DDI/CLI Table
Exchange Line COS: Paging on DISA/Private
Line Call
Exchange Line COS: DISA ID Verification
1-88
0 (use exch.line’s
Ring Pattern)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Enabled)
1-88
0 (“A” side)
0 (Not Allowed)
1-91
1-92
0 (Verify)
1-93
FF1 0 05: Serial Ports
1-94
FF1 0 05 0001 Hold (0-7) Hold
Serial Port 1: Data Format
FF1 0 05 0002 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF1 0 05 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 05 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 05 0005 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 0 05 0017 Hold (0-7) Hold
Serial Port 1: Baud Rate
Serial Port 1: Protocol
Serial Port 1: Echo Control (future use)
Serial Port 1: Maximum Input Digits (future
use)
RAI Serial Port: Data Format
FF1 0 05 0018 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF1 0 05 0019 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 05 0020 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 05 0021 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 0 05 0033 Hold (0-7) Hold
RAI Serial Port: Baud Rate
RAI Serial Port: Protocol
RAI Serial Port: Echo Control
RAI Serial Port: Maximum Input Digits
Serial Port 2: Data Format
FF1 0 05 0034 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF1 0 05 0035 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 05 0036 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 05 0037 Hold (1-255) Hold
Serial Port 2: Baud Rate
Serial Port 2: Protocol
Serial Port 2: Echo Control
Serial Port 2: Maximum Input Digits
5 (8bits/NoPar./
1stop)
5 (9600 bps)
0 (No order)
0 (Off)
80 digits
5 (8bits/NoPar./
1stop)
3 (2400 bps)
0 (No order)
0 (Off)
1 digit
5 (8bits/NoPar./
1stop)
5 (9600 bps)
0 (No order)
0 (Off)
80 digits
FF1 0 06: Serial Port Output Data
TRS/ARS
FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 06 0002 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 06 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 06 0004 Hold
FF1 0 06 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF7
FF1 0 07 and 08: PBX Parameters
Applications
FF1 0 07 (0001-0012) Hold (0-16) Hold
FF6
FF8
Maintenance
Call Logging Data to Serial Port
Fault Alarm Data to Serial Port
Programmed Data to Serial Port
Not Used
Bus Monitor Data to Serial Port
1 (Port 1)
0 (None)
2 (Port 2)
-2 (Port 2)
Auto Pause Position Behind PBX
1 (1st, for ”9”)
0 (none, all othr)
Code 1: 9
Codes 2-6: none
1-95
1-95
1-96
1-96
1-97
1-97
1-98
1-98
1-99
1-99
1-100
1-100
1-101
1-101
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Call Logging Output Format
1 (Format #1)
Call Restriction Between Extension COS
FF6
TRS/ARS
1-105
FF7
1-105
Applications
1-106
1-107
FF1 0 10 and 11: Call Restriction Between COS
Appendix A
FF1
1-94
1-102
1-102
1-103
1-103
1-104
FF1 0 09: Call Logging Output Format
FF1 0 10 (00-15) (01-16) Hold (0 or 1)
Hold
FF1 0 11 (00-15) (01-16) Hold (0 or 1)
Hold
0
System
Configuration
1-102
FF1 0 08 (0001-0006) Hold FL/R (0-9999) PBX Exchange Line Access Codes
Hold
FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
1-89
1-90
Introduction
1-107
FF8
Maintenance
1-108
0 (Allowed)
1-108
Call Restriction Between Exchange Line COS 0 (Allowed)
1-109
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-25
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
FF1 0 12, 13, and 14: MOH Source
1-110
FF1 0 12 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
MOH Source for Exchange Lines
FF1 0 13 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
MOH Source for Private Lines
FF1 0 14 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
MOH Source for Intercom Calls
0 (Internal single
tone)
0 (Internal single
tone)
0 (Internal single
tone)
FF1 0 15, 16, and 17: SSD Blocks
System
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant
1 (SSD Block 1)
Groups
SSD Common Block for MCO Tenant Groups 0 (none)
SSD Block Table
See table, pg.
1-115
FF1 0 16 0001 Hold (0-800) Hold
FF1 0 17 (0001-0144) Hold (0-799 or 0800) Hold
FF1 0 18: Synchronised Clock
FF2
Trunks
Synchronized Clock
--
FF1 0 19: TRS Class for Forced Account Codes
TRS Class for Forced Account Codes
FF1 0 20 0001 Hold (0-4) Hold
Ext.No. Display for Closed-Number Calls
FF-/Soft Keys
TRS Class 1
Ring Alarm Frequency
Ring Alarm Pattern
FF1 0 22 0001 Hold (0000-9999) Hold
Groups
FF6
FF1 0 25: Caller ID Add Digits
TRS/ARS
FF1 0 25 0001 Hold (up to 4 char.) Hold
1-118
1-118
1 (400/562Hz)
5 (.25on/2.75off)
Applications
9999
VM Answer Supervision Code
VM Transfer Code #1: Prefix
VM Transfer Code #1: Suffix
VM Transfer Code #2: Prefix
VM Transfer Code #2: Suffix
-- (none)
-- (none)
-- (none)
-- (none)
-- (none)
1-121
1-122
1-122
1-123
1-123
1-124
1-125
Caller ID Log Outgoing Add Digits
-- (none)
1-125
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page Intro-26
•
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
1-128
FF1 1 01: Exchange Line Timer 1
Maintenance
Trunks
1-126
0 (no code)
1-126
-- (no code)
1-127
0 (no TRS Class)
FF1 1: System Timers
FF8
FF2
1-122
FF1 0 26 0001 Hold (0-10) Hold
DISA ID Code Numbering
FF1 0 26 (0002-0033) Hold (up to 10 digits DISA ID Codes and TRS Assignments
or 1-50) Hold
FF1 1 01 0001 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0002 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0003 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0004 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0005 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0006 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0007 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0008 Hold (1-255) Hold
System
1-119
1-120
1-121
Dealer Programming ID Code
FF1 0 26: DISA ID Codes
FF7
FF1
1-117
0 (no digits)
FF1 0 23 and 24: Voice Mail Codes
FF5
1-114
1-114
1-117
FF1 0 22: Dealer Programming ID Code
FF1 0 23 0001 Hold (0000-9999) Hold
FF1 0 24 0001 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 0 24 0002 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 0 24 0003 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 0 24 0004 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
0
System
Configuration
1-113
1-117
FF1 0 21: Ring Alarm for Unanswered Calls
FF1 0 21 0001 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF1 0 21 0002 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF4
1-112
1-116
FF1 0 20: Ext.No. Display for Closed-Number Calls
Extensions
1-111
1-116
FF1 018 (0001-0003) Hold (BSS/C) Hold
FF1 0 19 0001 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3
1-110
1-113
FF1 0 15 (0001-0072) Hold (0-72) Hold
FF1
Introduction
1-128
Flash Timer 1 for Exchange Line
Flash Timer 2 for Exchange Line
Flash Timer for Auto-Repeat Dial
Pause Timer
Call Duration Timer (Public Exchange Line)
Call Duration Timer (Private Line)
Outpulse Delay Timer (Public Exchange Line)
Outpulse Delay Timer (Private Line/
Immediate-Start)
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
50 (800ms)
5 (80ms)
124 (1984ms)
3 (seconds)
10 (seconds)
10 (seconds)
1 (second)
1 (second)
1-128
1-130
1-129
1-130
1-131
1-131
1-132
1-132
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 01 0009 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0010 Hold (1-255) Hold
Pre-Pause Timer (ISDN Exchange Line)
Interdigit Timer (ARS and ISDN Exchange
Line)
Not Used
30 (seconds)
10 (seconds)
1-133
1-133
--
1-134
5 (seconds)
5 (seconds)
1-134
1-135
30 (seconds)
1-136
FF1 1 01 0016 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0017 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0018 Hold (1-255) Hold
Wink Wait Timer (AC-15 Private Lines)
Start Timer for Public-Exchange Busy Tone
Detect (Auto-Repeat Dial)
Public-Exchange Busy Tone Detect Timer
(Auto-Repeat Dial)
DTMF ON: Pattern #1
DTMF OFF: Pattern #1
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #2
1-136
1-137
1-138
FF1
FF1 1 01 0019 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #3
16 (80ms)
16 (80ms)
1 (125ms on/
125ms off)
2 (250ms on/
250ms off)
1-139
FF2
FF1 1 01 0011 Hold
FF1 1 01 0012 Hold
FF1 1 01 0013 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0014 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0015 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF1 1 02: Exchange Line Timer 2
FF1 1 02 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0012 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0014 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0015 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF6
FF1 1 03: Extension Timer 1
TRS/ARS
FF1 1 03 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF1 1 03 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Introduction to ICX Programming
FF1 1 03 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0010 Hold
FF1 1 03 0011 Hold
FF1 1 03 0012 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
1-140
1-140
1-141
1-142
1-142
1-143
1-144
1-145
1-146
1-146
1-147
1-148
1-148
1-149
1-149
1-150
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
System
Trunks
DISA No-Answer Timer #1
Multiple Incoming No-Answer Timer #2
Exchange-Line Delayed Ring Timer (Day1)
Exchange-Line Delayed Ring Timer (Day2)
Exchange-Line Delayed Ring Timer (Night)
Exchange-Line Delayed Ring Timer (Busy)
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1)
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2)
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night)
Long Talk Alarm #1 Timer
Long Talk Alarm #2 Timer
Paging Timer (Private Line)
Exch.Line-to-Exch.Line Connection Timer
Queuing Timer (ARS)
DDI Delayed Ring Timer
30 (seconds)
16 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
120 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
180 (seconds)
60 (seconds)
30 (seconds)
60 (minutes)
15 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
1-151
FF6
Call Forward/DND Confirmation Tone Timer
Message-Waiting Tone Timer
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone (DP
SLTs)
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone (DTMF
SLTs)
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone (Digital
Keyphones)
Interdigit Timer (DP SLTs)
Interdigit Timer (DTMF SLTs)
Interdigit Timer (Digital Keyphones)
DTMF Receiver Queuing Timer
Not Used
3 (seconds)
3 (seconds)
30 (seconds)
1-151
1-151
1-152
TRS/ARS
15 (seconds)
1-153
0 (wait indefintly)
1-153
15 (seconds)
15 (seconds)
0 (wait indefintly)
6 (seconds)
--
1-154
1-155
1-155
1-156
1-156
SLT Off Hook Signal Interval
BLF Delayed Ring Timer
10 (seconds)
15 (seconds)
1-157
1-157
Appendix B
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-27
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Section 400-Programming
FF1 1 04: Extension Timer 2
1-158
FF1 1 04 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0012 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0014 Hold
FF1 1 04 0015 Hold
FF1 1 04 0016 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0017 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
120 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
0 (No recall)
60 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
60 (seconds)
0 (continue ring)
16 (seconds)
16 (seconds)
16 (seconds)
15 (seconds)
1-158
1-158
1-159
1-159
1-160
1-161
1-161
1-162
1-162
1-163
1-163
16 (seconds)
180 (seconds)
--
1-164
1-165
1-165
Howler Tone Duration Timer (Extensions)
Station Call Park Recall Timer
30 (seconds)
180 (seconds)
1-166
1-166
FF1 2: Dial Plan
1-167
FF1 2 01 (0001-0024) Hold (1-4) Hold
FF4
Hold Recall Start Timer (Extensions)
Hold Recall Start Timer (Attendant Group)
Hold Recall Start Timer (SLTs)
Transfer Recall Start Timer (Extensions/SLTs)
Transfer Recall Start Timer (Attendant Group)
Hold/Transfer Recall Ringing Duration Timer
Attendant Reversion Duration Timer
Call Forward/No Answer Timer (Day1)
Call Forward/No Answer Timer (Day2)
Call Forward/No Answer Timer (Night)
Callback Ring Timer (Callback Request and
Exchange-Line Queuing)
Timed Reminder Ring Timer
Timed Reminder Interval for Busy Extensions
Not Used
FF1 2 02 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit
Code) Hold
FF1 2 03 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit
Code) Hold
FF1 2 04 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code)
Hold
FF1 2 05 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code)
Hold
FF1 2 06 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code)
Hold
FF1 2 07 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code)
Hold
Maximum/Minimum Dialling at Intercom Dial
Tone
Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial
Tone
Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial
Tone
Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at
Ringback Tone
Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at
Ringback Tone
Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at Busy
Tone
Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at Busy
Tone
See table, page
1-167
See table, page
1-169
See table, page
1-171
See table, page
1-173
See table, page
1-173
See table, page
1-174
See table, page
1-175
FF1 3: MCO Access in Tenant Groups
FF1 3 01 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99 or 0-72) Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound
Hold
Exchange-Line Groups
FF1 3 02 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99) Hold
Advanced Routing: Outbound Exchange-Line
Group Chains
FF1 3 03 (0001-0072) Hold (1-99) Hold
Tenant Groups: Inbound Exchange-Line
Groups
Page Intro-28
•
1-168
1-170
1-173
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
1-174
1-175
See table, page
1-177
0 (none)
1-177
See table, page
1-181
1-181
1-179
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
1-183
4 (digits)
0 (none)
1-183
1-184
DDI/CLI Numbering (“B” Side)
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side)
4 (digits)
0 (none)
1-186
1-187
DDI Dialling to ISDN “S” Point
3rd-party VM: DDI Number Automatic Send
-0 (do not send
DDI No.)
1-189
1-191
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
FF1
1-172
DDI/CLI Numbering (“A” Side)
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side)
Appendix B
0
System
Configuration
1-167
1-176
FF1 4: DDI/CLI Tables
FF1 4 01 0001 Hold (1-4) Hold
FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or
1-72) Hold
FF1 4 03 0001 Hold (1-4) Hold
FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or
1-72) Hold
FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF1 4 06 0001 Hold (0-3) Hold
Introduction
ICX-25-400
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1 4 06 0002 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 4 06 0003 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
System
3rd-party VM: ID Code Prefix for DDI
3rd-party VM: ID Code Suffix for DDI
(none)
(none)
1-191
1-192
1-192
1-192
1-192
1-193
FF1 5: Not Used
FF1 6: Not Used
FF1 7: Not Used
FF1 8: Digital Pad Settings
FF1 8 01 (0001-0240) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF1 8 02 (0001-0480) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF1
Introduction to ICX Programming
FF1 8 03 (0001-0008) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF1 8 04 (0001-0024) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF1 8 05 (0001-0024) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF1 8 06 (0001-0024) Hold (0-31) Hold
Digital Pad Settings for Extension Pad Class
Digital Pad Settings for Exchange Line Pad
Class
Digital Pad Settings for BGM
Digital Pad Settings for Paging Port Adapter
Digital Pad Settings for 3-Party Conference
Digital Pad Settings for 8-Party Conference
see tbl pg.1-193
see tbls pg.1-196
and 1-197
see tbl pg.1-198
see tbl pg.1-199
see tbl pg.1-201
see tbl pg.1-202
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
1-193
1-195
1-198
1-199
1-200
1-202
FF1
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-29
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
Section 400-Programming
Defaults for FF2: EXCHANGE LINES
Introduction
FF Key Address
Topic
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Default (U.K.)
Page
2-7
FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
-LS: 0
1 (Enabled)
0 (Enabled)
0 (750ms)
2-7
2-8
2-8
2-9
2-9
2-10
Exchange-Line Number Assignment
Exchange Line Signal Type
Loop Detect
Disconnect Detect
Dial Pulse Minimum Pause
Ground Start Ring Type
(not applicable to U.K.)
System
FF2 0 BSSC 01 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
DID Ring Detect Timer
2-10
(not applicable to U.K.)
FF2
Trunks
FF2 0 BSSC 01 06 Hold (0-???) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 07 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 08 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Caller ID Receive Timer
Not Used
0 (2500-2850 ms)
--
2-11
2-11
Reverse Answer Signal Control
Caller ID
1 (Disabled)
2-12
2-12
FF2
Trunks
(not applicable to U.K.)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2 0 BSSC 01 11 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 12 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 13 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 14 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 15 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 16 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 17 Hold (0-3) Hold
Ring Frequency
Ring Pattern
1 (400/562Hz)
0 (synchronise w/
public exchange)
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
1 (Pattern #2)
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialling 0 (Pattern #1)
LS: 0 (281ms)
Disconnect Supervision Timer
Guard Timer for Outbound Calls
3 (2 seconds)
Inbound Ground Detect Timer
2-13
2-14
2-15
2-15
2-16
2-16
2-17
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(not applicable to U.K.)
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF2 0 BSSC 01 18 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 19 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Not Used
-Ring Interval for Abandoned Calls
0 (5 seconds)
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling
1 (DTMF)
Flash Pattern
0 (Pattern #1)
Dial Tone Detection
1 (Enabled)
Call Duration
1 (system timer)
Exchange Line Connection Type (Public 0 (public exch.)
Exchange or PBX)
Auto-Repeat Dial
1 (Allowed)
DTMF After Answer (Link Control)
0 (Allowed)
Public-Exchange Dial Tone Simulation
0 (Disabled)
Caller ID Ring Control (not applicable to U.K.)
Call Logging for Outbound Calls
1 (Include)
Call Logging for Inbound Calls
0 (Exclude)
Flash Key Operation
0 (send flash to
public exchange)
Long Talk Alarm
0 (Disabled)
Alarm Ringing
0 (Disabled)
Slide Ringing
0 (Disabled)
DTMF Conversion (Outbound Calls)
0 (Disabled)
DTMF Conversion (Inbound Calls)
0 (Disabled)
Indirect LCR
0 (Disabled)
2-17
2-18
2-18
2-19
2-19
2-20
2-20
2-21
2-21
2-22
2-22
2-23
2-23
2-24
2-24
2-25
2-25
2-26
2-27
2-27
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-30
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
FF2 0 BSSC 02 18 Hold thru
FF2 0 BSSC 02 20 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 2 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 4 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 04 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 04 2 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 04 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 04 4 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 04 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 05 Hold (0-72) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
Extensions
Introduction to ICX Programming
Not Used
--
2-28
Day1 Ring Type
Day1 Ring Destination
Day2 Ring Type
Day2 Ring Destination
Night Ring Type
Night Ring Destination
Day1 Delayed Ring Type
Day1 Delayed Ring Destination
Day2 Delayed Ring Type
Day2 Delayed Ring Destination
Night Delayed Ring Type
Night Delayed Ring Destination
Tenant Group Assignment
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Exchange Line COS Assignment
Exchange Line Digital Pad Class
Assignment
0 (multi-incomg.)
-0 (multi-incomg.)
-0 (multi-incomg.)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (none)
1
1
1
1
2-28
2-28
2-30
2-30
2-31
2-31
2-32
2-32
2-33
2-33
2-34
2-34
2-35
2-35
2-36
2-36
2-37
Private-Line Number Assignment
Private Line Signal Type
Not Used
-5 (AC-15 Wink)
--
2-38
2-39
2-39
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Ring Detect Timer
Auto Answer for Outbound Calls
Balance Control
Pad Control
Not Used
0 (48ms)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Long Loop)
0 (Far)
--
2-40
2-40
2-41
2-41
2-42
FF5
Groups
Ring Frequency
Ring Pattern
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialling
Disconnect Supervision Timer
Not Used
Not Used
Auto Answer Timer
Not Used
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling
Flash Pattern
Not Used
1 (400/562Hz)
1 (1on/2off)
1 (Pattern #2)
0 (Pattern #1)
0 (160ms)
--0 (1 second)
-1 (DTMF)
0 (Pattern #1)
--
2-42
2-43
2-44
2-44
2-45
2-45
2-45
2-46
2-46
2-47
2-47
2-48
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Private Line Connection Type (Public
Exchange or PBX)
Not Used
DTMF After Answer (Link Control)
Public-Exchange Dial Tone Simulation
0 (public exch.)
2-48
Appendix A
FF2 0 BSSC 02 05 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
-0 (Allowed)
0 (Disabled)
2-48
2-49
2-49
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 01 Hold thru
FF2 0 BSSC 01 04 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 09 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 10 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 11 Hold (1-6) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 12 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 13 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 14 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 15 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 16 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 17 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 18 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 19 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 02 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 03 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Introduction
2-38
Appendix B
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-31
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0 BSSC 02 08 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Not Used
Call Logging for Outbound Calls
Call Logging for Inbound Calls
Flash Key Operation
2-50
2-50
2-50
2-51
Introduction
Not Used
-1 (Include)
0 (Exclude)
0 (send flash to
public exchange)
--
FF2 0 BSSC 02 12 Hold thru
FF2 0 BSSC 02 14 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 18 Hold thru
FF2 0 BSSC 02 20 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 1 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 2 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 3 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 4 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 5 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 04 0 Hold thru
FF2 0 BSSC 04 5 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 05 Hold (0-72) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
2-52
System
Configuration
DTMF Conversion (Outbound Calls)
DTMF Conversion (Inbound Calls)
Indirect LCR
Not Used
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Disabled)
--
2-52
2-53
2-53
2-54
Day1 Ring Type
Not Used
Day2 Ring Type
Not Used
Night Ring Type
Not Used
Not Used
0 (Tie Incoming)
-0 (Tie Incoming)
-0 (Tie Incoming)
---
2-54
2-54
2-55
2-55
2-55
2-56
2-56
Tenant Group Assignment
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Exchange Line COS Assignment
Exchange Line Digital Pad Class
Assignment
0 (none)
1
1
1
8
2-57
2-58
2-58
2-59
2-59
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
FF5
Groups
FF2 1 BSS1 00 0 Hold (BSSC) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
2-60
D-Channel Position
2-60
(not applicable to U.K.)
FF2 1 BSS1 00 1 Hold (1-127) Hold
0
D-Channel Interface ID Code
2-60
FF5
Groups
(not applicable to U.K.)
FF2 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF6
Exchange-Line Number Assignment (1st
Channel)
Exchange Line Connection Type (Point-toPoint/Multi-Point)
Ring Frequency
Ring Pattern
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
Not Used
--
2-61
0 (Point-to-Point)
2-62
1 (400/562Hz)
1 (1on/2off)
1 (Pattern #2)
--
2-63
2-64
2-65
2-65
0 (public exch.)
2-66
FF2 1 BSSC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line Connection Type (Public
Exchange or PBX)
Auto-Repeat Dial
Call Logging for Outbound Calls
Call Logging for Inbound Calls
Flash Key Operation
2-66
2-67
2-67
2-68
FF2 1 BSSC 03 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Long Talk Alarm
Alarm Ringing
Slide Ringing
Indirect LCR
1 (Allowed)
1 (Include)
0 (Exclude)
0 (talk disconnect/
keep exch. line)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
FF2 1 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF2 1 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 02 03 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 02 04 Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 02 05 Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Page Intro-32
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
FF6
TRS/ARS
2-68
2-69
2-69
2-70
ICX-25-400
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Introduction to ICX Programming
FF2 1 BSSC 03 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
B-Channel Select
B-Channel Numbering (Layer 3)
Call ID Length
0 (Highest-No.’d)
1 (Channel No.’g)
0 (1 byte/BRI)
1 (2 bytes/PRI)
1 (Enabled)
0 (IA5)
--
2-71
2-71
2-72
FF2 1 BSSC 03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 14 Hold thru
FF2 1 BSSC 03 22 Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 04 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 04 2 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 04 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 04 4 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 04 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 05 2 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 05 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 05 4 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 05 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 06 (00-23/30) Hold (0-72) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 09 0 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 09 1 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 09 2 Hold (up to 4 digits) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 10 Hold (1-16) Hold
Calling Number Send
Sub-Address Type
Not Used
Day1 Ring Type
Day1 Ring Destination
Day2 Ring Type
Day2 Ring Destination
Night Ring Type
Night Ring Destination
Day1 Delayed Ring Type
Day1 Delayed Ring Destination
Day2 Delayed Ring Type
Day2 Delayed Ring Destination
Night Delayed Ring Type
Night Delayed Ring Destination
Tenant Group Assignment (B-Channel)
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Exchange Line COS Assignment
Calling Number Area Code
Calling Number Office Code
Calling Number Subscriber Number
Exchange Line Digital Pad Class
Assignment
0 (multi-incomg.)
-0 (multi-incomg.)
-0 (multi-incomg.)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (none)
1
1
1
---7
2-75
2-75
2-76
2-76
2-77
2-77
2-78
2-78
2-79
2-79
2-80
2-80
2-81
2-82
2-82
2-83
2-83
2-84
2-84
2-85
FF2 2 BSSCC 00 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 05 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 08 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 09 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 10 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 11 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 12 Hold (0-3) Hold
Trunk Connection Type (CO/Network)
Trunk Number Assignment
Trunk Signal Type
Disconnect Detect
Dial Pulse Minimum Pause
Ground Start Ring Type
DID Ring Detect Timer
Not Used
Frame Format
Line Coding
Ring Frequency
Ring Pattern
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialing
Disconnect Supervision Timer
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 13 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 14 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 15 Hold
Guard Timer for Outbound Calls
Inbound Ground Detect Timer
Not Used
1 (CO)
-3 (DID-Wink)
0 (Disabled)
0 (625ms)
0 (CO signal)
0 (32ms)
-0 (SF)
0 (AMI)
1 (400/562Hz)
1 (1on/3off)
1 (Pattern #2)
0 (Pattern #1)
LS/GS: 0 (281ms)
DID: 0 (96ms)
2 (1500ms)
0 (1 second)
--
Groups
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
FF6
2-72
2-73
2-74
Introduction
2-86
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
2-86
2-87
2-87
2-88
2-88
2-89
2-89
2-90
2-90
2-91
2-91
2-92
2-93
2-93
2-94
2-95
2-95
2-96
Page Intro-33
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 17 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 18 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 0 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 2 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 4 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 0 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 2 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 4 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 06 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 09 Hold (1-16) Hold
Section 400-Programming
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialing
Flash Pattern
Dial Tone Detection
Trunk Connection Type (CO/PBX)
Auto-Repeat Dial
DTMF After Answer (Link Control)
CO Dial Tone Simulation
SMDR for Outbound Calls
SMDR for Inbound Calls
Flash Key Operation
Long Talk Alarm
Alarm Ringing
Slide Ringing
DTMF Conversion (Outbound Calls)
DTMF Conversion (Inbound Calls)
Indirect LCR
Call Duration
Not Used
1 (DTMF)
0 (Pattern #1)
1 (Enabled)
0 (CO)
1 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Include)
0 (Exclude)
0 (flash to CO)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (System timer)
--
2-96
2-96
2-97
2-97
2-98
2-98
2-99
2-99
2-100
2-100
2-101
2-101
2-102
2-103
2-103
2-104
2-104
2-105
Day1 Ring Type
Day1 Ring Destination
Day2 Ring Type
Day2 Ring Destination
Night Ring Type
Night Ring Destination
Day1 Delayed Ring Type
Day1 Delayed Ring Destination
Day2 Delayed Ring Type
Day2 Delayed Ring Destination
Night Delayed Ring Type
Night Delayed Ring Destination
Tenant Group Assignment
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Trunk COS Assignment
Trunk Digital Pad Class Assignment
0 (multi-incomg.)
-0 (multi-incomg.)
-0 (multi-incomg.)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (Disabled)
--1
1
1
7
2-106
2-106
2-107
2-107
2-108
2-108
2-109
2-109
2-110
2-110
2-111
2-111
2-112
2-112
2-113
2-113
2-114
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
FF2 2 BSSCC 00 Hold (1-2) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 00 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 01 Hold thru
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 03 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 08 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 09 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 10 Hold (0-2) Hold
Page Intro-34
•
2-115
Trunk Connection Type (CO/Network)
Trunk Number Assignment
Trunk Signal Type
Not Used
1 (CO)
-5 (E&M Wink)
--
2-115
2-116
2-116
2-117
Ring Detect Timer
Auto Answer for Outbound Calls
Frame Format
Line Coding
Ring Frequency
Ring Pattern
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
0 (48ms)
0 (Disabled)
0 (SF)
0 (AMI)
1 (400/562Hz)
1 (1on/3off)
1 (Pattern #2)
2-117
2-118
2-118
2-119
2-120
2-121
2-122
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 11 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 12 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 13 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 14 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 15 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 02 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 04 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 10 Hold thru
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 12 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 16 Hold thru
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 18 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 1 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 2 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 3 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 4 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 5 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 0 Hold thru
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 5 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 06 Hold (0-72) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 09 Hold (1-16) Hold
Introduction to ICX Programming
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialing 0 (Pattern #1)
Disconnect Supervision Timer
0 (160ms)
Not Used
--
2-122
2-123
2-123
Auto Answer Timer
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialing
Flash Pattern
Not Used
Trunk Connection Type (CO/PBX)
Not Used
DTMF After Answer (Link Control)
CO Dial Tone Simulation
SMDR for Outbound Calls
SMDR for Inbound Calls
Flash Key Operation
Not Used
0 (1 second)
1 (DTMF)
0 (Pattern #1)
-0 (CO)
-0 (Allowed)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Include)
0 (Exclude)
0 (flash to CO)
--
2-124
2-124
2-125
2-125
2-126
2-126
2-126
2-127
2-127
2-128
2-128
2-129
DTMF Conversion (Outbound Calls)
DTMF Conversion (Inbound Calls)
Indirect LCR
Not Used
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Disabled)
--
2-129
2-130
2-130
2-131
Day1 Ring Type
Not Used
Day2 Ring Type
Not Used
Night Ring Type
Not Used
Not Used
0 (Tie incoming)
-0 (Tie incoming)
-0 (Tie incoming)
---
2-131
2-132
2-132
2-131
2-133
2-133
2-134
Tenant Group Assignment
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Trunk COS Assignment
Trunk Digital Pad Class Assignment
0 (none)
1
1
1
7
2-134
2-135
2-135
2-136
2-136
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-35
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
Section 400-Programming
Defaults for FF3: EXTENSIONS
FF Key Address
Topic
FF3 0: Digital Keyphones and SLTs
Default (U.K.)
Page
3-3
FF3 0 BSSC 00 Hold (1-3) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 01 Hold (1-5) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 03 1 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 03 2 Hold (0-3) Hold
Phone Type
Phone Version (Digital Keyphones)
Extension Number Assignment
SLT Hookflash
SLT Dial Type
SLT On-Hook Detection Timer
3-3
3-4
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-6
FF3 0 BSSC 03 3 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 03 4 Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 18 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 19 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 20 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 22 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 23 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 26 Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 27 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 05 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 08 Hold (1-8) Hold
SLT Hookflash Timer
Not Used
Auto Answer (Handset)
Ringing Line Preference (ON/OFF)
Slide Ringing Receive
Busy Override on Exchange-Line Key
Auto Camp-On Receive
Public Exchange Off-Hook Signal
SLT Voice Mail Connection
SLT Fixed Ring Pattern
End-to-End Signalling
Message Waiting LED
Data Security
Large-LCD Fixed Menu Display During Idle
Exchange-Line Key Operation: Direct Calls
Exchange-Line Key Operation: HOLD
Exchange-Line Key Operation: Multiple Call
Pickup
Exchange-Line Key Operation: Brokers Hold
System Mode Display
Flash on PROG (Recall)
Call Duration Display
Ring Volume Control
Loop (AEC) Disconnect Signal for VM
Flash Signal Control
Variable Mode Release
MCO Prime Line
Forced Account Codes
Verified Account Codes
Not Used
Hot Dial Pad
Tenant Group Assignment
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Extension COS Assignment
Extension Digital Pad Class Assignment
1 (dig.keyph/SLT)
auto-detect
-0 (Detect)
1 (DTMF)
0 (240ms detect;
160ms ignore)
0 (80 to 176 ms)
-1 (Enabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Not a VM port)
0 (Different)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Allow interrupt)
1 (Allowed)
1 (Ignored)
0 (Ignored)
0 (Retrieve call)
FF3 0 BSSC 09 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
Dial Plan Assignment
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Introduction
Page Intro-36
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
3-7
3-7
3-8
3-8
3-9
3-9
3-10
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-12
3-13
3-13
3-14
3-14
3-15
3-15
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Send flash)
0 (Enabled)
1 (Separate)
0 (No signal)
0 (Send flash)
0 (Release)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Not Forced)
0 (Unverified)
1 (Enabled)
1
1
1
1
1 (Analog)
3 (Digital)
1 (Plan “A”)
3-16
3-17
3-17
3-18
3-18
3-19
3-19
3-20
3-21
3-21
3-22
3-23
3-23
3-24
3-25
3-25
3-26
3-26
3-27
ICX-25-400
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Introduction to ICX Programming
FF3 1: S-Point ISDN Extensions
3-28
FF3 1 BSS1 00 0 Hold (BSSC) Hold
FF3 1 BSS1 00 1 Hold (1-127) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 02 03 Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Common D-Channel Position
D-Channel Interface ID Code
Extension Number Assignment
Connection Type
Passive Bus
Layer 1 Operate Mode
Not Used
B-Channel Select
B-Channel Numbering (Layer 3)
Call ID Length
FF3 1 BSSC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 05 Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 08 Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 04 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 06 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-8) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 08 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
Called Number Indication
Called Sub-Address Indication
Not Used
Progress Tone
Data Security
Not Used
Tenant Group Assignment
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Extension COS Assignment
Extension Digital Pad Class Assignment
Dial Plan Assignment
---0 (Point-to-Point)
0 (Short Loop)
0 (Active)
-0 (Highest-No.’d)
1 (Channel No.’g)
0 (1byte/BRI)
1 (2byte/PRI)
0 (no indication)
0 (no indication)
-1 (Send)
0 (Off)
1
1
1
1
5
1 (Plan “A”)
FF3 2: Virtual Ports
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
3-34
3-34
3-35
3-35
3-35
3-36
3-36
3-37
3-37
3-38
3-38
3-39
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
3-40
FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF3 2 (001-576) 01 00 Hold (1-6) Hold
FF3 2 (001-576) 01 01 Hold (1-12) Hold
FF3 2 (001-576) 02 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF3 2 (001-576) 03 Hold (1-16) Hold
Extension Number Assignment
Ring Frequency
Ring Pattern
Tenant Group Assignment
Extension COS Assignment
-1 (400/562Hz)
1 (1on/2off)
1
1
RAI Extension Number Assignment
Tenant Group Assignment
Extension COS Assignment
699
1
1
FF3 3: RAI Extension Port
FF3 3 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF3 3 01 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF3 3 02 Hold (1-16) Hold
3-28
3-29
3-29
3-30
3-30
3-31
3-31
3-32
3-32
3-33
Introduction
3-40
3-41
3-42
3-43
3-44
3-45
3-45
3-45
3-46
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-37
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Section 400-Programming
Defaults for FF4: FF-KEY/SOFT KEY FEATURE ASSIGNMENTS
Introduction
FF Key Address
Topic
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM/24 Units
Default (all) Page
4-7
FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
--
4-7
0 (Allowed)
4-10
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF (0 or 1) Hold
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Hold (0 or 1)
Hold
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx2 (0 or 1)
Hold
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx3 (0 or 1)
Hold
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx4 (0 or 1)
Hold
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx5 (0 or 1)
Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital
Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s)
Exchange-Line FF-Key: Outbound Call
Restriction
Exchange-Line FF-Key: Inbound
Answer Restriction
Exchange-Line FF-Key: Day1 Ringing
0 (Allowed)
4-11
0 (No ring)
4-11
Exchange-Line FF-Key: Day2 Ringing
0 (No ring)
4-12
Exchange-Line FF-Key: Night Ringing
0 (No ring)
4-12
Exchange-Line FF-Key: No-Ring Auto
Answer
0 (Disabled)
4-13
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF4 1 BSSC 0 (01-72) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF (0 or 1) Hold
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Hold (0 or 1)
Hold
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx2 (0 or 1)
Hold
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx3 (0 or 1)
Hold
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx4 (0 or 1)
Hold
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx5 (0 or 1)
Hold
FF6
FF2
Trunks
4-14
FF-Key Feature Assignment (DSS/72)
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Outbound Call
Restrictionn
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Inbound
Answer Restriction
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Day1 Ringing
-0 (Allowed)
4-14
4-15
0 (Allowed)
4-16
0 (No ring)
4-16
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Day2 Ringing
0 (No ring)
4-17
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Night Ringing
0 (No ring)
4-17
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: No-Ring Auto
Answer
0 (Disabled)
4-18
Soft Key Feature Assignment
--
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4 2: Soft Keys on Display Phones
FF4 2 BSSC 0 (01-30) Hold (Code) Hold
FF1
System
FF4 1: FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles
FF3
0
System
Configuration
FF5
Groups
4-19
4-19
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-38
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Defaults for FF5: GROUPS
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Introduction
FF Key Address
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group
Topic
Default (all)
FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 02 01 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF5 0 02 (02-21) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 02 22 Hold (0-255) Hold
Attendant HG: Pilot Number
Attendant HG: Day1 Hunt Mode
Attendant HG: Day1 Members
Attendant HG: Day1 Delayed (No Answer) Hunt
Timer
Attendant HG: Day1 Queuing Timer
Attendant HG: Day1 Next Extension/Hunt Group
Attendant HG: Day2 Hunt Mode
Attendant HG: Day2 Members
Attendant HG: Day2 Delayed (No Answer) Hunt
Timer
Attendant HG: Day2 Queuing Timer
Attendant HG: Day2 Next Extension/Hunt Group
Attendant HG: Night Hunt Mode
Attendant HG: Night Members
Attendant HG: Night Delayed (No Answer) Hunt
Timer
Attendant HG: Night Queuing Timer
Attendant HG: Night Next Extension/Hunt Group
0
1 (Pilot terminal)
-0 ([email protected] Ext)
5-3
5-3
5-4
5-5
0 (stay in HG)
-1 (Pilot terminal)
-0 ([email protected] Ext)
5-5
5-6
5-6
5-7
5-8
0 (Stay in HG)
-1 (Pilot terminal)
-0 ([email protected] Ext)
5-8
5-9
5-9
5-10
5-11
0 (Stay in HG)
--
5-11
5-12
FF5 0 02 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0 02 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 03 01 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
FF5 0 03 (02-21) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 03 22 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0 03 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0 03 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 04 01 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
FF5 0 04 (02-21) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 04 22 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0 04 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0 04 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF4
Introduction to ICX Programming
FF5 1: Extension Hunt Groups
FF5 1 (01-72) 01 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF5 1 (01-72) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 1 (01-72) (03-22) Hold FL/R (09999) Hold
FF5 1 (01-72) 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 1 (01-72) 24 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 1 (01-72) 25 Hold (0-9999) Hold
5-13
Extension HG: Hunt Mode
Extension HG: Pilot Number
Extension HG: Members
1 (Terminal)
---
Extension HG: Delayed (No Answer) Hunt Timer 16 (seconds)
Extension HG: Queuing Timer
0 (Stay in HG)
Extension HG: Next Extension/Hunt Group
--
Applications
Maintenance
FF5 2 (01-99) 001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5 2 (01-99) (002-577) Hold (1-576)
Hold
5-19
5-20
FF5 3 (01-99) (001-576) Hold (1-576)
Hold
FF5 4 (01-10) 01 Hold (BSSC) Hold
FF5 4 (01-10) (02-73) Hold (0-9999)
Hold
MCO Outbound Search Mode
0 (Reverse ordr)
MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Group Members --
MCO Inbound Exchange-Line Group Members
Appendix B
--
5-21
ICX-25-400
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
5-22
External Page Port
Paging Group Members
* (use SCC port)
--
5-22
5-23
5-24
Hot Line Extension
Hot Line Mode
Hot Line Destination
-0 (Extension)
--
FF5 6: Call Pickup Groups
FF5 6 (01-72) (01-20) Hold (1-9999)
Hold
0
System
Configuration
5-21
FF5 5: Hot Line Group
FF5 5 (01-20) 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 5 (01-20) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5 5 (01-20) 03 Hold (1-9999 or 000799) Hold
Appendix A
5-16
5-17
5-18
5-19
FF5 4: Paging Groups
FF8
5-13
5-14
5-15
FF5 2: MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Groups
FF5 3: MCO Inbound Exchange-Line Groups
FF7
Page
5-3
--
Maintenance
5-24
5-24
5-25
5-26
Call Pickup Group Members
FF8
Appendix A
5-26
Appendix B
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-39
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Defaults for FF6: TRS(CALL BARRING)/ARS
FF-key Address
FF6 0: TRS/ARS Common
0
System
Configuration
Topic
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Default (U.K.) Page
6-5
FF6 0 00: Leading Digits Table
6-5
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0001 Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold Leading Digits Table: Prefix String
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0002 Hold (0-99) Hold
Leading Digits Table: Prefix ID
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0003 Hold (0-16) Hold
FF1
Introduction
Leading Digits Table: Follow Digit
Maximum
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0004 Hold (0-8) Hold
Leading Digits Table: TRS Level
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold
Leading Digits Table: Route Type
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0006 Hold (1-200/100/50) Hold Leading Digits Table: Route Number
-0 (not linked
to Anlys.Dig.)
0 (no limit)
6-7
0
0 (use Route)
0 (no routing)
6-8
6-9
6-10
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table
6-11
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0001 Hold (0-99) Hold
Analyse Digits Table: Prefix ID
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0002 Hold (up to 8 digits) Hold Analyse Digits Table: Digit String
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0003 Hold (0-16) Hold
Analyse Digits Table: Follow Digit
Maximum
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0004 Hold (0-8) Hold
Analyse Digits Table: TRS Level
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold
Analyse Digits Table: Route Type
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0006 Hold (0-200/100/50) Hold Analyse Digits Table: Route Number
0 (none)
-- (none)
0 (no limit)
6-11
6-12
6-13
0
0 (use Route)
0 (no routing)
6-13
6-14
6-15
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF6 1 00: TRS Class: Path Settings (non-ARS)
FF6 1 00 (01-50) Hold (0001-0099) Hold (0-9) Hold TRS Level for Path (non-ARS)
FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-9) Hold
TRS Level for Originator (TRS/ARS)
FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0002 Hold (0-9) Hold
FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
ARS Level for Originator (Route List)
Exchange-Line Queuing for Originator
(Route List)
6-16
9 (allow all
calls)
9 (allow all
calls)
9
1 (Queuing)
FF6 1 02 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-20) Hold
FF6 1 02 (01-50) 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 1 02 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 1 02 (01-50) 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Outbound Dialled-Digit Maximum
Dialling Restriction During Inbound Calls
TRS Override on SSD Dialling
Star (*) and Pound (#) Dialling
Restriction
Allowed SSD Range
6-19
6-20
6-21
0 (no limit)
0 (no restr.)
0 (not allowd)
0 (allowed)
6-23
6-24
6-25
6-25
0 (no TRS)
FF6 2 00 thru 02: Time List Tables
6-27
Day of the Week for Time List Table
Day of the Year for Time List Table
Time List Tables
1
0000 and 1
0000 and 0
FF6 2 03: Route List Table
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Route List Table: 1st Priority Route No. 0 (none)
Route List Table: 1st Priority ARS Level 0
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
FF8
Maintenance
6-27
6-28
6-29
6-30
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0001 Hold (0-200) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0002 Hold (0-9) Hold
•
Trunks
6-26
6-27
Page Intro-40
FF2
Applications
FF6 2: ARS Settings
FF6 2 00 (0001-0007) Hold (1-4) Hold
FF6 2 01 (0001-0040) Hold (MMDD or 1-4) Hold
FF6 2 02 (0-3) (01-50) (0001-0010) Hold (00002359 or 0-100) Hold
Appendix B
System
6-26
FF6 1 03 0001 Hold (000-799) Hold
Appendix A
6-17
6-22
FF6 1 03: TRS Class: SSD Range
Maintenance
FF1
6-19
FF6 1 02: TRS Class: Dialling Restrictions
Applications
FF8
0
System
Configuration
6-16
FF6 1 01: TRS Class: Originator Settings (TRS/ARS)
FF5
6-6
6-7
6-30
6-31
ICX-25-400
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Introduction to ICX Programming
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0003 Hold (0-200) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0004 Hold (0-9) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0005 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0006 Hold (0-200) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0007 Hold (0-9) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0008 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0009 Hold (0-200) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0010 Hold (0-9) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0011 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0012 Hold (0-200) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0013 Hold (0-9) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0014 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Route List Table: 2nd Priority Route No.
Route List Table: 2nd Priority ARS Level
Route List Table: 2nd Priority ARS Alarm
Route List Table: 3rd Priority Route No.
Route List Table: 3rd Priority ARS Level
Route List Table: 3rd Priority ARS Alarm
Route List Table: 4th Priority Route No.
Route List Table: 4th Priority ARS Level
Route List Table: 4th Priority ARS Alarm
Route List Table: 5th Priority Route No.
Route List Table: 5th Priority ARS Level
Route List Table: 5th Priority ARS Alarm
0 (none)
0
0 (Alarm off)
0 (none)
0
0 (Alarm off)
0 (none)
0
0 (Alarm off)
0 (none)
0
0 (Alarm off)
FF6 2 04: Route Table
FF2
FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0001 Hold (0-99) Hold
FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
Route Table: Exchange-Line Group
Assignment
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No.
0 (none)
6-38
0 (none)
6-39
FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-24) Hold
FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0002 Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0003 Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF6 2 07: Closed Number Table
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0002 Hold (0-16) Hold
FF6
Digit Modify Table: Delete Beginning
0 (none)
Digits
Digit Modify Table: Add Beginning Digits -- (none)
Digit Modify Table: Add Ending Digits
-- (none)
Authorisation Code
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0003 Hold (0-8) Hold
Closed Number Table: Digit String
Closed Number Table: Follow Digit
Maximum
Closed Number Table: TRS Level
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0005 Hold (1-200/100) Hold
Closed Number Table: Route Type
Closed Number Table: Route Number
-- (none)
6-40
6-41
6-42
FF2
FF3
Extensions
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0002 Hold (0-16) Hold
FF7
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0004 Hold (1-200/100) Hold
6-43
FF4
6-44
FF-/Soft Keys
-- (none)
0 (no limit)
6-44
6-45
0 (Restrict all
outbound)
0 (use Route)
0 (none)
6-45
FF6 2 08: Tandem Exchange Table
TRS/ARS
Applications
System
6-43
FF6 2 06 (0001-0008) Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
Groups
FF1
6-40
FF6 2 06: Authorisation Codes
FF5
0
System
Configuration
Trunks
FF6 2 05: Digit Modify Table
Extensions
Introduction
6-38
Trunks
FF3
6-31
6-32
6-32
6-33
6-33
6-34
6-34
6-35
6-35
6-36
6-36
6-37
Groups
6-46
6-46
6-47
Tandem Exchange Table: Digit String
Tandem Exchange Table: Follow Digit
Maximum
Tandem Exchange Table: Route Type
Tandem Exchange Table: Route Number
FF5
FF6
-- (none)
0 (no limit)
6-47
6-48
TRS/ARS
0 (use Route)
0 (none)
6-48
6-49
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-41
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Section 400-Programming
Defaults for FF7: APPLICATIONS
Introduction
FF Key Address
FF7 0: Built-In Voice Mail
Topic
Default (all) Page
7-3
FF7 0 (BSS) 00 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF7 0 (BSS) 01 (01-16) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF7 0 (BSS) 01 (01-16) 01 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF7 0 (BSS) 01 (01-16) 02 (0 and 1) Hold (1-50)
Hold
FF7 0 (BSS) 01 (01-16) 03 Hold (1-8) Hold
FF7 0 (BSS) 02 01 (0001-0016) Hold (0-6 or 00-12)
Hold
FF7 0 (BSS) 03 Hold CONF...
VM Unit Number
VPU Port Extension Numbers
VPU Port Tenant Group Assignment
VPU Port TRS Class Assignment (Day/
Night)
VPU Port Digital Pad Class Assignment
Built-In VM: Service Range Assignment
0 (none)
-1
1
7-3
7-4
7-5
7-6
System
Configuration
6
0/00 (none)
7-7
7-8
FF1
Built-In VM: Detail Settings
--
7-9
ACD Unit Number
ACD Port Extension Numbers
ACD Port Tenant Group Assignment
ACD Port TRS Class Assignment (Day/
Night)
ACD Port Digital Pad Class Assignment
Built-In ACD: Service Range
Assignment
Built-In ACD: Detail Setting
0 (none)
-1
1
7-10
7-11
7-12
7-12
6
0/00 (none)
7-13
7-14
--
7-15
7-16
FF4
0 (none)
-1
1
7-16
7-17
7-18
7-18
FF-/Soft Keys
3 (DEC card)
1 (AEC card)
6 (8bits/Even/
1 stop bit)
5 (9600 bps)
0/00 (none)
7-19
FF7 1: Built-In ACD
7-10
FF7 1 (BSS) 00 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF7 1 (BSS) 01 (01-24) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF7 1 (BSS) 01 (01-24) 01 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF7 1 (BSS) 01 (01-24) 02 (0 and 1) Hold (1-50)
Hold
FF7 1 (BSS) 01 (01-24) 03 Hold (1-8) Hold
FF7 1 (BSS) 02 01 (0001-0016) Hold (0-6 or 0-12)
Hold
FF7 1 (BSS) 03 Hold CONF...
FF4
FF7 2: API
FF-/Soft Keys
FF7 2 (BSS) 00 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF7 2 (BSS) 01 (01-08) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF7 2 (BSS) 01 (01-08) 01 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF7 2 (BSS) 01 (01-08) 02 (0 and 1) Hold (1-50)
Hold
FF7 2 (BSS) 01 (01-08) 03 Hold (1-8) Hold
API Unit Number
API Port Extension Numbers
API Port Tenant Group Assignment
API Port TRS Class Assignment (Day/
Night)
API Port Digital Pad Class Assignment
FF7 2 (BSS) 02 01 0001 Hold (0-7) Hold
API: Data Format via RS-232C
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7 2 (BSS) 02 01 0002 Hold (0-6) Hold
API: Baud Rate
FF7 2 (BSS) 02 02 (0001-0016) Hold (0-6 or 00-11) API: Service Range Assignment
Hold
0
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF5
Groups
7-19
7-20
7-21
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-42
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction to ICX Programming
Defaults for FF8: MAINTENANCE
FF-key Address
FF8 0: Dealer Maintenance
0
System
Configuration
Topic
System
Default (all) Page
8-4
FF8 0 00: Large-LCD FUNCTION SYSTEM Assignments
FF8 0 00 0 (01-50) Hold (Code) Hold
Large-LCD FUNCTION SYSTEM
Assignment at Idle/Dial Tone
Large-LCD FUNCTION SYSTEM
Assignment at Ringback Tone
Large-LCD FUNCTION SYSTEM
Assignment at Busy Tone
Large-LCD FUNCTION SYSTEM
Assignment during Talk
FF8 0 00 1 (01-10) Hold (Code) Hold
FF1
Introduction
FF8 0 00 2 (01-10) Hold (Code) Hold
FF8 0 00 3 (01-10) Hold (Code) Hold
8-4
See pg. 8-9
8-9
See pg. 8-11
8-11
See pg. 8-12
8-12
See pg. 8-13
8-13
FF8 0 01: Traffic Control
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
FF8 0 01 2 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Traffic Control Start/Stop Memory
Traffic Control Start/Stop Print
Not Used
Traffic Control Timing Storage
Exchange Line Call Traffic (Outbound
Calls)
Exchange Line Call Traffic (Inbound
Calls)
Intercom Call Traffic
0 (Stop)
0 (Stop)
-0 (Not stored)
--
8-14
8-14
8-15
8-15
8-17
--
8-18
--
8-18
Exchange Line Name Assignment
--
FF8 0 02: Exchange Line Names
8-19
FF8 0 02 Hold Hold (1-576) Hold FL/R (up to 10
char.) Hold
8-19
FF8 0 03: Alarms
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Confirm Major Alarm
Confirm Minor Alarm
Confirm AL Alarms
Dump All Trouble Records
8-21
8-21
8-22
8-22
FF8 0 04: Card Settings
8-23
FF8 0 04 0 BSS Hold (0 or 1) (FL/R + Hold)
FF8 0 04 1 BSS 00 Hold [01-99 displays]
FF8 0 04 1 BSS 01 Hold [Version No. displays]
Card Reset
Card Type Verification
Card Version Verification
-See pg. 8-24
--
Line Lockout
ISDN/T1 Error Information Control
Signal Loss Alarm Counter
OOF Alarm Counter
Sync Loss Alarm Counter
Yellow Alarm Counter
AIS Alarm Counter
Slip Alarm Counter
CRC Alarm Counter
BPV Alarm Counter
Layer 1 Status Error Counter (ISDN)
Layer 1 Receive Error Counter (ISDN)
Layer 1 Transmit Error Counter (ISDN)
--0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
0000
00
000000
000000
FF8 0 05: Line Control
ICX-25-400
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
8-21
FF8 0 03 Hold Hold Hold 1 Hold
FF8 0 03 Hold Hold Hold 2 Hold
FF8 0 03 Hold Hold Hold 3 Hold
FF8 0 03 1 Hold OT-1 OT-1 Hold Hold 1 Hold
FF8 0 05 0 BSSCC Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8 0 05 1 BSSC Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8 0 05 2 BSSC 00 Hold (digits)
FF8 0 05 2 BSSC 01 Hold (digits)
FF8 0 05 2 BSSC 02 Hold (digits)
FF8 0 05 2 BSSC 03 Hold (digits)
FF8 0 05 2 BSSC 04 Hold (digits)
FF8 0 05 2 BSSC 05 Hold (digits)
FF8 0 05 2 BSSC 06 Hold (digits)
FF8 0 05 2 BSSC 07 Hold (digits)
FF8 0 05 2 BSSC 08 Hold (digits)
FF8 0 05 2 BSSC 09 Hold (digits)
FF8 0 05 2 BSSC 10 Hold (digits)
FF1
8-14
FF8 0 01 0 00 Hold CONF (0 or 1) Hold
FF8 0 01 0 00 Hold CONF Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8 0 01 0 00 Hold CONF (Holdx2) thru (Holdx5)
FF8 0 01 0 (01-48) Hold (0-16) Hold
FF8 0 01 1 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8 0 01 3 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
0
System
Configuration
8-23
8-23
8-24
8-25
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
8-25
8-25
8-26
8-26
8-27
8-27
8-28
8-28
8-29
8-29
8-30
8-30
8-31
Page Intro-43
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Introduction to ICX Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
FF8 0 05 2 BSSC (11-90) Hold (digits)
FF8 0 05 3 BSS(C) Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8 0 05 4 BSS(C) Hold 1 Hold
TEI Layer 2 Error Counter (ISDN)
T1 Loopback 1 Diagnostics
T1 Loopback 2 Diagnostics
000000
0 (Stop)
1 (Start)
8-31
8-34
8-34
ISDN Channel Control
0 (Lockout)
FF8 0 06: ISDN Channel Control
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
8-35
FF8 0 06 BSSC (0-3) Hold CONF... (0 or 1) Hold
FF8 0 07: Bus Monitor (for factory use)
Trunks
FF8 0 07 0 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Bus Monitor Save Control
FF8 0 07 0 (01-15) Hold (code) Hold
Trigger Codes
0 (stop/no
save)
See pg. 8-38
FF8 0 08: Table Dump
FF8 0 08 Hold Hold (vvvv-dddd-iiii) Hold
Table Dump
--
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
FF8 0 09 Hold Hold (aaaaaaaa) Hold
Memory Dump
8-39
--
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
8-40
FF8 0 10: DDI/CLI Names
8-41
--
FF1
System
8-42
FF8 1 00: System Clock
8-42
FF8 1 00 0 Hold (YYMMDD) Hold
System Date
FF8 1 00 1 Hold (HHMM) Hold
System Time
FF8 1 00 2 Hold (1-7) Hold
System Day of Week
FF8 1 01 Hold 0 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold (PSD)
Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
FF8 1 01 Hold 1 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold (80-99)
Hold FL/R (up to 7 char.) Hold
Trunks
970101 (after
initialization)
00:00 (after
initialization)
3 (Wed)
8-42
FF3
Extensions
8-42
8-43
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
8-44
PSD Numbers
--
8-44
PSD Names
--
8-45
FF5
Groups
8-46
FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R
SSD Numbers
(up to 24 char.) Hold
FF8 1 02 Hold 1 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R
SSD Names
(up to 16 char.) Hold
FF8 1 02 Hold 2 Hold Hold (1 or 2) Hold FL/R (up to SSD Index
4 char.) Hold
--
8-46
--
8-47
--
8-48
FF8 1 03: Extension Names
8-49
FF8 1 03 Hold 0 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up Extension Name Assignment
to 10 char.) Hold
FF8 1 03 Hold 1 Hold Hold (1 or 2) Hold FL/R (up to Extension Index
4 char.) Hold
--
8-49
--
8-49
FF8 1 04 thru 06: ID Codes
8-50
FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0001 Hold FL/R (up to
10 digits) Hold
FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0002 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF8 1 05 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16
char.) Hold
FF8 1 06 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16
char.) Hold
FF2
8-41
FF8 1: User Maintenance
FF8 1 02: System Speed Dial (SSD)
FF6
8-37
8-40
FF8 1 01: Personal Speed Dial (PSD)
FF5
0
System
Configuration
8-37
8-39
FF8 0 10 Hold Hold (001-576) Hold (up to 10 char.) DDI/CLI Names (“A” Side only)
Hold
FF3
8-35
8-37
FF8 0 09: Memory Dump
FF2
Introduction
Verified Account Codes
--
8-50
TRS Class for Verified Account Codes
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail
---
8-50
8-51
MSG Key ID Codes
--
8-52
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-44
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Introduction to ICX Programming
FF8 1 07: Special Days/Times
8-53
FF8 1 07 0 (00-09) Hold (HHMM or 0-5) Hold
FF8 1 07 0 (10-19) Hold (HHMM or 0-5) Hold
FF8 1 07 0 (20-29) Hold (HHMM or 0-2) Hold
FF8 1 07 1 (000-219) Hold (MMDD, HHMM or 0-5)
Hold
FF8 1 07 2 (00-11) Hold (MMDD) Hold
FF8 1 07 3 (00-34) Hold (0-3) Hold
-----
Extended Holidays
Special Days of the Month
---
Walking TRS Code
--
8-53
8-54
8-54
8-55
8-59
8-60
FF8 1 08: Walking TRS Codes
8-61
FF8 1 08 Hold (0-9999) Hold (4-digit Code) Hold
8-61
FF8 1 09: Call-Foward Destination
8-62
FF8 1 09 0 Hold (0-9999) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2
Weekdays
Weekend “A”
Weekend “B”
Holidays
FF8 1 09 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Trunks
Call-Forward/Busy Destination
Extension
Call-Forward/No Answer Destination
Extension
--
8-62
--
8-62
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF8 1 10: Caller ID Log Extensions
FF8 1 10 Hold Hold (001-120) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Introduction
8-64
Caller ID Log Extensions
--
8-64
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page Intro-45
Introduction to ICX Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page Intro-46
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction
0. System Configuration
0
Use the addresses in this chapter to set System Configuration parameters for
the ICX. These addresses must be set immediately after initialising the
system for the first time (see Introduction for more information).
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Introduction
IMPORTANT: If you don’t assign the card type, you can’t continue programming.
When you install the card, you must assign the configuration first.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
This chapter covers the following addresses:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-key Address
Topic
-
General Notes
Page
FF2
Trunks
0-2
-
CCU Configuration
0-2
-
Before Removing an Exchange Line/Extension Card
from a Free Slot
0-3
-
Using the LS/GS Card for Ground-Start (USA only)
0-3
-
Installing the API Card for 3rd-party Voice Mail (USA
only)
0-3
00 Hold (1-6) Hold
System Size
0-5
01 (1-6) (01-12) Hold (1-99) Hold
Free Slot Assignment
0-6
02 (1-6) (13 or 14) Hold (50 or 61)
Hold
Option Slot Assignment
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0-7
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 0-1
0: System Configuration
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
General Notes
Introduction
CCU Configuration
0
System
Configuration
A phone system can consist of multiple CCUs. There are two types of CCUs: base (up to 2) and
expansion (up to 2 per base CCU, for a total of 4). The base CCU contains the power switch that
controls the expansion CCU(s) above it, as well as itself.
0
System
Configuration
One of the base CCUs will act as the control CCU for the system, by holding the CPC card, TSW card,
SCC card, and other common control cards. (See Section 300-Installation for more information.)
FF1
System
The rotary switch on the CBL or CBLDBS card (which is installed in the CPC slot of all additional
CCUs) becomes important whenever you expand to a multiple-CCU phone system. The rotary switch
setting, 1-5, numbers the additional CCU(s). (The base CCU isn’t numbered.) See figure below.
FF2
IMPORTANT!
Trunks
FF1
System
FF2
Up to 2 DBS-96 CCUs can be included in the phone
Trunks
system as expansion CCUs. But they must be configured as the 2nd and
3rd CCUs in the system (with their CBLDBS rotary switches set to “1” and
“2” respectively). See Section 300-Installation for more information.
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Figure 0-1: CCU Building-Block Configurations
1-5 = Rotary Switch setting on CBL or CBLDBS
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
1
2-CCU configurations (192 ports)
Expansion
--
(CPC-288 or CPC-576 required)
Base (CPC)
FF5
Groups
FF5
Groups
2
3-CCU configurations (288 ports)
Expansion
1
(CPC-288 or CPC-576 required)
Expansion
--
Base (CPC)
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
TRS/ARS
Maintenance
Expansion
(CPC-576 required)
Expansion
1
3
Base
4
1
Base (CPC)
Base (CPC)
5
2
4
1
Expansion Expansion
Expansion Expansion
3
Base
--
Base (CPC)
3
FF7
4
FF8
Applications
Base
2
Expansion
-or-
1
Expansion Expansion
--
--
Base
1
Expansion
--
--
Base (CPC)
Expansion Expansion
6-CCU configurations (576 ports)
(CPC-576 required)
-or-
Expansion
3
Appendix A
Expansion
2
5-CCU configurations (480 ports)
(CPC-576 required)
2
2
4-CCU configurations (384 ports)
Applications
FF8
FF4
-or-
Maintenance
3
Base (CPC)
Base
2
5
1
4
Expansion Expansion
Appendix A
Expansion Expansion
--
Base (CPC)
3
Base
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 0-2
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0: System Configuration
Before Removing an Exchange Line/Extension Card from a Free Slot
Introduction
First, clear the Exchange Line Numbers or Extension Numbers assigned to the ports on the card in
programming. This is for system “housecleaning” purposes, so the numbers can be automatically
removed from other areas in programming such as Hunt Groups, etc.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
0
Addresses for Exchange Line Cards:
System
Configuration
for analog exchange lines:
LTRK/8 (all), LGTRK8 (USA),
DIDTR8 (USA and Hong Kong)
Exchange-Line Number Assignment (pg. 2-7)
FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-576) Hold
for E&M or AC-15 private lines:
AC15/4 (U.K.)
E&M/4 (USA and Hong Kong)
Private-Line Number Assignment (pg. 2-38)
FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-576) Hold
for ISDN exchange lines:
(TBRI/4, PRI/8, PRI/16, PRI/24, PRI/30)
Exchange-Line Number Assignment (1st Channel) (pg. 2-61)
FF2 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
for T1-CO lines: (USA only)
(T1/8, T1/16, T1/24)
Trunk Number Assignment (pg. 2-87)
FF2 2 BSSCC 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
for T1 E&M tie lines: (USA only)
(T1/8, T1/16, T1/24)
Trunk Number Assignment (pg. 2-116)
FF2 2 BSSCC 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Addresses for Extension Cards:
for digital or SLT phones:
(DEC/8, AEC/8)
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-4)
FF3 0 BSSC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
for ISDN extensions:
(SBRI/4, PRI/8, PRI/24 or 30)
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-29)
FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Using the LS/GS Card for Ground-Start (USA only)
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
In order to use the Loop-Start/Ground-Start Exchange Line Card (LGTRK8) for ground-start signalling:
❒ A pair of jumpers for each circuit must be installed on the card.
❒ A -48V power supply must be installed in the CCU.
❒ Ground lead on power supply must be installed properly (“SG” connected to Ground screw).
Groups
FF6
See Section 300-Installation for more information.
TRS/ARS
FF7
Installing the API Card for 3rd-party Voice Mail (USA only)
Applications
The API Card is required for 3rd-party Voice Mail systems. When configuring the Free Slot for the API
Card, use Card Type address numbers 80-87 (see table, pg. 0-8).
❒ Not more than one API Card can be installed per CCU.
❒ The API Card can be installed in any Free Slot between 01 and 11.
❒ A DEC or AEC Card, which can provide up to 8 voice ports, must also be installed in the Free Slot
immediately after (to the right of) the API Card.
❒ If the API Card doesn’t use all 8 ports on the DEC or AEC for voice mail, the remaining ports can be
used for normal extensions.
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF5
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
The API Card will always choose Port #8 (last port) on the DEC or AEC as the 1st voice port. The 2nd
voice port is always Port #7 on the DEC/AEC; the 3rd voice port #6; etc. See illustration (next page).
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 0-3
Appendix B
0: System Configuration
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Figure 0-2: Sample 3rd-party VM connection to the ICX
Introduction
ICX CCU
(logical connections in a 4-port VM configuration illustrated)
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
PC with 3rd-party VM software
FF1
FF1
System
System
API
FF2
AEC
or
DEC
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
Integration Cable
FF3
FF3
PC backplane
Extensions
Extensions
Voice Port 1
Voice Port 2
Voice Port 3
Voice Port 4
(can be used for
phone extensions)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Port 8
Port 7
Port 6
Port 5
Port 4
Port 3
Port 2
Port 1
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
IMPORTANT: If the Free Slot to the right of the API Card is already occupied when you install the
API Card, you must reprogram the installed card. Otherwise the system will not let you program the API
Card. Perform the following:
1) If the Free Slot contains an Exchange Line or Extension Card, go into programming and clear all
exchange line or extension numbers assigned to the ports on the card. (This is for system
“housecleaning” purposes, so the number can be automatically removed from Hunt Groups, etc.)
2) Remove the card from the Free Slot.
3) In programming, erase the card assignment from the Free Slot (press the FL/R key in the “01”
address on pg. 0-6).
4) Install the API Card.
5) Install the DEC or AEC Card into the Free Slot immediately after (to the right of) the API Card.
6) In programming, assign the card type for the API Card’s Free Slot (settings 80-87 in the “01”
address, pg. 0-6). Do Not Configure The Free Slot for the DEC/AEC. The API Card’s Free Slot
assignment will automatically configure the DEC/AEC Free Slot (the program will skip over the
DEC or AEC Card’s Free Slot number after you assign the API Card).
7) In programming, set the API Port addresses in FF7 - 2, and configure the audio-path ports of the
DEC/AEC in FF3 - 0.
Appendix B
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 0-4
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
0: System Configuration
0: System Configuration Addresses
Introduction
33##########=4
System Size
0
6\VWHP#6L]H
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Enter the number of CCUs installed in the phone system configuration.
00 Hold (1-6) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
Total No. of CCUs Installed (1-6)
FF2
Trunks
FF2
NOTE: Available range of the following items is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of
Trunks
CCUs specified in the above address.
CPC INSTALLED
FF3
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING (00 HOLD)
FF3
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
MCO Tenant Groups:
12
24
36
48
60
72
Extension Hunt Groups:
12
24
36
48
60
72
Call Pickup Groups:
12
24
36
48
60
72
SSD Blocks:
12
24
36
48
60
72
Advanced Routing Chains:
12
24
36
48
60
72
Caller ID Log Extensions:
20
40
60
80
100
120
FF6
Hot Dial Pad Extensions:
96
192
288
384
480
576
FF6
TRS/ARS
Virtual Ports:
96
192
288
384
480
576
TRS/ARS
Extensions:
96
192
288
384
480
576
Exchange Lines:
96
192
288
384
480
576
DDI/CLI Nos. per table
96
192
288
384
480
576
Extensions
CPC-96:
(shaded cells not
available with this CPC-288:
CPC)
CPC-576:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF7
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
See General Notes (pg. 0-2).
Maintenance
IMPORTANT: Once the number of CCUs is entered in this address, it is not possible to reduce the
number of CCUs later, without re-initialising the system (which resets everything to their default
values).
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 0-5
0: System Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
434#########=4
Free Slot Assignment
&DUG#,'#&#IRU#)6
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Enter the type of card installed in each Free Slot of the CCU.
0
0
System
Configuration
01
FF1
(1-6)
CCU No. 1-6
System
(01-12)
Hold
Free Slot No. 1-12
(see figure, next page)
System
Configuration
(1-99) Hold
FF1
Card Type No. 1-99
(see table, next page)
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF2
See General Notes (pg. 0-2).
The first time you install a card into a Free Slot, and nothing is programmed for it (no port settings, etc.),
the system will automatically detect the card.
Trunks
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
Card Reset (pg. 8-23) FF8 0 04 0 BSS Hold (0 or 1) (FL/R + Hold)
Card Type Verification (pg. 8-23) FF8 0 04 1 BSS 00 Hold [01-99 displays]
Card Version Verification (pg. 8-24) FF8 0 04 1 BSS 01 Hold [Version No. displays]
T1 Loopback 1 Diagnostics (pg. 8-34) FF8 0 05 3 BSS(C) Hold (0 or 1) Hold
T1 Loopback 2 Diagnostics (pg. 8-34) FF8 0 05 4 BSS(C) Hold 1 Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Figure 0-3: CCU Slots
Groups
Groups
CPC
Card Option Slots
FF6
Free Slots
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
&######46####47######4#######5#######6######7######8#######9#######:######;#######<#####43#####44####45
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 0-6
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
0: System Configuration
Introduction
Introduction
446#########=83
Option Slot Assignment
&DUG#,'#&#IRU#23
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Enter the type of card installed in each of the two Option Slots in the CCU.
0
0
System
Configuration
02
FF1
(1-6)
CCU No. 1-6
System
(13 or 14)
Hold
13=”OP1” option slot
14=”OP2” option slot
(50 or 61)
System
Configuration
Hold
Card Type No. 50 (for MFR/8)
or 61 (for SCC w/RAI-all except USA)
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
“MFR/8” (DTMF Receiver cards) cannot be automatically detected by the system. You must manually
assign them in this address.
FF2
Trunks
Typically, Option Slots are used for SCC (Service Control cards) or TSW (Time Switch cards), which
do not require a code assignment.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
(all except USA) When the RAI unit is mounted on the SCC card, Card Type 61 must be manually
assigned for the SCC card in the above address.
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Card Reset (pg. 8-23) FF8 0 04 0 BSS Hold (0 or 1) (FL/R + Hold)
Card Type Verification (pg. 8-23) FF8 0 04 1 BSS 00 Hold [01-99 displays]
Card Version Verification (pg. 8-24) FF8 0 04 1 BSS 01 Hold [Version No. displays]
T1 Loopback 1 Diagnostics (pg. 8-34) FF8 0 05 3 BSS(C) Hold (0 or 1) Hold
T1 Loopback 2 Diagnostics (pg. 8-34) FF8 0 05 4 BSS(C) Hold 1 Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 0-7
0: System Configuration
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Table 0-1. Free Slot/Option Slot card types (01 and 02 addresses)
Setting Card Type
/75.2;
1
+&2/2;,
/*75.;
2
+&2/*2;,
','75;
3
+&2'2;,
()027
4
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Notes
0
USA
System
Configuration
FF1
$&4827
AC15 Private Line Card 2B+D/4 (4-port)
742;
T1 Card (8-channel)
USA
74249
T1 Card (16-channel)
USA
8
74257
T1 Card (24-channel)
USA
9
10
Not Used
7%5,27
+,6%7,
35,2;
+,6372;,
35,249
+,637249,
35,256
+,637257,
ISDN BRI Exchange Line Card 2B+D/4
all
ISDN PRI Exchange Line Card 8B+D/1
(8-channel)
ISDN PRI Exchange Line Card 16B+D/1
(16-channel)
ISDN PRI Exchange Line Card 23B+D/1
(23- or 24-channel)
all
,6375257
ISDN PRI Exchange Line Card 24B+D/1
,637263
ISDN PRI Exchange Line Card 30B+D/1
46,*%
ISDN BRI 2B+D/4 (Q-Sig)
46,*2;
FF6
ISDN PRI 8B+D/1 (Q-Sig)
TRS/ARS
46,*249
ISDN PRI 16B+D/1 (Q-Sig)
46,*257
ISDN PRI 23B+D/1 (Q-Sig)
46,*263
ISDN PRI 30B+D/1 (Q-Sig)
12
13
Groups
Loop Start/Ground Start Exchange Line Card
(8-port)
DID Card (8-port)
Applicable
Countries
all
5
6
7
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Value
Loop Start Exchange Line Card (8-port)
Introduction
USA,
Hong Kong
USA,
Hong Kong
U.K.
11
FF4
Section 400-Programming
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21-29
30
E&M Card (4-port)
System
Use slot 1, 5, or 9.
Next slot can’t be used.
Use slot 1, 5, or 9.
Next 2 slots can’t be used.
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
all
Use slot 1, 5, or 9.
Next slot can’t be used.
USA,
Hong Kong,
Taiwan
U.K.
Use slot 1, 5, or 9.
Next 2 slots can’t be used.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
U.K.,
Malaysia,
Indonesia
(future use)
FF7
Applications
Not Used
31
'(&2;
+/&',
$(&2;
+/&$,
/&;
32
33-34 Not Used
6%5,27
35
Appendix A
36
Appendix B
Page 0-8
+,6%6,
35,2;
+,6362;,
•
Digital Extension Card (8-port)
all
Analog Extension Card (8-port)
all
Long Line SLT Card (4-port)
(future use)
ISDN S-point BRI Extension Card 2B+D/4
all
ISDN S-point PRI Extension Card 8B+D/1
(8-channel)
all
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
0: System Configuration
Introduction
Setting Card Type
35,256
37
+,636257,
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
38
,636263
39-49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56-59
60
Not Used
Extensions
61
62
FF4
Value
ISDN S-point PRI Extension Card 23B+D/1
(23- or 24-channel)
ISDN S-point PRI Extension Card 30B+D/1
0)5
DTMF Receiver Card (8-port)
all
5$,
Remote Administration Interface Card
&21)4
8-Party Conference Card #1
all except
USA
&21)5
8-Party Conference Card #2
&21)6
8-Party Conference Card #3
&21)7
8-Party Conference Card #4
90&
938704
Built-In Voice Mail (VSSC and one VPU/4)
90&
938;04
Built-In Voice Mail (VSSC and one VPU/8)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Use slot 1, 5, or 9.
Next 2 slots can’t be used.
0
System
Configuration
Install in OP slot 13 or 14.
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
all
(CAB-40 or
CAB-96)
Slot 04 or 10=VPU/4
Slot 05 or 11=VSSC
Provides 4 voice ports.
all
(CAB-40 or
CAB-96)
Slot 04 or 10=VPU/8
Slot 05 or 11=VSSC
Provides 8 voice ports.
all
(CAB-96
only)
Slot 09=VPU/4
Slot 10=VPU/4
Slot 11=VSSC
Provides 8 voice ports.
Slot 09=VPU/8
Slot 10=VPU/4
Slot 11=VSSC
Provides 12 voice ports.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Not Used
Built-In Voice Mail (VSSC and two VPU/4s)
65
90&
938;042
938705
Built-In Voice Mail (VSSC, one VPU/8, one
VPU/4)
66
67
Not Used
Groups
Notes
Not Used
90&
9387042
938705
FF5
Introduction
Not Used
FF-/Soft Keys
63
64
Applicable
Countries
USA,
Hong Kong,
Taiwan
U.K.,
Malaysia,
Indonesia
90&
938;042
938;05
68-69 Not Used
6$&'
70
938704
6$&'
71
938705
72-79 Not Used
$3,0$(&5
80
+$3,25#/&$,
$3,0$(&7
81
+$3,27#/&$,
$3,0$(&9
82
+$3,29#/&$,
ICX-25-400
all
(CAB-96
only)
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Built-In Voice Mail (VSSC and two VPU/8s)
all
(CAB-96
only)
Slot 09=VPU/8
Slot 10=VPU/8
Slot 11=VSSC
Provides 16 voice ports.
FF7
Applications
ACD 4-channel #1
all
Provides 4 voice ports.
ACD 4-channel #2
all
Provides 4 voice ports.
FF8
Maintenance
API with AEC for 3rd-Party Voice Mail (2-port) USA only
ports 7-8: Voice Mail
ports 1-6: available for use
API with AEC for 3rd-Party Voice Mail (4-port) USA only
ports 5-8: Voice Mail
ports 1-4: available for use
API with AEC for 3rd-Party Voice Mail (6-port) USA only
ports 3-8: Voice Mail
ports 1-2: available for use
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 0-9
Appendix A
Appendix B
0: System Configuration
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Section 400-Programming
Applicable
Value
Countries
API with AEC for 3rd-Party Voice Mail (8-port) USA only
Setting Card Type
$3,0$(&;
83
+$3,2;#/&$,
$3,0'(&5 API with DEC for 3rd-Party Voice Mail (2-port)
84
+$3,25#/&',
$3,0'(&7 API with DEC for 3rd-Party Voice Mail (4-port)
85
+$3,27#/&',
$3,0'(&9 API with DEC for 3rd-Party Voice Mail (6-port)
86
+$3,29#/&',
$3,0'(&; API with DEC for 3rd-Party Voice Mail (8-port)
87
+$3,2;#/&',
88-99 Reserved for future use
USA only
Introduction
Notes
ports 1-8: Voice Mail
ports 7-8: Voice Mail
ports 1-6: available for use
USA only
ports 5-8: Voice Mail
ports 1-4: available for use
USA only
ports 3-8: Voice Mail
ports 1-2: available for use
USA only
ports 1-8: Voice Mail
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 0-10
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction
1. System Programming (FF1)
0
FF1 0:
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1 1:
Groups
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
8:
FF Key Address
Appendix B
01
02
03
04
05
06
07 and 08
09
10 and 11
12, 13, and 14
15, 16, and 17
18
19
20
21
22
23 and 24
25
26
General 1
General 2
Extension COS Definitions
Exchange Line COS Definitions
Serial Ports
Serial Port Output Data
PBX Parameters
Call Logging Output Format
Call Restriction Between COS
MOH Source
SSD Blocks
Sychronised Clock
TRS Class for Forced Account Codes
Ext.No. Display for Closed-Number Calls
Ring Alarm for Unanswered Calls
Dealer Programming ID Code
Voice Mail Codes
Caller ID Add Digits
DISA ID Codes
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
1
1
1
1
01
02
03
04
Exchange Line Timer 1
Exchange Line Timer 2
Extension Timer 1
Extension Timer 2
FF5
Groups
Dial Plan
MCO Access
DDI/CLI Tables
Not Used
Not Used
Not Used
Digital Pad Settings
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
This chapter covers the following FF1 addresses:
Applications
Appendix A
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
System Timers
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF5
System
Configuration
System Common
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
FF1
Maintenance
0
Use the FF1 programming addresses in this chapter to set system-wide
parameters for the ICX:
System
Configuration
FF8
Introduction
Topic
Applications
Default (U.K.)
Page
FF1 0: System Common
1-9
FF1 0 01: General 1
1-9
FF1 0 01 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0005 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0007 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
ICX-25-400
Splash Tone: Voice Calls
Splash Tone: Internal Paging
Splash Tone: Busy Override (Start)
Splash Tone: Busy Override (Continuous)
Splash Tone: 3-Party Conference
Exclusive Hold (Exchange Line Key)
Virtual Key LED: Answer Control #1
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Free-up key)
•
1-9
1-9
1-10
1-10
1-11
1-11
1-12
Page 1-1
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Section 400-Programming
FF1 0 01 0008 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0009 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0011 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0012 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0013 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0014 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0015 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0016 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0017 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0018 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0019 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0020 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0021 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0022 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 01 0023 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Virtual Key LED: Answer Control #2
Floating Hold on Exchange Line Key
Floating Hold on Virtual Port Key
Hot Line/MCO Preference for “ON/OFF” Key
Programming Mode Entry
Built-In VM: Voice Mail Access Key
Built-In VM: Mailbox Key
Built-In VM: Message Retrieve Key
Off-Hook Monitor
Handset Mute
Hookflash on Rotary SLTs
ISDN Outgoing Control
Automatic BLF on DSS and EM/24 Units
Caller ID Log Outgoing Control
Caller ID Log Private/Out-of-Area Control
Time Display Mode
1 (Free-up key)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Allowed)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (hookflash)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (12-hour)
Exchange Line Numbering
SSD Code Numbering
SSD Assignment to Groups
Exchange Line Access in Speed Dialling
Intercom Voice Call Pickup
BLF Call Pickup
Day/Night Mode Assignment
Reset Calling: Intercom Calls
Reset Calling: DISA/Private Line
ARS/LCR Setting
Advanced Routing for MCO Access
Page Override
Paging Answer on Private Line
Howler Tone
DISA Invalid Number
DISA Interdigit Timeout
DISA No-Answer Timeout
DDI to Busy Extension (Day1)
DDI to Busy Extension (Day2)
DDI to Busy Extension (Night)
DDI to Incorrect Number (Day1)
DDI to Incorrect Number (Day2)
DDI to Incorrect Number (Night)
0 (2-digit)
1 (3-digit)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (System-wide)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (no ansr.signl)
0 (Disabled)
0 (multi-incomg.)
0 (multi-incomg.)
0 (multi-incomg.)
0 (busy signal)
0 (busy signal)
0 (busy signal)
0 (busy signal)
0 (busy signal)
0 (busy signal)
FF1 0 02: General 2
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF1 0 03: Extension COS Definitions
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold3
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
1-22
FF1 0 02 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0005 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0007 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0008 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0009 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0011 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0012 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0013 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0014 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0015 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0016 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0017 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0018 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0019 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0020 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0021 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0022 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 02 0023 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
1-13
1-14
1-14
1-15
1-15
1-16
1-16
1-17
1-17
1-18
1-18
1-19
1-19
1-20
1-20
1-21
1-22
1-22
1-23
1-23
1-24
1-24
1-25
1-26
1-26
1-27
1-27
1-28
1-29
1-29
1-30
1-30
1-31
1-31
1-32
1-33
1-33
1-34
1-34
1-35
Extension COS: Intercom Calling Type
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at
Ringback
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Talk
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at CampOn
0 (Tone)
0 (Allowed)
1-37
1-38
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1-39
1-40
Appendix B
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 1-2
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1: System Programming
Extension COS: Exclusive Hold for NonAppearing CO
Extension COS: Exclusive Hold on SLTs
0 (System Hold)
1-41
Introduction
COS 15: 1 (Excl.Hold)
0 (System Hold)
1-42
COS 15: 1 (Excl.Hold)
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Brokers Hold on SLTs
1 (Broker’s Hold)
Extension COS: Hookflash Control on SLTs 0 (Allowed)
Extension COS: SSD Assignment
1 (Not Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: SSD Assignment to MCO
Tenant Groups
Extension COS: SSD Dialling
Extension COS: Intercom Redialling
Extension COS: Direct Exchange-Line
Access
Extension COS: MCO Incoming Call Answer
Extension COS: Paging
Extension COS: Auto Repeat Dial
Extension COS: DND Set/Clear
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 18 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: DND Set/Clear (Other)
1-43
1-44
1-45
0
System
Configuration
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
1 (Not Allowed)
1-46
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1-47
1-48
1-49
FF1
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1-50
1-51
1-52
1-53
FF2
1-54
FF3
System
Trunks
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
FF3
1 (Not Allowed)
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
Extensions
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 19 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Call Forward-All Calls
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 20 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Call Forward-No Answer
Extensions
1-55
0 (Allowed)
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0 (Allowed)
1-56
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Call Forward-Busy
0 (Allowed)
1-57
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 22 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Call Forward/Other
1 (Not Allowed)
1-58
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
FF5
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 23 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: User Log-In
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
1 (Not Allowed)
1-59
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
Groups
Extension COS: Priority Message-Waiting
Send (VM)
Extension COS: Message-Waiting Send
Groups
1 (Not Allowed)
1-60
COS 15: 0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1-61
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 26 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: System Mode Switch
FF5
1 (Not Allowed)
1-62
FF6
TRS/ARS
COS 15 and 16:
0 (Allowed)
FF7
Applications
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 27 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 28 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 29 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Busy Override Send
0 (Allowed)
Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Send
0 (Allowed)
Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Receive 0 (Allowed)
1-63
1-64
1-65
FF7
Applications
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
FF8
Maintenance
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 30 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 31 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 32 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 33 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 34 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 35 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Callback Request Send
Extension COS: Callback Request Receive
Extension COS: Exchange Line Queuing
Extension COS: Manual DND Override
Send
Extension COS: Forced DND Override
Extension COS: 8-Party Conference
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
1-66
1-67
1-68
1-69
FF8
Maintenance
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
1-70
1-71
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
Appendix A
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 36 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 37 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Voice Call Send
Extension COS: Voice Call Receive
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1-72
1-73
Appendix A
COS 15: 1 (Not Allwd)
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-3
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 38 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 39 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
Section 400-Programming
Extension COS: Dial Tone Stop
1 (Receive int.
dial tone)
Extension COS: Dial Tone Pre-Pause Check 1 (Check/send
re-order tone)
1-74
1-75
COS 15 and 16:
0 (No Check)
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 40 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 41 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Long Talk Alarm
Extension COS: Recall Timer Apply
FF1
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 42 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 43 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 44 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Forced ARS
Extension COS: API Event Reporting
Extension COS: Call Forward-Outside
Extension COS: Onhook Exch.Line-toExch.Line Transfer
Extension COS: Station Call Park Answer
Extension COS: Station Call Park Transfer
Extension COS: OHVA
Extension COS: OHVA Answer
Extension COS: Call-Waiting Answer at
HOLD
Extension COS: On-Hook Park
1 (Enabled)
0 (Ext.Recall)
Introduction
0
1-76
1-77
System
Configuration
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
1-78
1-79
1-80
1-81
FF1
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1-82
1-83
1-84
1-85
1-86
0 (Allowed)
1-87
COS 16: 1 (Att.Recall)
System
Trunks
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 46 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 47 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 48 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 49 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 50 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 51 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2
Extensions
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0 (use exch.line’s
Ring Pattern)
1 (Enabled)
1-88
0 (Enabled)
1-90
0 (“A” side)
0 (Not Allowed)
1-91
1-92
FF1 0 05 0001 Hold (0-7) Hold
Serial Port 1: Data Format
FF1 0 05 0002 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF1 0 05 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 05 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 05 0005 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 0 05 0017 Hold (0-7) Hold
Serial Port 1: Baud Rate
Serial Port 1: Protocol
Serial Port 1: Echo Control (future use)
Serial Port 1: Maximum Input Digits (future
use)
RAI Serial Port: Data Format
5 (8bits/NoPar./
1stop)
5 (9600 bps)
0 (No order)
0 (Off)
80 digits
FF1 0 05 0018 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF1 0 05 0019 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 05 0020 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 05 0021 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 0 05 0033 Hold (0-7) Hold
RAI Serial Port: Baud Rate
RAI Serial Port: Protocol
RAI Serial Port: Echo Control
RAI Serial Port: Maximum Input Digits
Serial Port 2: Data Format
FF1 0 05 0034 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF1 0 05 0035 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 05 0036 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Serial Port 2: Baud Rate
Serial Port 2: Protocol
Serial Port 2: Echo Control
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Groups
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
1-89
FF4
FF5
Groups
0 (Verify)
1-93
1-94
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF3
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1 0 05: Serial Ports
FF6
Trunks
1-88
Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone
Source
Exchange Line COS: Dial Tone to Private
Line
Exchange Line COS: Fast-Busy Tone to
Private Line
Exchange Line COS: DDI/CLI Table
Exchange Line COS: Paging on DISA/
Private Line Call
Exchange Line COS: DISA ID Verification
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF2
Extensions
FF1 0 04: Exchange Line COS Definitions
FF4
System
1-94
FF6
TRS/ARS
1-95
1-95
1-96
1-96
FF7
Applications
5 (8Bits/NoPar./
1stop)
3 (2400 bps)
0 (No order)
0 (Off)
1 digit
5 (8bits/NoPar./
1stop)
5 (9600 bps)
0 (No order)
0 (Off)
1-97
1-97
1-98
1-98
1-99
1-99
1-100
1-100
1-101
Appendix B
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 1-4
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
FF1 0 05 0037 Hold (1-255) Hold
Serial Port 2: Maximum Input Digits
80 digits
1-101
FF1 0 06: Serial Port Output Data
0
System
Configuration
1-102
FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 06 0002 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 06 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 06 0004 Hold
FF1 0 06 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold
Call Logging Data to Serial Port
Fault Alarm Data to Serial Port
Programmed Data to Serial Port
Not Used
Bus Monitor Data to Serial Port
1 (Port 1)
0 (None)
2 (Port 2)
-2 (Port 2)
1-102
1-102
1-103
1-103
1-104
FF1 0 07 (0001-0012) Hold (0-16) Hold
Auto Pause Position Behind PBX
FF1 0 08 (0001-0006) Hold FL/R (0-9999)
Hold
PBX Exchange Line Access Codes
1 (1st, for ”9”)
1-105
0 (none, all other)
Code 1: 9
1-106
Codes 2-6: none
FF1 0 07 and 08: PBX Parameters
FF1
System
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
1 (Format #1)
FF1 0 10 (00-15) (01-16) Hold (0 or 1) Hold Call Restriction Between Extension COS
FF1 0 11 (00-15) (01-16) Hold (0 or 1) Hold Call Restriction Between Exchange Line
COS
1-108
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
FF1 0 12, 13, and 14: MOH Source
1-110
FF1 0 12 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
MOH Source for Exchange Lines
FF1 0 13 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
MOH Source for Private Lines
FF1 0 14 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
MOH Source for Intercom Calls
Maintenance
0 (Internal single
tone)
0 (Internal single
tone)
0 (Internal single
tone)
FF1 0 15 (0001-0072) Hold (0-72) Hold
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant
Groups
FF1 0 16 0001 Hold (0-800) Hold
SSD Common Block for MCO Tenant
Groups
FF1 0 17 (0001-0144) Hold (0-799 or 0-800) SSD Block Table
Hold
FF1 0 19 0001 Hold (1-50) Hold
0 (none)
1-114
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
See pg. 1-115
1-114
Synchronised Clock
TRS Class for Forced Account Codes
Ext.No. Display for Closed-Number Calls
--
Ring Alarm Frequency
Ring Alarm Pattern
FF6
TRS/ARS
1-116
1-117
1 (TRS Class 1)
1-117
1-117
0 (no digits)
FF7
Applications
1-118
FF1 0 21: Ring Alarm for Unanswered Calls
FF1 0 21 0001 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF1 0 21 0002 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF1 0 20: Ext.No. Display for Closed-Number Calls
1-118
1 (400/562Hz)
5 (.25on/2.75off)
1-119
1-120
FF8
Maintenance
1-121
Dealer Programming ID Code
9999
VM Answer Supervision Code
VM Transfer Code #1: Prefix
VM Transfer Code #1: Suffix
-- (none)
-- (none)
-- (none)
1-121
FF1 0 23 and 24: Voice Mail Codes
ICX-25-400
1-112
1-116
FF1 0 22 0001 Hold (0000-9999) Hold
Appendix B
1-111
1-113
FF1 0 18: Synchronised Clock
FF1 0 23 0001 Hold (0000-9999) Hold
FF1 0 24 0001 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 0 24 0002 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
Trunks
1-110
1 (SSD Block 1)
FF1 0 22: Dealer Programming ID Code
Appendix A
FF2
1-113
FF1 0 20 0001 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF8
System
1-108
1-109
FF1 0 19: TRS Class for Forced Account Codes
Applications
1-107
FF1 0 10 and 11: Call Restriction Between COS
FF1 018 (0001-0003) Hold (BSS/C) Hold
FF7
FF1
1-107
Call Logging Output Format
FF1 0 15, 16, and 17: SSD Blocks
FF5
0
System
Configuration
1-105
FF1 0 09: Call Logging Output Format
FF2
Introduction
1-122
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
1-122
1-122
1-123
•
Page 1-5
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 24 0003 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 0 24 0004 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
Section 400-Programming
VM Transfer Code #2: Prefix
VM Transfer Code #2: Suffix
-- (none)
-- (none)
Caller ID Log Outgoing Add Digits
-- (none)
1-123
1-124
FF1 0 25: Caller ID Add Digits
FF1 0 25 0001 Hold (up to 4 char.) Hold
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
1-125
1-125
FF1 0 26: DISA ID Codes
1-126
FF1 0 26 0001 Hold (0-10) Hold
DISA ID Code Numbering
FF1 0 26 (0002-0033) Hold (up to 10 digits DISA ID Codes and TRS Assignments
or 1-50) Hold
0 (no code)
-- (no code)
0 (no TRS Class)
1-126
1-127
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1 1: System Timers
1-128
FF1
System
FF1 1 01: Exchange Line Timer 1
1-128
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1 1 01 0001 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0002 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0003 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0004 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0005 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0006 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0007 Hold (1-255) Hold
Flash Timer 1 for Exchange Line
Flash Timer 2 for Exchange Line
Flash Timer for Auto-Repeat Dial
Pause Timer
Call Duration Timer (Public Exchange Line)
Call Duration Timer (Private Line)
Outpulse Delay Timer (Public Exchange
Line)
Outpulse Delay Timer (Private Line/
Immediate-Start)
Pre-Pause Timer (ISDN Exchange Line)
Interdigit Timer (ARS and ISDN Exchange
Line)
Not Used
50 (800ms)
5 (80ms)
124 (1984ms)
3 (seconds)
10 (seconds)
10 (seconds)
3 (seconds)
1-128
1-130
1-129
1-130
1-131
1-131
1-132
1 (second)
1-132
30 (seconds)
10 (seconds)
1-133
1-133
--
1-134
5 (seconds)
5 (seconds)
1-134
1-135
30 (seconds)
1-136
FF1 1 01 0016 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0017 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0018 Hold (1-255) Hold
Wink Wait Timer (AC-15 Private Lines)
Start Timer for Public-Exchange Busy Tone
Detect (Auto-Repeat Dial)
Public-Exchange Busy Tone Detect Timer
(Auto-Repeat Dial)
DTMF ON: Pattern #1
DTMF OFF: Pattern #1
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #2
1-136
1-137
1-138
FF1 1 01 0019 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #3
16 (80ms)
16 (80ms)
1 (125ms on/
125ms off)
2 (250ms on/
250ms off)
FF1 1 01 0008 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0009 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0010 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0011 Hold
FF1 1 01 0012 Hold
FF1 1 01 0013 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0014 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0015 Hold (1-255) Hold
Page 1-6
•
1-140
DISA No-Answer Timer #1
Multiple Incoming No-Answer Timer #2
Exchange-Line Delayed Ring Timer (Day1)
Exchange-Line Delayed Ring Timer (Day2)
Exchange-Line Delayed Ring Timer (Night)
Exchange-Line Delayed Ring Timer (Busy)
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1)
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2)
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night)
Long Talk Alarm #1 Timer
Long Talk Alarm #2 Timer
Paging Timer (Private Line)
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
1-139
FF1 1 02: Exchange Line Timer 2
FF1 1 02 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0012 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF2
30 (seconds)
16 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
120 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
180 (seconds)
60 (seconds)
30 (seconds)
1-140
1-141
1-142
1-142
1-143
1-144
1-145
1-146
1-146
1-147
1-148
1-148
ICX-25-400
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
FF1 1 02 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0014 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0015 Hold (0-255) Hold
Exch.Line-to-Exch.Line Connection Timer
Queuing Timer (ARS)
DDI Delayed Ring Timer
60 (minutes)
15 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
1-149
1-149
1-150
Call Forward/DND Confirmation Tone Timer
Message-Waiting Tone Timer
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone (DP
SLTs)
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone
(DTMF SLTs)
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone
(Digital Keyphones)
Interdigit Timer (DP SLTs)
Interdigit Timer (DTMF SLTs)
Interdigit Timer (Digital Keyphones)
DTMF Receiver Queuing Timer
Not Used
3 (seconds)
3 (seconds)
30 (seconds)
1-151
1-151
1-152
15 (seconds)
1-153
0 (wait indefintly)
1-153
15 (seconds)
15 (seconds)
0 (wait indefintly)
6 (seconds)
--
1-154
1-155
1-155
1-156
1-156
FF2
SLT Off Hook Signal Interval
BLF Delayed Ring Timer
10 (seconds)
5 (seconds)
1-157
1-157
FF3
FF1 1 03: Extension Timer 1
0
System
Configuration
1-151
FF1 1 03 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1 1 03 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0010 Hold
FF1 1 03 0011 Hold
FF1 1 03 0012 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 03 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04: Extension Timer 2
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF1 1 04 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0012 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0014 Hold
FF1 1 04 0015 Hold
FF1 1 04 0016 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 04 0017 Hold (0-255) Hold
Hold Recall Start Timer (Extensions)
Hold Recall Start Timer (Attendant Group)
Hold Recall Start Timer (SLTs)
Transfer Recall Start Timer (Extensions/
SLTs)
Transfer Recall Start Timer (Attendant
Group)
Hold/Transfer Recall Ringing Duration Timer
Attendant Reversion Duration Timer
Call Forward/No Answer Timer (Day1)
Call Forward/No Answer Timer (Day2)
Call Forward/No Answer Timer (Night)
Callback Ring Timer (Callback Request and
Exchange-Line Queuing)
Timed Reminder Ring Timer
Timed Reminder Interval for Busy
Extensions
Not Used
120 (seconds)
20 (seconds)
0 (No recall)
60 (seconds)
1-158
1-158
1-159
1-159
20 (seconds)
1-160
60 (seconds)
0 (continue ring)
16 (seconds)
16 (seconds)
16 (seconds)
15 (seconds)
1-161
1-161
1-162
1-162
1-163
1-163
16 (seconds)
16 (seconds)
1-164
1-165
--
1-165
Howler Tone Duration Timer (Extensions)
Station Call Park Recall Timer
30 (seconds)
180 (seconds)
1-166
1-166
FF1 2: Dial Plan
1-167
FF1 2 01 (0001-0024) Hold (1-4) Hold
Appendix A
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Trunks
Extensions
1-158
FF1 1 04 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5
Introduction
FF1 2 02 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit
Code) Hold
FF1 2 03 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit
Code) Hold
Maximum/Minimum Dialling at Intercom Dial
Tone
Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial
Tone
Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial
Tone
See table, page
1-167
See table, page
1-169
See table, page
1-171
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
1-167
1-168
1-170
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-7
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
FF1 2 04 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code)
Hold
FF1 2 05 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code)
Hold
FF1 2 06 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code)
Hold
FF1 2 07 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code)
Hold
Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at
Ringback Tone
Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at
Ringback Tone
Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at Busy
Tone
Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at Busy
Tone
See table, page
1-173
See table, page
1-173
See table, page
1-174
See table, page
1-175
FF1 3: MCO Access in Tenant Groups
FF1
System
FF1 3 01 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99 or 0-72)
Hold
FF1 3 02 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99) Hold
FF1 3 03 (0001-0072) Hold (1-99) Hold
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF1 4 06 0002 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 4 06 0003 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
See table, page
1-181
1-181
1-179
DDI/CLI Numbering (“A” Side)
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side)
4 (digits)
0 (none)
1-183
1-184
DDI/CLI Numbering (“B” Side)
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side)
4 (digits)
0 (none)
1-186
1-187
DDI Dialling to ISDN “S” Point
-3rd-party VM: DDI Number Automatic Send 0 (do not send
DDI No.)
3rd-party VM: ID Code Prefix for DDI
(none)
3rd-party VM: ID Code Suffix for DDI
(none)
1-189
1-191
1-192
FF1 8: Digital Pad Settings
1-193
FF1 8 03 (0001-0008) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF1 8 05 (0001-0024) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF1 8 06 (0001-0024) Hold (0-31) Hold
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1 7: Not Used
Digital Pad Settings for Extension Pad Class See table, page
1-193
Digital Pad Settings for Exchange Line Pad See tables, page
Class
1-196 and 1-197
Digital Pad Settings for BGM
See table, page
1-198
Digital Pad Settings for Paging Port Adapter See table, page
1-199
Digital Pad Settings for 3-Party Conference See table, page
1-201
Digital Pad Settings for 8-Party Conference See table, page
1-202
FF1
1-191
1-192
1-192
FF1 8 04 (0001-0024) Hold (0-31) Hold
Maintenance
1-177
FF1 6: Not Used
FF1 8 01 (0001-0240) Hold (0-31) Hold
0
System
Configuration
1-176
1-192
Applications
FF8
1-175
FF1 5: Not Used
FF1 8 02 (0001-0480) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF7
1-174
1-183
FF1 4 01 0001 Hold (1-4) Hold
FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 172) Hold
FF1 4 03 0001 Hold (1-4) Hold
FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 172) Hold
FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF1 4 06 0001 Hold (0-3) Hold
Introduction
1-173
See table, page
1-177
0 (none)
FF1 4: DDI/CLI Tables
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound
Exchange-Line Groups
Advanced Routing: Outbound ExchangeLine Group Chains
Tenant Groups: Inbound Exchange-Line
Groups
1-172
1-193
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
1-195
1-198
FF7
Applications
1-199
1-200
1-202
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-8
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 0: System Common
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 01: General 1
FF1
System
FF1
System
3334#####=4
Splash Tone: Voice Calls
637#IRU#9RLFH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
Set whether the system will issue a “splash” tone to alert called-party extensions of a
voice call (on-speaker).
FF2
Trunks
FF1 0 01 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
0=No splash tone.
1=Splash tone is heard for voice calls. (default)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Extension COS: Intercom Calling Type (pg. 1-37) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Voice Call Send (pg. 1-72) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 36 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Voice Call Receive (pg. 1-73) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 37 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Splash Tone: Internal Paging
FF7
Applications
3335#####=4
637#IRU#3DJLQJ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Set whether the system will issue a “splash” tone at the beginning of an internal page
(heard on extension phone speakers).
Applications
FF1 0 01 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
0=No splash tone.
1=Splash tone is heard for internal page. (default)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-9
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Phones set to DND will not receive pages. However, phones set to Call
Forward-All will receive pages.
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher)
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
Page Override (pg. 1-28) FF1 0 02 0012 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Paging (pg. 1-51) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5 4: Paging Groups (pg. 5-22)
FF1
FF1
System
System
Splash Tone: Busy Override (Start)
FF2
Trunks
3336#####=4
637#2YHUULGH#4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Set whether the system will issue a “splash” tone to the called party at the beginning of a
Busy Override call.
Trunks
FF1 0 01 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
0=No splash tone.
1=Splash tone is heard for a Busy Override. (default)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Groups
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
Extension COS: Busy Override Send (pg. 1-63)
Busy Override on Exchange-Line Key (pg. 3-9)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 27 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Splash Tone: Busy Override (Continuous)
FF7
Applications
3337#####=3
637#2YHUULGH#5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Set whether the system will issue a recurring “splash” tone during a conversation in
Busy Override.
Applications
FF1 0 01 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
0=No splash tone. (default)
1=Splash tone is heard every 2 seconds
during a Busy Override.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 1-10
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Extension COS: Busy Override Send (pg. 1-63)
Busy Override on Exchange-Line Key (pg. 3-9)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 27 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Splash Tone: 3-Party Conference
0
System
Configuration
3338#####=3
637#IRU#&21)
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Set whether the system will issue a recurring “splash” tone to all parties when a 3-way
conference call is initiated.
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF1 0 01 0005 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
FF3
0=No splash tone. (default)
Extensions
Extensions
1=Recurring splash tone is heard
during a 3-Party Conference.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Extension COS: Brokers Hold on SLTs (pg. 1-43) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Digital Pad Settings for 3-Party Conference (pg. 1-200) FF1 8 05 (0001-0024) Hold (0-31) Hold
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Exclusive Hold (Exchange Line Key)
3339#####=4
([FOXVLYH#+ROG
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
FF7
Allow/Restrict the ability to place a call on Exclusive Hold by pressing
the exchange line FF-key for it.
Applications
FF1 0 01 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
0=Disable Exclusive Hold via exchange line key.
1=Enable Exclusive Hold via exchange line key.
(default)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Notes:
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-11
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
Extension COS: Exclusive Hold for Non-Appearing CO (pg. 1-41)
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Virtual Key LED: Answer Control #1
333:#####=3
9LUWXDO#&217#4
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Set whether all FF-key line appearances for a Virtual Port will extinguish or stay lit
when an incoming call to the Virtual Port is answered.
FF1
System
System
FF1 0 01 0007 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2
0=Free-up FF-key (extinguish). (default)
1=Stay lit (busy).
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Virtual Ports: Extensions that do not physically exist, and do not require any hardware (doesn’t take up
a slot, port, etc.). Virtual Ports can be used for multiple ringing. Some examples are as follows:
❒ Incoming DDI (Direct Dialling Inward) or DIL (Direct-In-Line) calls to a Virtual Port can ring on
multiple phones.
❒ Virtual Ports can be assigned to Hunt Groups.
❒ Virtual Ports can receive calls going through Auto Attendant (e.g., “for Customer Service, press 1”).
❒ Virtual Ports can be used as System Park orbits.
The above address, “Answer Control #1,” interacts with the next address, “Answer Control #2.” Once
an incoming call is answered on a Virtual Port FF-key, one of the following can be programmed to
occur:
(1) the call stays on the Virtual FF-key for all phones that have it;
(2) the call stays on the Virtual FF-key only on the phone that answers the call; or
(3) the call moves to the MCO key to which the exchange line belongs.
See table (next page) for interaction details.
In programming, you can allow the phone user to press ON/OFF (instead of the FF-key) to answer the
incoming call by enabling the phone’s extension port for Ringing Line Preference (ON/OFF) (see pg.
3-8).
Related Programming:
Day1/2/Night Ring Type/Destination for exchange lines -- see Chapter 2: Exchange Line Programming
Ringing Line Preference (ON/OFF) (pg. 3-8) FF3 0 BSSC 04 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 2: Virtual Ports (pg. 3-40)
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7) FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
(Code) Hold
Exchange Line FF-Key Allow/Restrict settings -- FF4 (starting on pg. 4-10)
Appendix B
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 1-12
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
Table 1-1. Interaction between Virtual Key LED Answer Control #1 and #2 settings
Answer Control #1
(all phones)
FF1 0 01 0007 Hold (0/1) Hold
0=free-up FF-key (unlit)
1=stay lit (busy)
Answer Control #2
(answering phone only)
FF1 0 01 0008 Hold (0/1) Hold
0=stay lit (busy)
1=free-up FF-key (unlit)
0
0
FF1
System
0
FF2
1
Trunks
1
1
Extensions
FF4
Result:
An incoming call to the Virtual Port will ring on all
phones with a Virtual FF-key line appearance for it.
When the call is answered ...
... the FF-key will stay lit on the phone that
answered the call. The Virtual Port’s FF-keys on all
other phones will extinguish (the call appearance
moves to the MCO key to which the exchange line
belongs). These Virtual FF-keys are now available
for the next incoming call to the Virtual Port.
(default) ... the Virtual Port’s FF-keys on all
phones will extinguish (the call appearance moves
to the MCO key to which the exchange line
belongs). These Virtual FF-keys are now available
for the next incoming call to the Virtual Port.
0
... all FF-keys for the Virtual Port will stay lit.
1
... all FF-keys for the Virtual Port will stay lit.
(same as 1 - 0 above, because if Answer Control
#1 is set to “1=stay lit,” negates any Answer Control
#2 setting)
FF3
NOTE: If the phone doesn’t have an MCO key for the exchange line, the call will not “appear” anywhere on the phone
when it is moved from the Virtual Port FF-key; but it will remain a normal call (can be put on hold, transferred, etc.).
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Virtual Key LED: Answer Control #2
333;#####=4
9LUWXDO#&217#5
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
Set whether the FF-key line appearance for a Virtual Port will extinguish or stay lit on
the phone that answers an incoming call to the Virtual Port.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF1 0 01 0008 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
FF8
0=Stay lit (busy).
1=Free-up FF-key (extinguish). (default)
Applications
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Maintenance
See Notes, previous page.
This setting will apply only if Virtual Key LED: Answer Control #1 is set to “0=Free-up” (default).
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix A
See Related Programming, previous page.
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-13
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
333<#####=3
Floating Hold on Exchange Line Key
$XWR#)ORDWLQJ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Enable/Disable Floating Hold on an exchange line FF-key by pressing the HOLD key.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 01 0009 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=Disable Floating Hold on exchange line FF-key (via HOLD).
(default)
1=Enable Floating Hold on exchange line FF-key (via HOLD).
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
System
Configuration
Notes:
FF1
System
FF2
Floating Hold: When a call is placed on hold, any phone with a line appearance (exchange line FFkey) for that call can pick it up by pressing the FF-key.
Related Programming:
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7)
(Code) Hold
FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
FF4
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Floating Hold on Virtual Port Key
3343#####=3
FF-/Soft Keys
9LUWXDO#+ROG
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Enable/Disable Floating Hold on Virtual Port FF-keys.
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF1 0 01 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
0=Disable Floating Hold on Virtual Port FF-keys. (default)
TRS/ARS
1=Enable Floating Hold on Virtual Port FF-keys.
FF7
FF7
Notes:
Applications
Applications
When a Virtual Port call is put on hold, the Virtual Port’s FF-key LED will indicate busy status (red
solid) while the call is on hold.
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
FF3 2: Virtual Ports (pg. 3-40)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-14
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Hot Line/MCO Preference for “ON/OFF” Key
3344#####=3
2122))#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether system will seize an MCO exchange line when ON/OFF is pressed on a
digital keyphone.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 01 0011 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=Disabled. (default) Receive intercom dial tone
when ON/OFF is pressed.
1=Enabled. Seize MCO exchange line at ON/OFF.
System
FF2
Trunks
FF1
System
FF2
Notes:
Trunks
If set to “1” (seize MCO exchange line), an FF-key must be assigned for intercom calls (Headset
feature).
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
MCO Prime Line (pg. 3-21) FF3 0 BSSC 04 23 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5 5: Hot Line Group (pg. 5-24)
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
3345#####=4
Programming Mode Entry
352*#4VW#3RUW
FF5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Allow/Restrict the ability of the lowest-numbered digital extension port to enter
programming mode (ON/OFF PROG ** PROG) without a Log-In Code.
Groups
FF1 0 01 0012 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
0=Do not allow programming mode entry.
FF7
1=Allow programming mode entry without
a valid Log-In Code. (default)
Applications
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Dealer Programming ID Code (pg. 1-121)
FF1 0 22 0001 Hold (0000-9999) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-15
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Built-In VM: Voice Mail Access Key
3346#####=4
90#.H\#&217#4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability to call the Built-In Voice Mail system by pressing an FF-key
programmed for Built-In VM access.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 01 0013 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
0=Disable Built-In VM access via FF-key.
System
System
1=Enable Built-In VM access via FF-key. (default)
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF2
If this address is set to “1” (Enabled), a voice mail access code must be assigned to an FF-key.
Trunks
Once assigned, the FF-key LED will indicate the recording is active.
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
FF7 0: Built-In Voice Mail (pg. 7-3)
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
3347#####=4
Built-In VM: Mailbox Key
90#.H\#&217#5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
FF5
Allow/Restrict the ability to leave a message in Built-In Voice Mail by pressing a
mailbox key.
Groups
FF1 0 01 0014 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
0=Disable Built-In VM mailbox key.
1=Enable Built-In VM mailbox key. (default)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
Notes:
Applications
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
FF7 0: Built-In Voice Mail (pg. 7-3)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-16
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Built-In VM: Message Retrieve Key
3348#####=4
90#.H\#&217#6
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(USA only) (Large Display phones only) Allow/Restrict the ability of Large-Display phones
(VB-44225) to retrieve messages from Built-In Voice Mail by pressing the MSG key.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 01 0015 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
0=Disable MSG key for message retrieval from
Built-In VM.
System
1=Enable MSG key for message retrieval from
Built-In VM. (default)
FF2
Trunks
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
If the MSG key is not available, assign the “Retrieve Messages” feature access code to an FF-key (see
FF4 for instructions).
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF7 0: Built-In Voice Mail (pg. 7-3)
MSG Key ID Codes (pg. 8-52) FF8 1 06 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
3349#####=4
Off-Hook Monitor
2II0+RRN#0RQLWRU
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Enable/Disable off-hook monitoring on speakerphones.
FF6
FF6
FF1 0 01 0016 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
0=Disable Off-Hook Monitoring.
1=Enable Off-Hook Monitoring. (default)
FF7
Applications
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Off-Hook Monitoring: Put a call on-speaker while the handset is off-hook (simply press ON/OFF
key). Two-way communication is still available through the handset; however, only one-way
communication (caller-to-you) is available through the speaker (caller can’t hear from the speaker).
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-17
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
334:#####=4
Handset Mute
+DQGVHW#0XWH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Enable/Disable Handset Mute. Applies to Tone Calling only.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 0 01 0017 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=Disable Handset Mute.
FF1
System
1=Enable Handset Mute for Tone calling. (default)
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
Handset Mute: Block audio to the outside party by pressing an FF-key preprogrammed for the Mute
function. Press the FF-key again to restore outgoing audio.
Related Programming:
Extension COS: Intercom Calling Type (pg. 1-37)
Trunks
FF3
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extensions
334;#####=3
Hookflash on Rotary SLTs
FF2
6/7#+.#&217
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Set what happens when the digit “1” is dialled on rotary (dial-pulse) SLT phones during
a call.
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF1 0 01 0018 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
0=Dialling “1” performs hookflash. (default)
1=Dialling “1” outpulses the “1” digit.
TRS/ARS
FF7
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-18
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
ISDN Outgoing Control
334<#####=3
,6'1#6HWXS#&217
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enable/Disable automatic dialling when a digit string dialled on an ISDN exchange line
or extension matches an Automatic Route Selection (ARS) entry.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 01 0019 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=Disabled. (default) Needs number code for outgoing.
1=Enabled.
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF1
System
FF2
Set this to “0” (Disable) if the system doesn’t use ARS routing. (Users must press the # key, or wait
until the Interdigit Timer expires, to dial out.)
Set this to “1” (Enable) if you want the system to seize the exchange line and dial out automatically (so
the ISDN user doesn’t have to press # to send the call). If enabled, automatic outdialling is controlled
by the addresses listed in Related Programming below.
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(if automatic outdialling is enabled...)
Leading Digits Table: Follow Digit Maximum (pg. 6-7) FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0003 Hold (0-16) Hold
Analyse Digits Table: Follow Digit Maximum (pg. 6-13) FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0003 Hold (0-16) Hold
Closed Number Table: Follow Digit Maximum (pg. 6-45) FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0002 Hold (0-16) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Automatic BLF on DSS and EM/24 Units
3353#####=3
%/)#$XWR#$VVLJQ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
FF7
FF1 0 01 0020 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Applications
Applications
0=Disable automatic BLF assignment on DSS and EM/24. (default)
1=Enable automatic BLF assignment at initialisation.
FF8
FF6
TRS/ARS
Enable/Disable automatic BLF key assignment for a DSS or EM/24, which (if enabled)
will apply after setting the extension port’s Phone Type (see pg. 3-3).
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
If this address is enabled, the following automatic assignments apply to DSS Consoles:
FF1-FF60
automatically assigned Ext. Nos., from smallest Ext.No. as FF1, to largest Ext. No. as
FF60. If there are less than 60 extensions, the remaining FF-keys (up to FF60) will be
blank.
FF61-FF66 Floating Keys 1-6
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-19
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF67-FF71
FF72
Section 400-Programming
Paging Groups 0-4
System Mode (Day/Night) Switch.
Introduction
If this address is enabled, the following automatic assignments apply to EM/24 Units:
0
FF1-FF24
System
Configuration
Ext. Nos., from smallest Ext.No. as FF1, to largest Ext. No. as FF24. If there are less
than 24 extensions, the remaining FF-keys (up to FF24) will be blank.
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
Phone Type (pg. 3-3)
FF3 0 BSSC 00 Hold (1-3) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
System
3354#####=3
Caller ID Log Outgoing Control
&,'#/RJ#'LDO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
Enable/Disable automatic outdialling when a Caller ID phone number entry on the
displayed Caller ID Log is selected (via soft key on LCD display).
FF3
FF3
FF1 0 01 0021 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extensions
Extensions
0=Disabled. (default)
1=Enabled.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Related Programming:
Caller ID Log Extensions (pg. 8-64)
FF8 1 10 Hold Hold (001-120) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Caller ID Log Private/Out-of-Area Control
3355#####=4
&,'#/RJJLQJ#&217
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
Enable/Disable the inclusion of “Private” or “Out of Area” calls on the Caller ID Log.
FF1 0 01 0022 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
0=Disable Caller ID Log for “Private” or “Out of Area” calls.
1=Enable Caller ID Log for “Private” or “Out of Area”
calls. (default)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-20
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Private Calls: The caller has blocked their own Caller ID information.
Out-of-Area Calls: The CO does not support Caller ID data, so the information is not sent.
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
Caller ID Log Extensions (pg. 8-64)
FF8 1 10 Hold Hold (001-120) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
3356#####=4
Time Display Mode
57245#+RXUV
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Select the method for displaying the current (system clock) time on phone LCDs:
24-hour format (e.g., “15:00” for 3:00 pm)
or 12-hour format (e.g., “03:00” for 3:00 pm).
Trunks
FF1 0 01 0023 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
0=24-hour format.
1=12-hour format. (default)
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
CPC Reset is required in order to activate a change to this setting.
FF5
Groups
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
System Time (pg. 8-42)
FF8 1 00 1 Hold (HHMM) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-21
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 02: General 2
0
0
System
Configuration
3334#####=3
Exchange Line Numbering
System
Configuration
75.#1XPEHULQJ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Set the system-wide digit length of exchange line numbers.
FF1
System
System
FF1 0 02 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2
0=2-digit exchange line numbering. (default)
1=3-digit exchange line numbering.
Trunks
FF3
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Exchange-Line Number Assignment (pg. 2-7) for analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-576) Hold
Private-Line Number Assignment (pg. 2-38) for AC-15 private lines FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-576) Hold
Exchange-Line Number Assignment (1st Channel) (pg. 2-61) for first ISDN exchange line FF2 1 BSSC 01
Hold (0-576) Hold
Trunk Number Assignment (pg. 2-87) for T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
Trunk Number Assignment (pg. 2-116) for T1 E&M tie lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
3335#####=4
SSD Code Numbering
66'#1XPEHULQJ
FF6
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the system-wide digit length of SSD codes.
FF7
FF7
FF1 0 02 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Applications
Applications
0=2-digit SSD code numbering.
FF8
1=3-digit SSD code numbering. (default)
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
If you select “2-digit numbering,” up to 80 SSDs (numbered 00-79) are available.
Appendix A
Appendix A
If you select “3-digit numbering,” up to 800 SSDs (numbered 000-799) are available.
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-22
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
SSD Common Block for MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-114) FF1 0 16 0001 Hold (0-800) Hold
SSD Block Table (pg. 1-114) FF1 0 17 (0001-0144) Hold (0-799 or 0-800) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-46) FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
SSD Assignment to Groups
FF1
System
3336#####=3
66'#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Allow/Restrict the ability to assign SSD code ranges to different MCO Tenant Groups.
System
FF1 0 02 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
0=Disabled. (default) All extensions can use all SSD codes.
1=Enabled. SSD codes can be divided into blocks & assigned
to different groups.
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
If this is set to “1=Enabled”, you can assign (for example) SSDs 100-199 to MCO Tenant Group 1;
SSDs 200-299 to MCO Tenant Group 2; and so on.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Extension COS: SSD Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-46) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-113) FF1 0 15 (0001-0072) Hold (0-72) Hold
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF5
Groups
Exchange Line Access in Speed Dialling
3337#####=4
6SHHG#'LDO#0RGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set whether the system will automatically access an exchange line before outpulsing the
phone number of an SSD or PSD code.
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF1 0 02 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
0=System does not access an exchange line (assumes SSD/PSD is an
internal call).
1=System automatically accesses an exchange line when an SSD/PSD
code is dialled. (default)
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
If this address is set to “0=System does not access exchange line automatically”, you must enter the
MCO access code in front of an outside number when programming it into a speed dial bin.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-23
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
If this address is set to “1=System automatically accesses exchange line” (default), the exchange line
will be automatically chosen from MCO-1 when the user presses the SSD/PSD number or key. In order
to program an intercom call into a speed dial bin, you must enter the Intercom access code in front of the
extension number.
0
Related Programming:
PSD Numbers (pg. 8-44)
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-46)
Introduction
FF8 1 01 Hold 0 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold (PSD) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
3338#####=3
Intercom Voice Call Pickup
FF2
Trunks
3LFN0XS#90FDOO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Enable or disable Call Pickup (Direct and Group) of intercom voice calls.
Trunks
FF1 0 02 0005 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
0=Disable Call Pickup of intercom voice calls. (default)
Extensions
1=Enable Call Pickup of intercom voice calls.
FF4
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Groups
3339#####=4
BLF Call Pickup
FF6
TRS/ARS
3LFN0XS#%/)
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Enable/Disable the ability to pick up incoming calls on a BLF (Busy Lamp Field) key.
Applications
FF7
Applications
FF1 0 02 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=Disable BLF Call Pickup.
1=Enable BLF Call Pickup. (default)
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
BLF Key (or DSS/BLF Key): FF-keys assigned to represent other extensions. Press the BLF Key to
call the extension, or pick up its incoming calls on either an immediate-ring or delayed-ring basis. BLF
Keys are assigned in FF4: FF-Key/Soft Key Feature Assignment.
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher)
Page 1-24
•
Incoming calls on BLF keys will blink green.
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher)
FF1: System Programming
Assuming the above address is left at default ”1=Enable” ...
Introduction
❒ Auto Answer will apply (the ability to answer the incoming call simply by picking up the handset),
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
as long as the BLF key is enabled for ringing in the Exchange Line FF-Key addresses in FF4. If
the Exchange Line FF-Key addresses are left at default ”0=Do not ring”, the user must press the
BLF key to answer the incoming call.
❒ If the phone is ringing for the BLF call, the phone’s display will read “INCM” and the BLF Ext.No.
or Name.
❒ If a BLF call is answered and in progress, the BLF key will start blinking green if it receives a
second incoming call. Press the BLF key to pick up the second call (and disconnect from the first).
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Related Programming:
Exchange-Line FF-Key: Day1 Ringing (pg. 4-11) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx2 (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange-Line FF-Key: Day2 Ringing (pg. 4-12) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx3 (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange-Line FF-Key: Night Ringing (pg. 4-12) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx4 (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange-Line FF-Key: No-Ring Auto Answer (pg. 4-13) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx5 (0 or 1)
Hold
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Day1 Ringing (pg. 4-16)
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx2 (0 or 1) Hold
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Day2 Ringing (pg. 4-17) FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx3 (0 or 1) Hold
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Night Ringing (pg. 4-17) FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx4 (0 or 1) Hold
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: No-Ring Auto Answer (pg. 4-18) FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx5 (0 or 1)
Hold
FF4
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Day/Night Mode Assignment
333:#####=3
'D\21LJKW#0RGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
FF5
Set method of Day/Night Mode assignment.
Groups
Groups
FF1 0 02 0007 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
0=Day/Night Mode is set system-wide. (default)
1=Day/Night Mode is set for each MCO Tenant Group.
TRS/ARS
FF7
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Applications
If set to “0” (system-wide), Auto-Mode switching can be used.
FF8
If set to “1” (per MCO Tenant Group), each MCO Tenant Group can have its own Day and Night
modes, but mode switching must be performed manually -- Auto-Mode switching is not allowed.
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Extension COS: System Mode Switch (pg. 1-62) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 26 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Day1/2/Night Ring Type/Destination for exchange lines -- see Chapter 2: Exchange Line Programming
FF8 1 07: Special Days/Times (pg. 8-53)
System Mode Display (pg. 3-17) FF3 0 BSSC 04 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-25
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Reset Calling: Intercom Calls
333;#####=3
(;7#6WHS#&DOO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Enable/Disable Reset Calling for intercom calls.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 0 02 0008 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=Disable Reset Calling for intercom calls. (default)
1=Enable Reset Calling for intercom calls.
System
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Reset Calling: After dialling one extension, the caller can dial the last digit of another extension to
transfer himself to that extension.
If this address is set to “1=Enable” and Reset Calling is performed during intercom busy tone, the
system will ring the dialled extension, and ignore any feature code that matches the dialled digit. This
means the following features cannot be dialled if Reset Calling is enabled (however, they can be
performed if they are already programmed into an FF-key):
2=Internal Camp-On
3=Extension Callback
4=Extension Message-Wait
5=Priority Message-Wait
8=OHVA
9=Extension Busy Override
FF5
Groups
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Reset Calling: DISA/Private Line
FF7
Applications
333<#####=3
7,(#6WHS#&DOO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Enable/Disable Reset Calling for DISA or AC-15 private-line calls.
Applications
FF1 0 02 0009 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
0=Disable Reset Calling for DISA and private-line calls. (default)
1=Enable Reset Calling for DISA and private-line calls.
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix A
Reset Calling: After dialling one extension, the caller can dial the last digit of another extension to
transfer himself to that extension.
Page 1-26
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
3343#####=3
ARS/LCR Setting
$562/&5
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Set whether Automatic Route Selection (ARS) will apply to outbound calls using the
1st-priority (MCO-1) exchange line access code (“9” by default).
FF1
System
System
FF1 0 02 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2
0=ARS will not apply to MCO-1 access code. (default)
1=ARS will apply to MCO-1 access code.
Trunks
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
If this address is set to “0=ARS will not apply” (default), the system will seize an exchange line in
MCO-1’s assigned exchange line group.
If this address is set to “1=ARS will apply”, the system will look in the ARS tables for a match after the
phone number is dialled.
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
FF6
Extension COS: Forced ARS (pg. 1-78) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 42 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-177) FF1 3 01 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99
or 0-72) Hold
MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Group Members (pg. 5-20) FF5 2 (01-99) (002-577) Hold (1-576) Hold
FF6 0: TRS/ARS Common (pg. 6-5)
FF6 2: ARS Settings (pg. 6-27)
TRS/ARS
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Advanced Routing for MCO Access
Applications
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
3344#####=3
5RXWH#$GYDQFH
FF7
Applications
Enable/Disable Advanced Routing for MCO exchange line access.
FF8
FF8
FF1 0 02 0011 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Maintenance
Maintenance
0=Disable Advanced Routing. (default)
1=Enable Advanced Routing.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-27
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Advanced Routing: “Chains” of up to 5 MCO exchange line groups can be searched when the user
dials an MCO access code to seize an outside line. These MCO Exchange Line Group Chains are built
in FF1 3 02 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99) Hold (pg. 1-179).
0
System
Configuration
If ARS/LCR Setting (pg. 1-27) is enabled, Advanced Routing is not available for MCO-1 Access Code
(“9” by default). However, Advanced Routing will apply to MCO-2 thru MCO-5 (“81-84” by default).
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
System
FF2
ARS/LCR Setting (pg. 1-27) FF1 0 02 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-177) FF1 3 01 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99
or 0-72) Hold
Advanced Routing: Outbound Exchange-Line Group Chains (pg. 1-179) FF1 3 02 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99)
Hold
MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Group Members (pg. 5-20) FF5 2 (01-99) (002-577) Hold (1-576) Hold
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
3345#####=4
Page Override
3DJLQJ#2YHUULGH
FF3
Extensions
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set whether a page currently in progress can be interrupted by a second page.
FF4
FF4
FF1 0 02 0012 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
0=Disable Page Override.
1=Enable Page Override. (default)
FF5
Groups
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
If Page Override is disabled (“0”), the first page will continue uninterrupted, and the second page
attempt will be blocked (user will hear busy tone).
FF6
TRS/ARS
If Page Override is enabled (“1”), the second page will interrupt the first page and cut it off.
FF7
Applications
FF7
Related Programming:
Extension COS: Paging (pg. 1-51)
Applications
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-28
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3346#####=3
Paging Answer on Private Line
7,(#3DJLQJ#&217
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the system receiving the page will send back an answer signal to the system
originating the page, on an AC-15 private line.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 02 0013 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=No answer signal. (default)
1=Answer signal is sent to the originating system.
System
FF2
Notes:
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
Exchange Line COS: Paging on DISA/Private Line Call (pg. 1-92)
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines (pg. 2-38)
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use) (pg. 2-115)
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
3347#####=3
Howler Tone
FF-/Soft Keys
+RZOHU#7RQH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Enable/Disable Howler Tone.
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF1 0 02 0014 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
0=Disable Howler Tone. (default)
1=Enable Howler Tone.
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Howler Tone: A loud tone issued through the handset receiver to call attention to an off-hook/dial-tone
condition (for example, when a user fails to hang up from a call).
Applications
FF8
Related Programming:
Extension COS: Dial Tone Pre-Pause Check (pg. 1-75) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 39 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone (DP SLTs) (pg. 1-152) FF1 1 03 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone (DTMF SLTs) (pg. 1-153) FF1 1 03 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone (Digital Keyphones) (pg. 1-153) FF1 1 03 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
Interdigit Timer (Digital Keyphones) (pg. 1-155) FF1 1 03 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Howler Tone Duration Timer (Extensions) (pg. 1-166) FF1 1 04 0016 Hold (0-255) Hold
Appendix B
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-29
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3348#####=3
DISA Invalid Number
',6$#(UURU#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set system action for invalid DISA calls received.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 0 02 0015 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=Handled as a multiple-incoming call. (default)
FF1
System
1=Call will be disconnected.
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
DISA (Direct Inward System Access): By dialling the DISA exchange line’s phone number, an
outside caller can dial into the phone system, and have full access to all the system’s features without
going through the Attendant (including the ability to transfer himself to different extensions, or dial-out
on another exchange line). To set up DISA, set the exchange line for DISA service in the Ring Type
addresses (FF2). Create DISA ID Codes and assign TRS Classes to them in FF1 0 26 0002-0033 (see
pg. 1-127).
Multiple-Incoming Ringing: An incoming exchange line call will ring on all extensions that have a
direct or MCO line appearance (FF-key) for that exchange line. The exchange line’s Ring Type must be
set to “0=Multiple Incoming (default)” in FF2. Exchange Lines and MCO exchange line groups are
assigned to FF-keys in FF4.
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
DISA ID Code Numbering (pg. 1-126) FF1 0 26 0001 Hold (0-10) Hold
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Type ...
for analog exchange lines (pg. 2-28) FF2 0 BSSC 03 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (0-6) Hold
for ISDN exchange lines (pg. 2-75) FF2 1 BSSC 04 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (0-6) Hold
for T1-CO lines (pg. 2-106) (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 04 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (0-6) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
3349#####=3
DISA Interdigit Timeout
',6$#'*7#702XW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
Set system action for incompleted incoming DISA calls (not receiving all DISA digits
within 30 seconds, or more than 10 seconds elapsing between digits).
FF8
FF8
FF1 0 02 0016 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Maintenance
Maintenance
0=Handled as a multiple-incoming call. (default)
1=Call will be disconnected.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-30
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
System
Configuration
334:#####=3
DISA No-Answer Timeout
',6$#1R#$QVZHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Set system action for unanswered DISA calls (an extension does not answer a DISA call
before the No-Answer Timer expires).
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF1 0 02 0017 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
0=Handled as a multiple-incoming call. (default)
1=Call will be disconnected.
Extensions
FF4
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
DISA No-Answer Timer #1 (pg. 1-140)
FF5
FF1 1 02 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Groups
DDI to Busy Extension (Day1)
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
334;#####=3
'',#%XV\#'D\4
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set system action for DDI calls to a busy extension during Day1 mode.
FF7
FF7
FF1 0 02 0018 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Applications
Applications
0=Busy signal returned to caller. (default)
1=Handled as a multiple-incoming call (rings at extension
with FF-key line appearance for the DDI exchange line).
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
DDI (Direct Dialling Inward): An outside caller can reach an internal extension directly by dialling an
exchange line phone number. The DDI exchange line passes the last 2 to 4 digits of the phone number
to the PBX, and the digits become (or are modified to become) the equivalent of an extension number.
DDI exchange lines can’t be used for outgoing calls (no dialtone offered). To set up DDI, set the
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-31
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
Section 400-Programming
exchange line for DDI in the Ring Type addresses (FF2). Enter the DDI numbers and assign their ring
and delayed-ring destinations in FF1 4: DDI/CLI Tables (see pg. 1-183).
Multiple-Incoming Ringing: An incoming exchange line call will ring on all extensions that have a
direct or MCO line appearance (FF-key) for that exchange line. Exchange Lines and MCO exchange
line groups are assigned to FF-keys in FF4.
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side) (pg. 1-184) FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side) (pg. 1-187) FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI Dialling to ISDN “S” Point (pg. 1-189) FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF1
System
System
FF2
Trunks
Introduction
DDI to Busy Extension (Day2)
334<#####=3
FF2
Trunks
'',#%XV\#'D\5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3
Set system action for DDI calls to a busy extension during Day2 mode.
Extensions
Extensions
FF1 0 02 0019 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
0=Busy signal returned to caller. (default)
1=Handled as a multiple-incoming call (rings at extension
with FF-key line appearance for the DDI exchange line).
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF3
Notes:
TRS/ARS
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF4
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side) (pg. 1-184) FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side) (pg. 1-187) FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI Dialling to ISDN “S” Point (pg. 1-189) FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-32
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
DDI to Busy Extension (Night)
3353#####=3
'',#%XV\#1LJKW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set system action for DDI calls to a busy extension during Night mode.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 02 0020 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=Busy signal returned to caller. (default)
1=Handled as a multiple-incoming call (rings at extension
with FF-key line appearance for the DDI exchange line).
System
FF2
System
Configuration
Notes:
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
FF3
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side) (pg. 1-184) FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side) (pg. 1-187) FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI Dialling to ISDN “S” Point (pg. 1-189) FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
DDI to Incorrect Number (Day1)
3354#####=3
'',#(UURU#'D\4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
FF5
Set system action for incorrect DDI calls (e.g., the DDI number has not been assigned to
ring anywhere) during Day1 mode.
Groups
FF1 0 02 0021 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
0=Busy signal returned to caller. (default)
1=Handled as a multiple-incoming call (rings at extension
with FF-key line appearance for the DDI exchange line).
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side) (pg. 1-184) FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side) (pg. 1-187) FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI Dialling to ISDN “S” Point (pg. 1-189) FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-33
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
DDI to Incorrect Number (Day2)
3355#####=3
'',#(UURU#'D\5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set system action for incorrect DDI calls (e.g., the DDI number has not been assigned to
ring anywhere) during Day2 mode.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 02 0022 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=Busy signal is returned to caller. (default)
1=Handled as a multiple-incoming call (rings at extension
with an FF-key line appearance for the DDI exchange line).
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Related Programming:
FF3
Trunks
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side) (pg. 1-184) FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side) (pg. 1-187) FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI Dialling to ISDN “S” Point (pg. 1-189) FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
DDI to Incorrect Number (Night)
FF5
Groups
3356#####=3
#'',#(UURU#1LJKW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Set system action for incorrect DDI calls (e.g., the DDI number has not been assigned to
ring anywhere) during Night mode.
Groups
FF1 0 02 0023 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
0=Busy signal is returned to caller. (default)
1=Handled as a multiple-incoming call (rings at extension
with an FF-key line appearance for the DDI exchange line).
FF7
Applications
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side) (pg. 1-184) FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side) (pg. 1-187) FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI Dialling to ISDN “S” Point (pg. 1-189) FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-34
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 03: Extension COS Definitions
System
Configuration
0
NOTE: Based on their initial default values, Extension Class of Service (COS)
No. 15 (setting “14” in the addresses below) is intended for Built-In Voice Mail
and Built-In ACD ports. Extension COS No. 16 (setting “15”) is intended for
Attendant phones.
System
Configuration
FF1
If the default setting for any COS is different from the normal default, it will be
indicated in the address box under “EXCEPTIONS”.
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
0
System
When you enter the address number 00-15 for the desired COS No. 01-16, the
actual COS No. (01-16) will appear on the phone’s display.
FF2
Trunks
By default, all extensions are assigned to Extension COS No. 1 (see FF3 0 BSSC
07 on pg. 3-26).
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Table 1-2. Extension COS addresses and defaults
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Intercom Calling Type
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Ringback
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Talk
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Camp-On
Extension COS: Exclusive Hold for NonAppearing CO
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Exclusive Hold on SLTs
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
0 (Tone)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (System Hold)
pg. 1-37
pg. 1-38
pg. 1-39
pg. 1-40
pg. 1-41
COS 15: 1 (Exclusv.Hold)
0 (System Hold)
pg. 1-42
1 (Broker’s Hold)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-43
pg. 1-44
pg. 1-45
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: SSD Assignment to MCO
Tenant Groups
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: SSD Dialling
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Intercom Redialling
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Direct Exchange-Line Access
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: MCO Incoming Call Answer
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Paging
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Auto Repeat Dial
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: DND Set/Clear
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-46
FF5
FF6
TRS/ARS
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
pg. 1-47
pg. 1-48
pg. 1-49
pg. 1-50
pg. 1-51
pg. 1-52
pg. 1-53
COS 15: 1 (Not Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 18 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: DND Set/Clear (Other)
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
COS 15: 1 (Exclusv.Hold)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Brokers Hold on SLTs
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Hookflash Control on SLTs
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: SSD Assignment
FF4
1 (Not Allowed)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
pg. 1-54
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 19 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Call Forward-All Calls
0 (Allowed)
pg. 1-55
COS 15: 1 (Not Allowed)
Appendix A
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 20 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Call Forward-No Answer
0 (Allowed)
pg. 1-56
Appendix A
COS 15: 1 (Not Allowed)
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-35
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Call Forward-Busy
0 (Allowed)
pg. 1-57
Introduction
COS 15: 1 (Not Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 22 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Call Forward/Other
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-58
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 23 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: User Log-In
0
System
Configuration
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-59
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Priority Message-Waiting
Send (VM)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Message-Waiting Send
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-60
0
System
Configuration
COS 15: 0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
pg. 1-61
COS 15: 1 (Not Allowed)
FF1
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 26 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: System Mode Switch
System
FF2
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 27 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Busy Override Send
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 28 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Send
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 29 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Receive
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 30 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 31 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 32 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 33 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Callback Request Send
Extension COS: Callback Request Receive
Extension COS: Exchange Line Queuing
Extension COS: Manual DND Override Send
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
pg. 1-63
pg. 1-64
pg. 1-65
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
FF2
Trunks
pg. 1-66
pg. 1-67
pg. 1-68
pg. 1-69
FF3
Extensions
1 (Not Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
pg. 1-70
pg. 1-71
COS 15: 1 (Not Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 36 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Voice Call Send
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 37 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Voice Call Receive
FF1
System
COS 16: 0 (Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 34 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Forced DND Override
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 35 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: 8-Party Conference
FF4
pg. 1-62
COS 15: 1 (Not Allowed)
Trunks
FF3
1 (Not Allowed)
COS 15 and 16:
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
pg. 1-72
pg. 1-73
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
COS 15: 1 (Not Allowed)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 38 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Dial Tone Stop
FF5
Groups
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 39 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Dial Tone Pre-Pause Check
1 (Receive int.dial
tone)
1 (Check/send reorder tone)
pg. 1-74
pg. 1-75
FF5
pg. 1-76
pg. 1-77
FF6
Groups
COS 15 and 16:
0 (No Check)
FF6
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 40 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Long Talk Alarm
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 41 Hold (0 or 1) Hold Extension COS: Recall Timer Apply
COS 16: 1 (Att. Recall)
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
1 (Enabled)
0 (Ext. Recall)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 42 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 43 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 44 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 46 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 47 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 48 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 49 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 50 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 51 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Forced ARS
Extension COS: API Event Reporting
Extension COS: Call Forward-Outside
Extension COS: Onhook Exch.Line-toExch.Line Transfer
Extension COS: Station Call Park Answer
Extension COS: Station Call Park Transfer
Extension COS: OHVA
Extension COS: OHVA Answer
Extension COS: Call-Waiting Answer at HOLD
Extension COS: On-Hook Park
TRS/ARS
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Allowed)
1 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-78
pg. 1-79
pg. 1-80
pg. 1-81
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
pg. 1-82
pg. 1-83
pg. 1-84
pg. 1-85
pg. 1-86
pg. 1-87
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-36
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3334#####=3
Extension COS: Intercom Calling Type
11=(;7#&DOO#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
+11 &26#34049,
Set the initial type of intercom calling sent by extensions in this Class of Service (COS).
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=Tone calling (default)
1=Voice calling
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
for COS Nos.
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
Default
System
Applies to these
countries
FF2
Trunks
COS #1-14, 16
1=Voice calling USA only
(addresses 00-13, 15)
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
Tone Calling: The called extension answers by picking up the handset or pressing ON/OFF.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Voice Calling: The called extension can hear the caller on speaker; both parties can begin talking
immediately (no action necessary).
FF5
The end-user can toggle between Tone and Voice by dialling “1” during the call.
FF5
Groups
If this address is set to “Voice calling,” but Extension COS: Voice Call Send is disabled, the phone will
automatically switch to Tone calling when the user places an intercom call.
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
If this address is set to “Tone calling,” the Extension COS: Voice Call Send setting has no effect.
During a Voice call, a Message-Waiting signal can be sent to the called
(busy) extension simply by dialling “4” (don’t need to switch to Tone calling first). The MessageWaiting will be cancelled by either extension placing a second Voice call to the other.
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Related Programming:
Applications
Extension COS: Voice Call Send (pg. 1-72) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 36 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Voice Call Receive (pg. 1-73) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 37 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS Assignment (pg. 3-26) for digital keyphones and SLTs FF3 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
Extension COS Assignment (pg. 3-38) for S-point ISDN extension ports FF3 1 BSSC 06 Hold (1-16) Hold
Extension COS Assignment (pg. 3-44) for Virtual Ports FF3 2 (001-576) 03 Hold (1-16) Hold
Extension COS Assignment (pg. 3-46) for RAI Ports FF3 3 02 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-37
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Ringback
3335#####=3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
+11 &26#34049,
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to perform
Onhook Transfer during ringback tone, before the called party answers.
11=210+.#5%7
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
0=Allow Onhook Transfer at ringback. (default)
1=Do not allow Onhook Transfer at ringback.
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
Onhook Transfer at Ringback: (also called “Blind Transfer”) Put call on hold, dial the extension to
transfer to, and hang up before the called party answers.
If Onhook Transfer is disabled, the user must press PROG or RELEASE before hanging up, in order to
transfer the call.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
An SLT requires Onhook Transfer to be enabled (set to “0”).
Related Programming:
FF6
Extension COS: Onhook Exch.Line-to-Exch.Line Transfer (pg. 1-81)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-38
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Talk
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
perform Onhook Transfer after the called party answers.
3336#####=3
11=210+.#7DON
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
FF1
0=Allow Onhook Transfer at talk. (default)
1=Do not allow Onhook Transfer at talk.
System
FF2
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Onhook Transfer at Talk: (also called “Supervised Transfer”) Put call on hold, dial the extension
to transfer to, wait for someone to answer, then hang up. The called extension will automatically
connect to the call.
If Onhook Transfer is disabled, the user must press PROG or RELEASE before hanging up, in order to
transfer the call.
Exception: This address does not apply to VM ports. Hanging up after
dialling the VM port will automatically send the call to Voice Mail. See SLT Voice Mail Connection
on pg. 3-11 to define the extension as a VM port.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher)
FF6
TRS/ARS
An SLT requires Onhook Transfer to be enabled (set to “0”).
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF7
Applications
Extension COS: Onhook Exch.Line-to-Exch.Line Transfer (pg. 1-81) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SLT Voice Mail Connection (pg. 3-11) FF3 0 BSSC 04 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-39
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Camp-On
3337#####=3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
+11 &26#34049,
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
perform Onhook Transfer by a camp-on to the called party.
11=210+.#&DPS#2Q
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
0=Allow Onhook Transfer at camp-on. (default)
1=Do not allow Onhook Transfer at camp-on.
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Applies to these
countries
for COS Nos.
Default
COS #4-7
(addresses 03-06)
1=Do not allow Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
Onhook Transfer at Camp-On: Put call on hold, dial the extension to transfer to (extension is busy),
dial the Camp-On code, then hang up. When the extension becomes free, the call will be automatically
transferred.
FF5
If Onhook Transfer is disabled, the user must press PROG or RELEASE before hanging up, in order to
transfer the call.
Groups
System
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
An SLT requires Onhook Transfer to be enabled (set to “0”).
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
Related Programming:
Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Send (pg. 1-64) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 28 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Onhook Exch.Line-to-Exch.Line Transfer (pg. 1-81) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-40
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3338#####=3
Extension COS: Exclusive Hold for NonAppearing CO
0
System
Configuration
11=+ROG#7\SH0.7/
+11 &26#34049,
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set call holding type when the HOLD key is pressed during a non-appearing
exchange line call, on digital keyphone extensions in this Class of Service (COS).
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
0=System Hold (default)
1=Exclusive Hold
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
for COS Nos.
Default
Applies to these
countries
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
all countries
13=COS #14
COS #15
(address 14)
1=Exclusive Hold
05=COS #6
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
System Hold: Any extension can retrieve the held call.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Exclusive Hold: Only the extension that placed the call on hold, can retrieve it.
This address applies only to non-appearing exchange line calls (not on an FF-key). For Exclusive Hold
control on an exchange line FF-key, see Exclusive Hold (Exchange Line Key) FF1 0 01 0006 Hold (0
or 1) Hold.
FF5
Groups
FF6
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-41
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
Extension COS: Exclusive Hold on SLTs
3339#####=3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
+11 &26#34049,
Set call holding type when a hookflash (to place a call on hold) is performed
on SLT extensions in this Class of Service (COS).
11=+ROG#7\SH#6/7
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF1
0=System Hold (default)
1=Exclusive Hold
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
System
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
for COS Nos.
Default
Applies to these
countries
COS #15
(address 14)
1=Exclusive Hold
all countries
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
System Hold: Any extension can retrieve the held call (LED flashes green on other phones with that
line appearance).
Exclusive Hold: Only the extension that placed the call on hold, can retrieve it (LED solid red on other
phones).
Groups
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
Extension COS: Hookflash Control on SLTs (pg. 1-44)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-42
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Brokers Hold on SLTs
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set call holding type when a second hookflash is performed on SLT
extensions in this Class of Service (COS).
333:#####=4
11=%URNHU·V#+ROG
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
FF1
0=3-Party Conference
1=Brokers Hold (default)
System
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
FF2
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
FF2
Trunks
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
Trunks
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
FF3
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
FF3
Extensions
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
3-Party Conference: First hookflash places call on hold. Then call the 3rd party, and hookflash again
to connect all three parties.
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher) To drop out of a 3-Party Conference, simply hang up. To release
Conference Member #1, press PROG then 1. To release Conference Member #2, press PROG then 2.
Brokers Hold: Hookflash toggles between two calls, automatically placing the current call on hold and
connecting to the other.
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Extension COS: Hookflash Control on SLTs (pg. 1-44) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SLT Hookflash (pg. 3-5) FF3 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-43
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Hookflash Control on SLTs
333;#####=3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
+11 &26#34049,
Allow/Restrict hookflash on SLT extensions in this Class of Service (COS).
11=6/7#+RRNLQJ
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
0=Allowed/System recognises hookflash. (default)
1=Not Allowed/System ignores hookflash.
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-44
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
333<#####=4
Extension COS: SSD Assignment
11=66'#$VVLJQ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
assign System Speed Dial (SSD) numbers.
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
0=Allow SSD assignment.
1=Do not allow SSD assignment. (default)
FF1
System
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
for COS Nos.
Default
Applies to these
countries
COS #16
(address 15)
0=Allow
all countries
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-46)
FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-45
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: SSD Assignment to MCO
Tenant Groups
0
System
Configuration
3343#####=4
11=*166'#$VVLJQ
+11 &26#34049,
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
assign System Speed Dial numbers to MCO Tenant Groups.
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
0=Allow SSD assignment to MCO Tenant Groups.
1=Do not allow SSD assignment to MCO Tenant
Groups. (default)
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
for COS Nos.
Default
Applies to these
countries
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
0=Allow
all countries
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
COS #16
(address 15)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
Trunks
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Groups
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF2
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
SSD Assignment to Groups (pg. 1-23) FF1 0 02 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-113) FF1 0 15 (0001-0072) Hold (0-72) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-46
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3344#####=3
Extension COS: SSD Dialling
11=66'#756
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to dial
System Speed Dial numbers.
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
System
0=Allow SSD dialling. (default)
1=Do not allow SSD dialling.
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-113) FF1 0 15 (0001-0072) Hold (0-72) Hold
SSD Common Block for MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-114) FF1 0 16 0001 Hold (0-800) Hold
SSD Block Table (pg. 1-114) FF1 0 17 (0001-0144) Hold (0-799 or 0-800) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-47
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Intercom Redialling
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
redial intercom calls.
3345#####=4
11=5HGLDO#7\SH
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
0=Allow intercom and exchange-line redialling.
1=Do not allow intercom redialling. (default)
Only outside exchange-line calls can be redialled.
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-48
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
Extension COS: Direct Exchange-Line Access
3346#####=3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
+11 &26#34049,
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
select a specific exchange line for an outgoing call.
11='HVLJQHG#&2
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
0=Allow direct exchange-line access. (default)
1=Do not allow direct access; must use MCO
exchange-line group.
System
FF2
Trunks
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
for COS Nos.
Default
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
COS #7-8
(addresses 06-07)
1=Do not allow Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
Applies to these
countries
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
If this Direct Exchange Line Access is set to “1” (Do not allow), use the MCO Outgoing Group (press
the MCO key) to seize an exchange line.
Related Programming:
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-177)
or 0-72) Hold
FF1 3 01 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-49
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: MCO Incoming Call Answer
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
3347#####=3
11='(6,#0&2#$16
+11 &26#34049,
Allow/Restrict the ability to pick up incoming calls in MCO (Incoming) exchange line
groups that are ringing on other extensions besides those in this Class of Service (COS).
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
0=Allow call pickup in other MCO exchange-line
groups. (default)
1=Do not allow call pickup in other MCO exchange-line
groups.
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
MCO Inbound Exchange-Line Group Members (pg. 5-21)
FF5 3 (01-99) (001-576) Hold (1-576) Hold
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-50
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Paging
3348#####=3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
+11 &26#34049,
11=3DJLQJ
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to issue a page.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF1
0=Allow paging. (default)
1=Do not allow paging.
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher) Phones set to DND (Do-Not-Disturb) will not hear pages. However,
phones set to Call Forward-All will hear pages.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
Splash Tone: Internal Paging (pg. 1-9) FF1 0 01 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Page Override (pg. 1-28) FF1 0 02 0012 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: Paging on DISA/Private Line Call (pg. 1-92) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5 4: Paging Groups (pg. 5-22)
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-51
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Auto Repeat Dial
3349#####=3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
+11 &26#34049,
11=$XWR#5(3#'LDO
Allow/Restrict Auto Repeat Dial on digital extensions in this Class of Service (COS).
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
0=Allow Auto Repeat Dial. (default)
1=Do not allow Auto Repeat Dial.
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
Auto-Repeat Dial requires a digital key phone.
Auto Repeat Dial: Place a call to a busy party. Stay in monitor mode and press REDIAL. System
automatically redials the number, and repeats redialling until ringback is heard or 14 auto-repeat
attempts have been made.
FF5
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-52
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
334:#####=3
Extension COS: DND Set/Clear
11='1'
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
+11 &26#34049,
Allow/Restrict the extension’s ability to set or clear Do-Not-Disturb (DND) on itself.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
FF1
0=Allow DND Set/Clear. (default)
1=Do not allow DND Set/Clear.
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
for COS Nos.
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
Default
System
Applies to these
countries
FF2
Trunks
COS #4-7, 9
1=Do not allow Taiwan, Indonesia,
(addresses 03-06, 08)
Malaysia
COS #15
(address 14)
1=Do not allow all countries
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher) Phones set to DND (Do-Not-Disturb) will not hear pages. However,
phones set to Call Forward-All will hear pages.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-53
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: DND Set/Clear (Other)
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the extension’s ability to set other phones to Do-Not-Disturb.
.
334;#####=4
11='1'#YLD#2WKHU
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 18 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
System
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
for COS Nos.
Default
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
0=Allow
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
COS #2-3
(addresses 01-02)
Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
COS #16
(address 15)
0=Allow
all countries
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
0=Allow DND Set/Clear on other extensions.
1=Do not allow DND Set/Clear on other extensions.
(default)
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Applies to these
countries
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher)
Phones set to DND will not hear pages. However, phones set to Call
Forward-All will hear pages.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-54
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
334<#####=3
Extension COS: Call Forward-All Calls
11=&):'0$OO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to set or
clear Call Forward-All Calls.
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 19 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
0=Allow Call Forward-All Calls. (default)
1=Do not allow Call Forward-All Calls.
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Applies to these
countries
for COS Nos.
Default
COS #9
(address 08)
1=Do not allow Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
COS #15
(address 14)
1=Do not allow all countries
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher)
System
FF4
Phones set to Call Forward-All will hear pages.
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-55
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Call Forward-No Answer
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
3353#####=3
11=&):'01R#$16
+11 &26#34049,
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to set or clear
Call Forward-No Answer.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 20 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
0=Allow Call Forward-No Answer. (default)
1=Do not allow Call Forward-No Answer.
System
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Applies to these
countries
for COS Nos.
Default
COS #9
(address 08)
1=Do not allow Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
COS #15
(address 14)
1=Do not allow all countries
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-56
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3354#####=3
Extension COS: Call Forward-Busy
11=&):'0%XV\
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to set or
clear Call Forward-Busy.
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
FF2
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
Trunks
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF3
Extensions
0=Allow Call Forward-Busy. (default)
1=Do not allow Call Forward-Busy.
FF1
System
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Applies to these
countries
for COS Nos.
Default
COS #9
(address 08)
1=Do not allow Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
COS #15
(address 14)
1=Do not allow all countries
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-57
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
Extension COS: Call Forward/Other
3355#####=4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
+11 &26#34049,
11=&)#YLD#2WKHU
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to set or
clear Call Forwarding (Busy, No-Answer, and All) on other extensions.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 22 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
0=Allow Call Forwarding of other extensions.
1=Do not allow Call Forwarding of other extensions.
(default)
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
FF2
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
Trunks
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
for COS Nos.
Default
Applies to these
countries
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
0=Allow
all countries
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
COS #16
(address 15)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF3
Extensions
FF1
System
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-58
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
Extension COS: User Log-In
3356#####=4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
+11 &26#34049,
11=8VHU#/RJ0,Q
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
change User Maintenance settings by entering the User Log-In code.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 23 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
0=Allow User Log-In at this extension.
1=Do not allow User Log-In at this extension. (default)
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF1
System
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
for COS Nos.
Default
Applies to these
countries
COS #16
(address 15)
0=Allow
all countries
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
To log-in from an extension, press: PROG
**
FF4
CONF
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
Programming Mode Entry (pg. 1-15)
FF8 1: User Maintenance (pg. 8-42)
FF1 0 01 0012 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-59
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Priority Message-Waiting
Send (VM)
0
System
Configuration
3357#####=4
11=06*#:DLW4
+11 &26#34049,
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
send a Priority Message-Waiting indication to other extensions.
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
0=Allow Priority Message-Waiting Send.
1=Do not allow Priority Message-Waiting Send.
(default)
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
for COS Nos.
Default
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
0=Allow
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
COS #2
(address 01)
Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
COS #15
(address 14)
0=Allow
all countries
FF2
Trunks
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Applies to these
countries
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
The Priority Message-Waiting Send feature is typically implemented in Voice Mail systems. In order
for this setting to affect VM, make sure the appropriate COS number is assigned to the VM extension
port.
Groups
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
SLT Voice Mail Connection (pg. 3-11)
Extension COS Assignment (pg. 3-26)
FF3 0 BSSC 04 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-60
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Message-Waiting Send
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
send a Message-Waiting indication to other extensions.
3358#####=3
11=06*#:DLW5
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
0=Allow Message-Waiting Send. (default)
1=Do not allow Message-Waiting Send.
System
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Applies to these
countries
for COS Nos.
Default
COS #15
(address 14)
1=Do not allow all countries
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-61
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3359#####=4
Extension COS: System Mode Switch
11=6<6#0RGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
switch the phone system from Day to Night mode, or vice versa.
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 26 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
FF2
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
Trunks
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF3
Extensions
0=Allow System Mode switch.
1=Do not allow System Mode switch. (default)
FF1
System
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
for COS Nos.
Default
Applies to these
countries
COS #15-16
(addresses 14-15)
0=Allow
all countries
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
System Mode Display (pg. 3-17)
FF3 0 BSSC 04 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-62
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
335:#####=3
Extension COS: Busy Override Send
11=,17#2YHUULGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
barge into calls on other extensions.
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 27 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
0=Allow Busy Override Send. (default)
1=Do not allow Busy Override Send.
FF1
System
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Applies to these
countries
for COS Nos.
Default
COS #5-9
(addresses 04-08)
1=Do not allow Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
This address does not affect Exchange Line Busy Override, which is accomplished by pressing the lit
FF-key representing the busy exchange line. See Busy Override on Exchange-Line Key (pg. 3-9) for
more information.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
Splash Tone: Busy Override (Start) (pg. 1-10) FF1 0 01 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Splash Tone: Busy Override (Continuous) (pg. 1-10) FF1 0 01 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-63
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Send
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
camp onto other extensions by dialling the Camp-On (Call Waiting) code.
335;#####=3
11=&DPS#2Q
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 28 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
FF2
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
Trunks
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF3
Extensions
0=Allow Manual Camp-On Send. (default)
1=Do not allow Manual Camp-On Send.
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
FF1
System
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Applies to these
countries
for COS Nos.
Default
COS #7, 9
(addresses 06, 08)
1=Do not allow Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Manual Camp-On: After dialling a busy extension, stay on the extension and dial the Camp-On (Call
Waiting) code. Stay on the line until the called party picks up.
FF5
When a manual camp-on occurs, the receiving (busy) extension hears a camp-on tone in the receiver, as
well as an LCD message indicating the camp-on. The issuing extension hears ringback tone if the
camp-on was successful; if not, the extension will continue to hear busy tone. See next address to allow
or block the receiving of a camp-on.
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Auto Camp-On (ability to camp-onto a busy extension simply by calling it) can be enabled/disabled on
individual extensions. See Auto Camp-On Receive (pg. 3-10) for more information.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Camp-On (pg. 1-40)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-64
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Receive
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
receive camp-ons from other extensions.
335<#####=3
11=&DPSHG#2Q
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 29 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
0=Allow Manual Camp-On Receive. (default)
1=Do not allow Manual Camp-On Receive.
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
System
Applies to these
countries
for COS Nos.
Default
COS #15
(address 14)
1=Do not allow all countries
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-65
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Callback Request Send
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(also called “Station Queuing”) Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this
Class of Service (COS) to activate Callback Requests on other extensions.
3363#####=3
11=&DOO#%DFN
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 30 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
0=Allow Callback Request Send. (default)
1=Do not allow Callback Request Send.
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
System
Applies to these
countries
for COS Nos.
Default
COS #9
(address 08)
1=Do not allow Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
Callback Request: (also called “Station Queuing”) Dial a busy extension. Before hanging up, dial the
Callback Request code (“3” by default). When the called extension becomes idle, your phone will start
ringing. When you pick up, the system will automatically ring the called extension. When they pick up,
you’ll be connected to them.
If the other extension’s Callback Request Receive (see address below) is set for “Do not allow,” this
extension’s Callback Request Send setting has no meaning for call attempts to that extension.
Related Programming:
Extension COS: Callback Request Receive (pg. 1-67) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 31 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Callback Ring Timer (Callback Request and Exchange-Line Queuing) (pg. 1-163) FF1 1 04 0011 Hold (0255) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-66
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
Extension COS: Callback Request Receive
3364#####=3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
+11 &26#34049,
11=&DOOHG#%DFN
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
receive Callback Requests from other extensions.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 31 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF1
0=Allow Callback Request Receive. (default)
1=Do not allow Callback Request Receive.
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
System
Applies to these
countries
for COS Nos.
Default
COS #2
(address 01)
1=Do not allow Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Extension COS: Callback Request Send (pg. 1-66)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 30 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-67
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS:
1.
Exchange Line Queuing
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
use the Exchange Line Queuing feature.
3365#####=3
11=75.#4XHXLQJ
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 32 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
0=Allow Exchange Line Queuing. (default)
1=Do not allow Exchange Line Queuing.
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
for COS Nos.
Default
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
COS #7, 9
(addresses 06, 08)
1=Do not allow Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Applies to these
countries
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Exchange Line Queuing: Dial an exchange line access code to seize an exchange line. If you hear
busy tone instead, dial the Exchange Line Queuing code and hang up. Your phone will issue an alert
tone when the exchange line becomes available. Pick up the handset to accept it (you’ll hear dial tone in
the receiver).
If the ARS/LCR Setting for the system is disabled, Exchange Line Queuing for MCO-1 is available.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
ARS/LCR Setting (pg. 1-27) FF1 0 02 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Direct Exchange-Line Access (pg. 1-49) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-68
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Manual DND Override Send
3366#####=4
11='1'#2YHUULGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
manually override a Do-Not-Disturb (DND) setting on another extension.
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 33 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
0=Allow Manual DND Override Send.
1=Do not allow Manual DND Override Send. (default)
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
System
Applies to these
countries
for COS Nos.
Default
COS #2-3
(addresses 01-02)
0=Allow
Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
COS #16
(address 15)
0=Allow
all countries
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Extension COS: Forced DND Override (pg. 1-70)
FF5
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 34 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-69
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3367#####=4
Extension COS: Forced DND Override
11='1'#&DOO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
automatically override Do-Not-Disturb (DND) settings on other extensions.
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 34 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
FF1
0=Allow automatic DND Override on other extensions.
1=Do not allow automatic DND Override on other
extensions. (default)
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
for COS Nos.
Default
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
14=COS #15 (for VM)
COS #2
(address 01)
0=Allow
06=COS #7
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
System
FF2
Trunks
Applies to these
countries
Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Extension COS: Manual DND Override Send (pg. 1-69)
FF5
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 33 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-70
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3368#####=3
Extension COS: 8-Party Conference
11=;#3DUW\#&21)
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
make an 8-party conference call.
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 35 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
FF2
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
Trunks
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
FF3
Extensions
FF1
0=Allow 8-Party Conference. (default)
1=Do not allow 8-Party Conference.
System
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
Applies to these
countries
for COS Nos.
Default
COS #5-9
(addresses 04-08)
1=Do not allow Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
COS #15
(address 14)
1=Do not allow all countries
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-71
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
Extension COS: Voice Call Send
3369#####=3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
+11 &26#34049,
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
place voice intercom calls to other extensions.
11=9RLFH#&DOO
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 36 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
System
0=Allow Voice intercom calling. (default)
1=Do not allow Voice intercom calling.
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
This address does not apply if Extension COS: Intercom Calling Type (pg. 1-37) is set to “0=Tone
calling.”
If Extension COS: Intercom Calling Type is set to “1=Voice calling,” but the above address is set to
“1=Do not allow,” the extension will automatically send intercom calls by Tone.
Groups
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
Splash Tone: Voice Calls (pg. 1-9) FF1 0 01 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Intercom Calling Type (pg. 1-37) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-72
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
336:#####=3
Extension COS: Voice Call Receive
11=9RLFH#&DOOHG
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict the ability of extensions in this Class of Service (COS) to
receive voice intercom calls from other extensions.
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 37 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
FF2
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
Trunks
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF3
Extensions
0=Allow receive of Voice intercom calls. (default)
1=Do not allow receive of Voice intercom calls.
FF1
System
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Applies to these
countries
for COS Nos.
Default
COS #15
(address 14)
1=Do not allow all countries
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
Splash Tone: Voice Calls (pg. 1-9) FF1 0 01 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Intercom Calling Type (pg. 1-37) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-73
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
Extension COS: Dial Tone Stop
336;#####=4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
+11 &26#34049,
11='7#6WRS
Set whether extensions in this Class of Service (COS) will receive internal
dial tone at handset off-hook.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 38 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
0=No tone at off-hook.
1=Receive internal dial tone at off-hook.
(default)
System
FF2
Trunks
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-74
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Dial Tone Pre-Pause Check
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
336<#####=4
11='7#3UH03DXVH
+11 &26#34049,
Set whether extensions in this Class of Service (COS) will be subject to a
timeout between off-hook/dial tone and the first dialled digit.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 39 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
0=No check/System will give dial tone indefinitely.
1=Check/System will send re-order tone if the
Pre-Pause Timer elapses before the first dialled
digit. (default)
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
for COS Nos.
Default
Applies to these
countries
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
0=No check
all countries
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
COS #15-16
(addresses 14-15)
System
FF2
Trunks
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone (DP SLTs) (pg. 1-152) FF1 1 03 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone (DTMF SLTs) (pg. 1-153) FF1 1 03 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone (Digital Keyphones) (pg. 1-153) FF1 1 03 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-75
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3373#####=4
Extension COS: Long Talk Alarm
11=/RQJ7DON#$/0
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether extensions in this Class of Service (COS) will hear an alarm tone in
the handset receiver after an outbound call exceeds the Long Talk Alarm Timer.
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 40 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
0=Disable Long Talk Alarm.
1=Enable Long Talk Alarm. (default)
System
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
for COS Nos.
Default
Applies to these
countries
COS #1-16
(addresses 00-15)
0=Disable
USA only
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
Long Talk Alarm #1 Timer (pg. 1-147)
Long Talk Alarm #2 Timer (pg. 1-148)
FF5
FF1 1 02 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1 1 02 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-76
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3374#####=3
Extension COS: Recall Timer Apply
11=5HFDOO#7LPH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set which Recall Timer will be used for extensions in this Class of Service (COS).
+11 &26#34049,
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 41 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
System
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
System
Configuration
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
0=Use Extension Recall Timer. (default)
1=Use Attendant Recall Timer.
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
for COS Nos.
Default
Applies to these
countries
COS #9
(address 08)
1=Use Attendant
Recall Timer
Taiwan, Indonesia,
Malaysia
COS #16
(address 15)
1=Use Attendant
Recall Timer
all countries
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
Hold Recall Start Timer (Extensions) (pg. 1-158) FF1 1 04 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
Hold Recall Start Timer (Attendant Group) (pg. 1-158) FF1 1 04 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold
Hold Recall Start Timer (SLTs) (pg. 1-159) FF1 1 04 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
Transfer Recall Start Timer (Extensions/SLTs) (pg. 1-159) FF1 1 04 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
Transfer Recall Start Timer (Attendant Group) (pg. 1-160) FF1 1 04 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-77
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Forced ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether Automatic Route Selection (ARS) will be forced on extensions
in this Class of Service (COS).
3375#####=3
11=)RUFHG#$56
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 42 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
FF1
0=Disable Forced ARS. (default)
1=Enable Forced ARS.
System
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
FF2
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
FF2
Trunks
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
Trunks
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
FF3
Extensions
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
If this is set to “1=Enable Forced ARS,” the extension can only dial the MCO-1 access code (“9” by
default) to obtain an outside line; all other MCO access codes will be blocked.
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
ARS/LCR Setting (pg. 1-27) FF1 0 02 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 0: TRS/ARS Common (pg. 6-5)
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
FF6 2: ARS Settings (pg. 6-27)
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-78
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: API Event Reporting
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
NOTE: This address is for future use.
Set whether extension events will be sent to the API port.
3376#####=4
11=$3,#(YHQW
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 43 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
FF1
0=Disable API event reporting.
1=Enable API event reporting. (default)
System
FF2
Trunks
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF7 2: API (pg. 7-16)
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-79
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Call Forward-Outside
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow or deny the ability to Call Forward incoming calls to an outside
phone number on extensions in this Class of Service (COS).
3377#####=3
11=&):'#2XWVLGH
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 44 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
FF1
0=Allow Call Forward-Outside. (default)
1=Do not allow Call Forward-Outside.
System
FF2
Trunks
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-80
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Onhook Exch.Line-to-Exch.Line
Transfer
3378#####=4
11=210+.#7.WR7.
+11 &26#34049,
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
0
Set whether extensions in this Class of Service (COS) can perform onhook
transfers between two exchange lines.
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
0=Allow Exch.Line-to-Exch.Line Transfers.
1=Do not allow Exch.Line-to-Exch.Line Transfers.
(default)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Onhook Exch.Line-to-Exch.Line Transfer: Put an outside call on hold. Dial the second outside
number, then hang up. The two outside calls will be connected.
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Ringback (pg. 1-38) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Talk (pg. 1-39) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Onhook Transfer at Camp-On (pg. 1-40) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exch.Line-to-Exch.Line Connection Timer (pg. 1-149) FF1 1 02 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-81
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Station Call Park Answer
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether extensions in this Class of Service (COS) can pick up a call in
Station Park. NOTE: This does not apply to call parks to a Virtual Port.
3379#####=3
11=&13DUN#$QVZHU
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 46 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
System
0=Allow Station Call Park Answer. (default)
1=Do not allow Station Call Park Answer.
FF2
Trunks
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Station Park: Park a call at an individual extension by putting the call on hold and dialling a Call Park
code. The parked call can be retrieved on another extension (if enabled in the above address) by dialling
a Station Park Answer code and the extension number where the call is parked. Useful when the
intended recipient (usually the person who parked the call and needs to move around the office) isn’t
sure which extension they will be near when they are ready to retrieve the call.
Groups
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
Station Call Park Recall Timer (pg. 1-166)
FF1 1 04 0017 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-82
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Station Call Park Transfer
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether extensions in this Class of Service (COS) can transfer a parked
call to another extension.
337:#####=3
11=&13DUN#75)
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 47 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
FF1
0=Allow Station Call Park Transfer. (default)
1=Do not allow Station Call Park Transfer.
System
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
FF2
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
FF2
Trunks
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
Trunks
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
FF3
Extensions
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Station Call Park Recall Timer (pg. 1-166)
FF1 1 04 0017 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-83
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
337;#####=3
Extension COS: OHVA
11=2+9$
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether extensions in this Class of Service (COS) can make an Off-Hook
Voice Announce (OHVA).
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 48 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
FF1
0=Allow OHVA. (default)
1=Do not allow OHVA.
System
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
FF2
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
FF2
Trunks
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
Trunks
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
FF3
Extensions
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-84
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: OHVA Answer
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether extensions in this Class of Service (COS) can answer an Off-Hook
Voice Announce (OHVA).
337<#####=3
11=2+9$#$QVZHU
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 49 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
FF1
0=Allow OHVA Answer. (default)
1=Do not allow OHVA Answer.
System
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
FF2
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
FF2
Trunks
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
Trunks
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
FF3
Extensions
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-85
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: Call-Waiting Answer at HOLD
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether extensions in this Class of Service (COS) can answer a CallWaiting by pressing the HOLD key.
3383#####=3
11=&DOO#:DLW#$16
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 50 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF1
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
0=Allow Call-Waiting Answer via HOLD. (default)
1=Do not allow Call-Waiting Answer via HOLD.
System
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Applies to these
countries
for COS Nos.
Default
COS #1-16
(addresses 00-15)
1=Do not allow USA only
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-86
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension COS: On-Hook Park
3384#####=3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
+11 &26#34049,
11=2Q#+RRN#3DUN""
Set whether extensions in this Class of Service (COS) can park a call on-hook???
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
System
Configuration
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 51 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
(00-15): Extension COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
FF1
0=Allow On-Hook Park. (default)
1=Do not allow On-Hook Park.
System
FF2
Trunks
06=COS #7
14=COS #15 (for VM)
07=COS #8
15=COS #16 (for Att.)
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-87
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 04: Exchange Line COS Definitions
NOTE: The following Exchange Line Class of Service (COS) addresses
apply to all exchange line types: analog exchange lines, AC-15 private lines,
T1-CO, T1-E&M, and T-point ISDN.
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
When you enter the address number 00-15 for the desired COS No. 01-16, the
actual COS No. (01-16) will appear on the phone’s display.
FF1
FF1
System
System
By default, all exchange lines are assigned COS 1 in their “Exchange Line
COS Assignment” (see FF2).
FF2
Trunks
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
Extensions
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2
Table 1-3. Exchange Line COS addresses and defaults
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone
Source
Exchange Line COS: Dial Tone to Private Line
Exchange Line COS: Fast-Busy Tone to
Private Line
Exchange Line COS: DDI/CLI Table
Exchange Line COS: Paging on DISA/Private
Line Call
Exchange Line COS: DISA ID Verification
Trunks
0 (use exchLn.’s pg. 1-88
Ring Pattern)
1 (Enabled)
pg. 1-89
0 (Enabled)
pg. 1-90
0 (“A” side)
0 (Not Allowed)
pg. 1-91
pg. 1-92
0 (Verify)
pg. 1-93
FF5
Groups
Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
Set ring tone source for incoming calls on exchange lines in this Class of Service.
EXCEPTION: This address does not apply to AC-15 private lines.
3334#####=3
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
11=5LQJ#7RQH
+11 &26#34049,
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF7
(00-15): Exchange Line COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15
07=COS #8
15=COS #16
0=Use the exchange line’s Ring Pattern (set
in FF2) for all incoming calls. (default)
1=Use intercom ring tone for all incoming calls,
except for multiple-incoming (which will use
the FF2 Ring Pattern).
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-88
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Intercom Ring Tone: Two short beeps, followed by 3 seconds of silence. Heard when direct calls are
ringing the phone (the "INT" LED lights to indicate a direct call).
0
System
Configuration
FF1
0
Related Programming:
System
Configuration
Ring Pattern for exchange lines ...
(pg. 2-14) for analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 01 12 Hold (0-12) Hold
(pg. 2-64) for ISDN exchange lines
FF2 1 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0-12) Hold
(pg. 2-92) for T1-CO lines (USA only)
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 09 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
System
Exchange Line COS: Dial Tone to Private Line
3335#####=4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
+11 &26#34049,
11='7#&21707,(
FF2
Trunks
Set whether the system will send dial tone to a an AC-15 private line in this Class
of Service for an incoming call.
FF3
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Extensions
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
(00-15): Exchange Line COS Nos. 1-16
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
0=Disable Dial Tone to private line.
1=Enable Dial Tone to private line. (default)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
FF5
Groups
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
Groups
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15
07=COS #8
15=COS #16
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines (pg. 2-38)
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use) (pg. 2-115)
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-89
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Exchange Line COS: Fast-Busy Tone to Private Line
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the system will send fast-busy tone or disconnect the line when errors
(such as wrong dialling) occur on a private line in this Class of Service (COS).
3336#####=3
11=)%7#&21707,(
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
(00-15): Exchange Line COS Nos. 1-16
0=Enable Fast-Busy Tone to private line.
(default)
1=Disable Fast-Busy Tone (line disconnected).
FF1
System
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
FF2
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
FF2
Trunks
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
Trunks
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15
07=COS #8
15=COS #16
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines (pg. 2-38)
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use) (pg. 2-115)
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-90
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Exchange Line COS: DDI/CLI Table
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
3337#####=3
11=','#7%/
+11 &26#34049,
Set the DDI/CLI Table used for routing an incoming DDI/CLI call to the appropriate
.
extension(s)
on exchange lines in this Class of Service (COS).
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
(00-15): Exchange Line COS Nos. 1-16
System
FF1
0=Use “A” side DDI/CLI Table. (default)
1=Use “B” side DDI/CLI Table.
System
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
FF2
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
FF2
Trunks
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
Trunks
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
FF3
06=COS #7
14=COS #15
FF3
Extensions
07=COS #8
15=COS #16
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Two separate DDI/CLI Tables are provided: “A” side and “B” side. One can be used for analog, the
other for digital numbers. Another advantage of having two separate tables: it wouldn’t be a problem to
receive the same block of 4-digit numbers from the public exchange, such as 277-[2020 thru 2099] and
366-[2020 thru 2099]. The system could take care of routing the same 4-digit number to different
extensions, based on which side (“A” or “B”) the exchange line belongs to. (Exchange Lines are
assigned to “A” or “B” side via their Exchange Line COS assignment in FF2.)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side) (pg. 1-184)
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side) (pg. 1-187)
FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-91
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Exchange Line COS: Paging on DISA/Private Line Call
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether a DISA or AC-15 private line caller can page on exchange lines in
this Class of Service (COS).
3338#####=3
11=3DJLQJ#756
+11 &26#34049,
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
(00-15): Exchange Line COS Nos. 1-16
System
0=Do not allow paging during DISA or
private line call. (default)
1=Allow paging during DISA or private line call.
FF1
System
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
FF2
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
FF2
Trunks
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15
07=COS #8
15=COS #16
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
FF6
Splash Tone: Internal Paging (pg. 1-9) FF1 0 01 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Paging Answer on Private Line (pg. 1-29) FF1 0 02 0013 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Paging Timer (Private Line) (pg. 1-148) FF1 1 02 0012 Hold (0-255) Hold
Extension COS: Paging (pg. 1-51) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines (pg. 2-38)
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use) (pg. 2-115)
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-92
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Exchange Line COS: DISA ID Verification
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
3339#####=3
11=&KHFN#',6$#,'
+11 &26#34049,
Set whether DISA ID codes (both incoming and outgoing) will be verified on
exchange lines in this Class of Service (COS).
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 04 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
(00-15): Exchange Line COS Nos. 1-16
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
00=COS #1
08=COS #9
01=COS #2
09=COS #10
02=COS #3
10=COS #11
03=COS #4
11=COS #12
04=COS #5
12=COS #13
05=COS #6
13=COS #14
06=COS #7
14=COS #15
07=COS #8
15=COS #16
0=Verify DISA ID Code. (default)
1=Do not verify DISA ID Code.
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
MCO Exchange Line Groups and their interaction with TRS/Call Barring. When MCO-Outgoing
exchange line groups are used, and the DISA ID Code is verified, the system will follow the TRS Class
(1-50) assigned to the DISA ID Code. If the DISA ID Code is not verified, the system will follow the
DISA exchange line’s TRS Class assignment.
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
DISA ID Codes and TRS Assignments (pg. 1-127) FF1 0 26 (0002-0033) Hold (up to 10 digits or 1-50) Hold
Day1/2/Night Ring Type (FF2 0 for analog exchange lines; FF2 1 for ISDN exchange lines; FF2 2 for T1-CO
lines)
Day/Night TRS Class (FF2 0 for analog exchange lines; FF2 1 for ISDN exchange lines; FF2 2 for T1-CO
lines)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-93
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 05: Serial Ports
0
System
Configuration
3334#####=8
Serial Port 1: Data Format
0
System
Configuration
34='DWD#)RUPDW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Set data transmission format for Serial Port 1.
System
0 = 7 bits
1 = 7 bits
2 = 7 bits
3 = 7 bits
4 = 8 bits
5 = 8 bits
6 = 8 bits
7 = 8 bits
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
System
FF1 0 05 0001 Hold (0-7) Hold
FF2
FF4
FF1
---------
even parity
odd parity
even parity
odd parity
no parity
no parity
even parity
odd parity
---------
2 stop bits
2 stop bits
1 stop bit
1 stop bit
2 stop bits
1 stop bit (default)
1 stop bit
1 stop bit
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Serial Port 1: The RS-232C connector labeled “CN5” on the SCC Card. A printer (for data output) or
modem (for remote programming such as PCAS) can be connected to it.
If you use Serial Port 1, be sure to configure it here and in the FF1 0 06: Serial Port Output Data
addresses starting on pg. 1-102.
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
Call Logging Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-102) FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold (pg. 1-102)
Fault Alarm Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-102) FF1 0 06 0002 Hold (0-2) Hold (pg. 1-102)
Programmed Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-103) FF1 0 06 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold (pg. 1-103)
Bus Monitor Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-104) FF1 0 06 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold (pg. 1-104)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-94
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3335#####=8
Serial Port 1: Baud Rate
34=%DXG#5DWH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set data transmission speed (bits per second) for Serial Port 1.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 0 05 0002 Hold (0-5) Hold
0=300 bps
1=600 bps
2=1200 bps
3=2400 bps
4=4800 bps
5=9600 bps (default)
FF1
System
FF2
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
3336#####=3
Serial Port 1: Protocol
34=0RGH
FF5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Set protocol for Serial Port 1.
Groups
FF1 0 05 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
TRS/ARS
0=No order (default)
1=Originate mode
2=Answer mode
FF7
Notes:
Applications
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-95
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Serial Port 1: Echo Control (future use)
3337#####=3
34=(FKR#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Enable/Disable echo for Serial Port 1.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 0 05 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=Echo Off (no response) (default)
1=Echo On (response for echo)
FF1
System
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
Related Programming:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Serial Port 1: Maximum Input Digits (future use)
3338#####=;3
34='DWD#/HQJWK
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Set the maximum number of digits per block that can be sent to Serial Port 1.
FF1 0 05 0005 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Maximum Number of Input Digits to Serial Port 1
default: 80 (digits per block)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Related Programming:
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-96
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
334:#####=8
RAI Serial Port: Data Format
5$,='DWD#)RUPDW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set data transmission format for the Remote Administration Interface (RAI) serial port.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 05 0017 Hold (0-7) Hold
0 = 7 bits
1 = 7 bits
2 = 7 bits
3 = 7 bits
4 = 8 bits
5 = 8 bits
6 = 8 bits
7 = 8 bits
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
System
Configuration
---------
even parity
odd parity
even parity
odd parity
no parity
no parity
even parity
odd parity
---------
2 stop bits
2 stop bits
1 stop bit
1 stop bit
2 stop bits
1 stop bit (default)
1 stop bit
1 stop bit
Notes:
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
(not available in U.S.) RAI Serial Port: A serial port on the Remote Administration Interface card,
which is mounted “piggyback” on the SCC Card. The RAI serial port is for internal (300-baud) modem.
Related Programming:
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3 3: RAI Extension Port (pg. 3-45)
FF5
Groups
FF1
FF5
334;#####=6
RAI Serial Port: Baud Rate
Groups
5$,=%DXG#5DWH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
Set data transmission speed (bits per second) for the RAI serial port.
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF1 0 05 0018 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF7
FF7
0=300 bps
1=600 bps
2=1200 bps
3=2400 bps (default)
4=4800 bps
5=9600 bps
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-97
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
334<#####=3
RAI Serial Port: Protocol
5$,=0RGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set protocol for the RAI serial port.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 0 05 0019 Hold (0-2) Hold
0=No order (default)
1=Originate mode
2=Answer mode
FF1
System
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
Related Programming:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
RAI Serial Port: Echo Control
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
3353#####=3
5$,=(FKR#&RQWURO
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Enable/Disable echo for the RAI serial port.
FF5
FF5
FF1 0 05 0020 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Groups
Groups
0=Echo Off; no response (default)
1=Echo On; response for echo
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF7
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-98
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3354#####=4
RAI Serial Port: Maximum Input Digits
5$,='DWD#/HQJWK
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the maximum number of digits that can be sent from the RAI serial port.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 0 05 0021 Hold (1-255) Hold
Maximum Number of Input Digits to RAI Serial Port
FF1
default: 1 (digit)
System
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
FF2
To use Remote Maintenance, set this address to “1” (digit).
Trunks
Related Programming:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
3366#####=8
Serial Port 2: Data Format
35='DWD#)RUPDW
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set data transmission format for Serial Port 2.
FF5
FF5
FF1 0 05 0033 Hold (0-7) Hold
Groups
Groups
0 = 7 bits
1 = 7 bits
2 = 7 bits
3 = 7 bits
4 = 8 bits
5 = 8 bits
6 = 8 bits
7 = 8 bits
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
---------
even parity
odd parity
even parity
odd parity
no parity
no parity
even parity
odd parity
---------
2 stop bits
2 stop bits
1 stop bit
1 stop bit
2 stop bits
1 stop bit (default)
1 stop bit
1 stop bit
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Serial Port 2: The RS-232C connector labelled “CN6” on the SCC Card. A printer (for data output) or
modem (for remote programming such as PCAS) can be connected to it.
FF8
Maintenance
If you use Serial Port 2, be sure to configure it here and in the FF1 0 06: Serial Port Output Data
addresses starting on pg. 1-102.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Call Logging Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-102) FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Fault Alarm Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-102) FF1 0 06 0002 Hold (0-2) Hold
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix B
•
Page 1-99
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Programmed Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-103)
Bus Monitor Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-104)
FF1 0 06 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1 0 06 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold
Introduction
3367#####=8
Serial Port 2: Baud Rate
35=%DXG#5DWH
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set data transmission speed (bits per second) for Serial Port 2.
FF1
Trunks
FF3
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
System
0=300 bps
1=600 bps
2=1200 bps
3=2400 bps
4=4800 bps
5=9600 bps (default)
FF2
Extensions
FF1
FF1 0 05 0034 Hold (0-5) Hold
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
3368#####=3
Serial Port 2: Protocol
FF6
TRS/ARS
35=0RGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
Set protocol for Serial Port 2.
TRS/ARS
FF1 0 05 0035 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Applications
0=No order (default)
1=Originate mode
2=Answer mode
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-100
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3369#####=3
Serial Port 2: Echo Control
35=(FKR#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Enable/Disable echo for Serial Port 2.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 0 05 0036 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=Echo Off; no response (default)
1=Echo On; response for echo
FF1
System
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
Related Programming:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Serial Port 2: Maximum Input Digits
336:#####=;3
35='DWD#/HQJWK
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Set the maximum number of digits that can be sent from Serial Port 2.
FF1 0 05 0037 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Maximum Number of Input Digits to Serial Port 2
default: 80 digits
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF6
Notes:
TRS/ARS
FF7
Related Programming:
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-101
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 06: Serial Port Output Data
NOTE: Serial Port 1 is the “CN5” RS-232C connector on the SCC Card.
Serial Port 2 is the “CN6” RS-232C connector on the SCC Card. These serial
ports can be used for separate printer and modem connections. If you use
these serial ports, be sure to configure them here and in the FF1 0 05: Serial
Ports addresses starting on 1-94.
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
Trunks
3334#####=4
Call Logging Data to Serial Port
60'5#'DWD
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
Set the serial port (if any) to receive Call Logging data.
FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
0=no output
1=Serial Port 1 (default)
2=Serial Port 2
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Groups
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
Call Logging Output Format (pg. 1-107)
FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
3335#####=3
Fault Alarm Data to Serial Port
FF7
Applications
6\V#$ODUP#'DWD
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Set the serial port (if any) to receive fault alarm data from the phone system.
Applications
FF1 0 06 0002 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Maintenance
0=none (default)
1=Serial Port 1
2=Serial Port 2
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-102
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
3336#####=5
Programmed Data to Serial Port
0
System
Configuration
3URJUDP#'DWD
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Set the serial port (if any) to receive programmed settings.
System
FF1
System
FF1 0 06 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold
0=none
1=Serial Port 1
2=Serial Port 2 (default)
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
FF1 0 06 0004 Hold
TRS/ARS
3337#####=
1RW#8VHG
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-103
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3338#####=5
Bus Monitor Data to Serial Port
%XV#0RQLWRU#+,1,
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the serial port (if any) to receive bus monitor data.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 06 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold
0=none
1=Serial Port 1
2=Serial Port 2 (default)
FF1
System
FF2
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
Related Programming:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-104
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 07 and 08: PBX Parameters
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Auto Pause Position Behind PBX
3334#####=3
3%;#3DXVH#IRU#4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
FF1
Set where a pause will be inserted in automatically-dialled numbers such as PBX
access codes, SSD numbers, Redial, and PSD numbers.
System
FF1 0 07 (0001-0012) Hold (0-16) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Address No. for
the First Digit Dialled: 0001=”1” key
0002=”2” key
0003=”3” key
0004=”4” key
0005=”5” key
0006=”6” key
0007=”7” key
0008=”8” key
0009=”9” key
0010=”0” key
0011=”✱” key
0012=”#” key
0=no pause inserted (default for all except “9”)
1=insert pause after first dialled digit (default for “9”)
2=insert pause after 2nd dialled digit
3=insert pause after 3rd dialled digit
...
16=insert pause after 16th dialled digit
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Groups
Notes:
The pause allows time for the phone system to connect to the PBX/Centrex before outpulsing the digits.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
Pause Timer (pg. 1-130)
FF1 1 01 0004 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-105
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3334#####=<
PBX Exchange Line Access Codes
3%;#&RGH#4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Define up to 6 PBX access codes that, when dialled, will access an exchange line in
ICX systems installed behind a PBX.
FF1 0 08 (0001-0006) Hold FL/R
FF1
Code Entry No. 1-6
System
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(0-9999) Hold
FF1
PBX Access Code (up to 4 digits)
System
defaults: 0001: 9
0002 thru 0006: [no assignment]
FF2
Trunks
0
System
Configuration
(to clear current
assignment)
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
Exchange Line Connection Type (Public Exchange/PBX) ...
for analog exchange lines (pg. 2-20) FF2 0 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
for AC-15 private lines (pg. 2-48) FF2 0 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
for ISDN exchange lines (pg. 2-66) FF2 1 BSSC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
for T1-CO lines (pg. 2-97) (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
for T1-E&M tie lines (pg. 2-126) (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-106
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 09: Call Logging Output Format
3334#####=4
Call Logging Output Format
60'5#)RUPDW
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Select the format (if any) for Call Logging data output.
FF1
Trunks
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
System
0=no Call Logging output
1=Format #1 (default)
2=Format #2
FF2
FF3
FF1
FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
Format #1 (default) contains the following information:
❒ Call Condition Code (e.g., “I” for incoming call; “S” for DISA incoming call; “s” for DISA
outgoing call; etc.)
❒ Call Start Time
❒ Call Duration Time
❒ Exchange Line User No. (extension no. or exchange line no.)
❒ Exchange Line No. (when the line is disconnected while the call is on hold)
❒ Dialled No.
❒ Accounting Code
❒ Verified Account Code
Format #2 includes all the information in Format #1, plus the following:
❒ Caller Data
❒ ISDN Charge Data
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
For examples of Formats #1 and #2, see Section 300-Installation or Section 700-Feature Operation.
FF7
Applications
FF7
Set this address to “Format #2” for the Caller ID Log Outdialling feature.
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
Maintenance
Call Logging Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-102) FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Caller ID Log Outgoing Add Digits (pg. 1-125) FF1 0 25 0001 Hold (up to 4 char.) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-107
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
FF1 0 10 and 11: Call Restriction Between COS
3334#####=3
Call Restriction Between Extension COS
0
System
Configuration
756#(1&26#3400!34
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Allow/Restrict intercom calling between extensions, based on their assigned Class
of Service (COS).
FF1
System
System
FF1 0 10 (00-15) (01-16) Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
COS of extension placing
the call:
COS of extension receiving
the call:
00=COS 1
01=COS 2
02=COS 3
03=COS 4
04=COS 5
05=COS 6
06=COS 7
07=COS 8
01=COS 1
02=COS 2
03=COS 3
04=COS 4
05=COS 5
06=COS 6
07=COS 7
08=COS 8
08=COS 9
09=COS 10
10=COS 11
11=COS 12
12=COS 13
13=COS 14
14=COS 15
15=COS 16
0=Allow calling. (default)
1=Do not allow calling.
09=COS 9
10=COS 10
11=COS 11
12=COS 12
13=COS 13
14=COS 14
15=COS 15
16=COS 16
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Notes:
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Trunks
Groups
Related Programming:
FF1 0 03: Extension COS Definitions (pg. 1-35)
Extension COS Assignment (pg. 3-26) for digital keyphones & SLTs FF3 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
Extension COS Assignment (pg. 3-38) for ISDN extensions FF3 1 BSSC 06 Hold (1-16) Hold
Extension COS Assignment (pg. 3-44) for Virtual Ports FF3 2 (001-576) 03 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-108
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Call Restriction Between Exchange Line COS
3334#####=3
756#&1&26#3400!34
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Allow/Restrict calling between exchange lines (such as Exch.Line-to-Exch.Line
transfers or Call Forward/Outside) based on the exchange line’s Class of Service.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 11 (00-15) (01-16) Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
COS of exchange line
placing the call:
COS of exchange line
receiving the call:
00=COS 1
01=COS 2
02=COS 3
03=COS 4
04=COS 5
05=COS 6
06=COS 7
07=COS 8
01=COS 1
02=COS 2
03=COS 3
04=COS 4
05=COS 5
06=COS 6
07=COS 7
08=COS 8
08=COS 9
09=COS 10
10=COS 11
11=COS 12
12=COS 13
13=COS 14
14=COS 15
15=COS 16
0=Allow calling. (default)
1=Do not allow calling.
09=COS 9
10=COS 10
11=COS 11
12=COS 12
13=COS 13
14=COS 14
15=COS 15
16=COS 16
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
This address will not affect DISA outgoing calls.
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF1 0 04: Exchange Line COS Definitions (pg. 1-88)
Extension COS: Onhook Exch.Line-to-Exch.Line Transfer (pg. 1-81) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Call Forward-Outside (pg. 1-80) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 44 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS Assignment (pg. 2-36) for analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
Exchange Line COS Assignment (pg. 2-59) for AC-15 private lines FF2 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
Exchange Line COS Assignment (pg. 2-83) for ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
Trunk COS Assignment (pg. 2-113) for T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
Trunk COS Assignment (pg. 2-136) for T1-E&M tie lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-109
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 12, 13, and 14: MOH Source
3334#####=3
MOH Source for Exchange Lines
7HQDQW34#&2#02+
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Select the Music-On-Hold (MOH) source heard by exchange line callers on hold,
based on the MCO Tenant Group assigned to the exchange line.
FF1
System
System
FF1 0 12 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2
Address No. for MCO Tenant Group:
0001=MCO Tenant Group #1
0002=MCO Tenant Group #2
...
0072=MCO Tenant Group #72
Trunks
FF3
0=internal single tone
1=external MOH source
2=internal melody (not available in USA)
3=silence
Trunks
FF3
default: 0 (USA and U.K.)
2 (all others)
Extensions
FF2
Extensions
NOTE: Available range of MCO Tenant Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the
number of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
FF4
CPC INSTALLED
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
max. MCO Tenant Groups:
12
24
36
48
60
72
corresponding Addresses:
FF6
FF-/Soft Keys
CPC-96:
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF5
FF4
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
Applications
Groups
0001-0012 0001-0024 0001-0036 0001-0048 0001-0060 0001-0072
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF5
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 2-35) for analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 05 Hold (0-72) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment (B-Channel) (pg. 2-81) for ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 06 (00-23/30) Hold
(0-72) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 2-112) for T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 06 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-110
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3334#####=3
MOH Source for Private Lines
7HQDQW34#7,(#02+
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Select the Music-On-Hold (MOH) source heard by private line callers on hold,
based on the MCO Tenant Group assigned to the private line.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 13 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
0=internal single tone (default-all)
1=external MOH source
2=internal melody (not available in USA)
3=silence
Address No. for MCO Tenant Group:
0001=MCO Tenant Group #1
0002=MCO Tenant Group #2
...
0072=MCO Tenant Group #72
FF2
Trunks
System
FF2
Trunks
NOTE: Available range of MCO Tenant Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the
FF3
number of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
CPC INSTALLED
Extensions
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
max. MCO Tenant Groups:
12
24
36
48
60
72
FF4
corresponding Addresses:
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
Extensions
CPC-96:
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0001-0012 0001-0024 0001-0036 0001-0048 0001-0060 0001-0072
FF5
Groups
FF6
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 2-57) for AC-15 private lines FF2 0 BSSC 05 Hold (0-72) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 2-134) for T1-E&M tie lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 06 Hold (0-72) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-111
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3334#####=3
MOH Source for Intercom Calls
7HQDQW34#(;7#02+
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Select the Music-On-Hold (MOH) source heard by intercom callers on hold, based
on the MCO Tenant Group assigned to the extension.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 14 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
Address No. for MCO Tenant Group:
0001=MCO Tenant Group #1
0002=MCO Tenant Group #2
...
0072=MCO Tenant Group #72
FF2
Trunks
0=internal single tone (default-all)
1=external MOH source
2=internal melody (not available in USA)
3=silence
System
FF2
Trunks
NOTE: Available range of MCO Tenant Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the
FF3
number of CCUs specified in programming (0: System Configuration).
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
CPC INSTALLED
FF3
Extensions
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
max. MCO Tenant Groups:
12
24
36
48
60
72
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
corresponding Addresses:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF-/Soft Keys
0001-0012 0001-0024 0001-0036 0001-0048 0001-0060 0001-0072
FF5
Groups
FF4
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-24) for digital keyphone/SLT extensions FF3 0 BSSC 05 Hold (1-72) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-36) for ISDN extensions FF3 1 BSSC 04 Hold (1-72) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-43) for Virtual Ports FF3 2 (001-576) 02 Hold (1-72) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-45) for RAI Port FF3 3 01 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-112
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
NOTE: Use these addresses to set up groups or “blocks” of SSD numbers,
and assign them to MCO Tenant Groups. You can also set up an “SSD
common block” that can be used by all extensions.
0
System
Introduction
FF1 0 15, 16, and 17: SSD Blocks
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1: System Programming
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups
0
System
Configuration
3334#####=4
7HQDQW34#66'#%/.
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Assign System Speed Dial (SSD) blocks to MCO Tenant Groups. Extensions that
belong to an MCO Tenant Group can use the SSD codes within the assigned SSD block.
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF1 0 15 (0001-0072) Hold (0-72) Hold
FF3
Address No. for MCO Tenant Group:
0001=MCO Tenant Group #1
0002=MCO Tenant Group #2
...
0072=MCO Tenant Group #72
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0=no SSD Block assignment (can use
SSDs in common block only)
1=SSD Block #1 (default)
2=SSD Block #2
3=SSD Block #3
...
72=SSD Block #72
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
NOTE: Available range of MCO Tenant Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the
FF5
FF5
number of CCUs specified in programming (0: System Configuration).
Groups
Groups
CPC INSTALLED
FF6
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
max. MCO Tenant Groups:
12
24
36
48
60
72
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
corresponding Addresses:
0001-0012 0001-0024 0001-0036 0001-0048 0001-0060 0001-0072
FF7
Applications
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF6
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
SSD Assignment to Groups (pg. 1-23) FF1 0 02 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: SSD Dialling (pg. 1-47) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SSD Common Block for MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-114) FF1 0 16 0001 Hold (0-800) Hold
SSD Block Table (pg. 1-114) FF1 0 17 (0001-0144) Hold (0-799 or 0-800) Hold
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-177) FF1 3 01 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99
or 0-72) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-113
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3334#####=3
SSD Common Block for MCO Tenant Groups
&RPPRQ#66'#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the number of System Speed Dial (SSD) bins allowed for all MCO Tenant Groups.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 0 16 0001 Hold (0-800) Hold
FF1
FF1
Number of SSD Bins Allowed
default: 0 [no common block]
System
System
For example, an entry of “100” means that all MCO Tenant Groups can use SSDs 0-99.
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Notes:
Trunks
If SSD Assignment to Groups is disabled (default), the system will ignore this address, which means
that all extensions will be able to use all SSD codes.
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
SSD Assignment to Groups (pg. 1-23)
FF1 0 02 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
3334#####=3
SSD Block Table
FF5
Groups
66'#%/.34#723#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Build SSD Blocks in this table, by specifying ranges or “blocks” of System Speed Dial bins.
Each SSD Block can be assigned to an MCO Tenant Group for exclusive use (in FF1 0 15).
Groups
FF1 0 17 (0001-0144) Hold (0-799 or 0-800) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
Odd Address Nos.: Starting SSD Bin No. for block
(0001, 0003, 0005,...0143)
Starting SSD
Bin No.
FF7
FF7
Even Address Nos.: Count of bins in block
(0002, 0004, 0006,...0144)
Applications
Count of SSD
bins in block
Applications
(see table, next page for defaults)
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
If SSD Assignment to Groups is disabled (default), the system will ignore this address, which means
that all extensions in all Tenant Groups will be able to use all SSD codes.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Related Programming:
Appendix A
SSD Assignment to Groups (pg. 1-23) FF1 0 02 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-113) FF1 0 15 (0001-0072) Hold (0-72) Hold
Page 1-114
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Table 1-4. SSD Block Table (FF1 0 17)
Introduction
Block Nos. Address/Default Address/Default Block Nos. Address/Default Address/Default
1-36
for Starting SSD for SSD Count
37-72
for Starting SSD for SSD Count
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
1
0001
0
0002
80
37
0073
0
0074
0
2
0003
80
0004
80
38
0075
0
0076
0
3
0005
160
0006
80
39
0077
0
0078
0
4
0007
240
0008
80
40
0079
0
0080
0
5
0009
320
0010
80
41
0081
0
0082
0
6
0011
400
0012
80
42
0083
0
0084
0
7
0013
480
0014
80
43
0085
0
0086
0
8
0015
560
0016
80
44
0087
0
0088
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
9
0017
640
0018
80
45
0089
0
0090
0
10
0019
720
0020
80
46
0091
0
0092
0
11
0021
0
0022
0
47
0093
0
0094
0
12
0023
0
0024
0
48
0095
0
0096
0
13
0025
0
0026
0
49
0097
0
0098
0
14
0027
0
0028
0
50
0099
0
0100
0
15
0029
0
0030
0
51
0101
0
0102
0
16
0031
0
0032
0
52
0103
0
0104
0
17
0033
0
0034
0
53
0105
0
0106
0
18
0035
0
0036
0
54
0107
0
0108
0
19
0037
0
0038
0
55
0109
0
0110
0
20
0039
0
0040
0
56
0111
0
0112
0
21
0041
0
0042
0
57
0113
0
0114
0
22
0043
0
0044
0
58
0115
0
0116
0
23
0045
0
0046
0
59
0117
0
0118
0
24
0047
0
0048
0
60
0119
0
0120
0
FF6
25
0049
0
0050
0
61
0121
0
0122
0
FF6
TRS/ARS
26
0051
0
0052
0
62
0123
0
0124
0
TRS/ARS
27
0053
0
0054
0
63
0125
0
0126
0
28
0055
0
0056
0
64
0127
0
0128
0
29
0057
0
0058
0
65
0129
0
0130
0
30
0059
0
0060
0
66
0131
0
0132
0
31
0061
0
0062
0
67
0133
0
0134
0
32
0063
0
0064
0
68
0135
0
0136
0
33
0065
0
0066
0
69
0137
0
0138
0
34
0067
0
0068
0
70
0139
0
0140
0
35
0069
0
0070
0
71
0141
0
0142
0
36
0071
0
0072
0
72
0143
0
0144
0
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-115
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 18: Synchronised Clock
3334#####=
Synchronised Clock
4VW#6<1&#&ORFN
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Prioritise clock sources for digital (ISDN and T1) exchange lines that will
synchronise with the public exchange.
FF1
System
System
FF1 0 18 (0001-0003) Hold (BSS/C) Hold
FF2
0001=1st-priority network
0002=2nd-priority network
0003=3rd-priority network
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF2
CCU/Slot/Exch.Line Port No.:
B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-14
C=Exch.Line Port 1-4
(enter “BSS” for PRI and T1)
(enter “BSSC” for BRI)
default: [none]
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
If using a T1 or T-point ISDN interface, Synchronised Clock settings are required to prevent data
transmission errors, or noise during voice conversations.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines (pg. 2-60)
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use) (pg. 2-86)
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-116
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 19: TRS Class for Forced Account Codes
TRS Class for Forced Account Codes
3334#####=4
756#IRU#)0$&&'
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Set the TRS (Call Barring) Class that will be followed when Account codes are
Forced, but the Account Code is not entered for an outgoing call.
FF1
System
System
FF1 0 19 0001 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2
FF2
TRS Class No. (1-50)
default: 1
Trunks
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Forced Account Codes: User must enter an Account Code for every outgoing and incoming call,
before he/she can access an outside line. Forced Account Codes can be either Verified (checked against
programmed Table for validity; call is blocked if no match found) or Unverified (accepted; call is
allowed). Account Codes are used for call expense tracking in Call Logging reports.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Verified Account Codes can each have their own TRS Class assignment (see FF8 1 04).
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
Verified Account Codes (pg. 8-50) FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0001 Hold FL/R (up to 10 digits) Hold
TRS Class for Verified Account Codes (pg. 8-50) FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0002 Hold (1-50) Hold
Forced Account Codes (pg. 3-21) (enable/disable on ext.) FF3 0 BSSC 04 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Verified Account Codes (pg. 3-22) (enable/disable on ext.) FF3 0 BSSC 04 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-117
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
FF1 0 20: Ext.No. Display for Closed-Number Calls
0
System
Configuration
Ext.No. Display for Closed-Number Calls
3334#####=3
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
&ORVHG#'LVSOD\
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
Assign the closed-numbered digits to use in the system’s Extension Directory.
Based on the digits, the system will look up the extension name within its own
PBX (not in another).
FF1
System
FF1 0 20 0001 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
0= 0 digit (default)
1= 1 digit
2= 2 digits
3= 3 digits
4= 4 digits
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
If you originate a network call, this will display.
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
FF5
FF6 2 07: Closed Number Table (pg. 6-44)
Extension Index (pg. 8-49) FF8 1 03 Hold 1 Hold Hold (1 or 2) Hold FL/R (up to 4 char.) Hold
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-118
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
FF1 0 21: Ring Alarm for Unanswered Calls
3334#####=4
Ring Alarm Frequency
0
System
Configuration
5LQJ#$/0#)5(4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Set the ringing frequency that will begin after an incoming call rings unanswered
for longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
FF1
System
System
FF1 0 21 0001 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF2
0=no ring
1=400/562 Hz (default)
2=1000/1340 Hz
3=400 Hz
4=800/1040 Hz
5=1040/1320 Hz
6=660/1320 Hz
Trunks
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
Alarm Ringing: Ringing frequency/interval changes for an incoming call that rings unanswered for
longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
Alarm Ringing will not work while Slide Ringing or Delayed Ringing is occurring.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1) (pg. 1-145) FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
Alarm Ringing (pg. 2-25) for analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 02 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Alarm Ringing (pg. 2-69) for ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Alarm Ringing (pg. 2-101) for T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-119
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3335#####=4
Ring Alarm Pattern
5LQJ#$/0#3751
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the ring pattern that will begin after an incoming call rings unanswered for
longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 21 0002 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF1
Setting Values for U.K.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Setting Values for USA and Hong Kong
Synchronise with public exchange
1on/2off (default) (in seconds)
2on/1off
1on/1off
.5on/.5off
.25on/2.75off
.25on/.25off/.25on/2.25off
.25on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1.75off
.75on/.25off/.75on/1.25off
1on/.25off/.25on/1.5off
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1off
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
Continuous tone
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
System
No ring alarm
1on/3off (in seconds)
FF2
2on/2off
Trunks
3on/1off
1on/1off
.5on/.5off (default)
FF3
.5on/3.5off
Extensions
.5on/.5off/.5on/2.5off
.25on/.25off/.25on/3.25off
1on/.25off/.25on/2.5off
FF4
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/2off
FF-/Soft Keys
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
Continuous tone
FF5
Groups
Notes:
Alarm Ringing will not work while Slide Ringing or Delayed Ringing is occurring.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF6
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1) (pg. 1-145) FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
Alarm Ringing (pg. 2-25) for analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 02 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Alarm Ringing (pg. 2-69) for ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Alarm Ringing (pg. 2-101) for T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-120
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 22: Dealer Programming ID Code
3334#####=<<<<
Dealer Programming ID Code
3URJUDP#,'#&RGH
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the ID code for entering dealer programming: ON/OFF PROG ** [Code]
FF1
FF1
FF1 0 22 0001 Hold (0000-9999) Hold
System
System
4-digit Dealer Programming ID Code
FF2
FF2
default: 9999
Trunks
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
Programming Mode Entry (pg. 1-15)
FF1 0 01 0012 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-121
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 23 and 24: Voice Mail Codes
0
3334#####=
VM Answer Supervision Code
90#$QVZHU#'LDO
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the Answer Supervision code for 3rd-party Voice Mail.
FF1
FF1
FF1 0 23 0001 Hold (0000-9999) Hold
System
System
4-digit VM Answer Supervision Code
FF2
default: [no assignment]
Trunks
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
FF3
This assignment must match the 3rd-party Voice Mail system’s Answer Supervision code.
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
SLT Voice Mail Connection (pg. 3-11) FF3 0 BSSC 04 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail (pg. 8-51) FF8 1 05 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.)
Hold
FF5
Groups
3334#####=
VM Transfer Code #1: Prefix
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
90075)#&423UHIL[
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
Assign a prefix that will be automatically dialled in front of VM Transfer Code #1
(74 + nnnn) when transferring a call directly to 3rd-party Voice Mail.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF1 0 24 0001 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF7
NOTE: Enter a pause in this address by
pressing Soft Key #4.
VM Transfer Code #1 Prefix (up to 8 characters,
including 0-9, , #, and Pause)
Applications
*
default: [no assignment]
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Two different Transfer Keys can be programmed for 3rd-party Voice Mail systems:
❒ Transfer Code #1 (74 + nnnn) transfers a call to a specific voice mail port.
❒ Transfer Code #2 (75 + nnnn) transfers a call to the Voice Mail pilot number.
Appendix A
See FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7) for instructions on
programming both Transfer Keys.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 1-122
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
FF-Key Feature Assignment (pg. 4-7)
FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail (pg. 8-51) FF8 1 05 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.)
Hold
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
3335#####=
VM Transfer Code #1: Suffix
FF1
System
90075)#&426XIIL[
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Assign a suffix that will be automatically dialled after VM Transfer Code #1
(74 + nnnn) when transferring a call directly to 3rd-party Voice Mail.
System
FF1 0 24 0002 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
NOTE: Enter a pause in this address by
pressing Soft Key #4.
FF3
VM Transfer Code #1 Suffix (up to 8 characters,
including 0-9, , #, and Pause)
*
FF3
default: [no assignment]
Extensions
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Two different Transfer Keys can be programmed for 3rd-party Voice Mail systems:
❒ Transfer Code #1 (74 + nnnn) transfers a call to a specific voice mail port.
❒ Transfer Code #2 (75 + nnnn) transfers a call to the Voice Mail pilot number.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
See FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7) for instructions on
programming both Transfer Keys.
Groups
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
FF-Key Feature Assignment (pg. 4-7)
FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail (pg. 8-51) FF8 1 05 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.)
Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF6
TRS/ARS
3336#####=
VM Transfer Code #2: Prefix
90075)#&523UHIL[
FF7
Applications
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF8
Assign a prefix that will be automatically dialled in front of VM Transfer Code #2
(75 + nnnn) when transferring a call directly to 3rd-party Voice Mail.
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
FF1 0 24 0003 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
Appendix A
NOTE: Enter a pause in this address by
pressing Soft Key #4.
VM Transfer Code #2 Prefix (up to 8 characters,
including 0-9, , #, and Pause)
*
Appendix A
default: [no assignment]
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-123
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Two different Transfer Keys can be programmed for 3rd-party Voice Mail systems:
❒ Transfer Code #1 (74 + nnnn) transfers a call to a specific voice mail port.
❒ Transfer Code #2 (75 + nnnn) transfers a call to the Voice Mail pilot number.
0
System
Configuration
See FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7) for instructions on
programming both Transfer Keys.
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
System
FF-Key Feature Assignment (pg. 4-7)
FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail (pg. 8-51) FF8 1 05 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.)
Hold
FF2
Trunks
FF1
System
FF2
3337#####=
VM Transfer Code #2: Suffix
Trunks
90075)#&526XIIL[
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3
Assign a suffix that will be automatically dialled after VM Transfer Code #2
(75 + nnnn) when transferring a call directly to 3rd-party Voice Mail.
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF1 0 24 0004 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
NOTE: Enter a pause in this address by
pressing Soft Key #4.
VM Transfer Code #2 Suffix (up to 8 characters,
including 0-9, , #, and Pause)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
*
default: [no assignment]
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF5
Notes:
Groups
Two different Transfer Keys can be programmed for 3rd-party Voice Mail systems:
❒ Transfer Code #1 (74 + nnnn) transfers a call to a specific voice mail port.
❒ Transfer Code #2 (75 + nnnn) transfers a call to the Voice Mail pilot number.
FF6
See FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7) for instructions on
programming both Transfer Keys.
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF-Key Feature Assignment (pg. 4-7)
FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail (pg. 8-51) FF8 1 05 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.)
Hold
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-124
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 25: Caller ID Add Digits
3334#####=
Caller ID Log Outgoing Add Digits
&,'#$GG0'LDO
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Enter the digits (up to 4) that will be added to the beginning of an outgoing Caller
ID number (selected from the displayed Caller ID Log).
FF1
System
System
FF1 0 25 0001 Hold (up to 4 char.) Hold
FF2
Caller ID Add Digits (up to 4 characters,
including 0-9, , and #)
Trunks
*
FF2
Trunks
default: [no assignment]
FF3
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Extensions
On 44-series display phones, press the left soft key next to the displayed Caller ID Log phone number,
to automatically seize MCO-1 (“9”) and outdial the Add Digits and the number. On 43-series display
phones, press the AUTO key.
To outdial “9” and the Caller ID Log phone number without the Add Digits in front of it, press the right
soft key (or, on 43-series display phones, press REDIAL).
Groups
A maximum of 20 extension phones per CCU can have the Caller ID Log feature. It will store and
display the last 10 Caller ID calls received at that extension. To display the Log, press CONF 96 at
intercom dial tone.
FF6
The Add Digits and the Caller ID phone number are subject to TRS/ARS after the “9” is dialled. They
can be redialled by pressing the REDIAL key. Call Logging reports will show the first 24 digits of a
Caller ID phone number that was outdialled (Call Logging must be set to Format #2 in FF1 0 09). Caller
ID information will also be sent to an installed TAPI device.
FF5
TRS/ARS
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF7
Applications
Caller ID Log Outgoing Control (pg. 1-20) FF1 0 01 0021 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Caller ID Log Private/Out-of-Area Control (pg. 1-20) FF1 0 01 0022 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Call Logging Output Format (pg. 1-107) FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-125
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 26: DISA ID Codes
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
3334#####=3
DISA ID Code Numbering
',6$#,'#'LJLWV
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
FF1
Enter the digit length of DISA ID Codes.
System
System
FF1 0 26 0001 Hold (0-10) Hold
FF2
Digit Length of DISA ID Codes:
0=none/no code needed to get DISA service (default)
1=1-digit Codes
2=2-digit Codes
3=3-digit Codes
...
10=10-digit Codes
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
DISA (Direct Inward System Access): By dialling the DISA exchange line’s public-exchange phone
number, outside callers can dial into the phone system, and have full access to all the system’s features
without going through the Attendant (including the ability to transfer themselves to different extensions,
or dial-out on another exchange line). To set up DISA, set the exchange line for DISA service in the
Ring Type addresses (FF2). Create DISA ID Codes and assign TRS Classes to them in FF1 0 26 00020033 (see next address).
Related Programming:
Exchange Line COS: DISA ID Verification (pg. 1-93) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
DISA ID Codes and TRS Assignments (pg. 1-127) FF1 0 26 (0002-0033) Hold (up to 10 digits or 1-50) Hold
Ring Type - Day1/Day2/Night ...
for analog exchange lines (pg. 2-28) FF2 0 BSSC 03 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (0-6) Hold
for ISDN exchange lines (pg. 2-75) FF2 1 BSSC 04 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (0-6) Hold
for T1-CO lines (pg. 2-106) (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 04 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (0-6) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-126
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
DISA ID Codes and TRS Assignments
3335#####=
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
3336#####=3
',6$34=,'#&RGH
Enter up to 16 valid DISA Security Codes, each of which can be dialled by a
DISA caller to access an outside line after calling into the system. Also, assign a
TRS (Call Barring) Class to each DISA Code.
',6$34=756#&ODVV
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 26 (0002-0033) Hold (up to 10 digits or 1-50) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
Address Nos. for DISA ID Codes #1 thru #16:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
0002=Code #1
0003=Code #1 TRS Class
0004=Code #2
0005=Code #2 TRS Class
0006=Code #3
0007=Code #3 TRS Class
0008=Code #4
0009=Code #4 TRS Class
0010=Code #5
0011=Code #5 TRS Class
0012=Code #6
0013=Code #6 TRS Class
0014=Code #7
0015=Code #7 TRS Class
0016=Code #8
0017=Code #8 TRS Class
0018=Code #9
0019=Code #9 TRS Class
0020=Code #10
0021=Code #10 TRS Class
FF4
0022=Code #11
0023=Code #11 TRS Class
0024=Code #12
0025=Code #12 TRS Class
0026=Code #13
0027=Code #13 TRS Class
0028=Code #14
0029=Code #14 TRS Class
0030=Code #15
0031=Code #15 TRS Class
0032=Code #16
0033=Code #16 TRS Class
for Addresses 0002, 0004, 0006,
0008, 0010, 0012, ... 0032:
DISA ID Code
(maximum 10 digits, including
0-9, and #)
default: [no assignment]
*
for Addresses 0003, 0005, 0007,
0009, 0011, 0013 ... 0033:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
TRS Class Assignment (1-50)
default: 0 (no TRS Class)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Digit length of DISA ID Codes entered in this address depends on the setting in DISA ID Code
Numbering (see previous page).
Groups
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
DISA ID Code Numbering (pg. 1-126) FF1 0 26 0001 Hold (0-10) Hold
Exchange Line COS: DISA ID Verification (pg. 1-93) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-127
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1 1: System Timers
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 1 01: Exchange Line Timer 1
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
Trunks
Flash Timer 1 for Exchange Line
1.
3334#####=83
)ODVK#7LPHU#4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
Set the length of time a flash signal to an exchange line will last when the
extension user depresses the FL/R or PROG key. Applies when Flash Pattern #1
is programmed for the exchange line.
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF1 1 01 0001 Hold (1-255) Hold
1 = (1 x 16 ms) = 16 ms
2 = (2 x 16 ms) = 32 ms
3 = (3 x 16 ms) = 48 ms
...
124 = (124 x 16 ms) = 1,984 ms or 1.984 seconds
125 thru 255 = same value (2.5 ms)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
default: 50 = (50 x 16 ms) = 800 ms
FF6
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF7
Flash Pattern ...
for analog exchange lines (pg. 2-19) FF2 0 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
for AC-15 private lines (pg. 2-47) FF2 0 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
for T1-CO lines (pg. 2-96) (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
for T1-E&M tie lines (pg. 2-125) (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-128
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Flash Timer 2 for Exchange Line
3335#####=8
)ODVK#7LPHU#5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the length of time a flash signal to an exchange line will last when the extension user
depresses the FL/R or PROG key. Applies when Flash Pattern #2 is programmed for
the exchange line. Also applies when the phone system is behind a PBX, and the user
needs to send a Recall signal to the PBX to place the call on hold at the PBX.
FF1
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1 1 01 0002 Hold (1-255) Hold
System
System
1 = (1 x 16 ms) = 16 ms
2 = (2 x 16 ms) = 32 ms
3 = (3 x 16 ms) = 48 ms
...
124 = (124 x 16 ms) = 1,984 ms or 1.984 seconds
125 thru 255 = same value (2.5 seconds)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Trunks
FF3
default: 5 (80 ms)
Extensions
FF2
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
When the phone does not have the FL/R key, the end-user must press the FF-key programmed with the
Flash/Recall code (*39 by default) to send the Recall signal.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
Flash Pattern ...
for analog exchange lines (pg. 2-19) FF2 0 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
for AC-15 private lines (pg. 2-47) FF2 0 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
for T1-CO lines (pg. 2-96) (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
for T1-E&M tie lines (pg. 2-125) (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Flash Timer for Auto-Repeat Dial
FF7
Applications
3336#####=457
$5'#)ODVK#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Set the length of time a flash signal to an exchange line will last during Auto-Repeat Dial.
Applications
FF1 1 01 0003 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
1 = (1 x 16 ms) = 16 ms
2 = (2 x 16 ms) = 32 ms
3 = (3 x 16 ms) = 48 ms
...
124 = (124 x 16 ms) = 1,984 ms or 1.984 seconds
(default)
125 thru 255 = same value (2.5 seconds)
Appendix A
Appendix B
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-129
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Auto Repeat Dial: Place a call to a busy party. Stay in monitor mode and press REDIAL. System
automatically redials the number, and repeats redialling until ringback is heard or 14 auto-repeat
attempts have been made.
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
Start Timer for Public-Exchange Busy Tone Detect (Auto-Repeat Dial) (pg. 1-135) FF1 1 01 0014 Hold (1255) Hold
Public-Exchange Busy Tone Detect Timer (Auto-Repeat Dial) (pg. 1-136) FF1 1 01 0015 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
3337#####=6
Pause Timer
3DXVH#7LPHU
FF2
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
Set the length of a pause inserted in automatically-dialled numbers (such as speed-dialling).
Trunks
FF1 1 01 0004 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
3 = 3 seconds (default)
...
255 = 255 seconds or 4 minutes/15 seconds
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Groups
FF5
This address does not affect pauses in PBX access codes.
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
PSD Numbers (pg. 8-44)
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-46)
FF8 1 01 Hold 0 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold (PSD) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-130
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Call Duration Timer (Public Exchange Line)
3338#####=43
&DOO#'XUDWLRQ#&2
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the length of time the system will wait before starting call duration timing for
outbound analog exchange line calls, if the public exchange does not send back
an answer signal when the called party answers.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 01 0005 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
1=1 second
2=2 seconds
...
255=255 seconds (or 4 min./15 sec.)
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Trunks
default: 10 seconds
FF3
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
Call Duration (pg. 2-20) for public exchange lines
FF4
FF2 0 BSSC 02 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
3339#####=43
Call Duration Timer (Private Line)
$QVZHU#6,*#7,(
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Set the length of time the system will wait before starting call duration timing for
outbound private-line calls, if the called-party end does not send back an answer signal.
FF6
Applications
default: 10 seconds
FF8
Appendix A
TRS/ARS
1=1 second
2=2 seconds
...
255=255 seconds (or 4 min./15 sec.)
FF7
Maintenance
FF6
FF1 1 01 0006 Hold (1-255) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-131
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Outpulse Delay Timer (Public Exchange Line)
333:#####=4
'LDO#'HOD\#&2
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the length of a pause before outpulsing dialled digits for speed dial, or after an
analog exchange line is seized in a MCO exchange line group.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 01 0007 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1
1=1 second
2=2 seconds
...
255=255 seconds (or 4 min./15 sec.)
System
FF2
default: 1 second
Trunks
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Outpulse Delay Timer (Private Line/Immediate-Start) 333;#####=4
'LDO#'HOD\#$07LH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Set the length of a pause before outpulsing dialled digits on an AC-15 private line
set for Immediate-Start signalling.
Groups
FF1 1 01 0008 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
1=1 second (default)
2=2 seconds
...
255=255 seconds or 4 min./15 sec.
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
Applications
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines (pg. 2-38)
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-132
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Pre-Pause Timer (ISDN Exchange Line)
333<#####=63
,6'1#3UH03DXVH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the length of time the system will wait for the first dialled digit after an ISDN
exchange line is seized.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 01 0009 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1
1=1 second
2=2 seconds
...
255=255 seconds (or 4 min./15 sec.)
System
FF2
default: 30 seconds
Trunks
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines (pg. 2-60)
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Interdigit Timer (ARS and ISDN Exchange Line)
3343#####=43
,6'1#,QWHUGLJLW
FF5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Set the length of time the system will wait for the next dialled digit before sending
re-order tone. Applies to outbound calls on an ISDN exchange line.
(all CPCs) - Version 2.5 and higher: Also applies to ARS-routed calls.
Groups
FF6
FF6
FF1 1 01 0010 Hold (1-255) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
TRS/ARS
1=1 second
2=2 seconds
...
255=255 seconds (or 4 min./15 sec.)
FF7
default: 10 seconds
FF8
Maintenance
Applications
Maintenance
Notes:
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher)
Interdigit Timers for non-ARS calls start on pg. 1-154.
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix A
ISDN Outgoing Control (pg. 1-19) FF1 0 01 0019 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines (pg. 2-60)
Queuing Timer (ARS) (pg. 1-149) FF1 1 02 0014 Hold (0-255) Hold
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix B
•
Page 1-133
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
3344#####=63
FF1 1 01 0011 Hold
System
Configuration
1RW#8VHG
0
System
Configuration
3345#####=43
FF1 1 01 0012 Hold
1RW#8VHG
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Wink Wait Timer (AC-15 Private Lines)
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
3346#####=8
:LQN#:DLW#$07,(
Extensions
Set the length of time the system will wait for a wink signal after an AC-15
private line is accessed for an outbound call.
FF4
FF3
FF4
FF1 1 01 0013 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
1=1 second
2=2 seconds
...
255=255 seconds (or 4 min./15 sec.)
FF5
Groups
FF5
Groups
default: 5 seconds
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF6
Notes:
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
Private Line Signal Type (pg. 2-39) for AC-15 private lines
FF7
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-5) Hold
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-134
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Start Timer for Public-Exchange Busy
Tone Detect (Auto-Repeat Dial)
0
System
Configuration
FF1
3347#####=8
$5'#%7#6WDUW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the length of time the system will wait after the last auto-dialled digit is sent
to the public-exchange (on an analog exchange line) during an Auto-Repeat Dial,
before starting the Public-Exchange Busy Tone Detect Timer (Auto-Repeat
Dial) (see next address). This allows time for the public-exchange to connect the
call before the system starts looking for busy tone.
FF1
System
System
FF1 1 01 0014 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
1=1 second
2=2 seconds
...
255=255 seconds (or 4 min./15 sec.)
Trunks
default: 5 seconds
Extensions
FF3
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Auto Repeat Dial: Place a call to a busy party. Stay in monitor mode and press REDIAL. System
automatically redials the number, and repeats redialling until ringback is heard or 14 auto-repeat
attempts have been made.
Related Programming:
Flash Timer for Auto-Repeat Dial (pg. 1-129) FF1 1 01 0003 Hold (1-255) Hold
Public-Exchange Busy Tone Detect Timer (Auto-Repeat Dial) (pg. 1-136) FF1 1 01 0015 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-135
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3348#####=63
Public-Exchange Busy Tone Detect Timer
(Auto-Repeat Dial)
0
System
Configuration
FF1
$5'#%7#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the length of time the system will wait for a busy tone signal from the publicexchange after the Start Timer for Public-Exchange Busy Tone Detect (AutoRepeat Dial) (see previous address) has expired. This setting helps determine
whether the next Auto-Repeat Dial will be performed.
System
FF1
System
FF1 1 01 0015 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF2
Trunks
FF3
1=1 second
2=2 seconds
...
255=255 seconds (or 4 min./15 sec.)
FF2
default: 30 seconds
FF3
Extensions
Trunks
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Auto Repeat Dial: Place a call to a busy party. Stay in monitor mode and press REDIAL. System
automatically redials the number, and repeats redialling until ringback is heard or 14 auto-repeat
attempts have been made.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
Flash Timer for Auto-Repeat Dial (pg. 1-129) FF1 1 01 0003 Hold (1-255) Hold
Start Timer for Public-Exchange Busy Tone Detect (Auto-Repeat Dial) (pg. 1-135)
255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0014 Hold (1-
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
3349#####=49
DTMF ON: Pattern #1
'70)#4#21#7LPH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Applications
Set the duration of the DTMF signal for a digit dialled during an outbound call.
FF1 1 01 0016 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF8
FF7
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
(value=setting x 5ms): 1 = (1 x 5 ms) = 5 ms
2 = (2 x 5 ms) = 10 ms
3 = (3 x 5 ms) = 15 ms
...
255 = (255 x 5 ms) = 1,275 ms (or 1.275 sec.)
Appendix A
default: 16 = (16 x 5 ms) = 80 ms
Appendix B
Page 1-136
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
334:#####=49
DTMF OFF: Pattern #1
'70)#4#2))#7LPH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the pause between DTMF signals for digits dialled during an outbound call.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 1 01 0017 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1
(value=setting x 5ms): 1 = (1 x 5 ms) = 5 ms
2 = (2 x 5 ms) = 10 ms
3 = (3 x 5 ms) = 15 ms
...
255 = (255 x 5 ms) = 1,275 ms (or 1.275 sec.)
System
FF2
Trunks
default: 9 = (9 x 5 ms) = 45 ms off (USA)
10 = (10 x 5 ms) = 50 ms off (Hong Kong,
Taiwan, Malaysia, Indonesia)
16 = (16 x 5 ms) = 80 ms off (U.K.)
FF3
Extensions
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
The above settings (in conjunction with each other) can be assigned to individual exchange-line ports.
These settings will apply to the phone number dialled, as well as additional digits dialled after
connecting -- such as entering an account number, or selecting from a voice menu.
Power-Off Requirement. Power cycling (power-off, then power-on) is required after changing these
settings.
DTMF ON/OFF Pattern #1 will be used whenever the system sends ID
codes to voicemail. See Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail (pg. 8-51).
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher)
Related Programming:
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk ...
(pg. 2-15) for analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 01 13 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-44) for AC-15 private lines FF2 0 BSSC 01 13 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-65) for ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 02 03 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-93) for T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 10 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-122) for T1-E&M tie lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 10 Hold (0-2) Hold
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialling ...
(pg. 2-15) for analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 01 14 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-44) for AC-15 private lines FF2 0 BSSC 01 14 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-93) for T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 11 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-122) for T1-E&M tie lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 11 Hold (0-2) Hold
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail (pg. 8-51) FF8 1 05 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.)
Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-137
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #2
334;#####=4
'70)5#2122))
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the DTMF signal pattern for digits dialled during an outbound call.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 1 01 0018 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1
(value=setting x 125ms): 1 = (1 x 125 ms) = 125 on/125 off (default)
2 = (2 x 125 ms) = 250 on/250 off
3 = (3 x 125 ms) = 375 on/375 off
...
255 = (255 x 125 ms) = 31,875 (or 31.875 sec.) on/
31,875 off
System
FF2
Trunks
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
The above setting can be assigned to individual exchange-line ports. It will apply to the phone number
dialled, as well as additional digits dialled after connecting -- such as entering an account number, or
selecting from a voice menu.
Power-Off Requirement. Power cycling (power-off, then power-on) is required after changing this
setting.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk ...
(pg. 2-15) for analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 01 13 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-44) for AC-15 private lines FF2 0 BSSC 01 13 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-65) for ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 02 03 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-93) for T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 10 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-122) for T1-E&M tie lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 10 Hold (0-2) Hold
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialling ...
(pg. 2-15) for analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 01 14 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-44) for AC-15 private lines FF2 0 BSSC 01 14 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-93) for T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 11 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-122) for T1-E&M tie lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 11 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-138
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #3
334<#####=5
'70)6#2122))
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
Set the DTMF signal pattern for digits dialled during an outbound call.
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 01 0019 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1
(value=setting x 125ms): 1 = (1 x 125 ms) = 125 on/125 off
2 = (2 x 125 ms) = 250 on/250 off (default)
3 = (3 x 125 ms) = 375 on/375 off
...
255 = (255 x 125 ms) = 31,875 (or 31.875 sec.) on/
31,875 off
System
FF2
Trunks
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
The above setting can be assigned to individual exchange-line ports. It will apply to the phone number
dialled, as well as additional digits dialled after connecting -- such as entering an account number, or
selecting from a voice menu.
Power-Off Requirement. Power cycling (power-off, then power-on) is required after changing this
setting.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk ...
(pg. 2-15) for analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 01 13 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-44) for AC-15 private lines FF2 0 BSSC 01 13 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-65) for ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 02 03 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-93) for T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 10 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-122) for T1-E&M tie lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 10 Hold (0-2) Hold
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialling ...
(pg. 2-15) for analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 01 14 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-44) for AC-15 private lines FF2 0 BSSC 01 14 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-93) for T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 11 Hold (0-2) Hold
(pg. 2-122) for T1-E&M tie lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 11 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-139
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
FF1 1 02: Exchange Line Timer 2
3334#####=63
DISA No-Answer Timer #1
0
System
Configuration
',6$#10$164
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Set how long the system will wait before changing an unanswered DISA call to
multiple-incoming ringing.
FF1
System
System
FF1 1 02 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
0 = 5 seconds
(setting=no. of seconds): 1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
default: 30 seconds
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
FF4
This address does not affect DDI (Direct Dialling Inward) calls, which (if unanswered) will continue to
ring an idle extension indefinitely, or until the user performs another action on the phone (such as
accessing another exchange line for an outgoing call) while the DDI call is ringing. At that point, the
DDI call will change to multiple-incoming ringing. NOTE: The user will not be able to perform
another action on the phone if the extension’s Exchange-Line Key Operation: Direct Calls (pg. 3-14)
setting is left at “1=Ignore key press (default),” in which case the DDI call will continue to ring the
extension.
Multiple-Incoming Ringing: An incoming exchange-line call will ring on all extensions that have a
line appearance (FF-key) for that exchange line. The exchange line’s Ring Type must be set to
“0=Multiple Incoming (default)” in FF2. Exchange Lines are assigned to FF-keys in FF4.
DDI (Direct Dialling Inward): An outside caller can reach an internal extension directly by dialling a
7-digit public-exchange phone number. The DDI exchange line passes the last 2 to 4 digits of the phone
number to the PBX, and the digits become (or are modified to become) the equivalent of an extension
number. DDI exchange lines can’t be used for outgoing calls (no dialtone offered). To set up DDI, set
the exchange line for DDI in the Ring Type addresses (FF2). Enter the DDI numbers and assign their
ring and delayed-ring destinations in FF1 4: DDI/CLI Tables (see pg. 1-183).
DISA (Direct Inward System Access): By dialling the DISA exchange line’s public-exchange phone
number, an outside caller can dial into the phone system, and have full access to all the system’s features
without going through the Attendant (including the ability to transfer himself to different extensions, or
dial-out on another exchange line). To set up DISA, set the exchange line for DISA service in the Ring
Type addresses (FF2). Create DISA ID Codes and assign TRS Classes to them in FF1 0 26: DISA ID
Codes (see pg. 1-126).
Appendix A
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
DISA No-Answer Timeout (pg. 1-31)
Page 1-140
•
FF1 0 02 0017 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF1: System Programming
DISA ID Code Numbering (pg. 1-126) FF1 0 26 0001 Hold (0-10) Hold
DISA ID Codes and TRS Assignments (pg. 1-127) FF1 0 26 (0002-0033) Hold (up to 10 digits or 1-50) Hold
Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-88) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Pattern for exchange lines ...
(pg. 2-14) for analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 01 12 Hold (0-12) Hold
(pg. 2-64) for ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0-12) Hold
(pg. 2-92) for T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 09 Hold (0-12) Hold
Ring Type for exchange lines (set for DISA) ...
(pg. 2-28) for analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 03 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (2) Hold
(pg. 2-75) for ISDN exchange lines
FF2 1 BSSC 04 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (2) Hold
(pg. 2-106) for T1-CO lines (USA only)
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (2) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7) FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
(Code) Hold
Multiple Incoming No-Answer Timer #2
3335#####=49
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
','2',6$#10$165
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3
Set how long the system will wait before reverting a multiple-incoming call
(which originally was a DDI or DISA call) to the Attendant Group.
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF1 1 02 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF4
FF4
0 = 5 seconds
(setting=no. of seconds): 1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
default: 16 seconds
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Unanswered DISA calls will change to multiple-incoming ringing when the DISA No-Answer Timer
#1 (see previous address) expires.
Unanswered DDI calls will change to multiple-incoming ringing when (or if) the extension performs
another action on the phone (such as accessing another outside line) while the DDI call is ringing.
Applications
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
DISA No-Answer Timer #1 (pg. 1-140)
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group (pg. 5-3)
FF1 1 02 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-141
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Exchange-Line Delayed Ring Timer (Day1)
3336#####=53
'HOD\HG#'D\4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set how long the system will ring an extension receiving an incoming call during
Day1 mode, before moving the call to the Delayed Ring position.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 02 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
0 = 5 seconds
(1-255 = no. of seconds): 1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
System
FF2
Trunks
System
FF2
Trunks
default: 20 seconds
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
This timer applies to unanswered incoming calls on a DL (Direct Line) exchange line that has a Delayed
Ring position set (in FF2). If no Delayed Ring position is set for the exchange line, this Timer will not
apply, and the call will continue to ring the extension indefinitely.
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Day1 Delayed Ring Type/Destination ...
for analog exchange lines (pg. 2-32) FF2 0 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold
for ISDN exchange lines (pg. 2-78) FF2 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold
for T1-CO lines (pg. 2-109) (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 05 0 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Exchange-Line Delayed Ring Timer (Day2)
FF6
TRS/ARS
3337#####=53
'HOD\HG#'D\5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
Set how long the system will ring an extension receiving an incoming call during
Day2 mode, before moving to the Delayed Ring position.
TRS/ARS
FF1 1 02 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
0 = 5 seconds
(1-255 = no. of seconds): 1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
default: 20 seconds
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
This timer applies to unanswered incoming calls on a DL (Direct Line) exchange line that has a Delayed
Ring position set (in FF2). If no Delayed Ring position is set for the exchange line, this Timer will not
apply, and the call will continue to ring the extension indefinitely.
Page 1-142
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
Day2 Delayed Ring Type/Destination ...
for analog exchange lines (pg. 2-33) FF2 0 BSSC 04 2 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold
for ISDN exchange lines (pg. 2-79) FF2 1 BSSC 05 2 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold
for T1-CO lines (pg. 2-110) (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 05 2 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Exchange-Line Delayed Ring Timer (Night)
FF1
System
3338#####=53
'HOD\HG#1LJKW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
System
Set how long the system will ring an extension receiving an incoming call during
Night mode, before moving to the Delayed Ring position.
FF2
FF1
FF2
FF1 1 02 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
Trunks
Trunks
0 = 5 seconds
(1-255 = no. of seconds): 1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
default: 20 seconds
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
This timer applies to unanswered incoming calls on a DL (Direct Line) exchange line that has a Delayed
Ring position set (in FF2). If no Delayed Ring position is set for the exchange line, this Timer will not
apply, and the call will continue to ring the extension indefinitely.
Groups
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
Night Delayed Ring Type/Destination ...
for analog exchange lines (pg. 2-34) FF2 0 BSSC 04 4 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold
for ISDN exchange lines (pg. 2-80) FF2 1 BSSC 05 4 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold
for T1-CO lines (pg. 2-111) (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 05 4 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-143
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Exchange-Line Delayed Ring Timer (Busy)
3339#####=453
',/#%XV\#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set how long the system will queue an incoming call on a busy extension, before
moving to the delayed-ring position.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 02 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
0 = 5 seconds (all CPCs - below Version 2.5)
or: 0 = Continue to queue the call on the busy
extension indefinitely, until it becomes
idle. (all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher)
System
FF2
(1-255 = no. of seconds): 1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
Trunks
FF3
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
default: 120 seconds
Extensions
FF1
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
This Exchange-Line Delayed Ring Timer (Busy) applies to all system modes: Day1, Day2, and
Night.
FF4
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher) If the above address is set to “0=Continue to queue the call,” the caller
will hear ringback tone while the call is being queued on the busy extension.
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher) If the call is on a DL (Direct Line) exchange line but no Delayed Ring
position has been set, the call will be queued on the busy extension until it becomes idle, regardless of
the above setting.
FF5
Related Programming:
Day1/Day2/Night Delayed Ring Type/Destination ...
for analog exchange lines (pg. 2-32) FF2 0 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold (0-4) Hold...
for ISDN exchange lines (pg. 2-78) FF2 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold (0-4) Hold...
for T1-CO lines (pg. 2-109) (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 05 0 Hold (0-4) Hold (0-9999) Hold (0-4) Hold...
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-144
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
333:#####=53
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1)
6OLGH#'D\4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set how long an incoming call will ring unanswered before moving to the Slide
Ring position(s) or to the Alarm Ring frequency/pattern during Day1 mode.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
0 = 5 seconds
(1-255 = no. of seconds): 1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Trunks
default: 20 seconds
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Notes:
FF3
Alarm Ringing: Ringing frequency/interval changes for an incoming call that rings unanswered for
longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
Slide Ringing: A type of delayed ringing for extensions with exchange-line appearances. An incoming
call on an exchange line enabled for Slide Ringing (see FF2) will ring at the assigned extension or hunt
group first (see Day1/2/Night Ring Assignments in FF2). Then, after the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring
Timer expires, the call will begin ringing at the extension(s) with line appearances (see FF-Key
Feature Assignment in FF4).
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
Ring Alarm Frequency (pg. 1-119) FF1 0 21 0001 Hold (0-6) Hold
Ring Alarm Pattern (pg. 1-120) FF1 0 21 0002 Hold (0-12) Hold
Alarm Ringing (pg. 2-25) on analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 02 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Slide Ringing (pg. 2-25) on analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 02 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Alarm Ringing (pg. 2-69) on ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Slide Ringing (pg. 2-69) on ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Alarm Ringing (pg. 2-101) on T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Slide Ringing (pg. 2-102) on T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-145
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
333;#####=53
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2)
6OLGH#'D\5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set how long an unanswered incoming call will ring before moving to the Slide
Ring position(s) or to the Alarm Ring frequency/pattern during Day2 mode.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
0 = 5 seconds
(1-255 = no. of seconds): 1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Trunks
default: 20 seconds
FF3
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF4
Ring Alarm Frequency (pg. 1-119) FF1 0 21 0001 Hold (0-6) Hold
Ring Alarm Pattern (pg. 1-120) FF1 0 21 0002 Hold (0-12) Hold
Alarm Ringing (pg. 2-25) on analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 02 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Slide Ringing (pg. 2-25) on analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 02 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Alarm Ringing (pg. 2-69) on ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Slide Ringing (pg. 2-69) on ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Alarm Ringing (pg. 2-101) on T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Slide Ringing (pg. 2-102) on T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night)
333<#####=53
TRS/ARS
6OLGH#1LJKW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
Set how long an unanswered incoming call will ring before moving to the Slide
Ring position(s) or to the Alarm Ring frequency/pattern during Night mode.
FF7
Applications
FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
0 = 5 seconds
(1-255 = no. of seconds): 1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
Appendix A
Appendix A
default: 20 seconds
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-146
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
Ring Alarm Frequency (pg. 1-119) FF1 0 21 0001 Hold (0-6) Hold
Ring Alarm Pattern (pg. 1-120) FF1 0 21 0002 Hold (0-12) Hold
Alarm Ringing (pg. 2-25) on analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 02 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Slide Ringing (pg. 2-25) on analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 02 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Alarm Ringing (pg. 2-69) on ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Slide Ringing (pg. 2-69) on ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Alarm Ringing (pg. 2-101) on T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Slide Ringing (pg. 2-102) on T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
3343#####=4;3
Long Talk Alarm #1 Timer
/RQJ#7DON#$/0#4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Set how long an outgoing call can last before the first Long Talk Alarm tone is sent
to the extension.
Extensions
FF1 1 02 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
0 = 5 seconds
(1-255 = no. of seconds): 1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF5
Groups
FF5
Groups
default: 180 seconds
FF6
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF7
Extension COS: Long Talk Alarm (pg. 1-76) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 40 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Long Talk Alarm #2 Timer (pg. 1-148) FF1 1 02 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
Long Talk Alarm (pg. 2-24) on analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 02 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Long Talk Alarm (pg. 2-68) on ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 03 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Long Talk Alarm (pg. 2-101) on T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-147
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3344#####=93
Long Talk Alarm #2 Timer
/RQJ#7DON#$/0#5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the interval between subsequent Long Talk Alarm tones (after the first tone is
sent to the extension during the outbound call -- see previous address).
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 02 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
0 = 5 seconds
(1-255 = no. of seconds): 1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
System
FF2
Trunks
System
FF2
Trunks
default: 60 seconds
FF3
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF4
Extension COS: Long Talk Alarm (pg. 1-76) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 40 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Long Talk Alarm #1 Timer (pg. 1-147) FF1 1 02 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
Long Talk Alarm (pg. 2-24) on analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 02 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Long Talk Alarm (pg. 2-68) on ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 03 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Long Talk Alarm (pg. 2-101) on T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Groups
3345#####=63
Paging Timer (Private Line)
3DJLQJ#7LPH#7,(
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1 1 02 0012 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF7
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set the amount of time the system will allow a private-line caller to use paging.
FF7
Applications
Applications
0 = 5 seconds
(1-255 = no. of seconds): 1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
default: 30 seconds
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-148
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
Exchange Line COS: Paging on DISA/Private Line Call (pg. 1-92) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Paging Group Members (pg. 5-23) FF5 4 (01-10) (02-73) Hold (0-9999) Hold
0
System
Configuration
Exch.Line-to-Exch.Line Connection Timer
3346#####=93
0
System
Configuration
75.#WR#75.#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
Set the amount of time the system will monitor an exchange-line-to-exchange-line
connection before disconnecting.
FF1
System
FF1 1 02 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
0 = no check (allow indefinitely)
(1-255 = no. of minutes): 1 = 1 minute
2 = 2 minutes
...
255 = 255 minutes
FF3
Extensions
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
default: 60 minutes, or 1 hour (USA, U.K.)
3 minutes (all others)
FF4
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Extension COS: Onhook Exch.Line-to-Exch.Line Transfer (pg. 1-81)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 45 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
3347#####=48
Queuing Timer (ARS)
$56#4XHXLQJ
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Set the amount of time the system will queue an outbound call through Automatic
Route Selection (ARS) for an exchange line to become available.
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF1 1 02 0014 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF8
FF8
0 = 5 seconds
(1-255 = no. of seconds): 1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
Maintenance
Maintenance
default: 15 seconds
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-149
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
If this Queuing Timer expires before an exchange line becomes available, the call will either move to
the next queuing level or the caller will receive busy tone, depending on ARS settings.
0
System
Configuration
0
Related Programming:
ARS/LCR Setting (pg. 1-27) FF1 0 02 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange-Line Queuing for Originator (Route List) (pg. 6-21) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
3348#####=53
DDI Delayed Ring Timer
FF2
Trunks
'HOD\HG#9LD#','
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Set the amount of time a DDI (Direct Dialling Inward) call will ring before
moving to the delayed-ring position.
Trunks
FF1 1 02 0015 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
0 = No delayed ring
(1-255 = no. of seconds): 1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
default: 20 seconds
FF5
Groups
FF5
Notes:
Groups
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher) If the DDI exchange line does not have a Delayed Ring position set, the
call will continue to ring the extension indefinitely, or follow its Call-Forward settings (if any).
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side) (pg. 1-184)
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side) (pg. 1-187)
FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-150
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 1 03: Extension Timer 1
Call Forward/DND Confirmation Tone Timer
3334#####=6
&):'2'1'#7RQH
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
Set the duration of the Call Forwarding tone or Do-Not-Disturb confirmation tone
sent to an extension when the user goes off-hook or presses ON/OFF while Call
Forwarding or DND is activated.
FF1
System
FF1 1 03 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Trunks
0 = no tone issued
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
3 = 3 seconds (default)
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
3335#####=6
Message-Waiting Tone Timer
06*#:DLW#7RQH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set the duration of the Message-Waiting confirmation tone sent to an extension
when the user goes off-hook or presses ON/OFF while the extension is in receipt of
a message-waiting.
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF1 1 03 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF8
FF8
0 = no tone issued
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
3 = 3 seconds (default)
...
255 = 255 seconds
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-151
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
System
Configuration
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone
(DP SLTs)
3336#####=63
3UH03DXVH#6/7'3
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Set how long the system will wait for the first digit to be dialled on a dial-pulse
SLT during internal dial tone, before it sends fast-busy.
Trunks
FF1 1 03 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
0 = no check (system waits indefinitely)
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
default: 30 seconds
FF5
FF5
Notes:
Groups
FF6
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-152
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone
(DTMF SLTs)
0
System
Configuration
3337#####=48
3UH03DXVH#6/73%
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set how long the system will wait for the first digit to be dialled on a DTMF SLT
during internal dial tone, before it sends fast-busy.
FF1 1 03 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
0 = no check (system waits indefinitely)
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Trunks
default: 15 seconds
FF3
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Related Programming:
FF4
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Pre-Pause Timer at Internal Dial Tone
(Digital Keyphones)
3338#####=3
3UH03DXVH#.7(/
FF6
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set how long the system will wait for the first digit to be dialled on a digital
keyphone during internal dial tone, before it sends fast-busy.
TRS/ARS
FF1 1 03 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF7
Groups
FF7
Applications
Applications
0 = no check (system waits indefinitely)
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
default: 0 (USA, U.K.)
30 (all others)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Notes:
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-153
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
3339#####=48
Interdigit Timer (DP SLTs)
0
System
Configuration
,QWHUGLJLW#6/7'3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
Set how long the system will wait between dialled digits on a dial-pulse SLT
before it sends a re-order tone.
(all CPCs) - Version 2.5 and higher: This address does not apply to calls routed through ARS.
See Interdigit Timer (ARS and ISDN Exchange Line) on pg. 1-133 for ARS-routed calls.
FF2
FF1
System
FF2
FF1 1 03 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
Trunks
Trunks
0 = no check (system waits indefinitely)
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF3
Extensions
default: 15 seconds
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Related Programming:
ARS/LCR Setting (pg. 1-27)
Groups
FF1 0 02 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-154
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
333:#####=48
Interdigit Timer (DTMF SLTs)
,QWHUGLJLW#6/73%
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set how long the system will wait between dialled digits on a DTMF SLT before it
sends a re-order tone.
(all CPCs) - Version 2.5 and higher: This address does not apply to calls routed through ARS.
See Interdigit Timer (ARS and ISDN Exchange Line) on pg. 1-133 for ARS-routed calls.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 03 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
0 = no check (system waits indefinitely)
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Trunks
default: 15 seconds
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
Extensions
ARS/LCR Setting (pg. 1-27)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1 0 02 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Interdigit Timer (Digital Keyphones)
333;#####=3
,QWHUGLJLW#.7(/
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
Set how long the system will wait between dialled digits on a digital keyphone
before it sends a re-order tone.
(all CPCs) - Version 2.5 and higher: This address does not apply to calls routed through ARS.
See Interdigit Timer (ARS and ISDN Exchange Line) on pg. 1-133 for ARS-routed calls.
FF7
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF1 1 03 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Applications
Applications
0 = no check (system waits indefinitely)
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
default: 0 (USA, U.K.)
30 (all others)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-155
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
ARS/LCR Setting (pg. 1-27)
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 02 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
333<#####=9
DTMF Receiver Queuing Timer
'70)25#6/7#3%
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Set how long the system will wait for an available DTMF receiver circuit when a
DTMF SLT user goes off-hook.
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF1 1 03 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF3
0 = no queuing (immediate busy/re-order tone)
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
default: 6 seconds
Notes:
FF5
Groups
FF5
The CPC card has 4 built-in DTMF circuits.
Groups
DTMF SLTs require the DTMF Receiver Card installed.
FF6
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
Not Used
FF8
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Maintenance
FF1 1 03 0010 Hold
FF1 1 03 0011 Hold
3343#####=8
FF8
Maintenance
1RW#8VHG
3344#####=5
1RW#8VHG
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-156
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3345#####=43
SLT Off Hook Signal Interval
6/7#,1&0#RQ#%XV\
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the amount of time between “beeps” heard in the receiver of an SLT phone
currently engaged in an intercom or exchange line call, indicating another call is
waiting.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 03 0012 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
0 = No off-hook signal
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Trunks
default: 10 seconds
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
The Off-Hook Signal is issued on a queued DL call, a multiple-ringing call (Public-Exchange, MCO,
Virtual Ext., or Recall), or a Manual Camp-On.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
Public Exchange Off-Hook Signal (pg. 3-10) on SLT phones
FF3 0 BSSC 04 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF5
3346#####=48
BLF Delayed Ring Timer
Groups
%/)#'HOD\HG
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
Set the timer for delayed ringing on BLF (multiple-ringing) calls.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF1 1 03 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
0 = no delayed ringing
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
default: 15 seconds (U.K.)
16 seconds (all others)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
BLF Call Pickup (pg. 1-24)
ICX-25-400
FF1 0 02 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix B
•
Page 1-157
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1 1 04: Extension Timer 2
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Hold Recall Start Timer (Extensions)
3334#####=453
+ROG#5&/#60.7(/
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
FF1
Set the amount of time the system will wait before recalling an extension for a
call on hold.
System
FF1 1 04 0001 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
0 = no recall
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
default: 120 seconds (USA, U.K.)
60 seconds (all others)
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Hold Recall Start Timer (Attendant Group)
3335#####=53
+ROG#5&/#60$77*
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
FF7
Set the amount of time the system will wait before recalling an Attendant Group for
a call on hold.
Applications
FF1 1 04 0002 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
0 = no recall
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
Appendix A
Appendix A
default: 20 seconds
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-158
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group (pg. 5-3)
3336#####=3
Hold Recall Start Timer (SLTs)
+ROG#5&/#606/7
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the amount of time the system will wait before recalling an SLT for a call on hold.
FF2
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
Trunks
0 = no recall (default)
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF3
FF4
FF2
FF1 1 04 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
Trunks
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Transfer Recall Start Timer (Extensions/SLTs)
3337#####=93
75)#5&/#60(;7
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
FF7
Set the amount of time the system will wait before recalling a digital or SLT
extension for an unanswered call transfer.
Applications
FF1 1 04 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
0 = no recall
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
Appendix A
Appendix A
default: 60 seconds
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-159
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
System
Configuration
Transfer Recall Start Timer (Attendant Group)
3338#####=53
75)#5&/#60$77*
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Set the amount of time the system will wait before recalling the Attendant Group
for an unanswered call transfer.
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF1 1 04 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF3
FF3
0 = no recall
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
default: 20 seconds
Notes:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group (pg. 5-3)
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-160
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Hold/Transfer Recall Ringing Duration Timer
3339#####=93
+ROG275)#5HFDOO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the amount of time a recall from hold or transfer will last before reverting to an
Attendant or extension.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 04 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
0 = continue recalling at extension (no reversion)
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
System
FF2
Trunks
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
default: 60 seconds
FF3
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Attendant Reversion Duration Timer
333:#####=3
5HYHUVLRQ#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Set the amount of time a reverted call to an Attendant Group can ring unanswered.
FF1 1 04 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
0 = continue ringing indefinitely (default)
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
If this timer expires, the call will be disconnected.
Related Programming:
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group (pg. 5-3)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-161
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Call Forward/No Answer Timer (Day1)
333;#####=49
&)#1R0$16#'D\#4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the amount of time a call will ring unanswered before being call-forwarded
during Day1 mode.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 04 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
0 = 5 seconds
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
System
FF2
System
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
default: 16 seconds
FF3
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Call Forward/No Answer Timer (Day2)
333<#####=49
&)#1R0$16#'D\#5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Set the amount of time a call will ring unanswered before being call-forwarded
during Day2 mode.
FF6
FF6
FF1 1 04 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
TRS/ARS
Applications
0 = 5 seconds
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF8
default: 16 seconds
FF7
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-162
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Call Forward/No Answer Timer (Night)
3343#####=49
&)#1R0$16#1LJKW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the amount of time a call will ring unanswered before being call-forwarded
during Night mode.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 04 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
0 = 5 seconds
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
System
FF2
Trunks
System
FF2
Trunks
default: 16 seconds
Notes:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Callback Ring Timer (Callback Request and
Exchange-Line Queuing)
3344#####=48
&DOOEDFN#7LPHU
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
Set the amount of time a callback ring from a Callback Request or Exchange-Line
Queuing will last.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF1 1 04 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF7
FF7
0 = 5 seconds
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
default: 15 seconds
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Callback Request: (also called “Station Queuing”) Dial a busy extension. Before hanging up, dial the
Callback Request code (“3” by default). When the called extension becomes idle, your phone will start
ringing. When you pick up, the system will automatically ring the called extension. When they pick up,
you’ll be connected to them.
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-163
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Section 400-Programming
Exchange-Line Queuing: Dial an exchange-line access code to seize an exchange line. If you hear
busy tone instead, dial the Exchange-Line Queuing code and hang up. Your phone will issue an alert
tone when the exchange line becomes available. Pick up the handset to accept it (you’ll hear dial tone in
the receiver).
Introduction
0
Related Programming:
System
Configuration
3345#####=49
Timed Reminder Ring Timer
5HPLQGHU#7LPHU
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set how long the system continues Timed Reminder ringing.
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF1 1 04 0012 Hold (0-255) Hold
0 = 5 seconds
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF3
Extensions
FF4
default: 16 seconds
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Timed Reminder: Set your phone to issue an alarm tone at a specified hour/minute. The Timed
Reminder Set/Cancel codes can be dialed manually (*31 by default, then enter the hour/minute to set; or
to cancel, *39 by default). These codes are flexible, which means they can be changed for Dial Plans A
and B in FF1 2.
FF5
Groups
FF6
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-164
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3346#####=4;3
Timed Reminder Interval for Busy Extensions
5HPLQGHU#5HFDOO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
Set the amount of time between Timed Reminder rings at busy extensions.
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
FF1 1 04 0013 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
0 = 5 seconds
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
System
FF2
System
FF2
default: 180 seconds
Trunks
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Not Used
FF5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Groups
FF1 1 04 0014 Hold
3347#####=
FF1 1 04 0015 Hold
3348#####=
1RW#8VHG
FF6
TRS/ARS
1RW#8VHG
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-165
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Howler Tone Duration Timer (Extensions)
3349#####=63
+RZOHU#6WDUW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set how long a “howler” tone lasts.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 1 04 0016 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
.
Trunks
0 = 5 seconds
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF1
default: 30 seconds
Trunks
System
FF2
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
Howler Tone: A loud tone issued through the handset receiver to call attention to an off-hook/dial-tone
condition (for example, when a user fails to hang up from a call).
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
Howler Tone (pg. 1-29)
FF4
FF1 0 02 0014 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
334:#####=4;3
Station Call Park Recall Timer
&DOO#3DUN#5HFDOO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Set the amount of time a call can be parked on an extension before recalling the extension.
FF1 1 04 0017 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
0 = no recall
1 = 1 second
2 = 2 seconds
...
255 = 255 seconds
FF7
Applications
Applications
default: 180 seconds
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Station Call Park: The call can be “parked” on an extension phone; the user can walk over to another
phone and pick up the call by dialling the Park Pickup code and his/her extension number, where the call
is parked.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-166
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
41##
Introduction
FF1 2: Dial Plan
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Maximum/Minimum Dialling at Intercom Dial Tone
3334#####=7
'LDO4#'LJLW#0D[
FF1
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
Set the maximum and minimum number of digits that can be dialled by the end-user
during intercom dial tone. This applies to both Dial Plans A and B.
System
FF2
FF2
FF1 2 01 (0001-0024) Hold (1-4) Hold
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Trunks
Address Nos. for Dialled Digit Strings beginning with...
String Length (1-4 digits)
0001=digit “1” (maximum string length)
- see table below for Addresses and defaults 0002=digit “1” (minimum string length)
0003=digit “2” (maximum string length)
0004=digit “2” (minimum string length)
0005=digit “3” (maximum string length)
....
0024=“#” (minimum string length)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Groups
If the number of dialled digits is shorter than the String Length set in this address, the call attempt will
be treated as misdialling after the Interdigit Timer expires.
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
Dial Plan Assignment (pg. 3-27) for digital keyphones/SLTs FF3 0 BSSC 09 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
Dial Plan Assignment (pg. 3-39) for S-point ISDN extensions FF3 1 BSSC 08 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
Interdigit Timer (DP SLTs) (pg. 1-154) FF1 1 03 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
Interdigit Timer (DTMF SLTs) (pg. 1-155) FF1 1 03 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Interdigit Timer (Digital Keyphones) (pg. 1-155) FF1 1 03 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Table 1-5. Maximum/Minimum Dialling at Intercom Dial Tone (FF1 2 01)
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Maximum Digit Length
Minimum Digit Length
First Digit
Dialled...
Address No.
1
0001
4
0002
2
2
0003
4
0004
2
3
0005
4
0006
2
4
0007
4
0008
2
5
0009
4
0010
2
6
0011
4
0012
2
Default
Address No.
Default
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-167
FF1: System Programming
7
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
0013
3
4
FF1
0014
3
(for USA, U.K.,
Hong Kong)
(all others)
0016
2
8
0015
2
9
0017
1
0018
1
0
0019
1
0020
1
*
0021
3
0022
2
#
0023
2
0024
1
3
0
System
Configuration
(for USA, U.K.,
Hong Kong)
(all others)
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
System
Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial Tone
3334#####=;3
'7406'#$FFHVV
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
Define Flexible Feature Codes that can be dialled during dial tone on extensions
assigned to Dial Plan A.
FF3
FF1 2 02 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code) Hold
Extensions
Address Bin Nos. for Plan A Features
available during dial tone
Flexible Feature Code (max. 4 digits)
valid entries: 0-9, and #
(see table below for features and defaults)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
*
Notes:
Flexible Feature Code: A code that can be created in Programming Mode, and dialled by the end-user
to perform a feature. All features already have a Fixed Feature Code that cannot be changed or deleted;
see pg. 4-2 for a list of these codes. However, a different set of feature codes can be created for the same
features. These Flexible Codes can be changed or deleted in programming. This option allows for a
more “transparent” phone system replacement (end-users don’t have to learn a whole new set of codes
when the ICX is installed; it can be tailored to match the current dial plan).
When creating Flexible Feature Codes, keep in mind the current Extension Numbering (can’t start with
the same digits). These feature codes will take priority over any other intention (such as dialling an
extension number) for the same dial string. Therefore, the feature codes should be unique.
Digit length of these Flexible Feature Codes must fall within the limits set in Maximum/Minimum
Dialling at Intercom Dial Tone (pg. 1-167).
Extension ports can be individually assigned to Dial Plan A or B in FF3: Extension Programming.
Maximum/Minimum Dialling at Intercom Dial Tone (pg. 1-167) FF1 2 01 (0001-0024) Hold (1-4) Hold
Dial Plan Assignment (pg. 3-27) for digital keyphones/SLTs FF3 0 BSSC 09 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
Dial Plan Assignment (pg. 3-39) for S-point ISDN extensions FF3 1 BSSC 08 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7) FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
(Code) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (DSS/72) (pg. 4-14) FF4 1 BSSC 0 (01-72) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
Soft Key Feature Assignment (pg. 4-19) FF4 2 BSSC 0 (01-30) Hold (Code) Hold
•
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Page 1-168
FF3
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Table 1-6. Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at dial tone (FF1 2 02)
Introduction
Default Code
USA, U.K.,
Hong Kong
All Others
DT1-SD Access
80
80
DT1-SD Assign
710
710#
DT1-SLT Redial
712
712#
LCD Display
Address No. Feature Description
##
0001
Speed Dial Originate
0002
Speed Dial Set
0003
SLT Redial
0004
MCO-1 Exchange Line Access
DT1-MCO1 Access
9
9
FF1
0005
MCO-2 Exchange Line Access
DT1-MCO2 Access
81
81
FF1
System
0006
MCO-3 Exchange Line Access
DT1-MCO3 Access
82
82
System
0007
MCO-4 Exchange Line Access
DT1-MCO4 Access
83
83
0008
MCO-5 Exchange Line Access
FF2
0009
Exchange Line Direct Access
Trunks
0010
Not Used (all CPCs - below Version 2.5)
SLT Flash Send to Public Exchange ##(all CPCs -
0
System
Configuration
##
##
###
#
0
System
Configuration
DT1-MCO5 Access
84
84
DT1-TRK Access
88
88
DT1-Not Used
DT1-Flash Send
-765
-765
Trunks
DT1-M. Wait High
*41
*5
*6
*49
*41
*5
*6
*49
FF3
DT1-CF.All Set
721
721#
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2
Version 2.5 and up)
##
0011
Message Waiting Set
0012
Message Waiting Cancel
DT1-M. Wait CLR
0013
Message Waiting Callback
DT1-M. Wait Back
0014
Priority Message Waiting Cancel by other extension# DT1-MW H CLR Via
FF4
0015
Call Forward All Calls Set
FF-/Soft Keys
0016
Call Forward All Calls Cancel
DT1-CF.All CLR
731
731#
0017
Call Forward All Calls Set via Other Extension
DT1-CF.All S Via
741
741#
0018
Call Forward All Calls Cancel via Other Extension
DT1-CF.All C Via
751
751#
0019
Call Forward Busy Set
DT1-CF.Busy Set
722
722#
0020
Call Forward Busy Cancel
DT1-CF.Busy CLR
732
732#
0021
Call Forward Busy Set via Other Extension
DT1-CF.B S Via
742
742#
0022
Call Forward Busy Cancel via Other Extension
DT1-CF.B C Via
752
752#
0023
Call Forward Answer Set
DT1-CF.N-ANS Set
723
723#
0024
Call Forward Answer Cancel
DT1-CF.N-ANS CLR
733
733#
0025
Call Forward Answer Set via Other Extension
DT1-CF.N-A S Via
743
743#
0026
Call Forward Answer Cancel via Other Extension
DT1-CF.N-A C Via
753
753#
0027
Do Not Disturb (DND) Set/Cancel
DT1-DND Set/CLR
720
720#
0028
Do Not Disturb (DND) Set via Other Extension
DT1-DND Set Via
740
740#
0029
Do Not Disturb (DND) Cancel via Other Extension
DT1-DND CLR Via
750
750#
0030
Do Not Disturb (DND) & Call Forward Cancel
DT1-CF/DND CLR
7**
7**
0031
Timed Reminder Set
DT1-Reminder Set
0032
Timed Reminder Cancel
0033
Background Music (BGM) On/Off
*31
*39
*30
*31
*39
*30
0034
Day/Night Mode Set
760
760#
0035
Day2 Mode Set
DT1-Day2
761
761#
0036
Night2 Mode Set
DT1-Night(1)
762
762#
0037
Night3 Mode Set
DT1-Night(2)
763
763#
FF3
Extensions
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
##
##
##
##
DT1-Reminder CLR
##
DT1-BGM Set/CLR
DT1-Day1<−>Night
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-169
Extensions
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Section 400-Programming
##
DT1-Meet Me ANS
##
##
DT1-Paging
#
#
DT1-G. Pickup
701
701#
Same Group Call Pickup (Public-Exchange Calls)
DT1-G. Pickup CO
702
702#
0042
Specified Group Call Pickup
DT1-O. G. Pickup
703
703#
0043
Direct Call Pickup
DT1-D. Pickup
704
704#
0044
MCO Incoming Call Answer
DT1-MCO Answer
709
709#
0045
Specified Floating Hold Answer
DT1-Virtual ANS
0046
Specified Exchange Line Answer
DT1-TRK Answer
*9
*0
*9
*0
0047
Account Code Set
DT1-Account Code
8#
8#
0048
Voice Mail ID Call Forward Code Set
DT1-CF ID Set
715
715#
0049
Voice Mail Message Code Set
DT1-VM Access
716
716#
0050
Remote Maintenance
DT1-Remote MAINT
799
799#
0051
8-Party Conference
DT1-8Party CONF
788
788#
0052
Walking TRS Access Code
DT1-Walking TRS
87
87
0053
Station Call Park
DT1-C.Park Hold
771
771#
0054
Station Call Park Answer Code #1 (Own EXT.)
DT1-C.Park ANS1
772
772#
0055
Station Call Park Answer Code #2 (Other EXT.)
DT1-C.Park ANS2
773
773#
0056
Station Call Park Transfer Code####
DT1-C.Park TRF
774
774#
0038
Paging Answer
0039
Paging
0040
Same Group Call Pickup
0041
##
##
##
##
##
#
##
##
#
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial Tone
3334#####=;3
'7506'#$FFHVV
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
Define Flexible Feature Codes that can be dialled during dial tone on extensions
assigned to Dial Plan B.
TRS/ARS
FF6
FF1 2 03 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code) Hold
FF7
Address Bin Nos. for Plan B Features
available during dial tone
Applications
Flexible Feature Code (max. 4 digits)
valid entries: 0-9, and #
*
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
(see table below for features and defaults)
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
See Notes, pg. 1-168.
Related Programming:
Appendix A
See Related Programming, pg. 1-168.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-170
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Table 1-7. Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at dial tone (FF1 2 03)
Introduction
Default Code
LCD Display
Address No. Feature Description
(all countries)
0001
Speed Dial Originate
DT2-SD Access
80
0002
Speed Dial Set
DT2-SD Assign
710
0003
SLT Redial
DT2-SLT Redial
712
0004
MCO-1 Exchange Line Access
0005
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
FF2
###
0
System
Configuration
DT2-MCO1 Access
9
MCO-2 Exchange Line Access
DT2-MCO2 Access
81
0006
MCO-3 Exchange Line Access
DT2-MCO3 Access
82
FF1
0007
MCO-4 Exchange Line Access
DT2-MCO4 Access
83
System
0008
MCO-5 Exchange Line Access
DT2-MCO5 Access
84
0009
Exchange Line Direct Access
DT2-TRK Access
88
0010
Not Used (all CPCs - below Version 2.5)
SLT Flash Send to Public-Exchange (all CPCs -
DT2-Not Used
DT2-Flash Send
-765
*41
*5
*6
*49
Trunks
#
FF2
Trunks
Version 2.5 and up)
0011
Message Waiting Set
DT2-M. Wait High
FF3
0012
Message Waiting Cancel
DT2-M. Wait CLR
Extensions
0013
Message Waiting Callback
DT2-M. Wait Back
0014
Priority Message Waiting Cancel by other extension DT2-MW H CLR Via
FF3
Extensions
0015
Call Forward All Calls Set
DT2-CF.All Set
721
FF4
0016
Call Forward All Calls Cancel
DT2-CF.All CLR
731
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0017
Call Forward All Calls Set via Other Extension
DT2-CF.All S Via
741
FF-/Soft Keys
0018
Call Forward All Calls Cancel via Other Extension
DT2-CF.All C Via
751
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
0019
Call Forward Busy Set
DT2-CF.Busy Set
722
0020
Call Forward Busy Cancel
DT2-CF.Busy CLR
732
0021
Call Forward Busy Set via Other Extension
DT2-CF.B S Via
742
0022
Call Forward Busy Cancel via Other Extension
DT2-CF.B C Via
752
0023
Call Forward Answer Set
DT2-CF.N-ANS Set
723
0024
Call Forward Answer Cancel
DT2-CF.N-ANS CLR
733
0025
Call Forward Answer Set via Other Extension
DT2-CF.N-A S Via
743
0026
Call Forward Answer Cancel via Other Extension
DT2-CF.N-A C Via
753
0027
Do Not Disturb (DND) Set/Cancel
DT2-DND Set/CLR
720
0028
Do Not Disturb (DND) Set via Other Extension
DT2-DND Set Via
740
0029
Do Not Disturb (DND) Cancel via Other Extension
DT2-DND CLR Via
750
0030
Do Not Disturb (DND) & Call Forward Cancel
DT2-CF/DND CLR
7**
*31
*39
*30
FF8
0031
Timed Reminder Set
DT2-Reminder Set
Maintenance
0032
Timed Reminder Cancel
DT2-Reminder CLR
0033
Background Music (BGM) On/Off
DT2-BGM Set/CLR
0034
Day/Night Mode Set
DT2-Day1<−>Night
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
0035
Day2 Mode Set
DT2-Day2
761
Night2 Mode Set
DT2-Night(1)
762
0037
Night3 Mode Set
DT2-Night(2)
763
0038
Paging Answer
DT2-Meet Me ANS
##
•
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
760
0036
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
FF5
Page 1-171
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Section 400-Programming
0039
Paging
DT2-Paging
0040
Same Group Call Pickup
DT2-G. Pickup
701
0041
Same Group Call Pickup (Public-Exchange Calls)
DT2-G. Pickup CO
702
0042
Specified Group Call Pickup
DT2-O. G. Pickup
703
#
0043
Direct Call Pickup
DT2-D. Pickup
704
0044
MCO Incoming Call Answer
DT2-MCO Answer
709
0045
Specified Floating Hold Answer
DT2-Virtual ANS
0046
Specified Exchange Line Answer
DT2-TRK Answer
*9
*0
0047
Account Code Set
DT2-Account Code
8#
0048
Voice Mail ID Call Forward Code Set
DT2-CF ID Set
715
0049
Voice Mail Message Code Set
DT2-VM Access
716
0050
Remote Maintenance
DT2-Remote MAINT
799
0051
8-Party Conference
DT2-8Party CONF
788
0052
Walking TRS Access Code
DT2-Walking TRS
87
0053
Station Call Park
DT2-C.Park Hold
771
0054
Station Call Park Answer Code #1 (Own EXT.)
DT2-C.Park ANS1
772
0055
Station Call Park Answer Code #2 (Other EXT.)
DT2-C.Park ANS2
773
0056
Station Call Park Transfer Code####
DT2-C.Park TRF
774
#
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
3334#####=4
Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at
Ringback Tone
5%7409RLFH#&DOO
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
Define Flexible Feature Codes that can be dialled during ringback tone on extensions
assigned to Dial Plan A.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF1 2 04 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code) Hold
FF7
Address Bin Nos. for Plan A Features
available during ringback tone
Applications
Flexible Feature Code (1 digit only)
valid entries: 0-9, and #
FF7
Applications
*
(see table below for features and defaults)
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
See Notes, pg. 1-168.
Related Programming:
Appendix A
See Related Programming, pg. 1-168.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-172
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Table 1-8. Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at ringback tone (FF1 2 04)
Introduction
Default Code
LCD Display
0001
Feature Description
Voice Call
RBT1-Voice Call
1
1
0002
Message Waiting (normal)
RBT1-M. Wait Low
4
4#
0003
Message Waiting (priority for VM)
RBT1-M. Wait High
5
5#
Not Used
RBT1-Not Used
--
--
Address No.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
USA, U.K.,
Hong Kong
0004
- thru 0010
All Others
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
3334#####=4
Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at
Ringback Tone
5%7509RLFH#&DOO
FF3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Extensions
Define Flexible Feature Codes that can be dialled during ringback tone on extensions
assigned to Dial Plan B.
FF4
FF4
FF1 2 05 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
Address Bin Nos. for Plan B Features
available during ringback tone
FF5
FF-/Soft Keys
Flexible Feature Code (1 digit only)
valid entries: 0-9, and #
*
Groups
FF5
Groups
(see table below for features and defaults)
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
See Notes, pg. 1-168.
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF7
FF7
See Related Programming, pg. 1-168.
Applications
Applications
Table 1-9. Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at ringback tone (FF1 2 05)
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Default Code
LCD Display
0001
Feature Description
Voice Call
RBT2-Voice Call
1
0002
Message Waiting (normal)
RBT2-M. Wait Low
4
0003
Message Waiting (priority for VM)
RBT2-M. Wait High
5
Not Used
RBT2-Not Used
--
Address No.
0004
- thru 0010
ICX-25-400
(all countries)
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-173
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3334#####=6
Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at Busy Tone
%740&DOOEDFN
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Define Flexible Feature Codes that can be dialled during busy tone on extensions
assigned to Dial Plan A.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 2 06 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
Address Bin Nos. for Plan A Features
Flexible Feature Code (1 digit only)
available during busy tone
valid entries: 0-9, and #
(see table below for features and defaults)
*
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Notes:
Trunks
See Notes, pg. 1-168.
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
See Related Programming, pg. 1-168.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
Table 1-10. Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at busy tone (FF1 2 06)
FF-/Soft Keys
Default Code
FF5
LCD Display
USA, U.K.,
Hong Kong
All Others
0001
Feature Description
Exchange-Line Queuing and Intercom Callback Request
BT1-Callback
3
3#
0002
Camp-On
BT1-Camp-On
2
2#
0003
Message Waiting (normal)
BT1-M. Wait Low
4
4#
0004
Message Waiting (priority for VM)
BT1-M. Wait High
5
5#
0005
Busy Override
BT1-B. Override
9
9#
0006
OHVA Access Code
BT1-OHVA
8
8#
Not Used
BT1-Not Used
--
--
Address No.
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
0007
- thru 0010
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-174
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at Busy Tone
3334#####=6
%750&DOOEDFN
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Define Flexible Feature Codes that can be dialled during busy tone on extensions
assigned to Dial Plan B.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 2 07 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code) Hold
FF1
Address Bin Nos. for Plan B Features
available during busy tone
System
Flexible Feature Code (1 digit only)
valid entries: 0-9, and #
FF1
System
*
(see table below for features and defaults)
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Notes:
Trunks
See Notes, pg. 1-168.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
See Related Programming, pg. 1-168.
FF4
Table 1-11. Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at busy tone (FF1 2 07)
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Default Code
LCD Display
(all countries)
0001
Feature Description
Exchange-Line Queuing and Intercom Callback Request
BT2-Callback
3
0002
Camp-On
BT2-Camp-On
2
0003
Message Waiting (normal)
BT2-M. Wait Low
4
0004
Message Waiting (priority for VM)
BT2-M. Wait High
5
0005
Busy Override
BT2-B. Override
9
0006
OHVA Access Code###
BT2-OHVA
8
Not Used
BT2-Not Used
--
Address No.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
0007
- thru 0010
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-175
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
FF1 3: MCO Access in Tenant Groups
Individual exchange lines are assigned to Tenant Groups in FF2.
default: 0 (no assignment)
FF1
Individual extensions are assigned to Tenant Groups in FF3.
default: Tenant Group 1
System
Exchange Lines are assigned to Outbound Exchange-Line Groups in
FF5 - 2.
default: (no assignment)
❒
Outbound Exchange-Line Groups are assigned to Tenant Groups in:
defaults:
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. Tenant 1/MCO-1=TG#1
1-177)
Tenant 2/MCO-1=TG#2
FF1 3 01 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99 or 0-72) Hold
Tenant 3/MCO-1=TG#3
etc.
FF2
Allow/Don’t allow extensions to select specific exchange lines:
Extension COS: Direct Exchange-Line Access (pg. 1-49)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=allow 1=do not allow
FF3
❒
❒
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
System
Configuration
❒
❒
❒
Extensions
FF4
❒
FF6
default: 0 (allow)
For non-ARS routing, select the TRS Level for each outbound-call path default: 9 (allow all calls)
(extension-using-exchange line) in:
TRS Level for Path (non-ARS) (pg. 6-17)
FF6 1 00 (01-50) Hold (0001-0099) Hold (0-9) Hold
(01-50): TRS Class No. of originating extension.
(0001-0099): Exchange-Line Group No. of seized exchange line
(0-9): TRS Levels: 0=restrict all calls ... 9=allow all calls
For ARS routing, assign the Exchange-Line Groups to routes in:
Route Table: Exchange-Line Group Assignment (pg. 6-38)
FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0001 Hold (0-99) Hold
(001-200): Route No.
(0-99): Exchange-Line Group No.
Trunks
Extensions
default: 0 (no assignment)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Introduction
0
Tenant Groups provide a way to divide the phone system into different
departments, or even different companies sharing the same phone system, for
inbound and outbound calls.
Trunks
FF3
Section 400-Programming
FF7
NOTE: Available range of MCO Tenant Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the
Applications
number of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
FF8
Maintenance
CPC INSTALLED
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
max. MCO Tenant Groups:
12
24
36
48
60
72
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-176
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3334#####=4
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound
Exchange-Line Groups
0
System
Configuration
7HQDQW34#0&24#7*
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign the exchange-line group (or group chain, for Advanced Routing) that
will be seized by dialling MCO access codes 1-5 within each Tenant Group.
FF1 3 01 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99 or 0-72) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
0001=Tenant Group #1, MCO-1
0002=Tenant Group #1, MCO-2
0003=Tenant Group #1, MCO-3
0004=Tenant Group #1, MCO-4
0005=Tenant Group #1, MCO-5
0006=Tenant Group #2, MCO-1
...
0360=Tenant Group #72, MCO-5
FF2
Trunks
FF3
MCO Exchange-Line Group No. (1-99) or
Exchange-Line Group Chain List No. (1-72) or
0 (no assignment)
FF2
Trunks
(see table, next page for defaults)
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
NOTE: Available range of MCO Tenant Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of
CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
CPC INSTALLED
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
max. MCO Tenant Groups:
12
24
36
48
60
72
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
5
6
Groups
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
corresponding Addresses:
FF6
FF4
0001-0060 0001-0120 0001-0180 0001-0240 0001-0300 0001-0360
Notes:
If Advanced Routing for MCO Access (pg. 1-27) is disabled for the system, enter MCO ExchangeLine Groups 1-99 in this address. However, if Advanced Routing is enabled, enter Exchange-Line
Group Chain Lists 1-72. See next address (FF1 3 02) to set up “chains” of up to 5 Exchange-Line
Groups each, for Advanced Routing.
Each Tenant Group has 5 MCO exchange-line access codes which, by initial default, seize the
associated exchange-line group by dialing the following:
MCO-1 Access Code:
MCO-2 Access Code:
MCO-3 Access Code:
MCO-4 Access Code:
MCO-5 Access Code:
9
81
82
83
84
(default)
(default)
(default)
(default)
(default)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Advanced Routing for MCO Access (pg. 1-27) FF1 0 02 0011 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Direct Exchange-Line Access (pg. 1-49) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Advanced Routing: Outbound Exchange-Line Group Chains (pg. 1-179) FF1 3 02 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99)
Hold
MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Group Members (pg. 5-20) FF5 2 (01-99) (002-577) Hold (1-576) Hold
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-177
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Table 1-12. Exchange-Line Group/Chain List assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (FF1 3 01)
Address No.
Tenant Group No.
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
0010
0011
0012
0013
0014
0015
...
0356
0357
0358
0359
0360
Tenant Group 1
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Tenant Group 2
Tenant Group 3
...
Tenant Group 72
Introduction
MCO
Default Exchange-Line Group No.
Access Code (or Chain List No.)
MCO-1
MCO-2
MCO-3
MCO-4
MCO-5
MCO-1
MCO-2
MCO-3
MCO-4
MCO-5
MCO-1
MCO-2
MCO-3
MCO-4
MCO-5
...
MCO-1
MCO-2
MCO-3
MCO-4
MCO-5
1
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
2
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
3
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
...
72
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-178
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3334#####=3
Advanced Routing: Outbound Exchange-Line
Group Chains
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
FF1 3 02 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99) Hold
System
0001=Chain #1: 1st-priority Exch.Line Group
0002=Chain #1: 2nd-priority Exch.Line Group
0003=Chain #1: 3rd-priority Exch.Line Group
....
0360=Chain #72: 5th-priority Exch.Line Group
FF2
Trunks
Extensions
0
System
Configuration
Define “chains” of exchange-line groups that will be searched whenever a user
dials one of the MCO access codes (MCO-1 thru MCO-5) to seize an outside line.
Applies only if Advanced Routing for MCO Access (pg. 1-27) is enabled.
FF1
FF3
7HQDQW34#4VW#7*
System
Exch.Line Group No. (1-99)
default: 0=no assignment
FF2
Trunks
(see table, next page)
NOTE: Available range of Chains is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of CCUs
FF3
Extensions
specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
CPC INSTALLED
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
FF4
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
FF-/Soft Keys
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
max. no. of Chains:
FF5
Groups
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
corresponding Addresses:
0001-0060 0001-0120 0001-0180 0001-0240 0001-0300 0001-0360
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
These Exch.Line Group chains are assigned to MCO access codes in the previous address (FF1 3 01).
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF7
Applications
Advanced Routing for MCO Access (pg. 1-27) FF1 0 02 0011 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-177) FF1 3 01 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99
or 0-72) Hold
MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Group Members (pg. 5-20) FF5 2 (01-99) (002-577) Hold (1-576) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-179
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Table 1-13. Advanced Routing: Exch.Line Group Chains (FF1 3 02)
Address No.
Chain #
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
0010
0011
0012
0013
0014
0015
...
0356
0357
0358
0359
0360
Chain #1
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Chain #2
Chain #3
...
Chain #72
Exch.Line Group
Priority
Default
1st-priority Group:
2nd-priority Group:
3rd-priority Group:
4th-priority Group:
5th-priority Group:
1st-priority Group:
2nd-priority Group:
3rd-priority Group:
4th-priority Group:
5th-priority Group:
1st-priority Group:
2nd-priority Group:
3rd-priority Group:
4th-priority Group:
5th-priority Group:
...
1st-priority Group:
2nd-priority Group:
3rd-priority Group:
4th-priority Group:
5th-priority Group:
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
...
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
0 (no assignment)
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-180
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Tenant Groups: Inbound Exchange-Line Groups
3334#####=4
7HQDQW34#,Q00&2
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign the exchange-line group to be picked by each Tenant Group for an incoming call.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1 3 03 (0001-0072) Hold (1-99) Hold
FF1
Tenant Group No. 1-72
Inbound Exch.Line Group No. 1-99
System
FF1
System
defaults: Tenant #1=Group #1;
Tenant #2=Group #2; ...
Tenant #72=Group #72
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Trunks
NOTE: Available range of Tenant Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of CCUs
specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
FF3
CPC INSTALLED
Extensions
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
max. MCO Tenant Groups:
12
24
36
48
60
72
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF4
FF3
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
corresponding Addresses:
FF5
Extensions
0001-0012 0001-0024 0001-0036 0001-0048 0001-0060 0001-0072
Notes:
FF5
Groups
Each extension can be assigned to an MCO Tenant Group (see Tenant Group Assignment address for
each type of extension in FF3). This is how extension ring assignments are accomplished for incoming
calls.
Groups
FF6
The same Exchange-Line Group can be used for both inbound and outbound calls. However, the same
exchange line cannot belong to multiple outbound or inbound groups (maximum 1 outbound and 1
inbound group). See FF5 2 for building Outbound Exchange-Line Groups; FF5 3 for building Inbound
Exchange-Line Groups.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
TRS/ARS
FF7
Related Programming:
Applications
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-24) for digital keyphones/SLTs FF3 0 BSSC 05 Hold (1-72) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-36) for S-point ISDN extensions FF3 1 BSSC 04 Hold (1-72) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-43) for Virtual extensions FF3 2 (001-576) 02 Hold (1-72) Hold
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-45) for RAI extension port FF3 3 01 Hold (1-72) Hold
MCO Inbound Exchange-Line Group Members (pg. 5-21) FF5 3 (01-99) (001-576) Hold (1-576) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-181
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Section 400-Programming
Table 1-14. Tenant Groups: Inbound Exchange-Line Groups (FF1 3 03)
Address No.
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
0007
0008
0009
0010
...
0072
LCD Display
Description
Tenant Group #1: Inbound Exch.Line Group Tenant01 IN-MCO
Tenant Group #2: Inbound Exch.Line Group Tenant02 IN-MCO
Tenant Group #3: Inbound Exch.Line Group Tenant03 IN-MCO
Tenant Group #4: Inbound Exch.Line Group Tenant04 IN-MCO
Tenant Group #5: Inbound Exch.Line Group Tenant05 IN-MCO
Tenant Group #6: Inbound Exch.Line Group Tenant06 IN-MCO
Tenant Group #7: Inbound Exch.Line Group Tenant07 IN-MCO
Tenant Group #8: Inbound Exch.Line Group Tenant08 IN-MCO
Tenant Group #9: Inbound Exch.Line Group Tenant09 IN-MCO
Tenant Group #10: Inbound Exch.Line Group Tenant10 IN-MCO
...
...
Tenant Group #72: Inbound Exch.Line Group Tenant72 IN-MCO
Introduction
Default
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
...
72
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-182
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 4: DDI/CLI Tables
NOTE: Two separate DDI/CLI Dial Tables are provided: “A” side and “B”
side. One can be used for analog, and the other for digital. Another
advantage of having two separate tables: it wouldn’t be a problem to receive
the same block of 4-digit numbers from the exchange line, such as 277-[2020
thru 2099] and 366-[2020 thru 2099]. The system could take care of routing
the same 4-digit number to different extensions, based on which side (“A” or
“B”) the exchange line belongs to.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Exchange Lines are assigned to “A” or “B” side via their Exchange Line
COS assignment in FF2. Also, see Exchange Line COS: DDI/CLI Table on
pg. 1-91.
FF2
Trunks
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Analog DDI is not available in the U.K.
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
3334#####=7
DDI/CLI Numbering (“A” Side)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
$05HFHLYH#'LJLW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
Set the digit string length (1-4) of DDI (Direct Dialling Inward) or CLI (Called Line
Indication) numbers in the “A” side table (see next page).
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1 4 01 0001 Hold (1-4) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Digit String Length (1-4 digits) for
“A”-side DDI/CLI Numbers
default: 4 digits
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
The Digit String Length defined in this address determines the length of the DDI/CLI numbers entered
in the DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side) (see next address). It must match what is supplied by the local
public exchange. If the number received by the system does not match an entry in the table, or if the
actual Digit String Length is not the same as specified above, the system will treat the call as a
misdialled call.
DDI (Direct Dialling Inward): An outside caller can reach an internal extension directly by dialling a
7-digit public exchange phone number. The DDI exchange line passes the last 2 to 4 digits of the phone
number to the PBX, and the digits become (or are modified to become) the equivalent of an extension
number. DDI exchange lines can’t be used for outgoing calls (no dialtone offered).
CLI (Called Line Indication): Similar to DDI, but normally used on digital (T1 or ISDN) lines. The
CLI number (the phone number dialled by the caller) is passed to the PBX, and routed to different
extensions based on the CLI number dialled.
Appendix B
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-183
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Section 400-Programming
To set up DDI and/or CLI Numbers: Set exchange lines for DDI/CLI in the Ring Type addresses
(FF2). Enter the DDI/CLI numbers, and assign their ring and delayed-ring destinations, in the DDI/CLI
Dial Table (see next page).
Related Programming:
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side) (pg. 1-184) FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
Trunk Signal Type ...
for public exchange lines (pg. 2-8) FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
for T1-CO lines (pg. 2-87) (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Type ...
for public exchange lines (pg. 2-28) FF2 0 BSSC 03 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (0-6) Hold
for ISDN exchange lines (pg. 2-75) FF2 1 BSSC 04 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (0-6) Hold
for T1-CO lines (pg. 2-106) (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 04 (0, 2 and 4) Hold (0-6) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
3334#####=3
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
$33405&9#'*7#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3
Assign up to 576 DDI or CLI numbers for “A” side. Also in this table, enter their
ring destinations and assign them to a Tenant Group.
Extensions
FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF-/Soft Keys
Address Bin Nos. for “A”
side DDI/CLI Numbers:
000=DDI/CLI #1
001=DDI/CLI #2
002=DDI/CLI #3
003=DDI/CLI #4
....
575=DDI/CLI #576
TRS/ARS
FF7
1=Digits of DDI/CLI No.:
2=Day Destination:
3=Night Destination:
4=Day Dest.-Busy/Delayed:
5=Night Dest.-Busy/Delayed:
6=Tenant Group No.:
0-9999 (DDI or CLI No.)
0-9999 (Ext./Virtual/Closed No.)
0-9999 (Ext./Virtual/Closed No.)
0-9999 (Ext./Virtual/Closed No.)
0-9999 (Ext./Virtual/Closed No.)
1-72 (Tenant Group)
defaults: 0 (no assignment)
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
(see table, next page)
NOTE: Available range of DDI/CLI numbers in this “A” side Table is determined by the CPC installed,
and the number of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
Applications
FF7
Applications
CPC INSTALLED
FF8
FF4
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
max. DDI/CLI “A” numbers:
96
192
288
384
480
576
corresponding Addresses:
000-095
000-191
000-287
000-383
000-479
000-575
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-184
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Notes:
Introduction
The DDI/CLI numbers entered in this address must match the digit string length defined in DDI/CLI
Numbering (“A” Side) (see previous address).
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
0
Related Programming:
System
Configuration
DDI/CLI Numbering (“A” Side) (pg. 1-183) FF1 4 01 0001 Hold (1-4) Hold
Exchange Line COS: DDI/CLI Table (pg. 1-91) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Table 1-15. DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side)
FF1 4 02 (0001-5756)
for DDI/CLI# Address No.
DDI/CLI#1 0001 = Digits of DDI/CLI number
FF2
Trunks
LCD Display
FF1
A001-RCV DGT #
Assignment Parameters
DDI/CLI No. (0-9999)
0002 = Destination, Day Mode
A001-DEST. Day
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0003 = Destination, Night Mode
A001-DEST. Night Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0004 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Day
A001-Delayed Day Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
System
FF2
Trunks
0005 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Night A001-Delayed NGT Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
FF3
DDI/CLI#2
Extensions
FF4
0006 = Tenant Group Number
A001-Tenant G
Tenant Group No. (1-72)
0011 = Digits of DDI/CLI number
A002-RCV DGT #
DDI/CLI No. (0-9999)
0012 = Destination, Day Mode
A002-DEST. Day
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0013 = Destination, Night Mode
A002-DEST. Night Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0014 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Day
A002-Delayed Day Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0015 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Night A002-Delayed NGT Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
FF-/Soft Keys
DDI/CLI#3
FF5
Groups
0016 = Tenant Group Number
A002-Tenant G
Tenant Group No. (1-72)
0021 = Digits of DDI/CLI number
A003-RCV DGT #
DDI/CLI No. (0-9999)
0022 = Destination, Day Mode
A003-DEST. Day
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0023 = Destination, Night Mode
A003-DEST. Night Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0024 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Day
A003-Delayed Day Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
0025 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Night A003-Delayed NGT Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
FF6
TRS/ARS
...
0026 = Tenant Group Number
A003-Tenant G
Tenant Group No. (1-72)
...
...
FF6
...
TRS/ARS
A576-RCV DGT #
DDI/CLI No. (0-9999)
A576-DEST. Day
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
DDI/CLI#576 5751 = Digits of DDI/CLI number
5752 = Destination, Day Mode
FF7
Applications
5753 = Destination, Night Mode
A576-DEST. Night Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
5754 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Day
A576-Delayed Day Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
FF7
Applications
5755 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Night A576-Delayed NGT Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
5756 = Tenant Group Number
FF8
A576-Tenant G
Tenant Group No. (1-72)
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-185
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
DDI/CLI Numbering (“B” Side)
3334#####=7
%05HFHLYH#'LJLW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
Set the digit string length (1-4) of DDI or CLI numbers in the “B” side table (next page).
System
Configuration
FF1 4 03 0001 Hold (1-4) Hold
FF1
FF1
Digit String Length (1-4 digits) for
“B”-side DDI/CLI Numbers
default: 4 digits
System
FF2
0
System
Configuration
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
See “A” side Notes on pg. 1-183. The same applies to “B” side.
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF3
(see “A” side Related Programming on pg. 1-183)
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-186
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3334#####=3
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side)
%33405&9#'*7#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign up to 576 DDI/CLI numbers for “B” side. Also in this table, enter their ring
destinations and assign them to a Tenant Group.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF1
Address Bin Nos. for “B”
side DDI/CLI Numbers:
000=DDI/CLI #1
001=DDI/CLI #2
002=DDI/CLI #3
003=DDI/CLI #4
....
575=DDI/CLI #576
1=Digits of DDI/CLI No.:
2=Day Destination:
3=Night Destination:
4=Day Dest.-Busy/Delayed:
5=Night Dest.-Busy/Delayed:
6=Tenant Group No.:
0-9999 (DDI or CLI No.)
0-9999 (Ext./Virtual/Closed No.)
0-9999 (Ext./Virtual/Closed No.)
0-9999 (Ext./Virtual/Closed No.)
0-9999 (Ext./Virtual/Closed No.)
1-72 (Tenant Group)
FF2
Trunks
defaults: 0 (no assignment)
(see table, next page)
FF3
System
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
NOTE: Available range of DDI/CLI numbers in this “B” side Table is determined by the CPC installed,
and the number of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
FF4
CPC INSTALLED
FF-/Soft Keys
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
max. DDI/CLI “B” numbers:
96
192
288
384
480
576
corresponding Addresses:
000-095
000-191
000-287
000-383
000-479
000-575
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF4
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
Notes:
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
See “A” side Notes on pg. 1-184. The same applies to “B” side.
FF7
Applications
Related Programming:
FF7
Applications
(see “A” side Related Programming on pg. 1-184)
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-187
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Table 1-16. DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side) (FF1 4 04)
LCD Display
Assignment Parameters
0001 = Digits of DDI/CLI number
B001-RCV DGT #
DDI/CLI No. (0-9999)
0002 = Destination, Day Mode
B001-DEST. Day
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0003 = Destination, Night Mode
B001-DEST. Night Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0004 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Day
B001-Delayed Day Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
for DDI/CLI# Address No.
DDI/CLI#1
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
0005 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Night B001-Delayed NGT Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
FF1
DDI/CLI#2
System
FF2
0006 = Tenant Group Number
B001-Tenant G
Tenant Group No. (1-72)
0011 = Digits of DDI/CLI number
B002-RCV DGT #
DDI/CLI No. (0-9999)
0012 = Destination, Day Mode
B002-DEST. Day
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0013 = Destination, Night Mode
B002-DEST. Night Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0014 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Day
B002-Delayed Day Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0015 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Night B002-Delayed NGT Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
Trunks
DDI/CLI#3
FF3
Extensions
0016 = Tenant Group Number
B002-Tenant G
Tenant Group No. (1-72)
0021 = Digits of DDI/CLI number
B003-RCV DGT #
DDI/CLI No. (0-9999)
0022 = Destination, Day Mode
B003-DEST. Day
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0023 = Destination, Night Mode
B003-DEST. Night Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
0024 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Day
B003-Delayed Day Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
0025 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Night B003-Delayed NGT Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
...
0026 = Tenant Group Number
B003-Tenant G
Tenant Group No. (1-72)
...
...
FF4
...
FF-/Soft Keys
B576-RCV DGT #
DDI/CLI No. (0-9999)
B576-DEST. Day
Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
DDI/CLI#576 5751 = Digits of DDI/CLI number
5752 = Destination, Day Mode
FF5
5753 = Destination, Night Mode
B576-DEST. Night Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
FF5
Groups
5754 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Day
B576-Delayed Day Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
Groups
5755 = Busy/Delayed Destination, Night B576-Delayed NGT Ext./Virt./Closed No. (0-9999)
5756 = Tenant Group Number
B576-Tenant G
Tenant Group No. (1-72)
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-188
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3334#####=00
DDI Dialling to ISDN “S” Point
334#603#'*7#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enter the destination extension(s) for each ISDN S-point DDI number. Up to 96
different destination possibilities can be entered here.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF1
0001=Entry #1 - DDI S-point Number
0002=Entry #1 - Destination Extension No.
0003=Entry #2 - DDI S-point Number
0004=Entry #2 - Destination Extension No.
0005=Entry #3 - DDI S-point Number
....
0192=Entry #96 - Destination Extension No.
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
DDI S-point Number (0-9999) or
Destination Ext.No. (0-9999)
default: -- (no assignment)
FF2
(see table, next page)
When the extension calls the S-point DDI number, the system will call the DDI extension number and
send the S-point DDI number information (see figure below).
Figure 0-1: DDI Dialling to ISDN S-Point (example)
S-point
Call to “201”
System
Trunks
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1
200
FF5
Extensions
FF4
Destination
Extension Nos.
FF-/Soft Keys
201
FF5
202
Groups
FF3
Groups
203
(the table set up in the above address, links Extension Nos. 201, 202, 203, etc. to S-point 200)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
Called Number Indication (pg. 3-34)
FF3 1 BSSC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-189
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Table 1-17. DDI Dialling for ISDN “S” Point (FF1 4 05)
Entry
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
#7
#8
#9
#10
#11
#12
#13
#14
#15
#16
#17
#18
#19
#20
#21
#22
#23
#24
#25
#26
#27
#28
#29
#30
#31
#32
#33
#34
#35
#36
#37
#38
#39
#40
#41
#42
#43
#44
#45
#46
#47
#48
Address for S-point DDI Address for Destination
(0-9999)
Ext. (0-9999)
0001:
0003:
0005:
0007:
0009:
0011:
0013:
0015:
0017:
0019:
0021:
0023:
0025:
0027:
0029:
0031:
0033:
0035:
0037:
0039:
0041:
0043:
0045:
0047:
0049:
0051:
0053:
0055:
0057:
0059:
0061:
0063:
0065:
0067:
0069:
0071:
0073:
0075:
0077:
0079:
0081:
0083:
0085:
0087:
0089:
0091:
0093:
0095:
Page 1-190
0002:
0004:
0006:
0008:
0010:
0012:
0014:
0016:
0018:
0020:
0022:
0024:
0026:
0028:
0030:
0032:
0034:
0036:
0038:
0040:
0042:
0044:
0046:
0048:
0050:
0052:
0054:
0056:
0058:
0060:
0062:
0064:
0066:
0068:
0070:
0072:
0074:
0076:
0078:
0080:
0082:
0084:
0086:
0088:
0090:
0092:
0094:
0096:
•
Entry
#49
#50
#51
#52
#53
#54
#55
#56
#57
#58
#59
#60
#61
#62
#63
#64
#65
#66
#67
#68
#69
#70
#71
#72
#73
#74
#75
#76
#77
#78
#79
#80
#81
#82
#83
#84
#85
#86
#87
#88
#89
#90
#91
#92
#93
#94
#95
#96
Introduction
Address for S-point DDI Address for Destination
(0-9999)
Ext. (0-9999)
0097:
0099:
0101:
0103:
0105:
0107:
0109:
0111:
0113:
0115:
0117:
0119:
0121:
0123:
0125:
0127:
0129:
0131:
0133:
0135:
0137:
0139:
0141:
0143:
0145:
0147:
0149:
0151:
0153:
0155:
0157:
0159:
0161:
0163:
0165:
0167:
0169:
0171:
0173:
0175:
0177:
0179:
0181:
0183:
0185:
0187:
0189:
0191:
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
0098:
0100:
0102:
0104:
0106:
0108:
0110:
0112:
0114:
0116:
0118:
0120:
0122:
0124:
0126:
0128:
0130:
0132:
0134:
0136:
0138:
0140:
0142:
0144:
0146:
0148:
0150:
0152:
0154:
0156:
0158:
0160:
0162:
0164:
0166:
0168:
0170:
0172:
0174:
0176:
0178:
0180:
0182:
0184:
0186:
0188:
0190:
0192:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3rd-party VM: DDI Number Automatic Send
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
3334#####=3
$XWR#','#'LDO
Specify how the system will send the DDI number to Voice Mail if the called
extension does not answer the incoming DDI call, and it is then transferred to VM.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 4 06 0001 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF1
0=Do not send DDI No. (default)
1=Send entire DDI No.
2=Send last 2 digits of DDI No.
3=Send last 3 digits of DDI No.
System
FF2
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
Trunks
FF3
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
VM Answer Supervision Code (pg. 1-122)
VM Transfer Code #1: Prefix (pg. 1-122)
VM Transfer Code #1: Suffix (pg. 1-123)
VM Transfer Code #2: Prefix (pg. 1-123)
VM Transfer Code #2: Suffix (pg. 1-124)
Extensions
FF1 0 23 0001 Hold (0000-9999) Hold
FF1 0 24 0001 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 0 24 0002 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 0 24 0003 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF1 0 24 0004 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
3rd-party VM: ID Code Prefix for DDI
3335#####=
Groups
','#900,'23UHIL[
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
Set an ID Code for 3rd Party Voice Mail, to be sent in front of the DDI number.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF1 4 06 0002 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
FF7
Applications
NOTE: Enter a pause in this address by
pressing Soft Key #4.
VM ID Code-Prefix (up to 8 characters,
including 0-9, *, #, and Pause)
FF7
Applications
default: [no assignment]
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-191
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3rd-party VM: ID Code Suffix for DDI
3336#####=
','#900,'26XIIL[
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set an ID Code for 3rd Party Voice Mail, to be sent at the end of the DDI number.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
System
Configuration
FF1 4 06 0003 Hold (up to 8 char.) Hold
NOTE: Enter a pause in this address by
pressing Soft Key #4.
VM ID Code-Suffix (up to 8 characters,
including 0-9, *, #, and Pause)
FF1
System
default: [no assignment]
FF2
FF2
Notes:
Trunks
FF3
Trunks
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF1 5: Not Used
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF1 6: Not Used
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF1 7: Not Used
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-192
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
FF1 8: Digital Pad Settings
0
0
System
Configuration
Digital Pad Settings for Extension Pad Class
3334#####=7
System
Configuration
(&/6340(&/634
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
Set volume adjustments for phone connections between Extension Pad Classes 1-8
(the transmitting end of the connection) and 30 other pad classes (the receiving
end of the connection).
FF1
System
FF1 8 01 (0001-0240) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
0001-0030=transmitted by Extension Pad Class 1
0031-0060=transmitted by Extension Pad Class 2
0061-0090=transmitted by Extension Pad Class 3
0091-0120=transmitted by Extension Pad Class 4
0121-0150=transmitted by Extension Pad Class 5
0151-0180=transmitted by Extension Pad Class 6
0181-0210=transmitted by Extension Pad Class 7
0211-0240=transmitted by Extension Pad Class 8
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(see table, next page)
FF5
Groups
FF6
Volume Adjustment Setting:
16= 0 dB
0= 0 dB
17= +2 dB
1= −2 dB
18= +4 dB
2= −4 dB
19= +6 dB
3= −6 dB
20= +8 dB
4= −8 dB
21= +10 dB
5= −10 dB
22= +12 dB
6= −12 dB
23= +14 dB
7= −14 dB
24= +16 dB
8= −16 dB
25= +18 dB
9= −18 dB
26= +20 dB
10= −20 dB
27= +22 dB
11= −22 dB
28= +24 dB
12= −24 dB
29= +26 dB
13= −26 dB
30= +28 dB
14= −28 dB
31= +30 dB
15= −30 dB
TRS/ARS
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Applications
Adjust the default setting(s) in this address whenever other parties have difficulty hearing a particular
extension, or the extension user sounds too loud during conversations. Extension Pad Classes 1-8 can
be assigned to individual extensions in FF3.
FF7
Applications
The default settings in this address are intended for different phone types as follows:
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Extension Pad Class 1:
Extension Pad Class 2:
Extension Pad Class 3:
Extension Pad Class 4:
Extension Pad Class 5:
Extension Pad Class 6:
Extension Pad Class 7:
Extension Pad Class 8:
for SLT
for SLT/loss compensation
for Digital Key Phones
for Wireless
for ISDN S-point
for VM Playback
for Attendant
for Terminal Adapter
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Extension Digital Pad Class Assignment (pg. 3-26) for dig.&SLT extensions FF3 0 BSSC 08 Hold (1-8) Hold
Extension Digital Pad Class Assignment (pg. 3-38) for ISDN extensions FF3 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-8) Hold
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-193
Appendix B
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Table 1-18. Digital Pad Settings for Extension Pad Class 1-8 (FF1 8 01)
Introduction
[AddressNo.:Default] for Extension Pad Class (transmitting end) ...
Ext. Pad
Class 1
Ext. Pad
Class 2
Ext. Pad
Class 3
Ext. Pad
Class 4
Ext. Pad
Class 5
Ext. Pad
Class 6
Ext. Pad
Class 7
Ext. Pad
Class 8
for connection to
(receiving end) ...
0001:4
0031:4
0061:4
0091:1
0121:1
0151:7
0181:2
0211:0
Extension Pad Class 1
0002:4
0032:4
0062:4
0092:1
0122:1
0152:7
0182:2
0212:0
Extension Pad Class 2
0003:0
0033:0
0063:0
0093:19
0123:19
0153:3
0183:17
0213:0
Extension Pad Class 3
0004:18
0034:18
0064:18
0094:21
0124:21
0154:1
0184:20
0214:0
Extension Pad Class 4
FF1
0005:18
0035:18
0065:18
0095:21
0125:21
0155:1
0185:20
0215:0
Extension Pad Class 5
FF1
System
0006:0
0036:0
0066:0
0096:19
0126:19
0156:0
0186:18
0216:0
Extension Pad Class 6
System
0007:0
0037:0
0067:0
0097:19
0127:19
0157:3
0187:17
0217:0
Extension Pad Class 7
0008:0
0038:0
0068:0
0098:0
0128:0
0158:0
0188:0
0218:0
Extension Pad Class 8
0009:0
0039:0
0069:0
0099:19
0129:19
0159:3
0189:17
0219:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 1
0010:0
0040:0
0070:0
0100:19
0130:19
0160:3
0190:17
0220:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 2
0011:0
0041:0
0071:0
0101:0
0131:0
0161:0
0191:0
0221:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 3
0012:0
0042:0
0072:0
0102:0
0132:0
0162:0
0192:0
0222:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 4
0013:0
0043:0
0073:0
0103:0
0133:0
0163:0
0193:0
0223:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 5
0014:0
0044:0
0074:0
0104:0
0134:0
0164:0
0194:0
0224:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 6
0015:2
0045:2
0075:2
0105:17
0135:17
0165:1
0195:0
0225:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 7
0016:2
0046:2
0076:2
0106:17
0136:17
0166:6
0196:0
0226:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 8
0017:2
0047:2
0077:2
0107:17
0137:17
0167:5
0197:0
0227:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 9
0018:0
0048:0
0078:0
0108:0
0138:0
0168:0
0198:0
0228:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 10
0019:2
0049:2
0079:2
0109:17
0139:17
0169:5
0199:0
0229:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 11
0020:0
0050:0
0080:0
0110:0
0140:0
0170:0
0200:0
0230:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 12
0021:0
0051:0
0081:18
0111:0
0141:0
0171:0
0201:18
0231:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 13
0022:2
0052:2
0082:0
0112:2
0142:2
0172:2
0202:0
0232:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 14
0023:4
0053:4
0083:2
0113:4
0143:4
0173:4
0203:2
0233:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 15
0024:0
0054:0
0084:0
0114:0
0144:0
0174:0
0204:0
0234:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 16
0025:2
0055:2
0085:2
0115:17
0145:17
0175:0
0205:0
0235:0
Conference Call
0026:2
0056:2
0086:2
0116:17
0146:17
0176:0
0206:0
0236:0
Page Port
0027:2
0057:2
0087:2
0117:17
0147:17
0177:0
0207:0
0237:0
MFR
FF7
0028:0
0058:0
0088:0
0118:0
0148:0
0178:0
0208:0
0238:0
RAI Modem
FF7
Applications
0029:2
0059:2
0089:2
0119:17
0149:17
0179:0
0209:0
0239:0
Conference Call Unit
Applications
0030:0
0060:0
0090:0
0120:0
0150:0
0180:0
0210:0
0240:0
(Not Used)
0
System
Configuration
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
0
System
Configuration
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-194
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Digital Pad Settings for Exchange Line Pad Class
3334#####=3
7&/6340(&/634
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set volume adjustments for phone connections between Exchange Line Pad
Classes 1-16 (the transmitting end of the connection) and 30 other pad classes (the
receiving end of the connection).
0
System
Configuration
FF1 8 02 (0001-0480) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
System
0001-0030: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 1
0031-0060: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 2
0061-0090: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 3
0091-0120: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 4
0121-0150: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 5
0151-0180: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 6
0181-0210: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 7
0211-0240: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 8
0241-0270: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 9
0271-0300: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 10
0301-0330: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 11
0331-0360: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 12
0361-0390: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 13
0391-0420: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 14
0421-0450: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 15
0451-0480: transmitted by Exch.Line Pad Class 16
FF5
Volume Adjustment Setting:
(see tables, next page)
0= 0 dB
1= −2 dB
2= −4 dB
3= −6 dB
4= −8 dB
5= −10 dB
6= −12 dB
7= −14 dB
8= −16 dB
9= −18 dB
10= −20 dB
11= −22 dB
12= −24 dB
13= −26 dB
14= −28 dB
15= −30 dB
16 = 0 dB
17 = +2 dB
18 = +4 dB
19 = +6 dB
20 = +8 dB
21 = +10 dB
22 = +12 dB
23 = +14 dB
24 = +16 dB
25 = +18 dB
26 = +20 dB
27 = +22 dB
28 = +24 dB
29 = +26 dB
30 = +28 dB
31 = +30 dB
Groups
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
Adjust the default setting(s) in this address whenever extension users have difficulty hearing calls on a
particular exchange line, or the volume is too loud on it.
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
The default settings in this address are intended for different exchange-line types as follows:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Exchange Line Pad Class 1: for Analog Public Exchange Line
Exchange Line Class 2: for Analog Public Exchange Line/loss compensation
Exchange Line Class 3: for Private Line CES (Centralized Extension System) #1
Exchange Line Class 4: for Private Line CES #2
Exchange Line Class 5: for LDT (Loop Dialling Exchange Line) Standard
Exchange Line Class 6: for Private Line CES #4 (no CES #3)
Exchange Line Class 7: for ISDN T-point
Exchange Line Class 8: for AC-15 #1 (U.K. only)
Exchange Line Class 9: for AC-15 #2 (U.K. only)
Exchange Line Class 10: Not Used
Exchange Line Class 11: for AC-15 System Connection (U.K. only)
Exchange Line Class 12: Not Used
Exchange Line Class 13: for 0 dB Highway
Exchange Line Class 14: for 4 dB Highway
Exchange Line Class 15: for 8 dB Highway
Exchange Line Class 16: for Data Highway/ISDN
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Exchange Line Digital Pad Class Assignment (pg. 2-37) for analog exchange lines
16) Hold
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
FF2 0 BSSC 08 Hold (1Appendix B
•
Page 1-195
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Exchange Line Digital Pad Class Assignment (pg. 2-59) for AC-15 private lines FF2 0 BSSC 08 Hold (1-16)
Hold
Exchange Line Digital Pad Class Assignment (pg. 2-85) for ISDN exch.lines FF2 1 BSSC 10 Hold (1-16)
Hold
Trunk Digital Pad Class Assignment (pg. 2-114) for T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 09 Hold (1-16) Hold
Trunk Digital Pad Class Assignment (pg. 2-136) for T1-E&M tie lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 09 Hold (1-16)
Hold
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Table 1-19. Digital Pad Settings for Exchange Line Pad Class 1-8 (FF1 8 02 0001-0240)
FF1
System
FF1
Address:Default for Exchange Line Pad Class (transmitting end) ...
Exch.Line Exch.Line Exch.Line Exch.Line Exch.Line Exch.Line Exch.Line Exch.Line for connection to
PadCls 1 PadCls 2 PadCls 3 PadCls 4 PadCls 5 PadCls 6 PadCls 7 PadCls 8 (receiving end) ...
System
0001:0
0031:0
0061:0
0091:0
0121:0
0151:0
0181:2
0211:2
Extension Pad Class 1
FF2
0002:0
0032:0
0062:0
0092:0
0122:0
0152:0
0182:2
0212:2
Extension Pad Class 2
FF2
Trunks
0003:20
0033:20
0063:0
0093:0
0123:0
0153:0
0183:18
0213:18
Extension Pad Class 3
Trunks
0004:22
0034:22
0064:0
0094:0
0124:0
0154:0
0184:20
0214:20
Extension Pad Class 4
0005:22
0035:22
0065:0
0095:0
0125:0
0155:0
0185:20
0215:20
Extension Pad Class 5
FF3
0006:20
0036:20
0066:0
0096:0
0126:0
0156:0
0186:19
0216:18
Extension Pad Class 6
FF3
Extensions
0007:20
0037:20
0067:0
0097:0
0127:0
0157:0
0187:18
0217:17
Extension Pad Class 7
Extensions
0008:0
0038:0
0068:0
0098:0
0128:0
0158:0
0188:0
0218:0
Extension Pad Class 8
0009:18
0039:18
0069:0
0099:0
0129:0
0159:0
0189:18
0219:18
Exch.Line Pad Class 1
0010:18
0040:18
0070:0
0100:0
0130:0
0160:0
0190:18
0220:18
Exch.Line Pad Class 2
0011:0
0041:0
0071:0
0101:0
0131:0
0161:0
0191:0
0221:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 3
0012:0
0042:0
0072:0
0102:0
0132:0
0162:0
0192:0
0222:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 4
0013:0
0043:0
0073:0
0103:0
0133:0
0163:0
0193:0
0223:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 5
0014:0
0044:0
0074:0
0104:0
0134:0
0164:0
0194:0
0224:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 6
0015:18
0045:08
0075:0
0105:0
0135:0
0165:0
0195:0
0225:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 7
0016:18
0046:18
0076:0
0106:0
0136:0
0166:0
0196:0
0226:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 8
0017:18
0047:18
0077:0
0107:0
0137:0
0167:0
0197:0
0227:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 9
0018:0
0048:0
0078:0
0108:0
0138:0
0168:0
0198:0
0228:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 10
0019:18
0049:18
0079:0
0109:0
0139:0
0169:0
0199:0
0229:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 11
0020:0
0050:0
0080:0
0110:0
0140:0
0170:0
0200:0
0230:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 12
0021:20
0051:20
0081:0
0111:0
0141:0
0171:0
0201:0
0231:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 13
0022:18
0052:18
0082:2
0112:2
0142:2
0172:2
0202:2
0232:2
Exch.Line Pad Class 14
0023:0
0053:0
0083:4
0113:4
0143:4
0173:4
0203:4
0233:4
Exch.Line Pad Class 15
0024:0
0054:0
0084:0
0114:0
0144:0
0174:0
0204:0
0234:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 16
FF8
0025:17
0055:17
0085:0
0115:0
0145:0
0175:0
0205:0
0235:0
Conference Call
FF8
Maintenance
0026:20
0056:20
0086:0
0116:0
0146:0
0176:0
0206:0
0236:0
Page Port
Maintenance
0027:17
0057:17
0087:0
0117:0
0147:0
0177:0
0207:0
0237:0
MFR
0028:0
0058:0
0088:0
0118:0
0148:0
0178:0
0208:0
0238:0
RAI Modem
0029:17
0059:17
0089:0
0119:0
0149:0
0179:0
0209:0
0239:0
Conference Call Unit
0030:0
0060:0
0090:0
0120:0
0150:0
0180:0
0210:0
0240:0
(Not Used)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Appendix A
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-196
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Table 1-20. Digital Pad Settings for Exchange Line Pad Class 9-16 (FF1 8 02 0241-0480)
Introduction
Address:Default for Exchange Line Pad Class (transmitting end) ...
Exch.Line Exch.Line Exch.Line Exch.Line Exch.Line Exch.Line Exch.Line Exch.Line for connection to
PadCls 9 PadCls 10 PadCls 11 PadCls 12 PadCls 13 PadCls 14 PadCls 15 PadCls 16 (receiving end) ...
0241:2
0271:0
0301:2
0331:0
0361:4
0391:2
0421:0
0451:0
Extension Pad Class 1
0242:2
0272:0
0302:2
0332:0
0362:4
0392:2
0422:0
0452:0
Extension Pad Class 2
0243:18
0273:0
0303:18
0333:0
0363:1
0393:17
0423:3
0453:0
Extension Pad Class 3
0244:20
0274:0
0304:20
0334:0
0364:0
0394:18
0424:4
0454:0
Extension Pad Class 4
FF1
0245:120 0275:0
0305:20
0335:0
0365:0
0395:18
0425:4
0455:0
Extension Pad Class 5
FF1
System
0246:18
0276:0
0306:18
0336:0
0366:19
0396:21
0426:7
0456:0
Extension Pad Class 6
System
0247:18
0277:0
0307:18
0337:0
0367:1
0397:17
0427:3
0457:0
Extension Pad Class 7
0248:0
0278:0
0308:0
0338:0
0368:0
0398:0
0428:4
0458:0
Extension Pad Class 8
0249:18
0279:0
0309:18
0339:0
0369:0
0399:18
0429:4
0459:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 1
0250:18
0280:0
0310:18
0340:0
0370:0
0400:18
0430:4
0460:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 2
0251:0
0281:0
0311:0
0341:0
0371:0
0401:18
0431:4
0461:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 3
0252:0
0282:0
0312:0
0342:0
0372:0
0402:18
0432:4
0462:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 4
0253:0
0283:0
0313:0
0343:0
0373:0
0403:18
0433:4
0463:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 5
0254:0
0284:0
0314:0
0344:0
0374:0
0404:18
0434:4
0464:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 6
0255:0
0285:0
0315:0
0345:0
0375:0
0405:18
0435:4
0465:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 7
0256:0
0286:0
0316:0
0346:0
0376:0
0406:18
0436:4
0466:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 8
0257:0
0287:0
0317:0
0347:0
0377:0
0407:18
0437:4
0467:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 9
0258:0
0288:0
0318:0
0348:0
0378:0
0408:0
0438:0
0468:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 10
0259:0
0289:0
0319:0
0349:0
0379:0
0409:18
0439:0
0469:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 11
0260:0
0290:0
0320:0
0350:0
0380:0
0410:0
0440:0
0470:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 12
0261:0
0291:0
0321:0
0351:0
0381:0
0411:18
0441:4
0471:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 13
0262:2
0292:0
0322:2
0352:0
0382:2
0412:0
0442:2
0472:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 14
0263:4
0293:0
0323:4
0353:0
0383:4
0413:2
0443:0
0473:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 15
0264:0
0294:0
0324:0
0354:0
0384:0
0414:0
0444:0
0474:0
Exch.Line Pad Class 16
0265:0
0295:0
0325:0
0355:0
0385:0
0415:18
0445:4
0475:0
Conference Call
0266:0
0296:0
0326:0
0356:0
0386:0
0416:18
0446:4
0476:0
Page Port
0267:0
0297:0
0327:0
0357:0
0387:0
0417:18
0447:4
0477:0
MFR
FF7
0268:0
0298:0
0328:0
0358:0
0388:0
0418:0
0448:0
0478:0
RAI Modem
FF7
Applications
0269:0
0299:0
0329:0
0359:0
0389:0
0419:18
0449:4
0479:0
Conference Call Unit
Applications
0270:0
0300:0
0330:0
0360:0
0390:0
0420:0
0450:0
0480:0
(Not Used)
0
System
Configuration
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
0
System
Configuration
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-197
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3334#####=7
Digital Pad Settings for BGM
%*00(&/634
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set volume adjustments for phone connections between Background Music (BGM)
service tone (the transmitting end of the connection) and Extension Pad Classes 1-8
(the receiving end of the connection).
0
System
Configuration
FF1 8 03 (0001-0008) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
Address Nos. for Extension Pad Classes
(receiving end) of BGM Service Tone:
0001=Extension Pad Class 1
0002=Extension Pad Class 2
0003=Extension Pad Class 3
0004=Extension Pad Class 4
0005=Extension Pad Class 5
0006=Extension Pad Class 6
0007=Extension Pad Class 7
0008=Extension Pad Class 8
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
(see table below for defaults)
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Volume Adjustment Setting:
0= 0 dB
16= 0 dB
1= −2 dB
17= +2 dB
2= −4 dB
18= +4 dB
3= −6 dB
19= +6 dB
4= −8 dB
20= +8 dB
5= −10 dB
21= +10 dB
6= −12 dB
22= +12 dB
7= −14 dB
23= +14 dB
8= −16 dB
24= +16 dB
9= −18 dB
25= +18 dB
10= −20 dB
26= +20 dB
11= −22 dB
27= +22 dB
12= −24 dB
28= +24 dB
13= −26 dB
29= +26 dB
14= −28 dB
30= +28 dB
15= −30 dB
31= +30 dB
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
Table 1-21. Digital Pad Settings for BGM (FF1 8 03)
Applications
FF7
Applications
Address No.
0001
for connection to
(receiving end) ...
Extension Pad Class 1
BGM-ECLS01
Default
4
FF8
0002
Extension Pad Class 2
BGM-ECLS02
4
FF8
Maintenance
0003
Extension Pad Class 3
BGM-ECLS03
0
Maintenance
0004
Extension Pad Class 4
BGM-ECLS04
0
0005
Extension Pad Class 5
BGM-ECLS05
0
0006
Extension Pad Class 6
BGM-ECLS06
0
0007
Extension Pad Class 7
BGM-ECLS07
0
0008
Extension Pad Class 8
BGM-ECLS08
0
Appendix A
LCD Display
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-198
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Digital Pad Settings for Paging Port Adapter
3334#####=3
3DJLQJ#0#(&/634
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set volume adjustments for phone connections from the Paging Port Adapter
(transmitting end) to Extension/Exchange Line Pad Classes (receiving end)
whenever the Talkback function is used.
0
System
Configuration
FF1 8 04 (0001-0024) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
Address Nos. for receiving parties of the
Paging Port Adapter -0001-0008: Extension Pad Classes 1-8
0009-0024: Exchange Line Pad Classes 1-16
FF2
Trunks
(see table below for addresses & defaults)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Volume Adjustment Setting:
0= 0 dB
16= 0 dB
1= −2 dB
17= +2 dB
2= −4 dB
18= +4 dB
3= −6 dB
19= +6 dB
4= −8 dB
20= +8 dB
5= −10 dB
21= +10 dB
6= −12 dB
22= +12 dB
7= −14 dB
23= +14 dB
8= −16 dB
24= +16 dB
9= −18 dB
25= +18 dB
10= −20 dB
26= +20 dB
11= −22 dB
27= +22 dB
12= −24 dB
28= +24 dB
13= −26 dB
29= +26 dB
14= −28 dB
30= +28 dB
15= −30 dB
31= +30 dB
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
TRS/ARS
Table 1-22. Digital Pad Settings for Paging Port Adapter (FF1 8 04)
Applications
FF7
Applications
Address No.
0001
for connection to
(receiving end) ...
Extension Pad Class 1
Paging-ECLS01
Default
0
FF8
0002
Extension Pad Class 2
Paging-ECLS02
17
Maintenance
0003
Extension Pad Class 3
Paging-ECLS03
0
LCD Display
0004
Extension Pad Class 4
Paging-ECLS04
0
0005
Extension Pad Class 5
Paging-ECLS05
0
0006
Extension Pad Class 6
Paging-ECLS06
4
0007
Extension Pad Class 7
Paging-ECLS07
0
Extension Pad Class 8
Paging-ECLS08
0
Exchange Line Pad Class 1 Paging-TCLS01
0
0008
0009
ICX-25-400
FF3
FF6
Related Programming:
Appendix B
Trunks
Groups
Notes:
Appendix A
FF2
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
•
Page 1-199
FF1: System Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Section 400-Programming
0010
Exchange Line Pad Class 2 Paging-TCLS02
19
0011
Exchange Line Pad Class 3 Paging-TCLS03
0
0012
Exchange Line Pad Class 4 Paging-TCLS04
0
0013
Exchange Line Pad Class 5 Paging-TCLS05
0
0014
Exchange Line Pad Class 6 Paging-TCLS06
0
0015
Exchange Line Pad Class 7 Paging-TCLS07
0
0016
Exchange Line Pad Class 8 Paging-TCLS08
0
0017
Exchange Line Pad Class 9 Paging-TCLS09
0
0018
Exchange Line Pad Class 10 Paging-TCLS010
0
0019
Exchange Line Pad Class 11 Paging-TCLS011
0
0020
Exchange Line Pad Class 12 Paging-TCLS012
0
0021
Exchange Line Pad Class 13 Paging-TCLS013
0
0022
Exchange Line Pad Class 14 Paging-TCLS014
0
0023
Exchange Line Pad Class 15 Paging-TCLS015
0
0024
Exchange Line Pad Class 16 Paging-TCLS016
0
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Digital Pad Settings for 3-Party Conference
3334#####=6
6#&21)0(&/634
FF4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Set volume adjustments for phone connections between an extension initiating a 3-Party
Conference (transmitting end) and Extension/Exchange Line Pad Classes (receiving end).
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
FF1 8 05 (0001-0024) Hold (0-31) Hold
Groups
Groups
Address Nos. for receiving parties of a
3-Party Conference initiator -0001-0008: Extension Pad Classes 1-8
0009-0024: Exchange Line Pad Classes 1-16
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
(see table below for addresses & defaults)
FF8
Maintenance
Volume Adjustment Setting:
0= 0 dB
16= 0 dB
1= −2 dB
17= +2 dB
2= −4 dB
18= +4 dB
3= −6 dB
19= +6 dB
4= −8 dB
20= +8 dB
5= −10 dB
21= +10 dB
6= −12 dB
22= +12 dB
7= −14 dB
23= +14 dB
8= −16 dB
24= +16 dB
9= −18 dB
25= +18 dB
10= −20 dB
26= +20 dB
11= −22 dB
27= +22 dB
12= −24 dB
28= +24 dB
13= −26 dB
29= +26 dB
14= −28 dB
30= +28 dB
15= −30 dB
31= +30 dB
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-200
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1: System Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
Splash Tone: 3-Party Conference (pg. 1-11)
0
System
Configuration
FF1 0 01 0005 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Table 1-23. Digital Pad Settings for 3-Party Conference (FF1 8 05)
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Address No.
0001
for connection to
(receiving end) ...
Extension Pad Class 1
LCD Display
3 CONF-ECLS01
Default
3
0002
Extension Pad Class 2
3 CONF-ECLS02
2
0003
Extension Pad Class 3
3 CONF-ECLS03
3
0004
Extension Pad Class 4
3 CONF-ECLS04
0
0005
Extension Pad Class 5
3 CONF-ECLS05
0
0006
Extension Pad Class 6
3 CONF-ECLS06
20
0007
Extension Pad Class 7
3 CONF-ECLS07
0
0008
Extension Pad Class 8
3 CONF-ECLS08
0
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
0009
Exchange Line Pad Class 1 3 CONF-TCLS01
0
0010
Exchange Line Pad Class 2 3 CONF-TCLS02
18
0011
Exchange Line Pad Class 3 3 CONF-TCLS03
0
0012
Exchange Line Pad Class 4 3 CONF-TCLS04
0
0013
Exchange Line Pad Class 5 3 CONF-TCLS05
0
0014
Exchange Line Pad Class 6 3 CONF-TCLS06
0
FF5
0015
Exchange Line Pad Class 7 3 CONF-TCLS07
0
FF5
Groups
0016
Exchange Line Pad Class 8 3 CONF-TCLS08
0
Groups
0017
Exchange Line Pad Class 9 3 CONF-TCLS09
0
0018
Exchange Line Pad Class 10 3 CONF-TCLS010
0
FF6
0019
Exchange Line Pad Class 11 3 CONF-TCLS011
0
FF6
TRS/ARS
0020
Exchange Line Pad Class 12 3 CONF-TCLS012
0
TRS/ARS
0021
Exchange Line Pad Class 13 3 CONF-TCLS013
0
0022
Exchange Line Pad Class 14 3 CONF-TCLS014
0
0023
Exchange Line Pad Class 15 3 CONF-TCLS015
0
0024
Exchange Line Pad Class 16 3 CONF-TCLS016
0
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF7
Applications
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-201
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Digital Pad Settings for 8-Party Conference
3334#####=6
;#&21)0(&/634
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set volume adjustments for phone connections between an extension initiating an 8-Party
Conference (transmitting end) and Extension/Exchange Line Pad Classes (receiving end).
0
System
Configuration
FF1 8 06 (0001-0024) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
Address Nos. for receiving parties of an
8-Party Conference initiator -0001-0008: Extension Pad Classes 1-8
0009-0024: Exchange Line Pad Classes 1-16
FF2
Volume Adjustment Setting:
Trunks
(see table below for addresses & defaults)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
0= 0 dB
1= −2 dB
2= −4 dB
3= −6 dB
4= −8 dB
5= −10 dB
6= −12 dB
7= −14 dB
8= −16 dB
9= −18 dB
10= −20 dB
11= −22 dB
12= −24 dB
13= −26 dB
14= −28 dB
15= −30 dB
16= 0 dB
17= +2 dB
18= +4 dB
19= +6 dB
20= +8 dB
21= +10 dB
22= +12 dB
23= +14 dB
24= +16 dB
25= +18 dB
26= +20 dB
27= +22 dB
28= +24 dB
29= +26 dB
30= +28 dB
31= +30 dB
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
Related Programming:
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Extension COS: 8-Party Conference (pg. 1-71)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 35 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Table 1-24. Digital Pad Settings for 8-Party Conference (FF1 8 06)
FF7
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Address No.
0001
LCD Display
8 CONF-ECLS01
Default
3
0002
Extension Pad Class 2
8 CONF-ECLS02
2
0003
Extension Pad Class 3
8 CONF-ECLS03
3
0004
Extension Pad Class 4
8 CONF-ECLS04
0
0005
Extension Pad Class 5
8 CONF-ECLS05
0
0006
Extension Pad Class 6
8 CONF-ECLS06
20
0007
Extension Pad Class 7
8 CONF-ECLS07
0
0008
Extension Pad Class 8
8 CONF-ECLS08
0
Exchange Line Pad Class 1 8 CONF-TCLS01
0
0009
Appendix B
Page 1-202
•
FF7
for connection to
(receiving end) ...
Extension Pad Class 1
Applications
Applications
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF1: System Programming
0010
Exchange Line Pad Class 2 8 CONF-TCLS02
18
0011
Exchange Line Pad Class 3 8 CONF-TCLS03
0
0012
Exchange Line Pad Class 4 8 CONF-TCLS04
0
0013
Exchange Line Pad Class 5 8 CONF-TCLS05
0
0014
Exchange Line Pad Class 6 8 CONF-TCLS06
0
0015
Exchange Line Pad Class 7 8 CONF-TCLS07
0
0016
Exchange Line Pad Class 8 8 CONF-TCLS08
0
0017
Exchange Line Pad Class 9 8 CONF-TCLS09
0
0018
Exchange Line Pad Class 10 8 CONF-TCLS010
0
0019
Exchange Line Pad Class 11 8 CONF-TCLS011
0
0020
Exchange Line Pad Class 12 8 CONF-TCLS012
0
0021
Exchange Line Pad Class 13 8 CONF-TCLS013
0
0022
Exchange Line Pad Class 14 8 CONF-TCLS014
0
0023
Exchange Line Pad Class 15 8 CONF-TCLS015
0
0024
Exchange Line Pad Class 16 8 CONF-TCLS016
0
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 1-203
FF1: System Programming
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Trunks
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 1-204
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction
Introduction
2. Exchange Line Programming (FF2)
0
0
Use the FF2 programming addresses in this chapter to set exchange line
parameters for the ICX:
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
FF1
System
FF2
FF1
System
FF2
This chapter covers the following FF2 addresses:
Trunks
Exchange
FF Key Address
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Topic
Default (U.K.)
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Page
2-7
FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 06 Hold (0-???) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 07 Hold and
FF2 0 BSSC 01 08 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 11 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 12 Hold (0-12) Hold
Exchange-Line Number Assignment
Exchange Line Signal Type
Loop Detect
Disconnect Detect
Dial Pulse Minimum Pause
Ground Start Ring Type (not applicable to U.K.)
DID Ring Detect Timer (not applicable to U.K.)
Caller ID Receive Timer
Not Used
-LS: 0
1 (Enabled)
0 (Enabled)
0 (750ms)
Reverse Answer Signal Control
Caller ID (not applicable to U.K.)
Ring Frequency
Ring Pattern
1 (Disabled)
FF2 0 BSSC 01 13 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 14 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 15 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 16 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 17 Hold (0-3) Hold
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialling
Disconnect Supervision Timer
Guard Timer for Outbound Calls
Inbound Ground Detect Timer (not applicable
0 (2500-2850ms)
--
1 (400/562Hz)
0 (synchronise w/
public exchange)
1 (Pattern #2)
0 (Pattern #1)
LS/GS: 0 (281ms)
0 (.5 seconds)
2-7
2-8
2-8
2-9
2-9
2-10
2-10
2-11
2-11
2-12
2-12
2-13
2-14
2-15
2-15
2-16
2-16
2-17
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
to U.K.)
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF2 0 BSSC 01 18 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 19 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
ICX-25-400
Not Used
Ring Interval for Abandoned Calls
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling
Flash Pattern
Dial Tone Detection
Call Duration
Exchange Line Connection Type (Public
Exchange or PBX)
Auto-Repeat Dial
DTMF After Answer (Link Control)
Public-Exchange Dial Tone Simulation
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
-0 (5 seconds)
1 (DTMF)
0 (Pattern #1)
1 (Enabled)
1 (system timer)
0 (public exch.)
2-17
2-18
2-18
2-19
2-19
2-20
2-20
1 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Disabled)
2-21
2-21
2-22
•
Page 2-1
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Introduction
FF2 0 BSSC 02 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
FF2 0 BSSC 02 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 18 Hold thru
FF2 0 BSSC 02 20 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 2 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 4 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 04 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 04 2 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 04 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 04 4 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 04 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 05 Hold (0-72) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Section 400-Programming
Caller ID Ring Control (not applicable to U.K.)
Call Logging for Outbound Calls
1 (Include)
Call Logging for Inbound Calls
0 (Exclude)
Flash Key Operation
0 (send flash to
public exchange)
Long Talk Alarm
0 (Disabled)
Alarm Ringing
0 (Disabled)
Slide Ringing
0 (Disabled)
DTMF Conversion (Outbound Calls)
1 (Enabled)
DTMF Conversion (Inbound Calls)
1 (Enabled)
Indirect LCR
0 (Disabled)
Not Used
--
2-22
2-23
2-23
2-24
Day1 Ring Type
Day1 Ring Destination
Day2 Ring Type
Day2 Ring Destination
Night Ring Type
Night Ring Destination
Day1 Delayed Ring Type
Day1 Delayed Ring Destination
Day2 Delayed Ring Type
Day2 Delayed Ring Destination
Night Delayed Ring Type
Night Delayed Ring Destination
Tenant Group Assignment
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Exchange Line COS Assignment
Exchange Line Digital Pad Class
Assignment
0 (multi-incoming)
-0 (multi-incoming)
-0 (multi-incoming)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (none)
1
1
1
1
2-28
2-28
2-30
2-30
2-31
2-31
2-32
2-32
2-33
2-33
2-34
2-34
2-35
2-35
2-36
2-36
2-37
Private-Line Number Assignment
Private Line Signal Type
Not Used
-5 (AC-15 Wink)
--
2-38
2-39
2-39
Ring Detect Timer
Auto Answer for Outbound Calls
Balance Control
Pad Control
Not Used
0 (48ms)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Long Loop)
0 (Far)
--
2-40
2-40
2-41
2-41
2-42
Ring Frequency
Ring Pattern
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialling
Disconnect Supervision Timer
Not Used
1 (400/562Hz)
1 (1on/2off)
1 (Pattern #2)
0 (Pattern #1)
0 (160ms)
--
2-42
2-43
2-44
2-44
2-45
2-45
Auto Answer Timer
Not Used
0 (1 second)
--
2-46
2-46
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 01 Hold thru
FF2 0 BSSC 01 04 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 09 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 10 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 11 Hold (1-6) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 12 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 13 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 14 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 15 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 16 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 17 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 18 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 01 19 Hold
Page 2-2
•
2-24
2-25
2-25
2-26
2-27
2-27
2-28
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
2-38
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF2 0 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 02 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 03 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 05 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 08 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 12 Hold thru
FF2 0 BSSC 02 14 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 02 18 Hold thru
FF2 0 BSSC 02 20 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 1 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 2 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 3 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 4 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 03 5 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 04 0 Hold thru
FF2 0 BSSC 04 5 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 05 Hold (0-72) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling
Flash Pattern
Not Used
1 (DTMF)
0 (Pattern #1)
--
2-47
2-47
2-48
Private Line Connection Type (Public
Exchange or PBX)
Not Used
DTMF After Answer (Link Control)
Public-Exchange Dial Tone Simulation
Not Used
Call Logging for Outbound Calls
Call Logging for Inbound Calls
Flash Key Operation
0 (public exch.)
2-48
2-48
2-49
2-49
2-50
2-50
2-50
2-51
Not Used
-0 (Allowed)
0 (Disabled)
-1 (Include)
0 (Exclude)
0 (send flash to
public exchange)
--
DTMF Conversion (Outbound Calls)
DTMF Conversion (Inbound Calls)
Indirect LCR
Not Used
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Disabled)
--
2-52
2-53
2-53
2-54
Day1 Ring Type
Not Used
Day2 Ring Type
Not Used
Night Ring Type
Not Used
Not Used
0 (Tie Incoming)
-0 (Tie Incoming)
-0 (Tie Incoming)
---
2-54
2-54
2-55
2-55
2-55
2-56
2-56
Tenant Group Assignment
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Exchange Line COS Assignment
Exchange Line Digital Pad Class
Assignment
0 (none)
1
1
1
8
2-57
2-58
2-58
2-59
2-59
2-52
TRS/ARS
Applications
FF2 1 BSS1 00 0 Hold (BSSC) Hold
FF2 1 BSS1 00 1 Hold (1-127) Hold
Maintenance
FF2 1 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 02 03 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 02 04 Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 02 05 Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
2-60
D-Channel Position (not applicable to U.K.)
D-Channel Interface ID Code (not applicable
---
2-60
2-60
Exchange-Line Number Assignment (1st
Channel)
Exchange Line Connection Type (Point-toPoint/Multi-Point)
Ring Frequency
Ring Pattern
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
Not Used
--
2-61
0 (Point-to-Point)
2-62
1 (400/562Hz)
1 (1on/2off)
1 (Pattern #2)
--
2-63
2-64
2-65
2-65
Exchange Line Connection Type (Public
Exchange or PBX)
Auto-Repeat Dial
Call Logging for Outbound Calls
0 (public exch.)
2-66
1 (Allowed)
1 (Include)
2-66
2-67
to U.K.)
FF2 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
0
System
Configuration
TRS/ARS
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
FF7
Introduction
FF2 1 BSSC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
•
Page 2-3
Appendix B
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Section 400-Programming
FF2 1 BSSC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Call Logging for Inbound Calls
Flash Key Operation
FF2 1 BSSC 03 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Long Talk Alarm
Alarm Ringing
Slide Ringing
Indirect LCR
B-Channel Select
B-Channel Numbering (Layer 3)
Call ID Length
FF2 1 BSSC 03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 03 14 Hold thru
FF2 1 BSSC 03 22 Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 04 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 04 2 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 04 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 04 4 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 04 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 05 2 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 05 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 05 4 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 05 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 06 (00-23/30) Hold (0-72) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 09 0 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 09 1 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 09 2 Hold (up to 4 digits) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 10 Hold (1-16) Hold
Calling Number Send
Sub-Address Type
Not Used
Day1 Ring Type
Day1 Ring Destination
Day2 Ring Type
Day2 Ring Destination
Night Ring Type
Night Ring Destination
Day1 Delayed Ring Type
Day1 Delayed Ring Destination
Day2 Delayed Ring Type
Day2 Delayed Ring Destination
Night Delayed Ring Type
Night Delayed Ring Destination
Tenant Group Assignment (B-Channel)
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Exchange Line COS Assignment
Calling Number Area Code
Calling Number Office Code
Calling Number Subscriber Number
Exchange Line Digital Pad Class
Assignment
0 (Exclude)
0 (talk disconnct/
keep exch.line)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (highest- no.’d)
1 (Channel No.’g)
0 (1 byte/BRI)
1 (2 bytes/PRI)
1 (Enabled)
0 (IA5)
-0 (multi-incoming)
-0 (multi-incoming)
-0 (multi-incoming)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (none)
1
1
1
---7
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF2 2 BSSCC 00 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 05 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 08 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 09 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 10 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 11 Hold (0-2) Hold
Page 2-4
•
2-67
2-68
2-68
2-69
2-69
2-70
2-71
2-71
2-72
2-72
2-73
2-74
2-75
2-75
2-76
2-76
2-77
2-77
2-78
2-78
2-79
2-79
2-80
2-80
2-81
2-82
2-82
2-83
2-83
2-84
2-84
2-85
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
2-86
Trunk Connection Type (CO/Network)
Trunk Number Assignment
Trunk Signal Type
Disconnect Detect
Dial Pulse Minimum Pause
Ground Start Ring Type
DID Ring Detect Timer
Not Used
Frame Format
Line Coding
Ring Frequency
Ring Pattern
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialing
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
1 (CO)
-3 (DID-Wink)
0 (Disabled)
0 (625ms)
0 (CO signal)
0 (32ms)
-0 (SF)
0 (AMI)
1 (400/562Hz)
1 (1on/3off)
1 (Pattern #2)
0 (Pattern #1)
2-86
2-87
2-87
2-88
2-88
2-89
2-89
2-90
2-90
2-91
2-91
2-92
2-93
2-93
ICX-25-400
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 12 Hold (0-3) Hold
Disconnect Supervision Timer
LS/GS: 0 (281ms)
DID: 0 (96ms)
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 13 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 14 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 15 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 17 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 18 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 0 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 2 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 4 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 0 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 2 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 4 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 06 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 09 Hold (1-16) Hold
Guard Timer for Outbound Calls
Inbound Ground Detect Timer
Not Used
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialing
Flash Pattern
Dial Tone Detection
Trunk Connection Type (CO/PBX)
Auto-Repeat Dial
DTMF After Answer (Link Control)
CO Dial Tone Simulation
SMDR for Outbound Calls
SMDR for Inbound Calls
Flash Key Operation
Long Talk Alarm
Alarm Ringing
Slide Ringing
DTMF Conversion (Outbound Calls)
DTMF Conversion (Inbound Calls)
Indirect LCR
Call Duration
Not Used
0 (500ms)
0 (1 second)
-1 (DTMF)
0 (Pattern #1)
1 (Enabled)
0 (CO)
1 (Allowed)
0 (Allowed)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Include)
0 (Exclude)
0 (flash to CO)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Disabled)
1 (System timer)
--
2-95
2-95
2-96
2-96
2-96
2-97
2-97
2-98
2-98
2-99
2-99
2-100
2-100
2-101
2-101
2-102
2-103
2-103
2-104
2-104
2-105
Day1 Ring Type
Day1 Ring Destination
Day2 Ring Type
Day2 Ring Destination
Night Ring Type
Night Ring Destination
Day1 Delayed Ring Type
Day1 Delayed Ring Destination
Day2 Delayed Ring Type
Day2 Delayed Ring Destination
Night Delayed Ring Type
Night Delayed Ring Destination
Tenant Group Assignment
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Trunk COS Assignment
Trunk Digital Pad Class Assignment
0 (multi-incoming)
-0 (multi-incoming)
-0 (multi-incoming)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (Disabled)
-0 (Disabled)
--1
1
1
7
2-106
2-106
2-107
2-107
2-108
2-108
2-109
2-109
2-110
2-110
2-111
2-111
2-112
2-112
2-113
2-113
2-114
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
FF2 2 BSSCC 00 Hold (1-2) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 00 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 01 Hold thru
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 03 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
2-94
2-115
Trunk Connection Type (CO/Network)
Trunk Number Assignment
Trunk Signal Type
Not Used
1 (CO)
-5 (E&M Wink)
--
2-115
2-116
2-116
2-117
Ring Detect Timer
Auto Answer for Outbound Calls
Frame Format
0 (48ms)
0 (Disabled)
0 (SF)
2-117
2-118
2-118
Appendix B
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-5
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 08 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 09 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 10 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 11 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 12 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 13 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 14 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 15 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 02 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 04 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 10 Hold thru
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 12 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 16 Hold thru
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 18 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 1 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 2 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 3 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 4 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 5 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 0 Hold thru
FF2 2 BSSCC 05 5 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 06 Hold (0-72) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 09 Hold (1-16) Hold
Section 400-Programming
Line Coding
Ring Frequency
Ring Pattern
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialing
Disconnect Supervision Timer
Not Used
0 (AMI)
1 (400/562Hz)
1 (1on/3off)
1 (Pattern #2)
0 (Pattern #1)
0 (160ms)
--
2-119
2-120
2-121
2-122
2-122
2-123
2-123
Auto Answer Timer
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialing
Flash Pattern
Not Used
Trunk Connection Type (CO/PBX)
Not Used
DTMF After Answer (Link Control)
CO Dial Tone Simulation
SMDR for Outbound Calls
SMDR for Inbound Calls
Flash Key Operation
Not Used
0 (1 second)
1 (DTMF)
0 (Pattern #1)
-0 (CO)
-0 (Allowed)
0 (Disabled)
1 (Include)
0 (Exclude)
0 (flash to CO)
--
2-124
2-124
2-125
2-125
2-126
2-126
2-126
2-127
2-127
2-128
2-128
2-129
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
DTMF Conversion (Outbound Calls)
DTMF Conversion (Inbound Calls)
Indirect LCR
Not Used
1 (Enabled)
1 (Enabled)
0 (Disabled)
--
2-129
2-130
2-130
2-131
Day1 Ring Type
Not Used
Day2 Ring Type
Not Used
Night Ring Type
Not Used
Not Used
0 (Tie incoming)
-0 (Tie incoming)
-0 (Tie incoming)
---
2-131
2-132
2-132
2-131
2-133
2-133
2-134
Tenant Group Assignment
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Trunk COS Assignment
Trunk Digital Pad Class Assignment
0 (none)
1
1
1
7
2-134
2-135
2-135
2-136
2-136
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-6
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
NOTE:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
The same FF2 0 addresses are also used for AC-15 private lines.
However, their settings are different. See page 2-38 for AC-15 Private
Line settings.
0
System
Configuration
%66&033###=
Exchange-Line Number Assignment
7UXQN#1XPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Introduction
FF1
System
Assign numbers to the analog public-exchange line circuits.
FF2
FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-576) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
Exchange
Exch.Line No. 1-576 assigned to circuit
(0=no exchange line no.)
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
1-96
1-192
1-288
1-384
1-480
1-576
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Extensions
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
Exchange Line No. range:
FF3
default: (none)
NOTE: Available range of Exchange Line Numbers is determined by the CPC installed, and the number
of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
CPC INSTALLED
FF5
FF2
(or BLK-DOWN)
Trunks
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
Press the BLK-DOWN soft key instead of the last HOLD in the above address, to scroll to the next
BSSC exchange line position and assign it a number (stay in same address).
Before removing an Exchange Line Card from a Free Slot, you must first clear the Exchange Line
Numbers (if assigned) from all of the Card’s BSSC ports in this address. See pg. 0-3 for more
information.
FF7
Applications
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
Exchange Line Connection Type (Public Exchange or PBX) (pg. 2-20) FF2 0 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line Numbering (pg. 1-22) FF1 0 02 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-7
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03433=
Exchange Line Signal Type
6LJQDO#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the analog exchange line’s signalling type.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF1
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position 0=Loop Start (default for LS)
(not available in U.K.) 1=Ground Start (default for GS)
B=CCU 1-6
(not available in U.K.) 2=DID Immediate Start (default for DID)
SS=Slot 01-12
(not available in U.K.) 3=DID Wink Start
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
System
Configuration
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2
Related Programming:
FF3
Trunks
Extensions
%66&03434=4
Loop Detect
/RRS#'HWHFW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
System
Notes:
Extensions
FF4
FF1
(also called “fire-and-disconnect”) Enable/Disable system check for Loop Detect,
if the exchange line is set for Loop-Start signalling in Exchange Line Signal Type
(previous address).
FF2 0 BSSC
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
01 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
TRS/ARS
0=No Loop Detect
1=Loop Detect (default)
FF7
Applications
Applications
Notes:
FF8
If this address is set to “1” (Loop Detect enabled), system will check for loop signal when the exchange
line is seized to place an outgoing call.
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Exchange Line Signal Type (pg. 2-8)
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-8
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03435=3
Disconnect Detect
',6&#'HWHFW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enable/Disable system detection of a disconnect signal (drop in voltage) sent by the
public exchange when the other end disconnects first. Applies to outgoing calls on
analog Loop-Start or Ground-Start exchange lines with Loop Detect enabled.
FF2 0 BSSC
0
System
Configuration
01 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF2
Trunks
0=Disconnect Detect (default)
1=No Disconnect Detect
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
Loop Detect (pg. 2-8)
FF2 0 BSSC 01 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&03436=3
Dial Pulse Minimum Pause
FF5
Groups
'3#0,113DXVH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Set the dial pulse minimum pause time.
FF2 0 BSSC
Groups
01 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
TRS/ARS
0=625 ms (default-USA) or
750 ms (default-U.K.)
1=1000 ms (1 second)
Applications
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling (pg. 2-18)
FF2 0 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-9
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03437=3
Ground Start Ring Type
*6#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(not applicable to U.K.) (for Ground Start lines only) Set whether the public
exchange supplies the real ringing signal. (Ground Start lines typically need TipGround for incoming signal.)
FF2 0 BSSC
0
System
Configuration
01 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF2
Exchange
0=Ringing signal (default)
1=No ringing signal
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
Exchange Line Signal Type (pg. 2-8)
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&03438=3
DID Ring Detect Timer
FF5
Groups
','#5LQJ'(7#7LPH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
(not applicable to U.K.) Set the DID Ring Detect timer, which will be used to
specify the ringing.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF6
Groups
01 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
Applications
0=32 ms (default)
1=96 ms
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
If the exchange line is set for Immediate-Start signalling, the system will wait this long before
recognising ring from the public exchange.
FF8
Maintenance
This setting is available only if the Exchange Line Signal Type is set for 2=DID Immediate Start or
3=DID Wink Start; it is not available for Loop Start or Ground Start signalling types.
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Exchange Line Signal Type (pg. 2-8)
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-10
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03439=3
Caller ID Receive Timer
&,'#5HFHLYH#7LPHU""
(all CPCs) - Version 2.5 or higher
???
0
0
System
Configuration
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
FF2
01 06 Hold (0-???) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
System
Configuration
FF1
0=2500 to 2850 ms (default)
System
FF2
Notes:
Trunks
FF3
Exchange
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF2 0 BSSC
01 07 Hold
%66&0343:=
FF2 0 BSSC
01 08 Hold
%66&0343;=
1RW#8VHG
1RW#8VHG
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-11
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0343<=4
Reverse Answer Signal Control
5HYHUVH#$16#6,*
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(not applicable to USA) Set whether the public exchange sends back reverse
signalling when the called party answers an outgoing call on this exchange line.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
01 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
0
System
Configuration
0=Reverse signal from public exchange.
1=No reverse signal from
public exchange. (default)
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
Typically, COs in the USA do not send reverse signalling for called-party answer (leave this address at
the default “1=No reverse signal”).
If this address is set to “0=Reverse signal,” the Call Duration Timer (Public Exchange Line) (pg. 1131) will not apply to this exchange line, even if its Call Duration (pg. 2-20) is set to “1=Use system
timer.”
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
Call Duration (pg. 2-20) FF2 0 BSSC 02 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Call Duration Timer (Public Exchange Line) (pg. 1-131) FF1 1 01 0005 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
%66&03443=3
Caller ID
&,'#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
(for USA and Hong Kong only) Enable/Disable the Caller ID feature on this analog
exchange line.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF7
TRS/ARS
01 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
Applications
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF8
Maintenance
0=Disable Caller ID. (default)
1=Enable Caller ID.
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
To install Caller ID (analog):
Appendix A
Appendix B
(1) Throw switches on the LTRK/8 (Loop-Start Trunk/8-port) Card.
(2) Install the CID Card (daughter board, mounted on the LTRK/8 Card).
(3) Set this parameter.
Page 2-12
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
See Section 300-Installation for more information.
Introduction
Related Programming:
Caller ID Ring Control (pg. 2-22)
FF2 0 BSSC 02 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
%66&03444=4
Ring Frequency
5LQJ#)UHTXHQF\
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
(for digital phones only) Set the ring frequency for incoming calls on this
exchange line.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
System
01 11 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0=Melody
1=400/562 Hz (default)
2=1000/1340 Hz
3=400 Hz
4=800/1040 Hz
5=1040/1320 Hz
6=660/1320 Hz
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
If “0” (Melody) is selected, you must set the next address (Ring Pattern) to 12=Continuous tone.
Otherwise, the Ring Pattern will interrupt the melody heard.
FF5
Groups
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-13
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03445=3
Ring Pattern
5LQJ#&\FOH#371
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the ring pattern for incoming calls on this exchange line.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF2 0 BSSC
System
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
01 12 Hold (0-12) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF1
FF2
System
Configuration
Setting Values for U.K.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
System
Setting Values for USA and Hong Kong
Synchronise with public exchange (default)
1on/2off (in seconds)
2on/1off
1on/1off
.5on/.5off
.25on/2.75off
.25on/.25off/.25on/2.25off
.25on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1.75off
.75on/.25off/.75on/1.25off
1on/.25off/.25on/1.5off
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1off
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
Continuous tone
FF1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Synchronise with CO/public exchange (default)
FF2
Trunks
1on/3off (in seconds)
2on/2off
3on/1off
FF3
1on/1off
Extensions
.5on/.5off
.5on/3.5off
FF4
.5on/.5off/.5on/2.5off
FF-/Soft Keys
.25on/.25off/.25on/3.25off
1on/.25off/.25on/2.5off
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/2off
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
FF5
Groups
Continuous tone
Notes:
FF6
If this address is left at “0=Synchronise with CO/public exchange” (default), and the exchange line’s
Ring Type is DDI/CLI or DISA, the system will automatically use setting 1’s ring pattern.
If Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-88) is set to “0=Use exchange line’s
Ring Pattern” (default), the above Ring Pattern will apply to all incoming call types: multiple
incoming, DL, DDI/CLI, DISA. However, if the Ring Tone Source is set to “1=Use intercom ring
tone,” the above Ring Pattern will apply only to multiple-incoming calls.
Related Programming:
Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-88) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS Assignment (pg. 2-36) FF2 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
Ring Type/Destination for analog exchange lines (pg. 2-28) FF2 0 BSSC 03 (0 thru 5) Hold...
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM/24 Units (pg. 4-7)
FF4 1: FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles (pg. 4-14)
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-14
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03446=4
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
'70)#37107DON
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the DTMF signalling pattern that will apply after an extension user connects to
the called party during a public-exchange call on this exchange line.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
FF2
Trunks
01 13 Hold (0-2) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
0
System
Configuration
FF1
0=DTMF Pattern #1
1=DTMF Pattern #2 (default)
2=DTMF Pattern #3
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
This address applies to the entry of account codes, selection of voice menu options, etc. during a call.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Up to 3 different DTMF patterns can be defined in FF1 1 01 (0016-0019).
FF3
During a 3-Party Conference, if an extension dials digit(s), DTMF
signals will be sent to the other party (mainly for Voice Mail connection).
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher)
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
DTMF ON: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-136) FF1 1 01 0016 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF OFF: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-137) FF1 1 01 0017 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #2 (pg. 1-138) FF1 1 01 0018 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #3 (pg. 1-139) FF1 1 01 0019 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Extensions
Groups
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialling
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
%66&03447=3
'70)#3710'LDO
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set the DTMF signalling pattern that will apply to the dialling of outbound phone
numbers (DTMF sent to public exchange) on this exchange line.
FF7
FF2 0 BSSC
Applications
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
01 14 Hold (0-2) Hold
Applications
0=DTMF Pattern #1 (default)
1=DTMF Pattern #2
2=DTMF Pattern #3
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Up to 3 different DTMF patterns can be defined in FF1 1 01 (0016-0019).
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-15
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Section 400-Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
DTMF ON: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-136) FF1 1 01 0016 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF OFF: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-137) FF1 1 01 0017 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #2 (pg. 1-138) FF1 1 01 0018 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #3 (pg. 1-139) FF1 1 01 0019 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling (pg. 2-18) FF2 0 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
System
Configuration
%66&03448=3
Disconnect Supervision Timer
'LVFRQQHFW#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
Set how long the system will wait after detecting a drop in voltage from the public
exchange, before recognising it as a valid disconnect signal.
FF2
FF2 0 BSSC
Exchange
FF2
01 15 Hold (0-3) Hold
Trunks
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position if Exchange-Line Signalling is ...
B=CCU 1-6
DID: (not available in U.K.)
Loop Start/Ground Start:
SS=Slot 01-12
0=281 ms (default)
0=96 ms (default)
C=Circuit 1-8
1=531 ms
1=144 ms
2=781 ms
2=240 ms
3=1032 ms (1.032 seconds)
3=1500 ms (1.500 seconds)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Related Programming:
Exchange Line Signal Type (pg. 2-8)
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
%66&03449=3
Guard Timer for Outbound Calls
FF7
Applications
*XDUG#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Set how long the system guards the exchange line after a call is disconnected, to
prevent “glare” (collision between an incoming and outgoing call).
FF2 0 BSSC
FF8
Applications
01 16 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Appendix A
0=500 ms (.5 seconds) (default)
1=1000 ms (1 second)
2=1500 ms (1.5 seconds)
3=2000 ms (2 seconds)
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 2-16
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Notes:
Introduction
While the exchange line is guarded, it cannot be used for another call until this Guard Timer has
expired.
0
System
Configuration
This setting is available only if the Exchange Line Signal Type is set for 0=Loop Start or 1=Ground
Start (it is not available for DID signaling types).
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
Exchange Line Signal Type (pg. 2-8)
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF1
System
System
%66&0344:=3
Inbound Ground Detect Timer
FF2
Trunks
FF2 0 BSSC
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
01 17 Hold (0-3) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF4
FF2
Exchange
(not applicable to U.K.) Set how long a public-exchange Tip-ground signal must
be present on a Ground Start exchange line, before the system recognises it as a
valid incoming call.
FF3
FF5
*URXQG#27*#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Extensions
0=1 second (default)
1=2 seconds
2=4 seconds
3=8 seconds
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Notes:
Groups
Groups
If this Inbound Ground Detect Timer is set too short, the system may generate false ringing when Tipground is not removed quickly enough at the end of the call.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
Exchange Line Signal Type (pg. 2-8)
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
Not Used
FF8
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF8
Maintenance
FF2 0 BSSC
01 18 Hold
%66&0344;=
Maintenance
1RW#8VHG
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-17
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0344<=3
Ring Interval for Abandoned Calls
5*#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Specify the timer for recognising that a ringing incoming call has been abandoned
by the caller. If the next ring isn’t received by the time this Timer expires, the call
will be treated as abandoned (stop ringing).
FF2 0 BSSC
0
System
Configuration
01 19 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF2
Exchange
0=5 seconds (default)
1=6 seconds
2=8 seconds
3=11 seconds
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&03533=4
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling
FF5
Groups
'LDO#7\SH#'323%
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Set the exchange line’s signalling type for outbound and inbound dialling.
FF2 0 BSSC
Groups
02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
TRS/ARS
0=Dial-pulse, at 10 pps
1=DTMF (default)
FF7
Applications
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-18
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03534=3
Flash Pattern
)ODVK#/HQJWK
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set which pattern will be used for flash signals to the public exchange.
(see FF1 1: System Timers to define Flash Patterns #1 and #2)
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
FF2
Trunks
02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
0
System
Configuration
0=Flash Pattern #1 (default)
1=Flash Pattern #2
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
Two different Flash Patterns can be defined in Flash Timers 1 and 2, FF1 1 01 (0001-0002).
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
Flash Timer 1 for Exchange Line (pg. 1-128) FF1 1 01 0001 Hold (1-255) Hold
Flash Timer 2 for Exchange Line (pg. 1-129) FF1 1 01 0002 Hold (1-255) Hold
Flash Key Operation (pg. 2-24) FF2 0 BSSC 02 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&03535=4
Dial Tone Detection
'7#'HWHFW
FF5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Groups
Set whether the system will check for public-exchange dial tone before sending
dialled digits on this exchange line.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF6
02 02
FF5
Groups
Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
Applications
FF8
0=No check (use precoded delay timer).
1=Check (send digits after dial tone is
detected). (default)
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-19
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03536=4
Call Duration
&DOO#'XUDWLRQ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the system will use the Call Duration Timer to begin tracking call duration
(both on LCD display and in Call Logging records) for outbound calls on this exchange line.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
02 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
0
System
Configuration
0=Do not use system timer to
start call duration.
1=Use system timer to start
call duration. (default)
Exchange
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
This address should be set to 0=Do not use system timer if the public exchange sends back reverse
signalling for called-party answer (typical in the U.K.).
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
Call Duration Timer (Public Exchange Line) (pg. 1-131) FF1 1 01 0005 Hold (1-255) Hold
Reverse Answer Signal Control (pg. 2-12) FF2 0 BSSC 01 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&03537=3
Exchange Line Connection Type (Public
Exchange or PBX)
75.#7\SH#&223%;
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
Set whether the exchange line connects directly to the public exchange, or is behind
a PBX/Centrex.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF2 0 BSSC
FF7
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=Public Exchange (default)
1=PBX
FF7
Applications
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
PBX Exchange Line Access Codes (pg. 1-106)
Appendix A
FF1 0 08 (0001-0006) Hold FL/R (0-9999) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-20
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03538=4
Auto-Repeat Dial
$XWR#5HSHDW#'LDO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Enable/Disable Auto-Repeat Dial on this exchange line.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
FF2
02 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
System
Configuration
0=Do not allow Auto-Repeat Dial.
1=Allow Auto-Repeat Dial. (default)
Extensions
System
FF2
Notes:
Trunks
FF3
FF1
Exchange
Auto-Repeat Dial: Dial an outside call. If busy tone is received, press the FL/R key to have the system
automatically redial the number at set intervals (max. 15 times) until the called party answers or the user
hangs up.
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
Flash Timer for Auto-Repeat Dial (pg. 1-129)
FF1 1 01 0003 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&03539=3
DTMF After Answer (Link Control)
/LQN#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
FF5
(for DTMF SLT phones) Set whether DTMF signals can be sent through the
system after the called party answers.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF6
Groups
02 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
Applications
0=Two-Way Link: DTMF path is open
both ways. (default)
1=One-Way Link: No DTMF signalling
after the called party answers.
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Set this address to “1=One-Way Link” to prevent double-dialling (placing another call on the same
exchange line after the called party hangs up, thus bypassing TRS/Call Barring restrictions).
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling (pg. 2-18)
FF2 0 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-21
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Public-Exchange Dial Tone Simulation
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
&20'7
Set whether the system sends a simulated public-exchange dial tone on this exchange
line (important for DDI Wink-Start signalling).
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
FF2
0
System
Configuration
02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
Exchange
%66&0353:=3
0=Do not send simulated Public-Exch.
dial tone to extension. (default)
1=Send simulated Public-Exch. dial tone.
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
Set this address to “1=Send” if the public exchange doesn’t support dial tone (typical in the U.K.).
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
Exchange Line Signal Type (pg. 2-8)
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&0353;=3
Caller ID Ring Control
Groups
(for USA and Hong Kong only) Set whether the system will wait for Caller ID
information before ringing an incoming call on this exchange line; or whether
ringing will commence immediately.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF6
FF-/Soft Keys
,1&0#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
FF4
FF5
Groups
02 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
Applications
0=Wait for Caller ID data. (default)
1=Immediate ring (do not wait).
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
The exchange line must be enabled for Caller ID (in FF2 0 BSSC 01 10) in order for this address to take
effect.
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Caller ID (pg. 2-12)
FF2 0 BSSC 01 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-22
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0353<=4
Call Logging for Outbound Calls
60'5#2XWSXW22XW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set whether outbound calls on this exchange line will be included in Call Logging records.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
02 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
System
Configuration
0=Do not include in Call Logging.
1=Include in Call Logging. (default)
System
Notes:
FF2
Related Programming:
FF3
Exchange
Extensions
Call Logging Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-102) FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Call Logging Output Format (pg. 1-107) FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1
FF4
%66&03543=3
Call Logging for Inbound Calls
FF-/Soft Keys
60'5#2XWSXW2,Q
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Set whether incoming calls on this exchange line will be included in Call Logging records.
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF2 0 BSSC
FF6
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
02 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=Do not include in Call Logging. (default)
1=Include in Call Logging.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Call Logging Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-102) FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Call Logging Output Format (pg. 1-107) FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-23
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03544=3
Flash Key Operation
)ODVK#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set what happens when a digital phone user presses either the FL/R key, PROG key, or the feature
codes “Recall/Flash” or “SLT Flash Send” during a call on this exchange line.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
02 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
0
System
Configuration
0=Flash signal sent to public exchange.
(default)
1=Exchange Line released/user hears
internal dial tone.
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
The sending of the flash signal can also be enabled/disabled on individual extensions (see Flash Signal
Control on pg. 3-19).
❒ If the flash signal is disabled on the exchange line but enabled on the extension, or vice versa, a flash
FF3
Extensions
signal will be sent when the user presses FL/R (or PROG, “Recall/Flash”, or “SLT Flash Send”).
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
Flash Signal Control (pg. 3-19) FF3 0 BSSC 04 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Flash Pattern (pg. 2-19) FF2 0 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial Tone (pg. 1-168) FF1 2 02 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code)
Hold
Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial Tone (pg. 1-170) FF1 2 03 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code)
Hold
FF6
Long Talk Alarm
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
%66&03545=3
/RQJ07DON#$ODUP
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Enable/Disable the alarm tone heard by an extension user during an outbound call
on this exchange line, if the call lasts longer than the Long Talk Alarm Timer.
FF7
FF7
Applications
FF2 0 BSSC
FF8
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Maintenance
Applications
02 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=Disable Long Talk Alarm. (default)
1=Enable Long Talk Alarm.
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
By default, individual extensions are enabled for the Long Talk Alarm (via Extension COS setting).
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 2-24
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Related Programming:
Introduction
Long Talk Alarm #1 Timer (pg. 1-147) FF1 1 02 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
Long Talk Alarm #2 Timer (pg. 1-148) FF1 1 02 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
Extension COS: Long Talk Alarm (pg. 1-76) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 40 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
%66&03546=3
Alarm Ringing
$ODUP#5LQJLQJ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
Enable/Disable Alarm Ringing for incoming calls on this exchange line that ring
unanswered for longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
System
02 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF3
0=Disable Alarm Ringing. (default)
1=Enable Alarm Ringing.
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
Alarm Ringing: Ringing frequency/interval changes for an incoming call that rings unanswered for
longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
FF-/Soft Keys
Alarm Ringing will not work while Slide Ringing or Delayed Ringing is occurring.
Related Programming:
FF5
Ring Alarm Frequency (pg. 1-119) FF1 0 21 0001 Hold (0-6) Hold
Ring Alarm Pattern (pg. 1-120) FF1 0 21 0002 Hold (0-12) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1) (pg. 1-145) FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF4
TRS/ARS
%66&03547=3
Slide Ringing
6OLGH#5LQJLQJ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
Enable/Disable Slide Ringing for incoming calls on this exchange line that ring
unanswered for longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
FF8
FF2 0 BSSC
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF8
02 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Maintenance
0=Disable Slide Ringing. (default)
1=Enable Slide Ringing.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-25
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Slide Ringing: Applies to extensions that are Slide Ringing-enabled and have exchange lines (which
are also Slide Ringing-enabled) assigned to FF-keys. An incoming call on the exchange line will ring at
the assigned extension or hunt group first (see Day1/2/Night Ring Assignments in FF2). Then, after
the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (in FF1) expires, the call will also begin ringing on the exchange
line FF-keys (see FF-Key Feature Assignment in FF4).
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1) (pg. 1-145) FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ringing Receive (pg. 3-9) on individual extensions FF3 0 BSSC 04 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Type/Destination - Day1, Day2, Night (pg. 2-28) FF2 0 BSSC 03 (0-5) Hold (0-6 or 0-9999) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7) FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
(Code) Hold
DTMF Conversion (Outbound Calls)
%66&03548=4
3%#&RQYHUW22XW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Set whether the exchange line will switch from dial-pulse to DTMF signalling after the
called party answers an outgoing call, according to the Call Duration Timer.
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2 0 BSSC
FF5
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF-/Soft Keys
02 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=Do not switch to DTMF signalling.
FF5
Groups
1=Switch to DTMF signalling after
the outside party answers. (default)
Notes:
FF6
Related Programming:
FF7
TRS/ARS
Applications
Call Duration Timer (Public Exchange Line) (pg. 1-131) FF1 1 01 0005 Hold (1-255) Hold
Call Duration (pg. 2-20) FF2 0 BSSC 02 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling (pg. 2-18) FF2 0 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-26
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03549=4
DTMF Conversion (Inbound Calls)
3%#&RQYHUW2,Q
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the exchange line will switch from dial-pulse to DTMF signalling
after the extension user answers an incoming call.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
02 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
0
System
Configuration
0=Do not switch to DTMF signalling.
1=Switch to DTMF signalling after
the phone user answers. (default)
Trunks
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Related Programming:
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling (pg. 2-18)
Extensions
FF2 0 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&0354:=3
Indirect LCR
,QGLUHFW#/&5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
(U.K. use only) Enable/Disable the Indirect Least Cost Routing (LCR) function.
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF2 0 BSSC
FF6
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
02 17 Hold
(0 or 1) Hold
0=Disable Indirect LCR. (default)
1=Enable Indirect LCR.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Notes:
Indirect LCR: System will send a pre-assigned code (set in the ARS Dial Conversion Tables) when an
extension seizes the exchange line to make an outgoing call. This feature is used in the U.K. for sending
a system identification PIN number to the public exchange.
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
USA: Do not enable this address for MCO access code routing (eg., dialing “9” to get an outside line).
Instead, use ARS tables (see FF6) so the system can distinguish intercom calls from outgoing calls.
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
FF6 2 05: Digit Modify Table (pg. 6-40)
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-27
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2 0 BSSC
02 18 Hold
%66&0354;=
FF2 0 BSSC
02 19 Hold
%66&0354<=
FF2 0 BSSC
02 20 Hold
1RW#8VHG
0
System
Configuration
1RW#8VHG
%66&03553=
1RW#8VHG
FF1
System
FF2
FF2
Exchange
Trunks
%66&0363=3
Day1 Ring Type
FF3
Extensions
#'D\4#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3
Set the analog exchange line’s ringing type for incoming calls during Day1 mode.
FF2 0 BSSC
Extensions
03 0 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF4
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Groups
0=Multiple Incoming (default)
1=DDI or CLI
2=DISA
3=DL to Extension
4=DL to Hunt Group
5=DL to SSD
6=DL to Attendant Hunt Group
FF6
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
%66&0364=
Day1 Ring Destination
TRS/ARS
#'4#'HVWLQDWLRQ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant
Hunt Group for a DL (Direct Line) setting in the above address.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF7
Applications
03 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Maintenance
Destination Number:
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position (if “3=DL to Extension”)
B=CCU 1-6
Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
(if “4=DL to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
SS=Slot 01-12
(if “5=DL to SSD”)
C=Circuit 1-8
SSD Code No.
(if “6=DL to Attendant”)
Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
Appendix A
default: [no assignment]
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-28
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Notes:
Introduction
Multiple Incoming: An incoming call on this exchange line can ring on multiple extensions that have
a public-exchange or MCO FF-key line appearance for it (see FF4: Exchange-Line FF-Key addresses).
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Ring destinations for DDI/CLI exchange lines are assigned in FF1 4: DDI/CLI Tables (pg. 1-183).
DISA exchange lines do not require a ring destination assignment; the DISA caller will dial the desired
extension after entering the phone system.
To set up Virtual Port Ringing: Choose “3=DL to Extension” and enter the Virtual Port Extension No.
(not the port no.) in the above addresses. Extension Numbers are assigned to Virtual Ports in FF3 2
(001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold (pg. 3-40).
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Related Programming:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side) (pg. 1-184) FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side) (pg. 1-187) FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-4) for digital keyphones/SLTs FF3 0 BSSC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-29) for S-point ISDN extensions FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-40) FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7) FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
(Code) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (DSS/72) (pg. 4-14) FF4 1 BSSC 0 (01-72) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
FF5 1: Extension Hunt Groups (pg. 5-13)
Attendant HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-3) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Closed Number Table: Digit String (pg. 6-44) FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-46) FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-29
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0365=3
Day2 Ring Type
#'D\5#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the analog exchange line’s ringing type for incoming calls during Day2 mode.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
03 2 Hold (0-6) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
0=Multiple Incoming (default)
1=DDI or CLI
2=DISA
3=DL to Extension
4=DL to Hunt Group
5=DL to SSD
6=DL to Attendant Hunt Group
%66&0366=
Day2 Ring Destination
#'5#'HVWLQDWLRQ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group
for a DL (Direct Line) setting in the above address.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF2 0 BSSC
Applications
default: [no assignment]
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
(see “Day1 Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-28)
Related Programming:
System
FF-/Soft Keys
Destination Number:
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position (if “3=DL to Extension”)
B=CCU 1-6
Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
(if “4=DL to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
SS=Slot 01-12
(if “5=DL to SSD”)
C=Circuit 1-8
SSD Code No.
(if “6=DL to Attendant”)
Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
Notes:
FF1
FF4
03 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
System
Configuration
FF7
Applications
(see “Day1 Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-28)
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-30
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0367=3
Night Ring Type
#1LJKW#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the analog exchange line’s ringing type for incoming calls during Night mode.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
03 4 Hold (0-6) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
System
Configuration
0=Multiple Incoming (default)
1=DDI or CLI
2=DISA
3=DL to Extension
4=DL to Hunt Group
5=DL to SSD
6=DL to Attendant Hunt Group
%66&0368=
Night Ring Destination
1#'HVWLQDWLRQ
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group
for a DL (Direct Line) setting in the above address.
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF2 0 BSSC
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position Destination Number:
(if “3=DL to Extension”)
B=CCU 1-6
Ext. No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
(if “4=DL to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
SS=Slot 01-12
(if “5=DL to SSD”)
C=Circuit 1-8
SSD Code No.
(if “6=DL to Attendant”)
Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
default: [no assignment]
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF-/Soft Keys
03 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Notes:
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
(see “Day1 Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-28)
Related Programming:
FF5
FF7
Applications
(see “Day1 Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-28)
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-31
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0373=3
Day1 Delayed Ring Type
'D\4#'05LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the analog exchange line’s delayed-ringing type during Day1 mode.
NOTE: Day1 Ring Type (pg. 2-28) must be either “DL” or “Multiple Incoming”
to set Day1 Delayed Ringing (DDI/CLI and DISA do not apply here).
FF2 0 BSSC
0
System
Configuration
04 0 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
0=Disabled/no delayed ringing (default)
1=Delay-ring to Extension
2=Delay-ring to Hunt Group
3=Delay-ring to SSD
4=Delay-ring to Attendant Hunt Group
%66&0374=
Day1 Delayed Ring Destination
#'4#'0'HVWLQDWLRQ
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group,
.depending on the setting in the above address.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2 0 BSSC
FF5
04 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position Destination Number:
B=CCU 1-6
(if “1=Delay-ring to Extension”) Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
SS=Slot 01-12
(if “2=Delay-ring to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
C=Circuit 1-8
(if “3=Delay-ring to SSD”)
SSD Code No.
(if “4=Delay-ring to Attendant”) Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
default: [no assignment]
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF7
Delayed ringing for DDI/CLI exchange lines are assigned in FF1 4: DDI/CLI Tables (pg. 1-183).
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Day1 Ring Type (pg. 2-28) FF2 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0-6) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-4) for digital keyphones/SLTs FF3 0 BSSC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-29) for S-point ISDN extensions FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-40) FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Attendant HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-3) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 1: Extension Hunt Groups (pg. 5-13)
Closed Number Table: Digit String (pg. 6-44) FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-46) FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
CO Delayed Ring Timer ...
Day1 unanswered calls (pg. 1-142) FF1 1 02 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
Page 2-32
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Day2 unanswered calls (pg. 1-142) FF1 1 02 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
Night unanswered calls (pg. 1-143) FF1 1 02 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
Busy (pg. 1-144) FF1 1 02 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
Introduction
%66&0375=3
Day2 Delayed Ring Type
#'D\5#'05LQJ#7\SH
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
Set the analog exchange line’s delayed-ringing type during Day2 mode.
NOTE: Day2 Ring Type (pg. 2-30) must be either “DL” or “Multiple Incoming”
to set Day2 Delayed Ringing (DDI/CLI and DISA do not apply here).
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
System
04 2 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0=Disabled/no delayed ringing (default)
1=Delay-ring to Extension
2=Delay-ring to Hunt Group
3=Delay-ring to SSD
4=Delay-ring to Attendant Hunt Group
%66&0376=
Day2 Delayed Ring Destination
#'5#'0'HVWLQDWLRQ
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group,
depending on the setting in the above address.
Groups
FF2 0 BSSC
FF6
Groups
04 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position Destination Number:
B=CCU 1-6
(if “1=Delay-ring to Extension”) Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
SS=Slot 01-12
(if “2=Delay-ring to Hunt Group”)Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
C=Circuit 1-8
(if “3=Delay-ring to SSD”)
SSD Code No.
(if “4=Delay-ring to Attendant”) Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF5
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
default: [no assignment]
Notes:
FF6
FF8
(see “Day1 Delayed Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-32)
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
(see “Day1 Delayed Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-32)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-33
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0377=3
Night Delayed Ring Type
#1*7#'05LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the analog exchange line’s delayed-ringing type during Night mode.
NOTE: Night Ring Type (pg. 2-31) must be either “DL” or “Multiple Incoming”
to set Night Delayed Ringing (DDI/CLI and DISA do not apply here).
FF2 0 BSSC
0
System
Configuration
04 4 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
0=Disabled/no delayed ringing (default)
1=Delay-ring to Extension
2=Delay-ring to Hunt Group
3=Delay-ring to SSD
4=Delay-ring to Attendant Hunt Group
%66&0378=
Night Delayed Ring Destination
#1#'0'HVWLQDWLRQ
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group,
depending on the setting in the above address.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2 0 BSSC
FF5
04 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
(if “1=Delay-ring to Extension”)
SS=Slot 01-12
(if “2=Delay-ring to Hunt Group”)
C=Circuit 1-8
(if “3=Delay-ring to SSD”)
Groups
FF6
(if “4=Delay-ring to Attendant”)
TRS/ARS
FF7
Destination Number:
Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
SSD Code No.
Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
FF6
FF7
(see “Day1 Delayed Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-32)
Applications
FF8
Groups
TRS/ARS
default: [no assignment]
Notes:
FF5
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
(see “Day1 Delayed Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-32)
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-34
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&038###=3
Tenant Group Assignment
#7HQDQW#*URXS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign the exchange line to a Tenant Group, which will apply when the exchange
line originates an outbound call (such as DISA).
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
05 Hold (0-72) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
0
System
Configuration
FF1
Tenant Group No. 1-72
System
default: 0 (no Tenant Group assigned)
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
NOTE: Available range of Tenant Group Nos. is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of
CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
FF3
CPC INSTALLED
Extensions
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF4
FF3
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
Tenant Group No. range:
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Related Programming:
MOH Source for Exchange Lines (pg. 1-110)
FF1 0 12 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
%66&0393##=4
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
FF7
Applications
Assign a Toll Restriction Service (TRS/Call Barring) class to the exchange line,
applicable during Day1 and Day2 modes when the exchange line originates an
outbound call (such as DISA).
FF8
FF2 0 BSSC
Maintenance
Appendix A
#'D\425#756#&/6
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
06
Applications
FF8
0 Hold (1-50) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
Maintenance
TRS Class No. 1-50 for Day Mode
default: 1 (USA, U.K.)
9 (all others)
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-35
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
FF1
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
System
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
System
Configuration
FF2
0
System
Configuration
%66&0394=#4
#1LJKW#756#&/6
Assign a Toll Restriction Service (TRS/Call Barring) class to the exchange line,
applicable during Night mode when the exchange line originates an outbound call
(such as DISA).
Trunks
FF2 0 BSSC
FF3
06
1 Hold (1-50) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Extensions
TRS Class No. 1-50 for Night Mode
Groups
FF3
Extensions
default: 1 (USA, U.K.)
9 (all others)
FF4
FF5
System
FF2
Exchange
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
FF6
TRS/ARS
%66&03:##=4
Exchange Line COS Assignment
FF6
TRS/ARS
#7UXQN#&26
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Assign a Class of Service (COS) number to the exchange line.
Applications
FF2 0 BSSC
FF8
Applications
07 Hold (1-16) Hold
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Maintenance
FF7
FF8
Exchange Line COS No. 1-16
Maintenance
default: 1
Notes:
Appendix A
This Exchange Line COS Assignment controls the ring tone for incoming calls on this exchange line:
public-exchange ring tone, intercom ring tone, or (for DL exchange lines) a specific ring pattern. The
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 2-36
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 0: Analog Public Exchange Lines
COS also controls various network settings. For more information, see FF1 0 04: Exchange Line COS
Definitions (pg. 1-88).
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-88) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: DDI/CLI Table (pg. 1-91) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: Paging on DISA/Private Line Call (pg. 1-92) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: DISA ID Verification (pg. 1-93) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Pattern (pg. 2-14) FF2 0 BSSC 01 12 Hold (0-12) Hold
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Type/Destination (pg. 2-28) FF2 0 BSSC 03 (0 thru 5) ...
System
FF2
Trunks
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Exchange Line Digital Pad Class Assignment
%66&03;##=4
#7UXQN#'3$'#&/6
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Exchange
Assign a Digital Pad Class to the analog exchange line.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF3
08 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
BSSC: Analog Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Exchange Line Digital Pad Class 1-16
FF4
default: 1
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Based on this setting, you can assign automatic volume adjustments for different connection types to
this exchange line (see FF1 8 02).
Related Programming:
Digital Pad Settings for Exchange Line Pad Class (pg. 1-195)
FF1 8 02 (0001-0480) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-37
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Introduction
2.
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
NOTE:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
The same FF2 0 addresses are also used for analog public-exchange
lines. However, their settings are different. See page 2-7 for Analog
Exchange Line settings.
%66&033#=
Private-Line Number Assignment
7UXQN#1XPEHU
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign numbers to the AC-15 private-line circuits.
FF2
FF2 0 BSSC 00 Hold (0-576) Hold
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Trunks
Private Line No. 1-576 assigned to circuit
(0=no number assignment)
of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Private-Line No. range:
1-96
1-192
1-288
1-384
1-480
1-576
max. Private-Line circuits:
1-48
1-96
1-144
1-192
1-240
1-288
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF3
default: (none)
NOTE: Available range of Private-Line Numbers is determined by the CPC installed, and the number
CPC INSTALLED
FF5
FF2
(or BLK-DOWN)
Exchange
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Press the BLK-DOWN soft key instead of the last HOLD in the above address, to scroll to the next
BSSC position and assign it a number (stay in same address).
Before removing an AC-15 Private-Line Card from a Free Slot, you must first clear the Private-Line
Number Assignment (if assigned) from all of the Card’s BSSC ports in this address. See pg. 0-3 for
more information.
The above “Private Line No. ranges” do not reflect the actual number of AC-15 private-line circuits
available. For example, in a 576-port system the range of available Private Line Numbers is 576, but the
actual number of circuits available is only 288 (each AC-15 Private Line Card has only 4 circuits, as
opposed to 8 circuits on a regular analog exchange-line card).
Exchange Line Numbering (pg. 1-22) FF1 0 02 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Private Line Connection Type (Public Exchange or PBX) (pg. 2-48) FF2 0 BSSC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
•
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Page 2-38
FF7
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03433=8
Private Line Signal Type
#6LJQDO#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the AC-15 private-line’s signalling type.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
FF2
01 00 Hold (0-5) Hold
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
System
System
Configuration
0-3=Not Used (these apply to analog
exchange lines; see pg. 2-7)
4=AC-15 Immediate Start
5=AC-15 Wink Start (default)
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Related Programming:
FF3
Exchange
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Not Used
FF5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Groups
FF6
FF5
FF2 0 BSSC
01 01 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC
01 02 Hold
%66&03434#=
Groups
#1RW#8VHG
%66&03435#=
#1RW#8VHG
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF2 0 BSSC
01 03 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC
01 04 Hold
%66&03436#=
#1RW#8VHG
%66&03437#=
#1RW#8VHG
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-39
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03438#=3
Ring Detect Timer
#5LQJ#'(7#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the amount of time allowed for the system to recognise an incoming call on AC-15
private lines that are set for Immediate Start signalling (see Private Line Signal Type).
FF2 0 BSSC
0
System
Configuration
01 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
System
0=48 ms (default)
1=160 ms
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
Private Line Signal Type (pg. 2-39)
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
%66&03439#=3
Auto Answer for Outbound Calls
FF-/Soft Keys
#$XWR#'HWHFW#$16
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Set whether the system will automatically assume that an outgoing call on this private
line has been answered by the other end, without waiting for an answer signal.
FF2 0 BSSC
01 06 Hold
FF5
Groups
(0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
FF7
Applications
0=Disable Auto Answer; wait for answer
signal from other end, before opening
voice path. (default)
1=Enable Auto Answer; open voice path
without waiting for answer signal.
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Set this to “1=Enable” only if the other system does not send back an answer signal (typically, it does),
or if the private line is used for paging calls.
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Auto Answer Timer (pg. 2-46)
FF2 0 BSSC 01 18 Hold (0-3) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-40
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0343:#=3
Balance Control
#%DODQFH#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
For impedance matching in balanced networks. Controls sidetone level on the
private line, based on the distance between the phone system and the other end.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
FF2
Trunks
FF3
01 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
System
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
0=Long Loop (default)
1=Short Loop
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
Because there are so many factors involved in choosing Long Loop or Short Loop (such as what kind
of wire/match is used for each connection; distance; Ohms/match; R, L, & C; etc.), this setting should be
tested on the private line, or changed only if problems occur.
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
#3$'#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2 0 BSSC
TRS/ARS
Applications
FF6
01 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
FF7
FF5
Groups
For balanced networks. Controls voice level on the AC-15 Private Line,
depending on the distance between the phone system and the other end (which is
either the public exchange or another PBX).
FF6
FF8
%66&0343;#=3
Pad Control
TRS/ARS
FF7
0=Far (default)
1=Near
Applications
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-41
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
FF2 0 BSSC
System
Configuration
01 09 Hold
%66&0343<#=
#1RW#8VHG
0
System
Configuration
%66&03443#=
FF2 0 BSSC
01 10 Hold
#1RW#8VHG
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Exchange
Trunks
%66&03444#=4
Ring Frequency
FF3
Extensions
#5LQJ#)UHTXHQF\
FF3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
(for digital phones only) Set the ring frequency for AC-15 private lines.
FF2 0 BSSC
Extensions
01 11 Hold (1-6) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
FF5
Groups
FF6
1=400/562 Hz (default)
2=1000/1340 Hz
3=400 Hz
4=800/1040 Hz
5=1040/1320 Hz
6=660/1320 Hz
Notes:
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF5
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-42
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03445#=4
Ring Pattern
#5LQJ#&\FOH#371
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(not applicable to USA) (affects digital phones only) Set the ring pattern for
multiple-incoming calls (FF-key line appearances) on the AC-15 private line, or
set it to synchronise ringing with the exchange line.
FF2 0 BSSC
0
System
Configuration
01 12 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
FF2
Trunks
Setting Values for U.K.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Exchange
Setting Values for all other countries
Synchronise with exchange line
1on/2off (in seconds) (default)
2on/1off
1on/1off
.5on/.5off
.25on/2.75off
.25on/.25off/.25on/2.25off
.25on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1.75off
.75on/.25off/.75on/1.25off
1on/.25off/.25on/1.5off
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1off
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
Continuous tone
FF2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Synchronise with trunk
FF3
1on/3off (in seconds)
Extensions
2on/2off
3on/1off
1on/1off
FF4
.5on/.5off (default)
FF-/Soft Keys
.5on/3.5off
.5on/.5off/.5on/2.5off
.25on/.25off/.25on/3.25off
FF5
1on/.25off/.25on/2.5off
Groups
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/2off
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
Continuous tone
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
This address does not apply to DL calls, which ring on the phone’s “INT” LED (not on an FF-key).
Applications
FF7
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM/24 Units (pg. 4-7)
FF4 1: FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles (pg. 4-14)
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-43
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03446#=4
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
#'70)#37107DON
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the DTMF signalling pattern that will apply after the extension user connects to
the called party during a public-exchange call on the AC-15 private line.
FF2 0 BSSC
0
System
Configuration
01 13 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
FF2
Exchange
0=DTMF Pattern #1
1=DTMF Pattern #2 (default)
2=DTMF Pattern #3
System
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
This address applies to the entry of account codes, selection of voice menu options, etc. during a call.
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Up to 3 different DTMF patterns can be defined in FF1 1 01 (0016-0019).
During a 3-Party Conference, if an extension dials digit(s), DTMF
signals will be sent to the other party (mainly for Voice Mail connection).
Extensions
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF4
DTMF ON: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-136) FF1 1 01 0016 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF OFF: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-137) FF1 1 01 0017 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #2 (pg. 1-138) FF1 1 01 0018 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #3 (pg. 1-139) FF1 1 01 0019 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialling
FF6
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
%66&03447#=3
#'70)#3710'LDO
FF7
FF2 0 BSSC
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
01 14 Hold (0-2) Hold
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set the DTMF signalling pattern that will apply to the dialling of outbound phone
numbers (DTMF sent to public exchange) on the AC-15 private line.
Applications
0=DTMF Pattern #1 (default)
1=DTMF Pattern #2
2=DTMF Pattern #3
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Up to 3 different DTMF patterns can be defined in FF1 1 01 (0016-0019).
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
DTMF ON: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-136)
Page 2-44
•
FF1 1 01 0016 Hold (1-255) Hold
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
DTMF OFF: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-137) FF1 1 01 0017 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #2 (pg. 1-138) FF1 1 01 0018 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #3 (pg. 1-139) FF1 1 01 0019 Hold (1-255) Hold
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
0
%66&03448#=3
Disconnect Supervision Timer
System
Configuration
#'LVFRQQHFW#7LPH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
Set how long the system will wait after detecting a drop in voltage from the public
exchange, before recognising it as a valid disconnect signal on this private line.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
System
01 15 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
FF3
0=160 ms (default)
1=96 ms
2=240 ms
3=800 ms
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Not Used
FF6
FF6
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF2 0 BSSC
01 16 Hold
FF2 0 BSSC
01 17 Hold
%66&03449#=
TRS/ARS
#1RW#8VHG
%66&0344:#=
#1RW#8VHG
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-45
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0344;#=3
Auto Answer Timer
#$XWR#$16#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set how long the system will wait before opening a voice path when the user makes
an outgoing call on this private line.
FF2 0 BSSC
0
System
Configuration
01 18 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
FF2
System
0=1 second (default)
1=2 seconds
2=3 seconds
3=4 seconds
FF2
Exchange
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
Whether Auto Answer is enabled or disabled on this private line (see FF2 0 BSSC 01 1), the Auto
Answer Timer will begin after the digits are outpulsed.
❒ If Auto Answer is enabled, the system will wait until the Timer expires before opening a voice path.
FF3
Extensions
❒ If Auto Answer is disabled, the system will open the voice path when either: (1) the answer signal is
received from the other end, or (2) the Auto Answer Timer expires -- whichever occurs first.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
Auto Answer for Outbound Calls (pg. 2-40)
FF2 0 BSSC 01 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
FF2 0 BSSC
Applications
01 19 Hold
%66&0344<#=
#1RW#8VHG
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-46
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03533#=4
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling
#'LDO#7\SH#'323%
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the AC-15 private line’s signalling type for outbound and inbound dialling.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
FF2
02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
System
System
Configuration
0=Dial-pulse, at 10 pps
1=DTMF (default)
FF1
System
FF2
Notes:
Trunks
FF3
Exchange
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Extensions
%66&03534#=3
Flash Pattern
#)ODVK#/HQJWK
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Set which pattern will be used for flash signals to the public exchange on this
private line. (see System Timers to define Flash Patterns #1 and #2)
Groups
FF2 0 BSSC
FF6
02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
TRS/ARS
Applications
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF7
FF4
0=Flash Pattern #1 (default)
1=Flash Pattern #2
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Notes:
Applications
Two different Flash Patterns can be defined in Flash Timers 1 and 2: FF1 1 01 (0001-0002).
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
Flash Timer 1 for Exchange Line (pg. 1-128) FF1 1 01 0001 Hold (1-255) Hold
Flash Timer 2 for Exchange Line (pg. 1-129) FF1 1 01 0002 Hold (1-255) Hold
Flash Key Operation (pg. 2-51) FF2 0 BSSC 02 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-47
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
FF2 0 BSSC
02 02 Hold
%66&03535#=
FF2 0 BSSC
02 03 Hold
%66&03536#=
#1RW#8VHG
0
System
Configuration
#1RW#8VHG
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
Exchange
Private Line Connection Type (Public Exchange
or PBX)
%66&03537#=3
#75.#7\SH#&223%;
FF2
Trunks
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Set whether the AC-15 private line connects directly to another AC-15 private line
(through the public exchange), or is behind a PBX/Centrex.
FF2 0 BSSC
Extensions
02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
FF5
Groups
0=Public Exchange (default)
1=PBX
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
PBX Exchange Line Access Codes (pg. 1-106)
FF1 0 08 (0001-0006) Hold FL/R (0-9999) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Not Used
Maintenance
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2 0 BSSC
02 05 Hold
%66&03538#=
#1RW#8VHG
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-48
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03539#=3
DTMF After Answer (Link Control)
#/LQN#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(for DTMF SLT phones) Set whether DTMF signals can be sent through the
system after the called party answers.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
02 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
System
FF2
0
System
Configuration
Trunks
0=Two-Way Link: DTMF path is open
both ways. (default)
1=One-Way Link: No DTMF signalling
after the called party answers.
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Set this address to “1=One-Way Link” to prevent double-dialling (placing another call on the same
private line after the called party hangs up, thus bypassing TRS/Call Barring restrictions).
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Public-Exchange Dial Tone Simulation
FF2 0 BSSC
FF7
Applications
FF6
02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
FF5
Groups
Set whether the system sends a simulated public-exchange dial tone on this private line
(important for DDI Wink-Start signalling).
TRS/ARS
Maintenance
#&20'7#)RU#7LH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
FF8
%66&0353:#=3
TRS/ARS
0=Do not send simulated Public-Exch.
dial tone to extension. (default)
FF7
Applications
1=Send simulated Public-Exch. dial tone.
Notes:
FF8
Set this address to “1=Send” if the public exchange doesn’t support dial tone (typical in U.K.).
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Private Line Signal Type (pg. 2-39)
FF2 0 BSSC 01 00 Hold (0-5) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-49
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
FF2 0 BSSC
System
Configuration
02 08 Hold
%66&0353;#=
#1RW#8VHG
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
%66&0353<#=4
Call Logging for Outbound Calls
FF2
Exchange
#60'5#2XWSXW22XW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Set whether outbound calls on the AC-15 private line will be included in Call
Logging records.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF3
Trunks
02 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0=Do not include in Call Logging.
1=Include in Call Logging. (default)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
Call Logging Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-102) FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Call Logging Output Format (pg. 1-107) FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
TRS/ARS
Call Logging for Inbound Calls
%66&03543#=3
#60'5#2XWSXW2,Q
FF7
Applications
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF8
Set whether incoming calls on this AC-15 private line will be included in Call
Logging records.
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
FF2 0 BSSC
Appendix A
Appendix B
02 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
Page 2-50
•
0=Do not include in Call Logging. (default)
1=Include in Call Logging.
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Notes:
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
Call Logging Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-102) FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Call Logging Output Format (pg. 1-107) FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
%66&03544#=3
Flash Key Operation
#)ODVK#&RQWURO
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Set what happens when a digital phone user presses either the FL/R key, PROG key, or the feature
codes “Recall/Flash” or “SLT Flash Send” during a call on this private line.
Trunks
Exchange
FF2 0 BSSC
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF2
02 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
0=Flash signal is sent to public exchange. (default)
1=Private line released/user hears internal dial tone.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
The sending of the flash signal can also be enabled/disabled on individual extensions (see Flash Signal
Control on pg. 3-19).
❒ If the flash signal is disabled on the exchange line but enabled on the extension, or vice versa, a flash
FF5
Groups
signal will be sent when the user presses FL/R (or PROG, “Recall/Flash”, or “SLT Flash Send”).
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Flash Signal Control (pg. 3-19) FF3 0 BSSC 04 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Flash Pattern (pg. 2-47) FF2 0 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial Tone (pg. 1-168) FF1 2 02 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code)
Hold
Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial Tone (pg. 1-170) FF1 2 03 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code)
Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-51
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2 0 BSSC
02 12 Hold
%66&03545#=
FF2 0 BSSC
02 13 Hold
%66&03546#=
FF2 0 BSSC
02 14 Hold
%66&03547#=
#1RW#8VHG
0
System
Configuration
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
FF2
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
%66&03548#=4
DTMF Conversion (Outbound Calls)
Trunks
#3%#&RQYHUW22XW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3
Extensions
Set whether the AC-15 private line will switch from dial-pulse to DTMF signalling after
the called party answers an outgoing call, according to the Call Duration Timer.
FF2 0 BSSC
02 15 Hold
FF3
Extensions
(0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF-/Soft Keys
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
0=Do not switch to DTMF signalling.
1=Switch to DTMF signalling after the
outside party answers. (default)
Groups
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
Call Duration Timer (Private Line) (pg. 1-131) FF1 1 01 0006 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling (pg. 2-47) FF2 0 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-52
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03549#=4
DTMF Conversion (Inbound Calls)
#3%#&RQYHUW2,Q
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the AC-15 private line will switch from dial-pulse to DTMF signalling
after the extension user answers an incoming call.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
0
System
Configuration
02 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
FF1
0=Do not switch to DTMF signalling.
System
1=Switch to DTMF signalling after the
phone user answers. (default)
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Related Programming:
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialling (pg. 2-47)
Extensions
FF2 0 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&0354:#=3
Indirect LCR
#,QGLUHFW#/&5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
FF5
(U.K. use only) Enable/Disable the Indirect Least Cost Routing (LCR) function on
the AC-15 private line.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF6
02 17 Hold
Groups
(0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
TRS/ARS
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
0=Disable Indirect LCR. (default)
1=Enable Indirect LCR.
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Indirect LCR: System will send a pre-assigned code (set in the ARS Dial Conversion Tables) when an
extension seizes the exchange line to make an outgoing call. This feature is used in the U.K. for sending
a system identification PIN number to the public exchange.
FF8
Maintenance
USA: Do not enable this address for MCO access code routing (eg., dialing “9” to get an outside line).
Instead, use ARS tables (see FF6) so the system can distinguish intercom calls from outgoing calls.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
FF6 2 05: Digit Modify Table (pg. 6-40)
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-53
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2 0 BSSC
02 18 Hold
%66&0354;#=
FF2 0 BSSC
02 19 Hold
%66&0354<#=
FF2 0 BSSC
02 20 Hold
#1RW#8VHG
0
System
Configuration
#1RW#8VHG
%66&03553#=
#1RW#8VHG
FF1
System
FF2
FF2
Exchange
Trunks
%66&0363##=3
Day1 Ring Type
#'D\4#5LQJ#7\SH
FF3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3
Extensions
Set ring type for incoming calls on the AC-15 private line during Day1 mode.
Extensions
FF2 0 BSSC
03 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
0=Tie Incoming. (default) Check digits and
ring the extension or paging.
1=Tandem. Check digits based on Tandem Table.
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF6 2 08: Tandem Exchange Table (pg. 6-47)
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
Not Used
FF8
Maintenance
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Maintenance
FF2 0 BSSC
03 1 Hold
%66&0364##=
#1RW#8VHG
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-54
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0365##=3
Day2 Ring Type
#'D\5#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set ring type for incoming calls on the AC-15 private line during Day2 mode.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF2 0 BSSC
System
Configuration
03 2 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
0=Tie Incoming. (default) Check digits
and ring the extension or paging.
FF1
System
1=Tandem. Check digits based on Tandem Table.
Notes:
FF2
Related Programming:
FF3
Exchange
Extensions
FF6 2 08: Tandem Exchange Table (pg. 6-47)
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
FF2 0 BSSC
03 3 Hold
%66&0366##=
#1RW#8VHG
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
%66&0367##=3
Night Ring Type
#1LJKW#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
Set ring type for incoming calls on the AC-15 private line during Night mode.
FF8
FF2 0 BSSC
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF8
03 4 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
Maintenance
0=Tie Incoming. (default) Check digits and
ring the extension or paging.
1=Tandem. Check digits based on Tandem Table.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-55
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 08: Tandem Exchange Table (pg. 6-47)
FF1
Not Used
System
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2 0 BSSC
FF2
03 5 Hold
%66&0368##=
#1RW#8VHG
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF2
Trunks
Not Used
FF3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
Extensions
FF2 0 BSSC
04 0 Hold
%66&0373##=
FF2 0 BSSC
04 1 Hold
%66&0374##=
FF2 0 BSSC
04 2 Hold
%66&0375##=
FF2 0 BSSC
04 3 Hold
%66&0376##=
FF2 0 BSSC
04 4 Hold
%66&0377##=
04 5 Hold
%66&0378##=
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF2 0 BSSC
#1RW#8VHG
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-56
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&038####=3
Tenant Group Assignment
#7HQDQW#*URXS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign the AC-15 private line to a Tenant Group, which will apply when the
private line originates an outbound call (such as DISA).
FF2 0 BSSC
0
System
Configuration
05 Hold (0-72) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
FF1
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
System
Tenant Group No. 1-72
default: 0 (no Tenant Group assigned)
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
NOTE: Available range of Tenant Group Nos. is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of
CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
FF3
CPC INSTALLED
Extensions
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF4
FF3
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
Extensions
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
Tenant Group No. range:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Related Programming:
MOH Source for Private Lines (pg. 1-111)
FF1 0 13 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-57
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0393##=4
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
#'D\425#756#&/6
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign a Toll Restriction Service (TRS/Call Barring) class to the AC-15 private
line, applicable during Day1 and Day2 modes when the private line is the
originator of an outbound call (such as DISA).
FF2 0 BSSC
06
0
System
Configuration
0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
Exchange
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
TRS Class No. 1-50 for Day Mode
default: 1 (for USA, U.K.)
9 (for all others)
FF2
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
%66&0394##=4
#1LJKW#756#&/6
Assign a Toll Restriction Service (TRS/Call Barring) class to the AC-15 private line,
applicable during Night mode when the private line is the originator of an outbound call
(such as DISA).
TRS/ARS
FF2 0 BSSC
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF5
06
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
1 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class No. 1-50 for Night Mode
FF7
Applications
default: 1 (for USA, U.K.)
9 (for all others)
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-58
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 0: AC-15 Private Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03:###=4
Exchange Line COS Assignment
#7UXQN#&26
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign an Exchange Line Class of Service (COS) to the AC-15 private line.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
FF2 0 BSSC
System
Configuration
07 Hold (1-16) Hold
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
FF1
Exchange Line COS No. 1-16
System
default: 1
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
This Exchange Line COS Assignment controls the ring tone for incoming calls on this AC-15 private
line: intercom ring tone (2 short beeps followed by 3 seconds of silence), or a specific ring pattern. The
Exchange Line COS also controls various private-line network settings. See FF1 0 04: Exchange Line
COS Definitions (pg. 1-88).
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-88) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: Dial Tone to Private Line (pg. 1-89) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: Fast-Busy Tone to Private Line (pg. 1-90) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: Paging on DISA/Private Line Call (pg. 1-92) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Pattern (pg. 2-43) FF2 0 BSSC 01 12 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Exchange Line Digital Pad Class Assignment
FF6
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
%66&03;###=;
#7UXQN#'3$'#&/6
Assign a Digital Pad Class number to the AC-15 private line.
FF2 0 BSSC
FF7
TRS/ARS
08 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF6
Applications
BSSC: AC-15 Private Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4
Exchange Line Digital Pad Class 1-16
default: 8
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Based on this setting, you can assign automatic volume adjustments for different connection types to
this private line (see FF1 8 02).
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
Digital Pad Settings for Exchange Line Pad Class (pg. 1-195)
ICX-25-400
FF1 8 02 (0001-0480) Hold (0-31) Hold
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-59
Appendix B
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
2.
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Introduction
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
%66&0333#=
D-Channel Position
FF1
System
#6KDUHG#'FK326
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
System
FF2
FF2 1 BSS1 00 0 Hold (BSSC) Hold
Exchange
BSS1: ISDN-PRI Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
1=PRI Circuit 1
FF3
Extensions
Exchange
Common D-Channel Position:
B=CCU no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
C=Circuit no. 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
default: [no assignment]
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1
(not applicable to U.K.) If using a common (shared) D-Channel, identify the PRI
ISDN exchange line(s) it will control on the PRI card (24B). Applicable only if the
system is using multiple PRI or BRI cards.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
Skip this address if using only the 30B+D card for PRI, or only one 2B+D card for BRI.
FF5
Groups
FF5
Related Programming:
Synchronised Clock (pg. 1-116)
Groups
FF1 0 18 (0001-0003) Hold (BSS/C) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
%66&0334#=
D-Channel Interface ID Code
TRS/ARS
#'FK#,2)#,'#&RGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
FF7
(not applicable to U.K.) If using a common D-channel, identify the Interface ID code
(supplied by the public exchange) that will be used for common D-channel control.
Applications
FF2 1 BSS1 00 1 Hold (1-127) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
BSS1: ISDN-PRI Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
1=PRI Circuit 1
Interface ID Code (max. 3 digits)
default: [no assignment]
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-60
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Notes:
Introduction
The D-Channel Position (see above address) must be entered before the D-Channel Interface ID
Code can be set. If the D-Channel Position is cleared, the Interface ID Code will be automatically
cleared as well.
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
FF1
System
Exchange-Line Number Assignment (1st Channel)
%66&034###=
System
#7UXQN#1XPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
Assign an exchange-line number to the first ISDN channel only. The system will
automatically assign sequential numbers to the remaining channels on the card.
FF2
Exchange
FF2 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF4
Exchange Line No. (max. 3 digits)
default: (none)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
2B+D (BRI) card: Supports up to 2 exchange lines.
30B+D (PRI) card: Supports up to 30 exchange lines (minimum 8).
31B (PRI) card: Supports up to 31 exchange lines (minimum 8). NOTE: Channel #31 is reserved for
D-channel (as B-channel) use.
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
FF6
Exchange Line Numbering (pg. 1-22)
TRS/ARS
FF1 0 02 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-61
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Exchange Line Connection Type (Point-to-Point/
Multi-Point)
0
System
Configuration
%66&03533=3
#&RQQHFWLRQ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the ISDN exchange line for Point-to-Point connection (for either BRI or PRI),
or Point-to-Multi-Point (BRI only).
FF2 1 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF2
Exchange
0=Point-to-Point (default)
1=Point-to-Multi-Point (BRI only)
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
If D-Channel Position (pg. 2-60) is specified, the above address must be set to “0=Point-to-Point”
(default).
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
D-Channel Position (pg. 2-60)
FF4
FF2 1 BSS1 00 0 Hold (BSSC) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Figure 2-1: BRI Point-to-Multi-Point connection
Groups
FF6
FF6
CSU
or
DSU
TRS/ARS
BRI Card
FF7
Applications
PBX
A
B
TRS/ARS
PSTN
FF7
C
Applications
BRI Terminals - Fax Machines, etc.
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-62
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03534=4
Ring Frequency
#5LQJ#)UHTXHQF\
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(for digital phones only) Set the ring frequency for incoming calls on this ISDN
exchange line.
FF2 1 BSSC
FF1
FF2
Trunks
FF3
02 01 Hold (0-6) Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
System
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
0=No Ring
1=400/562 Hz (default)
2=1000/1340 Hz
3=400 Hz
4=800/1040 Hz
5=1040/1320 Hz
6=660/1320 Hz
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-63
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03535=4
Ring Pattern
#5LQJ#&\FOH#371
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
Set the ring pattern for incoming calls on this ISDN exchange line.
System
Configuration
FF2 1 BSSC
FF1
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
02 02 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF1
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
System
FF2
0
System
Configuration
Setting Values for U.K.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Setting Values for USA and Hong Kong
Synchronise with public exchange
1on/2off (in seconds) (default)
2on/1off
1on/1off
.5on/.5off
.25on/2.75off
.25on/.25off/.25on/2.25off
.25on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1.75off
.75on/.25off/.75on/1.25off
1on/.25off/.25on/1.5off
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1off
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
Continuous tone
System
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
FF2
Exchange
(use Pattern 1 below)
1on/3off (in seconds) (default)
2on/2off
FF3
3on/1off
Extensions
1on/1off
.5on/.5off
.5on/3.5off
FF4
.5on/.5off/.5on/2.5off
FF-/Soft Keys
.25on/.25off/.25on/3.25off
1on/.25off/.25on/2.5off
FF5
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/2off
Groups
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
Continuous tone
FF6
Notes:
TRS/ARS
U.K. Only: If this address is set to “0=Synchronise with public exchange,” and the ISDN exchange
line’s Ring Type is DDI or DISA, the system will automatically use setting 1’s ring pattern.
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
If Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-88) is set to 0=Use exchange line’s Ring
Pattern (default), the above Ring Pattern will apply to all incoming call types: multiple incoming, DL,
DDI, DISA. However, if the Ring Tone Source is set to 1=Use intercom ring tone, the above Ring
Pattern will apply only to multiple-incoming calls.
FF7
Applications
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-88) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS Assignment (pg. 2-83) FF2 1 BSSC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
Ring Type/Destination for ISDN exchange lines (pg. 2-75) FF2 1 BSSC 04 (0 thru 5) Hold...
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM/24 Units (pg. 4-7)
FF4 1: FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles (pg. 4-14)
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 2-64
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03536=4
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
#'70)#37107DON
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the DTMF signalling pattern that will apply after the extension user connects
to the called party during a public-exchange call on the ISDN exchange line.
FF2 1 BSSC
0
System
Configuration
02 03 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF2
Trunks
System
0=DTMF Pattern #1
1=DTMF Pattern #2 (default)
2=DTMF Pattern #3
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
This address applies to the entry of account codes, selection of voice menu options, etc. during a call.
FF3
FF3
Up to 3 different DTMF patterns can be defined in FF1 1 01 (0016-0019).
Extensions
Extensions
During a 3-Party Conference, if an extension dials digit(s), DTMF
signals will be sent to the other party (mainly for Voice Mail connection).
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
DTMF ON: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-136) FF1 1 01 0016 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF OFF: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-137) FF1 1 01 0017 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #2 (pg. 1-138) FF1 1 01 0018 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #3 (pg. 1-139) FF1 1 01 0019 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF2 1 BSSC
02 04 Hold
FF2 1 BSSC
02 05 Hold
%66&03537=
#1RW#8VHG
%66&03538=
#1RW#8VHG
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-65
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Exchange Line Connection Type (Public Exchange %66&03633=3
#75.#7\SH#&223%;
or PBX)
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
0
Set whether the ISDN exchange line connects directly to the public exchange or is
behind a PBX/Centrex.
FF2 1 BSSC
FF1
System
Configuration
03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
System
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF2
Exchange
0=Public Exchange (default)
1=PBX
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
PBX Exchange Line Access Codes (pg. 1-106)
FF1 0 08 (0001-0006) Hold FL/R (0-9999) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&03634=4
Auto-Repeat Dial
FF5
Groups
#$XWR#5HSHDW#'LDO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Enable/Disable Auto-Repeat Dial on the ISDN exchange line.
FF2 1 BSSC
Groups
03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF7
0=Do not allow Auto-Repeat Dial.
1=Allow Auto-Repeat Dial. (default)
FF7
Applications
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Auto-Repeat Dial: Dial an outside call. If busy tone is received, press the FL/R key to have the system
automatically redial the number at set intervals (max. 15 times) until the called party answers or the user
hangs up.
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Flash Timer for Auto-Repeat Dial (pg. 1-129)
FF1 1 01 0003 Hold (1-255) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-66
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03635=4
Call Logging for Outbound Calls
#60'5#2XWSXW22XW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
Set whether outbound calls on the ISDN exchange line will be included in Call Logging records.
System
Configuration
FF2 1 BSSC
FF1
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
03 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
System
0=Do not include in Call Logging.
1=Include in Call Logging. (default)
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Related Programming:
FF3
Exchange
Extensions
Call Logging Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-102) FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Call Logging Output Format (pg. 1-107) FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0
System
Configuration
FF4
%66&03636=3
Call Logging for Inbound Calls
FF-/Soft Keys
#60'5#2XWSXW2,Q
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Set whether incoming calls on the ISDN exchange line will be included in Call Logging records.
Groups
Groups
FF2 1 BSSC
FF6
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF5
0=Do not include in Call Logging. (default)
1=Include in Call Logging.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Call Logging Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-102) FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Call Logging Output Format (pg. 1-107) FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-67
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03637=3
Flash Key Operation
#)ODVK#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set what happens when a digital phone user presses either the FL/R key, PROG key, or the
feature codes “Recall/Flash” or “SLT Flash Send” during a call on this exchange line.
FF2 1 BSSC
0
System
Configuration
03 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF2
0=Current talk path is disconnected but keeps
the exchange line, then user hears simulated
dial tone. (default)
1=Exchange Line is released, then user hears
internal dial tone.
Exchange
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
The sending of the flash signal can also be enabled/disabled on individual extensions (see Flash Signal
Control on pg. 3-19).
FF3
Extensions
❒ If the flash signal is disabled on the exchange line but enabled on the extension, or vice versa, a flash
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
signal will be sent when the user presses FL/R (or PROG, “Recall/Flash”, or “SLT Flash Send”).
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
Flash Signal Control (pg. 3-19) FF3 0 BSSC 04 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial Tone (pg. 1-168) FF1 2 02 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code)
Hold
Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial Tone (pg. 1-170) FF1 2 03 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code)
Hold
%66&03638=3
Long Talk Alarm
#/RQJ07DON#$ODUP
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Enable/Disable the alarm tone heard by an extension user during an outbound call
on this exchange line, if the call lasts longer than the Long Talk Alarm Timer.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF2 1 BSSC
03 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF4
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
0=Disable Long Talk Alarm. (default)
1=Enable Long Talk Alarm.
Notes:
Maintenance
Appendix A
By default, individual extensions are enabled for the Long Talk Alarm (via Extension COS setting).
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-68
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Related Programming:
Introduction
Long Talk Alarm #1 Timer (pg. 1-147) FF1 1 02 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
Long Talk Alarm #2 Timer (pg. 1-148) FF1 1 02 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
Extension COS: Long Talk Alarm (pg. 1-76) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 40 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
%66&03639=3
Alarm Ringing
#$ODUP#5LQJLQJ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
FF1
Enable/Disable Alarm Ringing for incoming calls on this exchange line that ring
unanswered for longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
FF2 1 BSSC
FF2
System
03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF3
Extensions
0=Disable Alarm Ringing. (default)
1=Enable Alarm Ringing.
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Alarm Ringing: Ringing frequency/interval changes for an incoming call that rings unanswered for
longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Alarm Ringing will not work while Slide Ringing or Delayed Ringing is occurring.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
Ring Alarm Frequency (pg. 1-119) FF1 0 21 0001 Hold (0-6) Hold
Ring Alarm Pattern (pg. 1-120) FF1 0 21 0002 Hold (0-12) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1) (pg. 1-145) FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
%66&0363:=3
Slide Ringing
#6OLGH#5LQJLQJ
FF7
Applications
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF8
Enable/Disable Slide Ringing for incoming calls on this exchange line that ring
unanswered for longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
FF2 1 BSSC
Appendix A
Appendix B
03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
0=Disable Slide Ringing. (default)
1=Enable Slide Ringing.
Appendix A
Appendix B
•
Page 2-69
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Slide Ringing: Applies to extensions that are Slide Ringing-enabled and have exchange lines (which
are also Slide Ringing-enabled) assigned to FF-keys. An incoming call on the exchange line will ring at
the assigned extension or hunt group first (see Day1/2/Night Ring Assignments in FF2). Then, after
the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (in FF1) expires, the call will also begin ringing on the exchange
line FF-keys (see FF-Key Feature Assignment in FF4).
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1) (pg. 1-145) FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ringing Receive (pg. 3-9) on individual extensions FF3 0 BSSC 04 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Type/Destination - Day1, Day2, Night (pg. 2-75) FF2 1 BSSC 04 (0-5) Hold (0-6 or 0-9999) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7) FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
(Code) Hold
%66&0363;=3
Indirect LCR
#,QGLUHFW#/&5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
(for U.K. only) Enable/Disable the Indirect Least Cost Routing (LCR) function on
the ISDN exchange line.
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2 1 BSSC
FF5
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
03 08 Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
(0 or 1) Hold
0=Disable Indirect LCR. (default)
1=Enable Indirect LCR.
FF5
Groups
FF6
Notes:
TRS/ARS
Indirect LCR: System will send a pre-assigned code (set in the ARS Dial Conversion Tables) when an
extension seizes the exchange line to make an outgoing call. This feature is used in the U.K. for sending
a system identification PIN number to the public exchange.
USA: Do not enable this address for MCO access code routing (eg., dialing “9” to get an outside line).
Instead, use ARS tables (see FF6) so the system can distinguish intercom calls from outgoing calls.
Related Programming:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF6 2 05: Digit Modify Table (pg. 6-40)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-70
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0363<=3
B-Channel Select
#%FK#6HOHFW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the method used by the system to seize a B-channel for an outgoing call.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF2 1 BSSC
System
Configuration
03 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
0=System will select the highest-numbered
channel. (default)
FF1
System
1=System will select the lowest-numbered channel.
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
Set this address to the opposite of the public exchange’s method, to prevent “glare” (when the same
channel is simultaneously seized by the public exchange for an incoming call, and by the system for an
outgoing call).
❒ Select 0 (system selects highest-numbered channel) if the public exchange cannot change channels
when “glare” occurs.
❒ Select 1 (system selects lowest-numbered channel) if the public exchange can change channels
when “glare” occurs.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
B-Channel Numbering (Layer 3)
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
%66&03643=4
#%FK#0$3
FF6
TRS/ARS
Select the Layer 3 format of the messaging commands sent by the public exchange.
FF7
FF2 1 BSSC
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
03 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Applications
0=Slot Mapping (default-USA, Hong Kong)
1=Channel Numbering (default-U.K.)
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
In ISDN, Layers 1, 2 and 3 represent signalling levels over the D-channel. Layer 1 is the basic
hardware level that controls messages regarding electrical characteristics, such as speed, channel
structure, etc. Layer 2 is the “housekeeping” level, containing controls that make sure the messages
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-71
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Section 400-Programming
coincide, providing sequence and flow control, etc. Layer 3 is the feature level with messages that
establish, maintain, and terminate connections, as well as additional information for different
applications, such as passing the identity of the calling party, passing terminal compatibility
information, allowing the redirection of calls, etc.
0
Related Programming:
B-Channel Numbering (Layer 3) (pg. 3-32) (ISDN extensions)
FF3 1 BSSC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
%66&03644=3
Call ID Length
#&DOO#,'#/HQJWK
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Set the ID method by which the public exchange flags messages sent to the system
to keep track of the same inbound or outbound call.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1
System
Exchange
FF2 1 BSSC
Extensions
System
Configuration
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Introduction
03 11 Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
(0 or 1) Hold
FF3
0=1 byte/octet (default-BRI)
1=2 bytes/octets (default-PRI)
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
“1 byte/octet” rotates from 1 to 127 IDs. “2 bytes/octets” rotates from 1 to 32,767 IDs.
FF5
Groups
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
#&DOOLQJ#&#6HQG
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2 1 BSSC
Maintenance
FF8
03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF7
Applications
Set whether the system will send the “calling number” (originating phone number)
to the public exchange when an outgoing call is placed on this exchange line.
FF8
Appendix A
%66&03645=4
Calling Number Send
Maintenance
0=Do not send calling number to exchange line.
1=Send calling number to exchange line. (default)
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-72
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Notes:
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Calling Number Area Code (pg. 2-83) FF2 1 BSSC 09 0 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold
Calling Number Office Code (pg. 2-84) FF2 1 BSSC 09 1 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold
Calling Number Subscriber Number (pg. 2-84) FF2 1 BSSC 09 2 Hold (up to 4 digits) Hold
0
System
Configuration
%66&03646=3
Sub-Address Type
#6XE#$GGUHVV#7\SH
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the coding type used for sub-addressing on the ISDN terminal.
FF2
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF2 1 BSSC
Exchange
03 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
0=IA5 coding (default)
1=BCD coding
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
IA5 stands for “International Alphabet No. 5” coding. BCD stands for “Binary Coded Decimal”
coding, used for the type of numbers.
FF5
Groups
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
Calling Number Area Code (pg. 2-83) FF2 1 BSSC 09 0 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold
Calling Number Office Code (pg. 2-84) FF2 1 BSSC 09 1 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold
Calling Number Subscriber Number (pg. 2-84) FF2 1 BSSC 09 2 Hold (up to 4 digits) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-73
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
FF2 1 BSSC
03 14 Hold
%66&03647=
FF2 1 BSSC
03 15 Hold
%66&03648=
FF2 1 BSSC
03 16 Hold
%66&03649=
FF2 1 BSSC
03 17 Hold
%66&0364:=
FF2 1 BSSC
03 18 Hold
%66&0364;=
FF2 1 BSSC
03 19 Hold
%66&0364<=
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
Extensions
FF4
0
System
Configuration
FF3
Extensions
FF2 1 BSSC
03 20 Hold
%66&03653=
FF2 1 BSSC
03 21 Hold
%66&03654=
FF2 1 BSSC
03 22 Hold
%66&03655=
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
#1RW#8VHG
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-74
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0373#=3
Day1 Ring Type
#'D\4#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
Set the ISDN exchange line’s ringing type for incoming calls during Day1 mode.
System
Configuration
FF2 1 BSSC
FF1
04 0 Hold (0-6) Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
System
FF2
Trunks
FF1
0=Multiple Incoming (default)
1=DDI or CLI
2=DISA
3=DL to Extension
4=DL to Hunt Group
5=DL to SSD
6=DL to Attendant Hunt Group
FF3
Extensions
0
System
Configuration
System
FF2
Exchange
%66&0374#=
Day1 Ring Destination
FF3
Extensions
#'4#'HVWLQDWLRQ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group
for a DL (Direct Line) setting in the above address.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2 1 BSSC
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
04 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Destination Number:
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position (if “3=DL to Extension”)
B=CCU 1-6
Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
(if “4=DL to Hunt Group”)
SS=Slot 01-12
Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI) (if “5=DL to SSD”)
SSD Code No.
(if “6=DL to Attendant”)
Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
default: [no assignment]
FF7
Applications
FF8
Notes:
FF7
When the system receives the digits from the public exchange on the ISDN exchange line, it will handle
the call as a DDI call.
Multiple Incoming: An incoming call on this exchange line can ring on multiple extensions that have
a public-exchange or MCO FF-key line appearance for it (see FF4: Exchange-Line FF-Key addresses).
Maintenance
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Ring destinations for DDI/CLI exchange lines are assigned in FF1 4: DDI/CLI Tables (pg. 1-183).
DISA exchange lines do not require a ring destination assignment; the DISA caller will dial the desired
extension after entering the phone system.
Appendix A
Appendix B
To set up Virtual Port Ringing: Choose “3=DL to Extension” and enter the Virtual Port Extension No.
(not the port no.) in the above addresses. Extension Numbers are assigned to Virtual Ports in FF3 2
(001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold (pg. 3-40).
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-75
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Section 400-Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side) (pg. 1-184) FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side) (pg. 1-187) FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI Dialling to ISDN “S” Point (pg. 1-189) FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-4) (digital keyphones/SLTs) FF3 0 BSSC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-29) (S-point ISDN ext.) FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-40) FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7) FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
(Code) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (DSS/72) (pg. 4-14) FF4 1 BSSC 0 (01-72) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
Attendant HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-3) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 1: Extension Hunt Groups (pg. 5-13)
Closed Number Table: Digit String (pg. 6-44) FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-46) FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
%66&0375#=3
Day2 Ring Type
FF3
Extensions
#'D\5#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3
Set the ISDN exchange line’s ringing type for incoming calls during Day2 mode.
FF2 1 BSSC
Extensions
04 2 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF4
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Groups
0=Multiple Incoming (default)
1=DDI or CLI
2=DISA
3=DL to Extension
4=DL to Hunt Group
5=DL to SSD
6=DL to Attendant Hunt Group
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
%66&0376#=
Day2 Ring Destination
FF7
Applications
#'5#'HVWLQDWLRQ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group
for a DL (Direct Line) setting in the above address.
FF2 1 BSSC
FF8
Applications
04 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Maintenance
Destination Number:
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
(if “3=DL to Extension”)
B=CCU 1-6
(if “4=DL to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
SS=Slot 01-12
SSD Code No.
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI) (if “5=DL to SSD”)
(if “6=DL to Attendant”)
Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
Appendix A
default: [no assignment]
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-76
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Notes:
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
(see “Day1 Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-75)
Related Programming:
Introduction
(see “Day1 Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-75)
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
%66&0377#=3
Night Ring Type
#1LJKW#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
FF1
Set the ISDN exchange line’s ringing type for incoming calls during Night mode.
System
System
FF2 1 BSSC
FF2
Trunks
FF3
04 4 Hold (0-6) Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Extensions
0=Multiple Incoming (default)
1=DDI or CLI
2=DISA
3=DL to Extension
4=DL to Hunt Group
5=DL to SSD
6=DL to Attendant Hunt Group
FF4
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&0378#=
Night Ring Destination
#1#'HVWLQDWLRQ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
FF5
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group
for a DL (Direct Line) setting in the above address.
FF2 1 BSSC
Groups
04 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
TRS/ARS
Destination Number:
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position (if “3=DL to Extension”)
B=CCU 1-6
Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
(if “4=DL to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI) (if “5=DL to SSD”)
SSD Code No.
(if “6=DL to Attendant”)
Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
FF7
Applications
default: [no assignment]
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
(see “Day1 Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-75)
Related Programming:
(see “Day1 Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-75)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-77
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0383#=3
Day1 Delayed Ring Type
#'D\4#'05LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the ISDN exchange line’s delayed-ringing type during Day1 mode.
NOTE: Day1 Ring Type (pg. 2-75) must be either “DL” or “Multiple Incoming”
in order to set Day1 Delayed Ringing (DDI/CLI and DISA do not apply here).
FF2 1 BSSC
0
System
Configuration
05 0 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF2
Exchange
0=Disabled/no delayed ringing (default)
1=Delay-ring to Extension
2=Delay-ring to Hunt Group
3=Delay-ring to SSD
4=Delay-ring to Attendant Hunt Group
FF3
Extensions
FF2
Exchange
FF3
%66&0384#=
Day1 Delayed Ring Destination
Extensions
#'4#'0'HVWLQDWLRQ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group,
depending on the setting in the above address.
FF2 1 BSSC
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
05 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF5
Destination Number:
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position (if
“1=delay-ring
to
Extension”)
Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
B=CCU 1-6
(if “2=delay-ring to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
SS=Slot 01-12
SSD Code No.
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) (if “3=delay-ring to SSD”)
(if “4=delay-ring to Attendant”) Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
or 1 (PRI)
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
default: [no assignment]
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF7
Delayed ringing for DDI/CLI exchange lines are assigned in FF1 4: DDI/CLI Tables (pg. 1-183).
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Day1 Ring Type (pg. 2-75) FF2 1 BSSC 04 0 Hold (0-6) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-4) for digital keyphones/SLTs FF3 0 BSSC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-29) for S-point ISDN extensions FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-40) FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Attendant HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-3) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 1: Extension Hunt Groups (pg. 5-13)
Closed Number Table: Digit String (pg. 6-44) FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-46) FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
Appendix B
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 2-78
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
CO Delayed Ring Timer ...
Day1 unanswered calls (pg. 1-142) FF1 1 02 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
Day2 unanswered calls (pg. 1-142) FF1 1 02 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
Night unanswered calls (pg. 1-143) FF1 1 02 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
Busy (pg. 1-144) FF1 1 02 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
Introduction
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1
Day2 Delayed Ring Type
System
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
%66&0385#=3
#'D\5#'05LQJ#7\SH
. the ISDN exchange line’s delayed-ringing type during Day2 mode.
Set
NOTE: Day2 Ring Type (pg. 2-76) must be either “DL” or “Multiple Incoming”
in order to set Day2 Delayed Ringing (DDI/CLI and DISA do not apply here).
Exchange
FF2 1 BSSC
FF3
05 2 Hold (0-4) Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Extensions
FF4
0=Disabled/no delayed ringing (default)
1=Delay-ring to Extension
2=Delay-ring to Hunt Group
3=Delay-ring to SSD
4=Delay-ring to Attendant Hunt Group
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
System
FF2
Trunks
FF5
FF1
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&0386#=
Day2 Delayed Ring Destination
#'5#'0'HVWLQDWLRQ
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group,
depending on the setting in the above address.
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF2 1 BSSC
Destination Number:
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
(if “1=delay-ring to Extension”) Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
SS=Slot 01-12
(if “2=delay-ring to Hunt Group”)Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) (if “3=delay-ring to SSD”)
SSD Code No.
or 1 (PRI)
(if “4=delay-ring to Attendant”) Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
Maintenance
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
default: [no assignment]
Notes:
Appendix A
TRS/ARS
05 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
(see “Day1 Delayed Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-78)
Related Programming:
Appendix A
(see “Day1 Delayed Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-78)
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-79
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0387#=3
Night Delayed Ring Type
#1*7#'05LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the ISDN exchange line’s delayed-ringing type during Night mode.
NOTE: Night Ring Type (pg. 2-77) must be either “DL” or “Multiple Incoming”
in order to set Night Delayed Ringing (DDI/CLI and DISA do not apply here).
FF2 1 BSSC
0
System
Configuration
05 4 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF2
Exchange
0=Disabled/no delayed ringing (default)
1=Delay-ring to Extension
2=Delay-ring to Hunt Group
3=Delay-ring to SSD
4=Delay-ring to Attendant Hunt Group
FF3
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&0388#=
Night Delayed Ring Destination
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
05 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5
FF6
TRS/ARS
Extensions
#1#'0'HVWLQDWLRQ
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group,
depending on the setting in the above address.
.
FF2 1 BSSC
Groups
Exchange
FF3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
FF2
FF5
Destination Number:
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
(if “1=delay-ring to Extension”) Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
SS=Slot 01-12
(if “2=delay-ring to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) (if “3=delay-ring to SSD”)
SSD Code No.
or 1 (PRI)
(if “4=delay-ring to Attendant”) Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
default: [no assignment]
FF7
Notes:
FF7
(see “Day1 Delayed Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-78)
Applications
Applications
Related Programming:
(see “Day1 Delayed Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-78)
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-80
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0393#=3
Tenant Group Assignment (B-Channel)
#75.&334#7HQDQW#*
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign the B-channels of an ISDN exchange line to Tenant Groups, which will
apply when the exchange line originates an outbound call (such as DISA).
FF2 1 BSSC
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
06
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI)
or 1 (PRI)
(00-23/30)
Hold
0
System
Configuration
(0-72)
Hold
B-Channel:
Tenant Group No. 1-72
00=B-Channel 1
default: 0 (no Tenant Group assigned)
01=B-Channel 2
02=B-Channel 3
....
23=B-Channel 24 (USA, Hong Kong, Taiwan)
or 30=B-Channel 31 (U.K., Malaysia, Indonesia)
NOTE: B-Channel 24 (or 31) is available
when common D-Channel is used.
FF3
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
NOTE: Available range of Tenant Group Nos. is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of
CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
FF4
CPC INSTALLED
FF-/Soft Keys
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF5
Groups
FF4
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
Tenant Group No. range:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF7
MOH Source for Exchange Lines (pg. 1-110)
FF1 0 12 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-81
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03:3#=4
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
#'D\425#756#&/6
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign a Toll Restriction Service (TRS/Call Barring) class to the exchange line, applicable
during Day1 and Day2 modes when the exchange line originates an outbound call (such as
DISA).
FF2 1 BSSC
07 0
0
System
Configuration
Hold (1-50) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
System
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
TRS Class 1-50 for Day Mode
default: 1 (for USA, U.K.)
9 (for all others)
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
%66&03:4#=4
#1LJKW#756#&/6
FF5
Groups
Assign a Toll Restriction Service (TRS/Call Barring) class to the exchange line, applicable
during Night mode when the exchange line originates an outbound call (such as DISA).
FF6
FF2 1 BSSC
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
07 1
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF6
Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS/ARS
TRS Class 1-50 for Night Mode
FF7
Applications
default: 1 (for USA, U.K.)
9 (for all others)
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-82
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03;###=4
Exchange Line COS Assignment
#7UXQN#&26
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign an Exchange Line Class of Service (COS) to the ISDN exchange line.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
FF2 1 BSSC
System
Configuration
08 Hold (1-16) Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF1
Exchange Line Class of Service 1-16
System
default: 1
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
This Exchange Line COS Assignment controls the ring tone for incoming calls on this exchange line:
public-exchange ring tone, intercom ring tone, or (for DL exchange lines) a specific ring pattern. The
Exchange Line COS also controls various network settings. See FF1 0 04: Exchange Line COS
Definitions (pg. 1-88).
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-88) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: DDI/CLI Table (pg. 1-91) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: Paging on DISA/Private Line Call (pg. 1-92) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: DISA ID Verification (pg. 1-93) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Pattern (pg. 2-64) FF2 1 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0-12) Hold
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Type/Destination (pg. 2-75) FF2 1 BSSC 04 (0 thru 5) ...
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
%66&03<3##=
Calling Number Area Code
#$UHD#&RGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Assign a Calling Number Area Code to the ISDN exchange line.
FF7
FF2 1 BSSC
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
09 0 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Applications
Calling Number Area Code
(max. 6 digits)
FF8
Maintenance
default: [no assignment]
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
This Calling Number Area Code will be sent to the public exchange for outbound calls on the ISDN
exchange line, along with other Calling Number digits (if assigned) in the following sequence:
&DOOLQJ#1XPEHU#$UHD#&RGH##.##&DOOLQJ#1XPEHU#2IILFH#&RGH##.##6XEVFULEHU#1XPEHU
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix A
Appendix B
•
Page 2-83
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Introduction
Related Programming:
Calling Number Send (pg. 2-72)
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 1 BSSC 03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
%66&03<4##=
Calling Number Office Code
#2IILFH#&RGH
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign a Calling Number Office Code to the ISDN exchange line.
FF1
FF2 1 BSSC
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF1
09 1 Hold (up to 6 digits) Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
System
Calling Number Office Code
(max. 6 digits)
FF2
Exchange
default: [no assignment]
Notes:
This Calling Number Office Code will be sent to the public exchange for outbound calls on the ISDN
exchange line, along with other Calling Number digits (if assigned) in the following sequence:
FF3
Extensions
&DOOLQJ#1XPEHU#$UHD#&RGH##.##&DOOLQJ#1XPEHU#2IILFH#&RGH##.##6XEVFULEHU#1XPEHU
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
Related Programming:
Calling Number Send (pg. 2-72)
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2 1 BSSC 03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Calling Number Subscriber Number
%66&03<5##=
#6XEVFULEHU#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
.
Assign
a Calling Number Subscriber Number to the ISDN exchange line.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF2 1 BSSC
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
09 2 Hold (up to 4 digits) Hold
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Subscriber Number (max. 4 digits)
FF7
Applications
default: [no assignment]
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
This Calling Number Subscriber Number will be sent to the public exchange for outbound calls on
the ISDN exchange line, along with other Calling Number digits (if assigned) in the following
sequence:
&DOOLQJ#1XPEHU#$UHD#&RGH##.##&DOOLQJ#1XPEHU#2IILFH#&RGH##.##6XEVFULEHU#1XPEHU
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-84
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 1: ISDN Exchange Lines
Related Programming:
Calling Number Send (pg. 2-72)
Introduction
FF2 1 BSSC 03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
System
Configuration
0
Exchange Line Digital Pad Class Assignment
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
%66&043###=:
#7UXQN#'3$'#&/6
Assign a Digital Pad Class to the ISDN exchange line.
FF1
System
System
FF2 1 BSSC 10
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
System
Configuration
BSSC: ISDN Exchange Line Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Hold
(1-16) Hold
FF2
Exchange Line Digital Pad Class 1-16
Exchange
default: 7
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
Based on this setting, you can assign automatic volume adjustments for different connection types to
this exchange line (see FF1 8 02).
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
Digital Pad Settings for Exchange Line Pad Class (pg. 1-195)
FF1 8 02 (0001-0480) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-85
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
2.
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
NOTE:
0
System
Configuration
These FF2 2 addresses currently apply only to the USA.
If the carrier is providing DID/DNIS trunks with E&M signaling, use
these T1-CO Trunks settings - not the T1-E&M Tie Line settings.
System
Exchange
Introduction
For T1 point-to-point private networks (connections between 2 or more
switches), go to pg. 2-115 for T1-E&M Tie Lines.
FF1
FF2
Section 400-Programming
##
%66&&033##=4
Trunk Connection Type (CO/Network)
#75.#7\SH#&221(7
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set whether the T1 channel is connected to the CO or to a private network.
FF3
FF2 2 BSSCC
Extensions
BSSCC: T1 Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF3
00 Hold (0-2) Hold
Extensions
0=[no assignment]
1=CO (default)
2=Private Network
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
The remaining addresses in this T1 Trunks (CO) section will apply if the T1 trunk is set to 1=CO
(default) in the above address. If 2=Private Network is selected instead (for trunk connections between
2 or more switches), go to pg. 2-115.
The 1=CO (default) setting should be used for DID/DNIS trunks with E&M signaling, and the T1
Trunks (CO) addresses followed. (Set the Ring Type for these trunks as 1=DID or DNIS.)
Related Programming:
Ring Type/Destination for T1/CO trunks (pg. 2-106)
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF2 2 BSSCC 04 (0 thru 5) ...
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-86
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&034##=
Trunk Number Assignment
#7UXQN#1XPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign a trunk number to each T1 channel.
0
System
Configuration
FF2 2 BSSCC 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
FF1
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
System
FF2
Trunks
0
System
Configuration
(or BLK-DOWN)
FF1
Trunk Number 1-576
(0 = no trunk)
System
default: [no assignment]
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
Press the BLK-DOWN soft key instead of the last HOLD in the above address, to scroll to the next
BSSC trunk position and assign it a trunk number (stay in same address).
FF3
Extensions
Before removing a Trunk Card from a Free Slot, you must first clear the Trunk Numbers (if assigned)
from all of the Card’s BSSC ports in this address. See pg. 0-3 for more information.
FF3
Extensions
The range of trunk numbers available for assignment depends on the CPC used:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
with a CPC-96:
with a CPC-288:
with a CPC-576
Trunk Nos. 1-96
Trunk Nos. 1-288
Trunk Nos. 1-576
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
Exchange Line Numbering (pg. 1-22)
FF5
FF1 0 02 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Groups
%66&&03533=6
Trunk Signal Type
#6LJQDO
FF6
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the T1 channel’s signaling type.
FF7
FF2 2 BSSCC
Applications
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
02 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
Applications
0=Loop Start
1=Ground Start
2=DID Immediate Start
3=DID Wink Start (default)
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-87
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
Disconnect Detect (pg. 2-88) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Dial Pulse Minimum Pause (pg. 2-88) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ground Start Ring Type (pg. 2-89) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
DID Ring Detect Timer (pg. 2-89) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Disconnect Supervision Timer (pg. 2-94) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 12 Hold (0-3) Hold
Guard Timer for Outbound Calls (pg. 2-95) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 13 Hold (0-3) Hold
Inbound Ground Detect Timer (pg. 2-95) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 14 Hold (0-3) Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
%66&&03534=3
Disconnect Detect
#',6&#'HWHFW
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
Exchange
FF2
Enable/Disable system detection of disconnect signal sent by the CO if the outside
party disconnects first.
FF2 2 BSSCC
Exchange
02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0=No detection of disconnect signal
from CO. (default)
1=System will detect disconnect signal.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
This setting is available only if the Trunk Signal Type is set for “0” (Loop Start) or “1” (Ground Start);
it is not available for DID signaling types.
Groups
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
Trunk Signal Type (pg. 2-87) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
Disconnect Supervision Timer (pg. 2-94) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 12 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
Dial Pulse Minimum Pause
Applications
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
%66&&03535=3
#'3#0,113DXVH
FF7
Applications
Set the minimum pause time for dial-pulse signaling.
FF8
FF2 2 BSSCC
Maintenance
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
Appendix A
FF8
02 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Maintenance
0=625 ms (default-US) or
750 ms (default-UK)
1=1000 ms
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-88
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Notes:
Introduction
This setting is available only if the Trunk Signal Type is set for “0” (Loop Start) or “1” (Ground Start);
it is not available for DID signaling types.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
0
Related Programming:
Trunk Signal Type (pg. 2-87)
System
Configuration
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
%66&&03536=3
Ground Start Ring Type
#*6#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
Set whether the CO supplies the real ringing signal or not. Applies to GroundStart trunks, which typically need Tip-Ground for incoming signal.
Exchange
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF3
FF5
02 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
System
FF2
Trunks
FF4
FF1
0=CO ringing signal. (default)
FF3
Extensions
1=No CO ringing signal.
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
This setting is available only if the Trunk Signal Type is set for “1” (Ground Start); it is not available
for Loop Start or DID signaling types. (Ground Start trunks typically need Tip-side ground for
incoming signal.)
Groups
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
Trunk Signal Type (pg. 2-87)
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
%66&&03537=3
DID Ring Detect Timer
#','#5LQJ'(7#7LPH
FF7
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
Set the timer for detecting DID ringing, which will be used to specify the ringing.
Applications
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF8
02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=32 ms (default)
1=96 ms
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-89
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
If CO is set to Immediate Start, system will wait this long before recognizing ring from CO.
0
System
Configuration
This setting is available only if the Trunk Signal Type is set for “2” (DID Immediate Start) or “3” (DID
Wink Start); it is not available for Loop Start or Ground Start signaling types.
Related Programming:
Trunk Signal Type (pg. 2-87)
0
System
Configuration
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
Exchange
Not Used
FF2
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2 2 BSSCC
Exchange
%66&&03538=
02 05 Hold
#1RW#8VHG
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&&03539=3
Frame Format
#)UDPH#)RUPDW
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
FF5
Set the framing format ordered from the CO (assign to Channel #1).
Groups
Groups
FF2 2 BSSCC
02 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position (“01” only)
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01
FF7
TRS/ARS
0=SF (default)
1=ESF
FF7
Applications
Applications
Notes:
This setting is available only for Channel 01.
FF8
Maintenance
“SF” stands for SuperFrame (also known as D4), in which sampling frames are transmitted in groups of
12.
FF8
Maintenance
“ESF” stands for Extended SuperFrame, in which sampling frames are transmitted in groups of 24. ESF
provides monitoring and maintenance capabilities that aren’t available with SF.
Appendix A
Both “SF” and “ESF” use robbed-bit signaling, in which the 8th bit is robbed from every 6th frame to
transmit signaling states such as On-Hook and Off-Hook.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 2-90
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Related Programming:
Synchronised Clock (pg. 1-116)
0
System
Configuration
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
FF1 0 18 (0001-0003) Hold (BSS/C) Hold
%66&&0353:=3
Line Coding
0
System
Configuration
#/LQH#&RGLQJ
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the clear-channel format ordered from the CO (assign to Channel #1).
FF1
FF1
System
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF2
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position (“01” only)
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
System
02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2
0=AMI (default)
Exchange
1=B8ZS
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
This setting is available only for Channel 01.
“AMI” stands for Alternate Mark Inversion.
“B8ZS” stands for Binary 8-Zeros Suppression.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
%66&&0353;=4
Ring Frequency
#5LQJ#)UHTXHQF\
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
FF2 2 BSSCC
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF7
02 08 Hold (0-6) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set the ring frequency for incoming calls on the T1 channel. Affects ringing pitch
on digital phones.
Applications
0=No Ring
1=400/562 Hz (default)
2=1000/1340 Hz
3=400 Hz
4=800/1040 Hz
5=1040/1320 Hz
6=660/1320 Hz
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Notes:
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-91
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
%66&&0353<=4
Ring Pattern
#5LQJ#&\FOH#371
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the ring pattern for incoming calls on this trunk.
FF1
FF2 2 BSSCC
System
Exchange
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
02 09 Hold (0-12) Hold
System
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF2
FF3
FF1
Setting Values for U.K.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Exchange
Setting Values for U.S. and Hong Kong
Synchronize with CO
1on/2off (default) (in seconds)
2on/1off
1on/1off
.5on/.5off
.25on/2.75off
.25on/.25off/.25on/2.25off
.25on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1.75off
.75on/.25off/.75on/1.25off
1on/.25off/.25on/1.5off
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1off
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
Continuous tone
FF2
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
(use Pattern 1 below)
FF3
Extensions
1on/3off (in seconds) (default)
2on/2off
3on/1off
FF4
1on/1off
FF-/Soft Keys
.5on/.5off
.5on/3.5off
FF5
.5on/.5off/.5on/2.5off
Groups
.25on/.25off/.25on/3.25off
1on/.25off/.25on/2.5off
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/2off
FF6
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
TRS/ARS
Continuous tone
FF7
Notes:
If Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-88) is set to “0=Use trunk’s Ring Pattern
(default),” the above Ring Pattern will apply to all incoming-call types: multiple incoming, DIL, DID,
DISA. However, if the Ring Tone Source is set to “1=Use intercom ring tone,” the above Ring Pattern
will apply only to multiple-incoming calls.
Maintenance
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-88) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Trunk COS Assignment (pg. 2-113) FF2 2 BSSCC 08 Hold (1-16) Hold
Ring Type/Destination for T1/CO trunks (pg. 2-106) FF2 2 BSSCC 04 (0 thru 5) Hold...
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM/24 Units (pg. 4-7)
FF4 1: FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles (pg. 4-14)
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 2-92
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&03543=4
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
#'70)#37107DON
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the DTMF signaling pattern that will apply after an extension user connects to
the called party during a CO call on this T1 channel.
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF1
FF2
Trunks
02 10 Hold (0-2) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
System
0
System
Configuration
0=DTMF Pattern #1
1=DTMF Pattern #2 (default)
2=DTMF Pattern #3
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
This address applies to the entry of account codes, selection of voice menu options, etc. during a call.
FF3
FF3
Up to 3 different DTMF patterns can be defined in FF1 1 01 (0016-0019).
Extensions
Extensions
During a 3-Party Conference, if an extension dials digit(s), DTMF
signals will be sent to the other party (mainly for Voice Mail connection).
(all CPCs - Version 1.3 and higher)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
DTMF ON: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-136) FF1 1 01 0016 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF OFF: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-137) FF1 1 01 0017 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #2 (pg. 1-138) FF1 1 01 0018 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #3 (pg. 1-139) FF1 1 01 0019 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialing
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
%66&&03544=3
#'70)#3710'LDO
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set the DTMF signaling pattern that will apply to the dialing of outbound phone
numbers (DTMF sent to CO) on this T1 channel.
FF7
FF7
Applications
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF8
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
Maintenance
Applications
02 11 Hold (0-2) Hold
0=DTMF Pattern #1 (default)
1=DTMF Pattern #2
2=DTMF Pattern #3
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Up to 3 different DTMF patterns can be defined in FF1 1 01 (0016-0019).
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-93
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
DTMF ON: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-136) FF1 1 01 0016 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF OFF: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-137) FF1 1 01 0017 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #2 (pg. 1-138) FF1 1 01 0018 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #3 (pg. 1-139) FF1 1 01 0019 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialing (pg. 2-96) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
%66&&03545=3
Disconnect Supervision Timer
#'LVFRQQHFW#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
Exchange
FF2
Set how long the system will wait after detecting a drop in voltage from the CO,
before recognizing it as a valid disconnect signal.
FF2 2 BSSCC
Exchange
02 12 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Extensions
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
if Trunk Signaling type is...
Loop Start / Ground Start:
0=281 ms (default)
1=531 ms
2=781 ms
3=1032 ms (1.032 seconds)
DID:
0=96 ms (default)
1=144 ms
2=240 ms
3=1500 ms (1.500 seconds)
Notes:
TRS/ARS
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF4
Groups
Related Programming:
Trunk Signal Type (pg. 2-87)
Disconnect Detect (pg. 2-88)
FF6
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-94
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&03546=6
Guard Timer for Outbound Calls
#*XDUG#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set how long the system guards the T1 channel after a call is disconnected. The
purpose of guarding the trunk is to prevent “glare” (collision between an
incoming and outgoing call).
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF1
0
System
Configuration
02 13 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF1
System
System
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF2
Trunks
0=500 ms (.5 seconds)
1=1000 ms (1 second)
2=1500 ms (1.5 seconds)
3=2000 ms (2 seconds) (default)
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
While the T1 channel is guarded, it cannot be used for another call until this Guard Timer has expired.
This setting is available only if the Trunk Signal Type is set for “0” (Loop Start) or “1” (Ground Start);
it is not available for DID signaling types.
Extensions
FF4
Related Programming:
Trunk Signal Type (pg. 2-87)
FF3
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
%66&&03547=3
Inbound Ground Detect Timer
Groups
#,Q0*URXQG#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set how long a CO Tip-ground signal must be present on a Ground Start T1
channel, before the system recognizes it as a valid incoming call.
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF6
TRS/ARS
02 14 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF8
0=1 second (default)
1=2 seconds
2=4 seconds
3=8 seconds
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Notes:
If this Inbound Ground Detect Timer is set too short, the system may generate false ringing when Tipground is not removed quickly enough at the end of the call.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
Trunk Signal Type (pg. 2-87)
ICX-25-400
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix B
•
Page 2-95
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
FF2 2 BSSCC
System
Configuration
%66&&03548=
02 15 Hold
#1RW#8VHG
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
%66&&03633=4
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialing
FF2
Exchange
#'LDO#7\SH#'323%
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
Set the T1 channel’s signaling type for outbound and inbound dialing.
FF2 2 BSSCC
Exchange
03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF4
Extensions
0=Dial-pulse, at 10 pps
1=DTMF (default)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Groups
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
%66&&03634=3
Flash Pattern
TRS/ARS
#)ODVK#/HQJWK
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
Set the signal pattern used for flash signals sent to the CO on the T1 channel. (see
System Timers to define Flash Patterns #1 and #2)
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF7
Applications
03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=Flash Pattern #1 (default)
1=Flash Pattern #2
Appendix A
Appendix A
Notes:
Appendix B
Two different Flash Patterns can be defined in Flash Timers 1 and 2, FF1 1 01 (0001-0002).
Page 2-96
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Related Programming:
Introduction
Flash Timer 1 for Exchange Line (pg. 1-128)
Flash Timer 2 for Exchange Line (pg. 1-129)
FF1 1 01 0001 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0002 Hold (1-255) Hold
0
System
Configuration
0
%66&&03635=4
Dial Tone Detection
#'7#'HWHFW
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
Set whether the phone system will check for CO dial tone before sending dialed
digits on this trunk.
FF1
System
System
FF2 2 BSSCC
03 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
System
Configuration
FF2
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=No check (use precoded delay timer).
Exchange
1=Check (send digits after dial tone is
detected). (default)
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Trunk Connection Type (CO/PBX)
FF6
TRS/ARS
%66&&03636=3
#75.#7\SH#&223%;
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
Set whether the T1 channel connects directly to the CO or is behind a PBX/Centrex.
FF2 2 BSSCC
TRS/ARS
03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF8
Maintenance
0=CO trunk (default)
1=PBX trunk
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
PBX Exchange Line Access Codes (pg. 1-106)
FF1 0 08 (0001-0006) Hold FL/R (0-9999) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-97
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&03637=4
Auto-Repeat Dial
#$XWR#5HSHDW#'LDO
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Enable/Disable Auto-Repeat Dialing on the T1 channel.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF1
FF2
Exchange
FF3
03 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=Do not allow Auto-Repeat Dialing.
1=Allow Auto-Repeat Dialing. (default)
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
System
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
Auto-Repeat Dial: Dial an outside call. If busy tone is received, press REDIAL to have the system
automatically redial the number at set intervals (max. 15 times) until the called party answers or the user
hangs up.
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
Flash Timer for Auto-Repeat Dial (pg. 1-129)
FF1 1 01 0003 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
DTMF After Answer (Link Control)
FF5
Groups
%66&&03638=3
#/LQN#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
For calls on this T1 channel using pushbutton (DTMF) SLT phones, set whether
DTMF signals can be sent through the system after the called party answers.
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF6
Groups
03 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
TRS/ARS
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=Two-Way Link: DTMF path open
both ways. (default)
1=One-Way Link: No DTMF signaling
after the called party answers.
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Set this address to “1” (One-Way Link) to prevent double-dialing -- making an outgoing call on the
same trunk after the called party hangs up, thus bypassing TRS restrictions.
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialing (pg. 2-96)
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-98
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&03639=3
CO Dial Tone Simulation
#&20'7
(all CPCs)r - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the system will send a simulated CO dial tone to an extension using
this T1 channel (important for DID Wink-Start trunk signaling).
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF1
FF2
Trunks
03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
System
0
System
Configuration
0=Do not send simulated CO dial tone
to extension. (default)
FF1
System
1=Send simulated CO dial tone to extension.
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
Set to “1” (Send) if the CO doesn’t support dial tone (typical in U.K.).
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Related Programming:
Trunk Signal Type (pg. 2-87)
Extensions
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 00 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
%66&&0363:=4
SMDR for Outbound Calls
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Set whether outbound calls on the T1 channel will be included in SMDR records.
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF2 2 BSSCC
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
FF5
Groups
03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF-/Soft Keys
#60'5#2XWSXW22XW
0=Do not include in SMDR.
FF6
TRS/ARS
1=Include in SMDR. (default)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Call Logging Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-102) FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Call Logging Output Format (pg. 1-107) FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-99
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&0363;=3
SMDR for Inbound Calls
#60'5#2XWSXW2,Q
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set whether incoming calls on the T1 channel will be included in SMDR records.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF2 2 BSSCC
System
Configuration
03 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=Do not include in SMDR. (default)
System
1=Include in SMDR.
Notes:
FF2
Related Programming:
FF3
Exchange
Extensions
Call Logging Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-102) FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Call Logging Output Format (pg. 1-107) FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
%66&&0363<=3
Flash Key Operation
Groups
Set what happens when a digital phone user presses the FLASH, PROG or Recall
key during a call on this T1 channel.
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF-/Soft Keys
#)ODVK#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
FF1
FF5
Groups
03 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF7
TRS/ARS
0=Flash signal is sent to CO. (default)
1=T1 channel is released, then user hears
internal dial tone.
Applications
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
The sending of the flash signal can also be enabled/disabled on individual extensions (see Flash Signal
Control on pg. 3-19).
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
❒ If the flash signal is disabled on the trunk but enabled on the extension (or vice versa), a flash signal
Appendix A
will be sent when the user accesses the trunk and presses FLASH.
(all CPCs - Version 1.3 and higher) If this address is set to 0=Flash signal is sent to CO (default), it will
also apply to an FF-key programmed for the SLT Flash Send feature (765 by default). See Dial Plans A
and B on pg. 1-168.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 2-100
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Related Programming:
Introduction
Flash Signal Control (pg. 3-19) FF3 0 BSSC 04 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial Tone (pg. 1-168) FF1 2 02 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code)
Hold
Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial Tone (pg. 1-170) FF1 2 03 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code)
Hold
System
Configuration
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
%66&&03643=3
Long Talk Alarm
#/RQJ07DON#$ODUP
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
System
Enable/Disable alarm tone heard by extension user during an outbound call
on the T1 channel, if the call lasts longer than the Long Talk Alarm Timer.
FF2
FF2 2 BSSCC
Trunks
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2
03 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange
0=Disable Long Talk Alarm. (default)
1=Enable Long Talk Alarm.
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
By default, individual extensions are enabled for the Long Talk Alarm (via Extension COS setting).
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Long Talk Alarm #1 Timer (pg. 1-147) FF1 1 02 0010 Hold (0-255) Hold
Long Talk Alarm #2 Timer (pg. 1-148) FF1 1 02 0011 Hold (0-255) Hold
Extension COS: Long Talk Alarm (pg. 1-76) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 40 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
Groups
%66&&03644=3
Alarm Ringing
FF6
TRS/ARS
#$ODUP#5LQJLQJ
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Enable/Disable Alarm Ringing for incoming calls on this T1 channel that
ring unanswered for longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF2 2 BSSCC
03 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=Disable Alarm Ringing. (default)
1=Enable Alarm Ringing.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-101
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Alarm Ringing: Ringing frequency/interval changes for an incoming call that rings unanswered for
longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
Alarm Ringing will not work while Slide Ringing or Delayed Ringing is occurring.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
Ring Alarm Frequency (pg. 1-119) FF1 0 21 0001 Hold (0-6) Hold
Ring Alarm Pattern (pg. 1-120) FF1 0 21 0002 Hold (0-12) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1) (pg. 1-145) FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
%66&&03645=3
Slide Ringing
#6OLGH#5LQJLQJ
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Enable/Disable Slide Ringing for incoming calls on this T1 channel that ring
unanswered for longer than the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer.
FF2 2 BSSCC
Extensions
03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF5
Groups
0=Disable Slide Ringing. (default)
1=Enable Slide Ringing.
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Slide Ringing: Applies to extensions that are Slide Ringing-enabled and have trunk FF-key
assignments (where the trunk is also enabled for Slide Ringing in the above address). An incoming call
on the trunk will ring at the assigned extension or hunt group first (see Day1/2/Night Ring
Assignments in FF2). Then, after the Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer expires, the call will begin
ringing at the extension(s) that have an FF-key for the trunk (see FF-Key Feature Assignment in FF4).
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Related Programming:
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1) (pg. 1-145) FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ringing Receive (pg. 3-9) (on individual extensions) FF3 0 BSSC 04 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Type/Destination - Day1, Day2, Night (pg. 2-106) FF2 2 BSSC 04 (0-5) Hold (0-6 or 0-9999) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7) FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
(Code) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-102
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
Introduction
DTMF Conversion (Outbound Calls)
%66&&03646=4
#3%#&RQYHUW22XW
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the T1 channel will switch from dial-pulse to DTMF signaling after
the called party answers an outbound call, according to the Call Duration Timer.
FF2 2 BSSCC
0
System
Configuration
03 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF1
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
System
0=Do not switch to DTMF signaling.
1=Switch to DTMF signaling after the
called (outside) party answers. (default)
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
Call Duration Timer (Public Exchange Line) (pg. 1-131) FF1 1 01 0005 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialing (pg. 2-96) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
%66&&03647=4
DTMF Conversion (Inbound Calls)
#3%#&RQYHUW2,Q
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Groups
Set whether the T1 channel will switch from dial-pulse to DTMF signaling after
the extension user answers an incoming call.
FF6
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF6
03 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF5
TRS/ARS
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=Do not switch to DTMF signaling.
1=Switch to DTMF signaling after the
phone user answers. (default)
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialing (pg. 2-96)
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-103
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&03648=3
Indirect LCR
#,QGLUHFW#/&5
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
(U.K. use only) Enable/Disable the Indirect Least Cost Routing (LCR) function.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2 2 BSSCC
03 15 Hold
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
System
Configuration
(0 or 1) Hold
0=Disable Indirect LCR. (default)
1=Enable Indirect LCR.
FF1
System
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
Indirect LCR: System will send a pre-assigned code (set in the ARS Dial Conversion Tables) when an
extension seizes the trunk to make an outgoing call. This feature is used in the U.K. for sending a
system identification PIN number to the CO.
U.S.A.: Do not enable this address for MCO access code routing (eg., dialing “9” to get an outside line).
Instead, use ARS tables (see FF6) so the system can distinguish intercom calls from outgoing calls.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF6 2 05: Digit Modify Table (pg. 6-40)
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
%66&&03649=4
Call Duration
&DOO#'XUDWLRQ
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
Set whether the system will use the Call Duration Timer to begin tracking call duration
(both on LCD display and in SMDR records) for an outgoing call on this trunk.
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF7
TRS/ARS
03 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
Applications
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF8
Maintenance
0=Do not use system timer to
start call duration.
1=Use system timer to start
call duration. (default)
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
This address should be set to “0” (Do not use system timer) if the CO sends back reverse signaling for
called-party answer (typical in the U.K.).
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 2-104
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Related Programming:
Introduction
Call Duration Timer (Public Exchange Line) (pg. 1-131)
FF1 1 01 0005 Hold (1-255) Hold
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Not Used
FF1
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
System
FF2
FF2 2 BSSCC
03 17 Hold
%66&&0364:=
FF2 2 BSSCC
03 18 Hold
%66&&0364;=
Trunks
System
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
FF2
Exchange
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-105
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&0373=#3
Day1 Ring Type
#'D\4#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the T1 channel’s ringing type for incoming calls during Day1 mode.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF1
04 0 Hold (0-6) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
System
FF2
Exchange
System
Configuration
0=Multiple Incoming (default)
1=DID or DNIS
2=DISA
3=DIL to Extension
4=DIL to Hunt Group
5=DIL to SSD
6=DIL to Attendant Hunt Group
FF3
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
%66&&0374#=
Day1 Ring Destination
Extensions
#'4#'HVWLQDWLRQ
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group
for a “DIL” (Direct In-Line) setting in the above address.
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
04 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Groups
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
Destination Number:
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
(if “3=DIL to Extension”) Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
SS=Slot no. 01-12
(if “4=DIL to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
CC=Channel no. 01-24
(if “5=DIL to SSD”)
SSD Code No.
(if “6=DIL to Attendant”) Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
FF6
TRS/ARS
default: [no assignment]
FF7
FF7
Notes:
Applications
Applications
Multiple Incoming: An incoming call on this trunk can ring on multiple extensions that have a CO or
MCO FF-key line appearance for the trunk (see Trunk FF-Key addresses in FF4).
FF8
Maintenance
Ring destinations for DID/DNIS trunks are assigned in DID Tables (FF1 4 02 and 04). DISA trunks do
not require a ring destination assignment; the DISA caller dials the desired extension after entering the
phone system.
FF8
Maintenance
To set up Virtual Port Ringing: Choose “3=DIL to Extension” and enter the Virtual Port Extension
No. (not the port no.) in the above addresses. Extension Numbers are assigned to Virtual Ports in FF3 2
(001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold (pg. 3-40).
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-106
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Related Programming:
Introduction
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“A” Side) (pg. 1-184) FF1 4 02 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
DDI/CLI Dial Table (“B” Side) (pg. 1-187) FF1 4 04 (000-575) (1-6) Hold (0-9999 or 1-72) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-4) for digital keyphones/SLTs FF3 0 BSSC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-29) for S-point ISDN extensions FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-40) FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7) FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
(Code) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (DSS/72) (pg. 4-14) FF4 1 BSSC 0 (01-72) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
Attendant HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-3) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 1: Extension Hunt Groups (pg. 5-13)
Closed Number Table: Digit String (pg. 6-44) FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-46) FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
FF2
Trunks
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
%66&&0375#=3
Day2 Ring Type
Exchange
#'D\5#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF3
Set the T1 channel’s ringing type for incoming calls during Day2 mode.
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF4
04 2 Hold (0-6) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
0=Multiple Incoming (default)
1=DID or DNIS
2=DISA
3=DIL to Extension
4=DIL to Hunt Group
5=DIL to SSD
6=DIL to Attendant Hunt Group
FF6
TRS/ARS
Applications
%66&&0376#=
Day2 Ring Destination
FF5
Groups
TRS/ARS
#'5#'HVWLQDWLRQ
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group
for a “DIL” (Direct In-Line) setting in the above address).
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF7
Applications
04 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF-/Soft Keys
FF6
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
FF4
Maintenance
Destination Number:
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
(if “3=DIL to Extension”) Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
SS=Slot no. 01-12
(if “4=DIL to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
CC=Channel no. 01-24
(if “5=DIL to SSD”)
SSD Code No.
(if “6=DIL to Attendant”) Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
Appendix A
default: [no assignment]
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-107
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
Notes:
(see “Day1 Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-106)
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
(see “Day1 Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-106)
0
#
System
Configuration
%66&&0377#=3
Night Ring Type
#1LJKW#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
FF1
Set the T1 channel’s ringing type for incoming calls during Night mode.
System
System
FF2 2 BSSCC
04 4 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF2
FF2
Exchange
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF3
Extensions
0=Multiple Incoming (default)
1=DID or DNIS
2=DISA
3=DIL to Extension
4=DIL to Hunt Group
5=DIL to SSD
6=DIL to Attendant Hunt Group
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&&0378#=
Night Ring Destination
#1#'HVWLQDWLRQ
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
FF5
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group
for a “DIL” (Direct In-Line) setting in the above address.
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF6
Groups
04 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
TRS/ARS
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
Destination Number:
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
(if “3=DIL to Extension”) Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
SS=Slot no. 01-12
(if “4=DIL to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
CC=Channel no. 01-24
(if “5=DIL to SSD”)
SSD Code No.
(if “6=DIL to Attendant”)
FF7
Applications
Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
default: [no assignment]
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Notes:
(see “Day1 Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-106)
Related Programming:
(see “Day1 Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-106)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-108
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&0383#=3
Day1 Delayed Ring Type
#'D\4#'05LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the T1 channel’s delayed-ringing type during Day1 mode.
NOTE: Day1 Ring Type (pg. 2-106) must be either “DIL” or “Multiple
Incoming” to set Day1 Delayed Ringing (DID and DISA do not apply here).
FF2 2 BSSCC
0
System
Configuration
05 0 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF2
Trunks
0=Disabled; no delayed ringing (default)
1=delay-ring to Extension
2=delay-ring to Hunt Group
3=delay-ring to SSD
4=delay-ring to Attendant Hunt Group
FF2
Exchange
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
%66&&0384#=
Day1 Delayed Ring Destination
#'4#'0'HVWLQDWLRQ
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group,
depending on the setting in the above address.
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF-/Soft Keys
05 1 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Destination Number:
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
(if “1=delay-ring to Extension”) Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
SS=Slot no. 01-12
(if “2=delay-ring to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
CC=Channel no. 01-24
(if “3=delay-ring to SSD”)
SSD Code No.
(if “4=delay-ring to Attendant”) Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
FF6
TRS/ARS
default: [no assignment]
FF7
Applications
FF7
Notes:
Applications
Delayed ringing for DID trunks is set in the DID Tables (FF1 4).
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Day1 Ring Type (pg. 2-106) FF2 2 BSSCC 04 0 Hold (0-6) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-4) on digital keyphones/SLTs FF3 0 BSSC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-29) on S-point ISDN extensions FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-40) FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Attendant HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-3) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 1: Extension Hunt Groups (pg. 5-13)
Closed Number Table: Digit String (pg. 6-44) FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-46) FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
Appendix B
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-109
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
CO Delayed Ring Timer ...
Day1 unanswered calls (pg. 1-142) FF1 1 02 0003 Hold (0-255) Hold
Day2 unanswered calls (pg. 1-142) FF1 1 02 0004 Hold (0-255) Hold
Night unanswered calls (pg. 1-143) FF1 1 02 0005 Hold (0-255) Hold
Busy (pg. 1-144) FF1 1 02 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
Introduction
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1
Day2 Delayed Ring Type
System
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
%66&&0385#=3
#'D\5#'05LQJ#7\SH
Set the T1 channel’s delayed-ringing type during Day2 mode.
NOTE: Day2 Ring Type (pg. 2-107) must be either “DIL” or “Multiple
Incoming” to set Day2 Delayed Ringing (DID and DISA do not apply here).
Exchange
FF2 2 BSSCC
05 2 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
System
FF2
Exchange
FF5
FF1
0=Disabled; no delayed ringing (default)
1=delay-ring to Extension
2=delay-ring to Hunt Group
3=delay-ring to SSD
4=delay-ring to Attendant Hunt Group
%66&&0386#=
Day2 Delayed Ring Destination
#'5#'0'HVWLQDWLRQ
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group,
depending on the setting in the above address.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
05 3 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Destination Number:
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
(if “1=delay-ring to Extension”) Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
SS=Slot no. 01-12
(if “2=delay-ring to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
CC=Channel no. 01-24
(if “3=delay-ring to SSD”)
SSD Code No.
(if “4=delay-ring to Attendant”) Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
default: [no assignment]
Notes:
(see “Day1 Delayed Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-109)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
(see “Day1 Delayed Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-109)
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-110
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&0387#=3
Night Delayed Ring Type
#1*7#'05LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the T1 channel’s delayed-ringing type during Night mode.
NOTE: Night Ring Type (pg. 2-108) must be either “DIL” or “Multiple
Incoming” to set Night Delayed Ringing (DID and DISA do not apply here).
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF1
0
System
Configuration
05 4 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF1
System
System
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF2
Trunks
0=Disabled; no delayed ringing (default)
1=delay-ring to Extension
2=delay-ring to Hunt Group
3=delay-ring to SSD
4=delay-ring to Attendant Hunt Group
FF3
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
%66&&0388#=
Night Delayed Ring Destination
Extensions
#1#'0'HVWLQDWLRQ
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Assign a destination extension, Hunt Group, SSD code, or Attendant Hunt Group,
depending on the setting in the above address.
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
05 5 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Groups
Destination Number:
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
(if “1=delay-ring to Extension”) Ext.No., Virtual Ext.No., or Closed No.
SS=Slot no. 01-12
(if “2=delay-ring to Hunt Group”) Extension Hunt Group No. (1-72)
CC=Channel no. 01-24
(if “3=delay-ring to SSD”)
SSD Code No.
(if “4=delay-ring to Attendant”) Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No.
FF6
TRS/ARS
default: [no assignment]
FF7
Applications
FF8
Notes:
FF7
(see “Day1 Delayed Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-109)
Related Programming:
Applications
(see “Day1 Delayed Ring Type/Destination” - pg. 2-109)
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-111
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&039##=
Tenant Group Assignment
#7HQDQW#*URXS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign the T1 channel to a Tenant Group, which will apply when the T1 channel
originates an outbound call (such as DISA).
FF2 2 BSSCC
0
System
Configuration
06 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF2
Tenant Group No. -with a CPC-96: Tenant Groups 01-12
with a CPC-288: Tenant Groups 01-36
with a CPC-576: Tenant Groups 01-72
Exchange
System
FF2
Exchange
default: 0 [no assignment]
FF3
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
MOH Source for Exchange Lines (pg. 1-110)
FF4
FF1 0 12 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
%66&&03:3#=4
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
FF5
Groups
#'D\425#756#&/6
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
Assign a Toll Restriction Service (TRS) Class to the T1 channel, applicable during
Day1 and Day2 modes when the trunk originates an outbound call (such as DISA).
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF2 2 BSSCC
07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF8
Maintenance
TRS Class No. 1-50 for Day Mode
default: 1
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
Page 2-112
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&03:4#=4
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
#1LJKW#756#&/6
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign a Toll Restriction Service (TRS) Class to the T1 channel, applicable
during Night mode when the trunk originates an outbound call (such as DISA).
FF2 2 BSSCC
0
System
Configuration
07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF2
TRS Class No. 1-50 for Night Mode
System
default: 1
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
%66&&03;##=4
Trunk COS Assignment
#7UXQN#&26
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Assign a Trunk Class of Service (COS) number to the T1 channel.
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF6
08 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF7
Applications
Trunk Class of Service No. 1-16
default: 1
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
This Trunk COS Assignment controls the ring tone for incoming calls on this trunk - CO ring tone,
intercom ring tone, or (for DIL trunks) a specific ring pattern. The Trunk COS also controls various
network settings. See FF1 0 04: Exchange Line COS Definitions (pg. 1-88).
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-88) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: DDI/CLI Table (pg. 1-91) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: Paging on DISA/Private Line Call (pg. 1-92) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: DISA ID Verification (pg. 1-93) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-113
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF2 2: T1-CO Lines (future use)
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Ring Pattern (pg. 2-92) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 09 Hold (0-12) Hold
Day1/Day2/Night Ring Type/Destination (pg. 2-106) FF2 2 BSSCC 04 (0 thru 5) ...
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
0
Trunk Digital Pad Class Assignment
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF2
FF1
System
09 Hold (1-16) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (CO) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
Exchange
Extensions
#7UXQN#'3$'#&/6
Assign
a Digital Pad Class to the T1 channel.
.
System
FF3
%66&&03<##=:
System
Configuration
FF2
Trunk Digital Pad Class No. 1-16
Exchange
default: 7
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
Based on this setting, you can assign automatic volume adjustments for different connection types to
this T1 channel (see FF1 8 02).
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
Digital Pad Settings for Exchange Line Pad Class (pg. 1-195)
FF1 8 02 (0001-0480) Hold (0-31) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-114
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
2.
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
NOTE:
0
System
Configuration
Introduction
These FF2 2 addresses currently apply only to the USA.
0
System
Configuration
The following settings apply to point-to-point network trunks
(connections between 2 or more switches). For T1-CO Trunk
programming, go to pg. 2-86.
FF1
FF1
System
System
Trunk Connection Type (CO/Network)
FF2
Trunks
%66&&033##=4
#75.#7\SH#&221(7
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set whether the T1 channel is connected to the CO or to a private network.
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF2
Exchange
00 Hold (1-2) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF4
1=CO (default)
2=Private Network (E&M)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Groups
The remaining addresses in this T1 Trunks (E&M Tie) section will apply if the T1 trunk is set to
2=Private Network in the above address. If 1=CO (default) is chosen instead, go to pg. 2-86.
FF5
Groups
Choose 1=CO (and follow the addresses starting on pg. 2-86) if the carrier is providing DID/DNIS
trunks with E&M signaling.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
Trunk Connection Type (CO/PBX) (pg. 2-126)
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-115
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&034##=
Trunk Number Assignment
#7UXQN#1XPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign a trunk number to each T1 channel.
0
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
0
(or BLK-DOWN)
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF2 2 BSSCC 01 Hold (0-576) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF1
Trunk Number 1-576
(0 = no trunk)
System
default: [no assignment]
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
Press the BLK-DOWN soft key instead of the last HOLD in the above address, to scroll to the next
BSSC trunk position and assign it a trunk number (stay in same address).
FF3
Extensions
Before removing a Trunk Card from a Free Slot, you must first clear the Trunk Numbers (if assigned)
from all of the Card’s BSSC ports in this address. See pg. 0-3 for more information.
FF4
The range of trunk numbers available for assignment depends on the CPC used:
with a CPC-96:
Trunk Nos. 1-96
with a CPC-288:
Trunk Nos. 1-288
with a CPC-576:
Trunk Nos. 1-576
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF1 0 02 0001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Groups
%66&&03533=8
Trunk Signal Type
Extensions
FF4
Related Programming:
Exchange Line Numbering (pg. 1-22)
FF3
#6LJQDO#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set the T1 channel’s signaling type.
FF7
FF2 2 BSSCC
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF7
02 00 Hold (0-5) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
Applications
4=E&M/AC15 (Immediate Start)
5=E&M/AC15 (Wink Start) (default)
FF8
Maintenance
NOTE: Settings 0-3 apply to T1 Trunks (CO).
See pg. 2-86 for more information.
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-116
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Related Programming:
Introduction
0
Not Used
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
02 01 Hold
%66&&03534=
FF2 2 BSSCC
02 02 Hold
%66&&03535=
FF2 2 BSSCC
02 03 Hold
%66&&03536=
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF1
#1RW#8VHG
System
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
#5LQJ'(7#7LPHU
Set the amount of time allowed for the system to recognize an incoming call on a
T1 channel set for Immediate Start signaling (see Trunk Signal Type).
FF5
02 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
Groups
FF5
0=48 ms (default)
1=160 ms
Groups
FF6
Applications
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF7
FF3
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
TRS/ARS
FF2
Exchange
%66&&03537=3
Ring Detect Timer
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF4
FF1
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Related Programming:
Trunk Signal Type (pg. 2-116)
Applications
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 00 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-117
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&03538=3
Auto Answer for Outbound Calls
#$XWR#'HWHFW#$QVZHU
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the system will automatically assume that an outgoing call on this T1
channel has been answered by the other end, without waiting for an answer signal.
FF2 2 BSSCC
0
System
Configuration
02 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
FF1
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
Exchange
0=Disable Auto Answer (default).
Wait for answer signal from other end
before opening voice path.
1=Enable Auto Answer. Open voice path
without waiting for answer signal.
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
This address should be set to “1” (Enable) if the other system does not send back an answer signal, or if
the trunk is used for paging calls.
Related Programming:
Auto Answer Timer (pg. 2-124)
Extensions
FF4
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 15 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&&03539=3
Frame Format
FF3
#)UDPH#)RUPDW
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set the framing format ordered from the CO (assign to Channel #1).
FF6
FF2 2 BSSCC
TRS/ARS
FF7
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie)
Channel Position (“01” only):
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF6
02 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
TRS/ARS
0=SF (default)
FF7
1=ESF
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
This setting is available only for Channel 01.
Appendix A
“SF” stands for SuperFrame (also known as D4), in which sampling frames are transmitted in groups of
12.
Appendix A
Appendix B
“ESF” stands for Extended SuperFrame, in which sampling frames are transmitted in groups of 24. ESF
provides monitoring and maintenance capabilities that aren’t available with SF.
Appendix B
Page 2-118
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Both “SF” and “ESF” use robbed-bit signaling, in which the 8th bit is robbed from every 6th frame to
transmit signaling states such as On-Hook and Off-Hook.
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
Synchronised Clock (pg. 1-116)
FF1 0 18 (0001-0003) Hold (BSS/C) Hold
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
##
FF1
Line Coding
System
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
%66&&0353:=3
#/LQH#&RGLQJ
FF1
System
Set the clear-channel format ordered from the CO (assign to Channel #1).
FF2
FF2 2 BSSCC
Trunks
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie)
Channel Position (“01” only):
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF2
02 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange
0=AMI (default)
FF3
1=B8ZS
Extensions
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
This setting is available only for Channel 01.
“AMI” stands for Alternate Mark Inversion.
FF5
Groups
FF5
“B8ZS” stands for Binary 8-Zeros Suppression.
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-119
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&0353;=4
Ring Frequency
#5LQJ#)UHTXHQF\
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the ring frequency for incoming calls on the T1 channel. Affects ringing pitch
on digital phones.
FF2
2
BSSCC
02 08
Hold
(0-6)
0
System
Configuration
Hold
FF1
FF1
System
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF2
Exchange
FF3
System
0=No Ring
1=400/562 Hz (default)
2=1000/1340 Hz
3=400 Hz
4=800/1040 Hz
5=1040/1320 Hz
6=660/1320 Hz
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
FF4
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-120
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&0353<=4
Ring Pattern
#5LQJ#&\FOH#371
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
(This setting does not apply to E&M tie-trunks.)
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF2 2 BSSCC
System
Configuration
02 09 Hold (0-12) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
Setting Values for U.K.
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
System
Setting Values for U.S. and Hong Kong
Synchronize with CO
1on/2off (default) (in seconds)
2on/1off
1on/1off
.5on/.5off
.25on/2.75off
.25on/.25off/.25on/2.25off
.25on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1.75off
.75on/.25off/.75on/1.25off
1on/.25off/.25on/1.5off
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1off
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
Continuous tone
FF1
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
FF2
Exchange
Synchronize with CO
1on/3off (in seconds) (default)
2on/2off
FF3
3on/1off
Extensions
1on/1off
.5on/.5off
.5on/3.5off
FF4
.5on/.5off/.5on/2.5off
FF-/Soft Keys
.25on/.25off/.25on/3.25off
1on/.25off/.25on/2.5off
FF5
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/2off
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
Groups
Continuous tone
Notes:
FF6
Related Programming:
FF7
TRS/ARS
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-121
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&03543=4
DTMF On/Off Pattern During Talk
#'70)#37107DON
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the DTMF signaling pattern that will apply after an extension user
connects to the called party during a CO call on this T1 channel.
FF2 2 BSSCC
0
System
Configuration
02 10 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
FF1
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=DTMF Pattern #1
1=DTMF Pattern #2 (default)
2=DTMF Pattern #3
System
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
Notes:
This address applies to the entry of account codes, selection of voice menu options, etc. during a call.
FF3
FF3
Up to 3 different DTMF patterns can be defined in FF1 1 01 (0016-0019).
Extensions
Extensions
During a 3-Party Conference, if an extension dials digit(s), DTMF
signals will be sent to the other party (mainly for Voice Mail connection).
(all CPCs - Version 1.3 and higher)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
DTMF ON: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-136) FF1 1 01 0016 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF OFF: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-137) FF1 1 01 0017 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #2 (pg. 1-138) FF1 1 01 0018 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #3 (pg. 1-139) FF1 1 01 0019 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
DTMF On/Off Pattern for Outgoing Dialing
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
%66&&03544=3
#'70)#3710'LDO
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set the DTMF signaling pattern that will apply to the dialing of outbound
phone numbers (DTMF sent to CO) on this T1 channel.
FF7
FF7
Applications
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF8
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
Maintenance
Applications
02 11 Hold (0-2) Hold
0=DTMF Pattern #1 (default)
1=DTMF Pattern #2
2=DTMF Pattern #3
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Up to 3 different DTMF patterns can be defined in FF1 1 01 (0016-0019).
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-122
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Related Programming:
Introduction
DTMF ON: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-136) FF1 1 01 0016 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF OFF: Pattern #1 (pg. 1-137) FF1 1 01 0017 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #2 (pg. 1-138) FF1 1 01 0018 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF ON/OFF: Pattern #3 (pg. 1-139) FF1 1 01 0019 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialing (pg. 2-124) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
%66&&03545=3
Disconnect Supervision Timer
#'LVFRQQHFW#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
0
System
Configuration
Set how long the system will wait after detecting a drop in voltage from the CO,
before recognizing it as a valid disconnect signal.
Exchange
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF3
FF5
02 12 Hold (0-3) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
System
FF2
Trunks
FF4
FF1
FF3
0=160 ms (default)
1=96 ms
2=240 ms
3=800 ms
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
Related Programming:
FF5
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
FF2 2 BSSCC
02 13 Hold
%66&&03546=
FF2 2 BSSCC
02 14 Hold
%66&&03547=
FF8
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-123
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&03548=3
Auto Answer Timer
#$XWR#$16#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set how long the system will wait before opening a voice path
when the user makes an outgoing call on this T1 channel.
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF1
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
02 15 Hold (0-3) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
System
0
System
Configuration
FF1
0=1 second (default)
1=2 seconds
2=3 seconds
3=4 seconds
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
Whether Auto Answer is enabled or disabled on this trunk (see pg. 2-118), the Auto Answer Timer
will begin after the digits are outpulsed.
❒ If Auto Answer is enabled, the system will wait until the Timer expires before opening a voice path.
FF3
Extensions
❒ If Auto Answer is disabled, the system will open the voice path when either: (1) the answer signal is
received from the other end, or (2) the Timer expires -- whichever occurs first.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
Auto Answer for Outbound Calls (pg. 2-118)
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
%66&&03633=4
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialing
#'LDO#7\SH#'323%
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set the T1 channel’s signaling type for outbound and inbound dialing.
FF7
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF7
03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Applications
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=Dial-pulse, at 10 pps
1=DTMF (default)
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-124
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Related Programming:
Introduction
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
%66&&03634=3
Flash Pattern
#)ODVK#/HQJWK
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
System
FF1
Set the pattern number that will be used for flash signals to the CO on the T1
channel.
FF2 2 BSSCC
System
03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF3
0=Flash Pattern #1 (default)
1=Flash Pattern #2
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Two different Flash Patterns can be defined in Flash Timers 1 and 2, FF1 1 01 (0001-0002).
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
Flash Timer 1 for Exchange Line (pg. 1-128)
Flash Timer 2 for Exchange Line (pg. 1-129)
FF1 1 01 0001 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF1 1 01 0002 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Not Used
FF7
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
FF2 2 BSSCC
03 02 Hold
%66&&03635=
Applications
#1RW#8VHG
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-125
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&03636=3
Trunk Connection Type (CO/PBX)
#75.#7\SH#&223%;
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the T1 channel connects directly to another E&M tie trunk
(through the CO) or is behind a PBX/Centrex.
FF2 2 BSSCC
0
System
Configuration
03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
System
FF2
0=CO (E&M tie) trunk. (default)
1=Behind a PBX/Centrex.
System
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
PBX Exchange Line Access Codes (pg. 1-106)
FF1 0 08 (0001-0006) Hold FL/R (0-9999) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
FF2 2 BSSCC
%66&&03637=
03 04 Hold
#1RW#8VHG
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
%66&&03638=3
DTMF After Answer (Link Control)
#/LQN#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Applications
For calls on this T1 channel using pushbutton (DTMF) SLT phones, set whether
.
DTMF
signals can be sent through the system after the called party answers.
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF8
03 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF7
Maintenance
0=Two-Way Link: DTMF path open
both ways. (default)
1=One-Way Link: No DTMF signaling
after the called party answers.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 2-126
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Notes:
Introduction
Set this address to “1” (One-Way Link) to prevent double-dialing -- making an outgoing call on the
same trunk after the called party hangs up, thus bypassing TRS restrictions.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
0
Related Programming:
System
Configuration
%66&&03639=3
CO Dial Tone Simulation
#&20'7
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2
Set whether the system sends simulated CO dial tone to an extension using this T1
channel (important for DID Wink-Start trunk signaling).
Exchange
FF2 2 BSSCC
03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
System
FF2
Trunks
Extensions
FF1
FF3
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=Do not send simulated CO dial tone
to extension. (default)
Extensions
1=Send simulated CO dial tone to extension.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
Set to “1” (Send) if the CO doesn’t support dial tone (typical in U.K.).
FF5
Groups
FF5
Related Programming:
Trunk Signal Type (pg. 2-116)
Groups
FF2 2 BSSCC 02 00 Hold (0-5) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
%66&&0363:=4
SMDR for Outbound Calls
#60'5#2XWSXW22XW
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF7
Set whether outbound calls on the T1 channel will be included in SMDR records.
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
TRS/ARS
03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=Do not include in SMDR.
1=Include in SMDR. (default)
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-127
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
Call Logging Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-102) FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Call Logging Output Format (pg. 1-107) FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
0
System
Configuration
0
%66&&0363;=3
SMDR for Inbound Calls
System
Configuration
#60'5#2XWSXW2,Q
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF1
Set whether incoming calls on the T1 channel will be included in SMDR records.
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF1
System
03 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=Do not include in SMDR. (default)
1=Include in SMDR.
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
Call Logging Data to Serial Port (pg. 1-102) FF1 0 06 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
Call Logging Output Format (pg. 1-107) FF1 0 09 0001 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
%66&&0363<=3
Flash Key Operation
#)ODVK#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set what happens when a digital phone user presses the FLASH, PROG or Recall
key during a call on this T1 channel.
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF6
TRS/ARS
03 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Applications
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=Flash signal is sent to CO. (default)
1=T1 channel is released, then user hears
internal dial tone.
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
The sending of the flash signal can also be enabled/disabled on individual extensions (see Flash Signal
Control on pg. 3-19).
Appendix A
Appendix A
❒ If the flash signal is disabled on the trunk but enabled on the extension (or vice versa), a flash signal
will be sent when the user accesses the trunk and presses FLASH.
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-128
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
If this address is set to 0=Flash signal is sent to CO (default), it will
also apply to an FF-key programmed for the SLT Flash Send feature (765 by default). See Dial Plans A
and B on pg. 1-168.
(all CPCs - Version 1.3 and higher)
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
Flash Signal Control (pg. 3-19) FF3 0 BSSC 04 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Dial Plan A: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial Tone (pg. 1-168) FF1 2 02 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code)
Hold
Dial Plan B: Flexible Feature Codes at Dial Tone (pg. 1-170) FF1 2 03 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code)
Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Not Used
Exchange
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2 2 BSSCC
%66&&03643=
03 10 Hold
#1RW#8VHG
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF3
FF2 2 BSSCC
03 11 Hold
%66&&03644=
FF2 2 BSSCC
03 12 Hold
%66&&03645=
Extensions
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
DTMF Conversion (Outbound Calls)
%66&&03646=4
#3%#&RQYHUW22XW
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set whether the T1 channel will switch from dial-pulse to DTMF signaling after
the called party answers an outgoing call, according to the Call Duration Timer.
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF6
TRS/ARS
03 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Applications
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=Do not switch to DTMF signaling.
1=Switch to DTMF signaling after the
called (outside) party answers. (default)
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Call Duration Timer (Private Line) (pg. 1-131) FF1 1 01 0006 Hold (1-255) Hold
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialing (pg. 2-124) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix B
•
Page 2-129
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
#
Introduction
%66&&03647=4
DTMF Conversion (Inbound Calls)
#3%#&RQYHUW2,Q
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the T1 channel will switch from dial-pulse to DTMF signaling after
the extension user answers an incoming call.
FF2 2 BSSCC
0
System
Configuration
03 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
FF1
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=Do not switch to DTMF signaling.
1=Switch to DTMF signaling after the
extension user answers. (default)
Exchange
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
DTMF/Dial Pulse Dialing (pg. 2-124)
FF2 2 BSSCC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&&03648=3
Indirect LCR
#,QGLUHFW#/&5
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
FF5
(U.K. use only) Enable/Disable the Indirect Least Cost Routing (LCR) function on
the T1 channel.
FF2 2 BSSCC
03 15 Hold
Groups
(0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF7
Applications
0=Disable Indirect LCR. (default)
1=Enable Indirect LCR.
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Indirect LCR: System will send a pre-assigned code (set in the ARS Dial Conversion Tables) when an
extension seizes the trunk to make an outgoing call. This feature is used in the U.K. for sending a
system identification PIN number to the CO.
FF8
Maintenance
U.S.A.: Do not enable this address for MCO access code routing (eg., dialing “9” to get an outside line).
Instead, use ARS tables (see FF6) so the system can distinguish intercom calls from outgoing calls.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
FF6 2 05: Digit Modify Table (pg. 6-40)
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-130
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Introduction
Introduction
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2 2 BSSCC
03 16 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC
03 17 Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC
03 18 Hold
%66&&03649=
#1RW#8VHG
0
System
Configuration
%66&&0364:=
#1RW#8VHG
%66&&0364;=
#1RW#8VHG
FF1
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
%66&&0373##=3
Day1 Ring Type
FF3
Extensions
#'D\4#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF3
Set ring type for incoming calls on the T1 channel during Day1 mode.
FF2 2 BSSCC
Extensions
04 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF-/Soft Keys
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
Groups
0=Tie Incoming. (default) Check digits
and ring the extension or page.
1=Tandem. Check digits based on
Tandem Table.
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF7
FF6 2 08: Tandem Exchange Table (pg. 6-47)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Applications
FF8
Not Used
Maintenance
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2 2 BSSCC
04 1 Hold
%66&&0374##=
#1RW#8VHG
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-131
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&0375=3
Day2 Ring Type
#'D\5#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
Set ring type for incoming calls on the T1 channel during Day2 mode.
System
Configuration
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF1
04 2 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
0
System
Configuration
0=Tie Incoming. (default) Check digits
and ring the extension or page.
1=Tandem. Check digits based on
Tandem Table.
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
FF6 2 08: Tandem Exchange Table (pg. 6-47)
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Not Used
FF5
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Groups
FF2 2 BSSCC
04 3 Hold
%66&&0376=
#1RW#8VHG
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-132
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&0377=3
Night Ring Type
#1LJKW#5LQJ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Set ring type for incoming calls on the T1 channel during Night mode.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2 2 BSSCC
System
Configuration
04 4 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
0=Tie Incoming. (default) Check digits
and ring the extension or page.
FF3
Extensions
System
1=Tandem. Check digits based on
Tandem Table.
FF2
Trunks
FF1
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
FF6 2 08: Tandem Exchange Table (pg. 6-47)
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Not Used
FF5
FF5
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Groups
Groups
FF2 2 BSSCC
04 5 Hold
%66&&0378=
#1RW#8VHG
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-133
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2 2 BSSCC
05 0 Hold
%66&&0383=
FF2 2 BSSCC
05 1 Hold
%66&&0384=
FF2 2 BSSCC
05 2 Hold
%66&&0385=
FF2 2 BSSCC
05 3 Hold
%66&&0386=
FF2 2 BSSCC
05 4 Hold
%66&&0387=
FF2 2 BSSCC
05 5 Hold
%66&&0388=
FF2
Exchange
FF3
#1RW#8VHG
0
System
Configuration
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
#1RW#8VHG
#1RW#8VHG
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&&039##=3
Tenant Group Assignment
FF5
Groups
#7HQDQW#*URXS
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF5
Assign the T1 channel to a Tenant Group, which will apply when the T1 channel
originates an outbound call (such as DISA).
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF6
Groups
06 Hold (0-72) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
TRS/ARS
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
Tenant Group No. -with a CPC-96: Tenant Groups 01-12
with a CPC-288: Tenant Groups 01-36
with a CPC-576: Tenant Groups 01-72
FF7
Applications
default: 0 [no assignment]
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
MOH Source for Private Lines (pg. 1-111)
Appendix A
FF1 0 13 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 2-134
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&03:3=4
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
#'D\425#756#&/6
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign a Toll Restriction Service (TRS) Class to the T1 channel, applicable during Day1
and Day2 modes when the channel is the originator of an outbound call (such as DISA).
FF2 2 BSSCC
0
System
Configuration
07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
FF1
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
TRS Class No. 1-50 for Day Mode
default: 1
System
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
#1LJKW#756#&/6
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2 2 BSSCC
TRS/ARS
Applications
FF6
07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
FF7
FF5
Groups
Assign a Toll Restriction Service (TRS) Class to the T1 channel, applicable during Night
mode when the channel is the originator of an outbound call (such as DISA).
FF6
FF8
%66&&03:4=##4
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
TRS/ARS
TRS Class No. 1-50 for Night Mode
default: 1
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 2-135
FF2 2: T1-E&M Tie Lines (future use)
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&&03;##=4
Trunk COS Assignment
#7UXQN#&26
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
Assign a Trunk Class of Service (COS) to the T1 channel.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF1
FF2
Exchange
FF3
08 Hold (1-16) Hold
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
System
System
Configuration
FF1
Trunk Class of Service No. 1-16
default: 1
System
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
This Trunk COS Assignment controls the ring tone for incoming calls on this trunk - intercom ring
tone (2 short beeps followed by 3 seconds of silence), or a specific ring pattern. The Trunk COS also
controls various tie-line network settings. See FF1 0 04: Exchange Line COS Definitions (pg. 1-88).
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Exchange Line COS: Incoming Ring Tone Source (pg. 1-88) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: Dial Tone to Private Line (pg. 1-89) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: Fast-Busy Tone to Private Line (pg. 1-90) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange Line COS: Paging on DISA/Private Line Call (pg. 1-92) FF1 0 04 (00-15) 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Ring Pattern (pg. 2-121) FF2 2 BSSCC 02 09 Hold (0-12) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Trunk Digital Pad Class Assignment
%66&&03<##=:
#7UXQN#'3$'#&/6
(all CPCs) - Version 1.0 or higher
FF2 2 BSSCC
FF7
09 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF6
TRS/ARS
Assign a Digital Pad Class to the T1 channel.
Applications
BSSCC: T1 (E&M Tie) Channel Position
B=Cabinet no. 1-6
SS=Slot no. 01-12
CC=Channel no. 01-24
Trunk Digital Pad Class No. 1-16
default: 7
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Based on this setting, you can assign automatic volume adjustments for different connection types to
this T1 channel (see FF1 8 02).
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
Digital Pad Settings for Exchange Line Pad Class (pg. 1-195)
Page 2-136
•
FF1 8 02 (0001-0480) Hold (0-31) Hold
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Appendix B
Introduction
Introduction
3. Extension Programming (FF3)
0
Use the FF3 addresses in this chapter to set parameters for extensions in the
ICX phone system:
System
Configuration
FF3 0: Digital Keyphones and SLTs
FF3 1: S-Point ISDN Extensions
FF3 2: Virtual Ports
FF3 3: RAI Extension Port
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
This chapter covers the following FF3 addresses:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF Key Address
Appendix B
Default (U.K.)
Page
FF3 0: Digital Keyphones and SLTs
3-3
FF3 0 BSSC 00 Hold (1-3) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 01 Hold (1-5) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 03 1 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 03 2 Hold (0-3) Hold
3-3
3-4
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-6
FF3 0 BSSC 03 3 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 03 4 Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 05 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Maintenance
Appendix A
Topic
FF3 0 BSSC 04 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 16 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 18 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 19 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 20 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 21 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
ICX-25-400
Phone Type
Phone Version (Digital Keyphones)
Extension Number Assignment
SLT Hookflash
SLT Dial Type
SLT On-Hook Detection Timer
1 (dig.keyphn/SLT)
auto-detect
-0 (Detect)
1 (DTMF)
0 (240ms detect;
160ms ignore)
SLT Hookflash Timer
0 (80 to 176 ms)
Not Used
-Auto Answer (Handset)
1 (Enabled)
Ringing Line Preference (ON/OFF)
0 (Disabled)
Slide Ringing Receive
0 (Disabled)
Busy Override on Exchange-Line Key
0 (Disabled)
Auto Camp-On Receive
0 (Disabled)
Public Exchange Off-Hook Signal
1 (Enabled)
SLT Voice Mail Connection
0 (Not a VM port)
SLT Fixed Ring Pattern
0 (Different)
End-to-End Signalling
1 (Enabled)
Message Waiting LED
1 (Enabled)
Data Security
0 (Allow interrupt)
Large-LCD Fixed Menu Display During Idle 1 (Allowed)
Exchange-Line Key Operation: Direct Calls 1 (Ignored)
Exchange-Line Key Operation: HOLD
0 (Ignored)
Exchange-Line Key Operation: Multiple Call 0 (Retrieve call)
Pickup
Exchange-Line Key Operation: Brokers Hold 0 (Disabled)
System Mode Display
0 (Disabled)
Flash on PROG (Recall)
1 (Send flash)
Call Duration Display
0 (Enabled)
Ring Volume Control
1 (Separate)
Loop (AEC) Disconnect Signal for VM
0 (No signal)
Flash Signal Control
0 (Send flash)
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
3-7
3-7
3-8
3-8
3-9
3-9
3-10
3-10
3-11
3-12
3-12
3-13
3-13
3-14
3-14
3-15
3-15
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
3-16
3-17
3-17
3-18
3-18
3-19
3-19
Page 3-1
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Section 400-Programming
FF3 0 BSSC 04 22 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 23 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 26 Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 04 27 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 05 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 08 Hold (1-8) Hold
Variable Mode Release
MCO Prime Line
Forced Account Codes
Verified Account Codes
Not Used
Hot Dial Pad
Tenant Group Assignment
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Extension COS Assignment
Extension Digital Pad Class Assignment
FF3 0 BSSC 09 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
Dial Plan Assignment
FF2
FF3 1: S-Point ISDN Extensions
Exchange
FF3 1 BSS1 00 0 Hold (BSSC) Hold
FF3 1 BSS1 00 1 Hold (1-127) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 02 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 02 03 Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Common D-Channel Position
D-Channel Interface ID Code
Extension Number Assignment
Connection Type
Passive Bus
Layer 1 Operate Mode
Not Used
B-Channel Select
B-Channel Numbering (Layer 3)
Call ID Length
FF3 1 BSSC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 05 Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 03 08 Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 04 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 06 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-8) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 08 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
Called Number Indication
Called Sub-Address Indication
Not Used
Progress Tone
Data Security
Not Used
Tenant Group Assignment
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Extension COS Assignment
Extension Digital Pad Class Assignment
Dial Plan Assignment
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
0 (Release)
0 (Disabled)
0 (Not Forced)
0 (Unverified)
-1 (Enabled)
1
1
1
1
1 (Analog)
3 (Digital)
1 (Plan “A”)
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 3-2
•
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
3-28
FF2
3-28
3-29
3-29
3-30
3-30
3-31
3-31
3-32
3-32
3-33
Exchange
3-34
3-34
3-35
3-35
3-35
3-36
3-36
3-37
3-37
3-38
3-38
3-39
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
3-40
Extension Number Assignment
Ring Frequency
Ring Pattern
Tenant Group Assignment
Extension COS Assignment
-1 (400/562Hz)
1 (1on/2off)
1
1
RAI Extension Number Assignment
Tenant Group Assignment
Extension COS Assignment
699
1
1
FF3 3: RAI Extension Port
FF3 3 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF3 3 01 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF3 3 02 Hold (1-16) Hold
Introduction
3-27
---0 (Point-to-Point)
0 (Short Loop)
0 (Active)
-0 (Highest-no.’d)
1 (Channel no.’g)
0 (1byte/BRI)
1 (2byte/PRI)
0 (no indication)
0 (no indication)
-1 (Send)
0 (Off)
-1
1
1
1
5
1 (Plan “A”)
FF3 2: Virtual Ports
FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF3 2 (001-576) 01 00 Hold (1-6) Hold
FF3 2 (001-576) 01 01 Hold (1-12) Hold
FF3 2 (001-576) 02 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF3 2 (001-576) 03 Hold (1-16) Hold
3-20
3-21
3-21
3-22
3-23
3-23
3-24
3-25
3-25
3-26
3-26
3-40
3-41
3-42
3-43
3-44
FF8
Maintenance
3-45
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
3-45
3-45
3-46
ICX-25-400
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
FF3 0: Digital Keyphones and SLTs
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
System
Configuration
%66&033##=4
Phone Type
#3KRQH#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
Define the type of phone at the extension port.
FF3 0 BSSC 00 Hold (1-3) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
1=Digital Keyphone or SLT (default)
2=EM/24
3=DSS/72
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
The setting “1=Digital Keyphone or SLT” (default) is automatically detected by the system when the
phone is plugged into the port.
FF5
DSS/72 consoles and EM/24 units require their own port, separate from the phone. To match them to a
phone, give both ports the same Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-4). Up to five (5) DSS/72
consoles can be attached to a digital keyphone. EM/24 units are limited to one (1) per digital keyphone.
FF4
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
There is no limit on how many EM/24s can be included in a system, other than the number of ports
available in the system. The maximum number of DSS/72 assignments is determined by the CPC used
and the number of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration):
CPC INSTALLED
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
TRS/ARS
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
max. no. of DSS/72s:
FF6
FF7
Applications
DSS/72s and EM/24s can have Automatic BLF key assignments, if FF1 0 01 0020 (pg. 1-19) is enabled
first.
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-4) FF3 0 BSSC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Automatic BLF on DSS and EM/24 Units (pg. 1-19) FF1 0 01 0020 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-3
FF3: Extensions
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&034##=
Phone Version (Digital Keyphones)
#.7(/#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
Define the version of the digital keyphone (if present) at the extension port.
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
FF3 0 BSSC 01 Hold (1-5) Hold
FF1
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
Exchange
FF1
1=Digital Keyphone
2=Digital Keyphone
3=Digital Keyphone
4=Digital Keyphone
5=Digital SLT
System
FF2
Exchange
defaults: (see Notes below)
Notes:
FF3
These phone versions include digital keyphones, EM/24s, and DSS/72s.
FF3
Extensions
Only Digital SLTs require this setting (set to “5”). For settings “1-4=Digital Keyphone”, the system
will automatically detect the phone type when you re-plug the station cable.
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
If this address is set to “5=Digital SLT” and a digital keyphone is later plugged into the station, you must
reset this address to 1, 2, 3, or 4.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
If an analog SLT phone is plugged in, this address will display a “0” setting for the station.
FF5
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
%66&035##=
Extension Number Assignment
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
TRS/ARS
#(;7#1XPEHU
Assign an extension number (0-9999) to the extension port.
FF7
(or BLK-DOWN)
Applications
Applications
FF3 0 BSSC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF8
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Maintenance
FF8
Extension Number (0-9999)
Maintenance
default: [no assignment]
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Press soft key #10 (BLK_DOWN) instead of the last HOLD in the above address, to scroll to the next
BSSC extension port position and assign it an Extension Number (stay in same address).
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-4
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF3: Extensions
DSS/72 consoles and EM/24 units require their own port, separate from the phone. To match them to a
phone, assign the same Extension Number to both ports. Up to five (5) DSS/72 consoles can be
attached to a digital keyphone. EM/24 units are limited to one (1) per digital keyphone.
There is no limit on how many EM/24s can be included in a system, other than the number of ports
available in the system. The maximum number of DSS/72 assignments is determined by the CPC used
and the number of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration):
CPC INSTALLED
FF1
System
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
FF1
System
To view Extension Port/Number assignments in normal operating mode, you must first program an FFkey with the Extension Port Confirm feature code, *59. See FF4 addresses starting on pg. 4-7 for
programming instructions.
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Related Programming:
Phone Type (pg. 3-3)
0
System
Configuration
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
max. no. of DSS/72s:
Introduction
Extensions
FF3 0 BSSC 00 Hold (1-3) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&0363##=3
SLT Hookflash
FF5
Groups
#6/7#+.#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Set whether the system will recognise a hookflash on an SLT phone as placing the call on hold.
Groups
FF3 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
0=Detect SLT hookflash. (default)
TRS/ARS
1=Ignore SLT hookflash.
FF7
Applications
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Set this address to “0=Detect” (default) to be able to transfer or make conference calls. Set it to
“1=Ignore” to avoid unexpected call holding.
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
SLT On-Hook Detection Timer (pg. 3-6) FF3 0 BSSC 03 2 Hold (0-3) Hold
SLT Hookflash Timer (pg. 3-7) FF3 0 BSSC 03 3 Hold (0-3) Hold
Extension COS: Brokers Hold on SLTs (pg. 1-43) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Hookflash Control on SLTs (pg. 1-44) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 08 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-5
FF3: Extensions
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0364#=4
SLT Dial Type
#6/7#7\SH#'323%
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the dial signalling type for SLT phones.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF3 0 BSSC 03 1
FF1
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Hold
System
Configuration
(0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=Dial pulse
1=DTMF (default)
System
Notes:
FF2
Related Programming:
FF3
Exchange
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&0365#=3
SLT On-Hook Detection Timer
#6/7#210+.#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Set minimum on-hook time (how long hookswitch must be held down) before
the system disconnects the call. The setting value depends on the setting in
SLT Hookflash (pg. 3-5) (“Detect” or “Ignore”).
FF3 0 BSSC 03 2
FF6
FF5
Groups
Hold (0-3) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF-/Soft Keys
Flash Detect
0
1
2
3
240 ms
1008 ms
1200 ms
1504 ms
Flash Ignore
160 ms (default-U.K.)
112 ms (default-USA)
208 ms
304 ms
FF7
Applications
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Maintenance
If the hookswitch is held down for less than this timer, but longer than the SLT Hookflash Timer (see
next address), the system will recognise it as a hookflash.
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
SLT Hookflash (pg. 3-5)
FF3 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SLT Hookflash Timer (pg. 3-7)
FF3 0 BSSC 03 3 Hold (0-3) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-6
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0366#=3
SLT Hookflash Timer
#6/7#+RRNLQJ#70
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set minimum on-hook time (how long hookswitch must be held down) before
the system recognises it as a hookflash.
0
System
Configuration
FF3 0 BSSC 03 3 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF1
FF1
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
Trunks
System
0=80-176 ms (default-U.K.)
1=96-176 ms
2=208 ms (default-USA)
3=208 ms
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
If the hookswitch is held down for less than this timer, system will ignore the hookflash.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
If the hookswitch is held down for longer than this timer, but shorter than the SLT On-Hook Detection
Timer (see previous address), system will recognise it as a hookflash.
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
SLT Hookflash (pg. 3-5)
FF3 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
SLT On-Hook Detection Timer (pg. 3-6)
FF3 0 BSSC 03 2 Hold (0-3) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
FF3 0 BSSC 03 4
TRS/ARS
Hold
%66&0367##=
#1RW#8VHG
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-7
FF3: Extensions
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03733=4
Auto Answer (Handset)
#$XWR#$QVZHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether the exchange-line key must be pressed to answer an incoming call,
or whether the call can be answered by simply picking up the handset.
FF3 0 BSSC 04 00 Hold
FF1
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
Exchange
0
System
Configuration
(0 or 1) Hold
0=Pick up handset AND press exchange-line key.
System
1=Pick up handset only. (default)
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF1
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&03734=3
Ringing Line Preference (ON/OFF)
FF5
Groups
#5LQJ#35()#2122))
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Set whether the exchange-line key must be pressed to answer an incoming call,
or if the call can be answered by pressing ON/OFF.
FF3 0 BSSC 04 01 Hold
FF6
Groups
(0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
0=Must press exchange-line key to pick up call. (default)
FF7
1=Simply press ON/OFF to pick up the call.
Applications
Notes:
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-8
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03735=3
Slide Ringing Receive
#6OLGH#5LQJLQJ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Enable/Disable the extension for receiving a Slide Ringing call.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF3 0 BSSC 04 02 Hold
FF1
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
Trunks
System
Configuration
(0 or 1) Hold
0=Do not allow Slide Ringing receive. (default)
FF1
System
1=Allow Slide Ringing receive.
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
Slide Ringing: An unanswered exchange-line call begins ringing on other extensions with a line
appearance (FF-key) for that exchange-line (equivalent to delayed ringing on an MCO key).
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
Slide Ringing (pg. 2-25) on analog exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 02 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Slide Ringing (pg. 2-69) on ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 03 07 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Slide Ringing (pg. 2-102) on T1-CO trunks FF2 2 BSSCC 03 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day1) (pg. 1-145) FF1 1 02 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Day2) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
Slide Ring/Alarm Ring Timer (Night) (pg. 1-146) FF1 1 02 0009 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
%66&03736=3
Busy Override on Exchange-Line Key
#&20.H\#2YHUULGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
Enable/Disable the extension’s ability to barge into an exchange-line call by
pressing the exchange-line FF-key.
FF3 0 BSSC 04 03 Hold
FF7
TRS/ARS
(0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
Applications
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF8
Maintenance
0=Do not allow Busy Override on
exchange-line key. (default)
1=Allow Busy Override on
exchange-line key.
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
The extension must have a Direct Exchange-Line appearance (an MCO line appearance won’t work).
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix A
Related Programming:
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7)
(Code) Hold
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
Appendix B
•
Page 3-9
FF3: Extensions
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03737=3
Auto Camp-On Receive
#$XWR#&DPS02Q
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enable/Disable the ability of other extensions to automatically “camp” onto
this (busy) extension simply by calling it.
FF3 0 BSSC 04 04 Hold
FF1
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
0
System
Configuration
(0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=Do not allow Auto Camp-On Receive.
(default)
System
1=Allow Auto Camp-On Receive.
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Send (pg. 1-64) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 28 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS: Manual Camp-On Receive (pg. 1-65) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 29 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&03738=4
Public Exchange Off-Hook Signal
FF5
Groups
#2II0+RRN#6LJQDO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Set whether the extension phone will indicate a second multiple-incoming call
while the first call is ringing on the exchange-line key.
FF3 0 BSSC 04 05 Hold
FF6
Groups
(0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
Applications
0=Do not ring for another multipleincoming call.
1=Ring for another multiple-incoming
call. (default)
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Digital keyphones indicate a second multiple-incoming call with a “beep” on-speaker. SLT phones
“beep” in the receiver.
FF8
Maintenance
Multiple Incoming: An incoming exchange-line call can ring on multiple extensions that have an FFkey line appearance for it (see Exchange-Line FF-Key addresses in FF4).
Appendix A
The destination extensions for receiving Multiple Incoming exchange-line calls are assigned in FF4.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 3-10
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF3: Extensions
Related Programming:
Introduction
Exchange-Line FF-Key ...
Outbound Call Restriction (pg. 4-10) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF (0 or 1) Hold
Inbound Answer Restriction (pg. 4-11) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Day1 Ringing (pg. 4-11) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx2 (0 or 1) Hold
Day2 Ringing (pg. 4-12) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx3 (0 or 1) Hold
Night Ringing (pg. 4-12) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx4 (0 or 1) Hold
No-Ring Auto Answer (pg. 4-13) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx5 (0 or 1) Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
%66&03739=3
SLT Voice Mail Connection
#9RLFH0DLO#3RUW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
FF2
Set whether an SLT extension is connected to 3rd-Party Voice Mail.
Trunks
Exchange
FF3 0 BSSC 04 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF3
0=This SLT extension is not a voice mail
port. (default)
1=This SLT extension is a voice mail port.
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
Loop (AEC) Disconnect Signal for VM (pg. 3-19) FF3 0 BSSC 04 20 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Extension COS Assignment (pg. 3-26) FF3 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF1 0 23 and 24: Voice Mail Codes (pg. 1-122)
Call-Forward ID Codes for Voice Mail (pg. 8-51) FF8 1 05 Hold Hold (0-9999) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.)
Hold
Extension COS: Priority Message-Waiting Send (VM) (pg. 1-60) FF1 0 03 (00-15) 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-11
FF3: Extensions
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0373:=3
SLT Fixed Ring Pattern
#)L[HG#5LQJ06/7
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether an SLT’s ring pattern for incoming calls is fixed (same pattern
always) or is different for each call type (recall, intercom, exchange-line, etc.).
FF3 0 BSSC 04 07 Hold
0
System
Configuration
(0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
0=Different ring patterns for receiving
different call types. (default)
1=Fixed ring pattern for receiving all call types
(1 second on / 3 seconds off).
Exchange
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
%66&0373;=4
End-to-End Signalling
#$XWR#3%#&RQYHUW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
FF3 0 BSSC 04 08 Hold
FF6
(0 or 1) Hold
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF5
Groups
Set whether an SLT extension port will receive DTMF signals from a digital
keyphone extension port.
0=Do not receive DTMF from digital keyphone.
1=Receive DTMF from digital keyphone. (default)
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF8
This address must be set to “1=Receive DTMF” (default) if the SLT port is for Voice Mail, an
answering machine, etc. (any device requiring DTMF signalling).
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-12
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0373<=4
Message Waiting LED
#0:#/('#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enable/Disable Message Waiting LED on the extension for messages received
from other extensions.
FF3 0 BSSC 04 09 Hold
FF1
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
Trunks
0
System
Configuration
(0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=Disable Message Waiting LED.
System
1=Enable Message Waiting LED. (default)
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
Even if this is set to “0=Disable,” the phone’s LCD display will indicate the Message-Waiting.
FF3
Extensions
Message-Waiting can now be sent during a Voice call without first
having to switch to Tone calling.
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher)
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
Extension COS: Message-Waiting Send (pg. 1-61)
FF4
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&03743=3
Data Security
#'DWD#6HFXULW\
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Enable/Disable interruptions such as Busy Override-Receive on this extension.
FF6
FF3 0 BSSC 04 10 Hold
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF6
(0 or 1) Hold
TRS/ARS
0=Allow interruptions on this extension.
(default)
FF7
Applications
1=Do not allow interruptions.
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Set this address to “1=Do not allow interruptions” to protect data transmission.
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-13
FF3: Extensions
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Large-LCD Fixed Menu Display During Idle
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
%66&03744=4
#,GOH#6FUHHQ#6HW
Set whether a Large-LCD phone’s display will return to the “Idle” Fixed
Feature Code menu screen when the phone returns to idle.
FF3 0 BSSC 04 11 Hold
0
System
Configuration
(0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF2
Exchange
0=Do not allow return to “Idle” Fixed menu.
System
1=Allow return to “Idle” Fixed menu. (default)
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
This address applies only to handset off-hook calls (doesn’t apply to ON/OFF key).
FF3
If “0=Do not allow” is set, the first page of the directory selected will appear when the user hangs up.
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
If “1=Allow” (default) is set, the phone will automatically return to the Fixed Idle menu each time the
user hangs up. To select a different menu for idle, the end-user can display the desired menu and press:
ON/OFF PROG ## ON/OFF
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Exchange-Line Key Operation: Direct Calls
FF6
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
%66&03745=4
#&2#.H\#237#4
FF6
Enable/Disable the extension’s ability to seize an exchange line by pressing the
FF-key for it while the phone is ringing for an incoming call.
FF3 0 BSSC 04 12 Hold
FF7
TRS/ARS
(0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
Applications
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF8
Maintenance
0=Seize exchange line.
1=Ignore key press. (default)
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
The incoming call can be an intercom call, DDI, DISA, DL, etc.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-14
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF3: Extensions
Related Programming:
Introduction
Exchange-Line FF-Key ...
Outbound Call Restriction (pg. 4-10) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF (0 or 1) Hold
Inbound Answer Restriction (pg. 4-11) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Day1 Ringing (pg. 4-11) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx2 (0 or 1) Hold
Day2 Ringing (pg. 4-12) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx3 (0 or 1) Hold
Night Ringing (pg. 4-12) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx4 (0 or 1) Hold
No-Ring Auto Answer (pg. 4-13) FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx5 (0 or 1) Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
%66&03746=3
Exchange-Line Key Operation: HOLD
#&2#.H\#237#5
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
FF2
Set whether an exchange-line call appearing on an FF-key and placed on hold,
. be retrieved by pressing HOLD again.
can
FF3 0 BSSC 04 13 Hold
FF3
Exchange
(0 or 1) Hold
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0=Ignore pressing of HOLD. (default)
1=Call is retrieved.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Even if this is left at the default “0=Ignore,” the call can still be retrieved by pressing the FF-key.
Groups
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Exchange-Line Key Operation: Multiple Call Pickup
%66&03747=3
#&2#.H\#237#6
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
Set whether a second exchange-line call, appearing on an FF-key and ringing
for an incoming call, can be retrieved by pressing the FF-key.
FF8
FF3 0 BSSC 04 14 Hold
Maintenance
Appendix A
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF8
(0 or 1) Hold
Maintenance
0=FF-key press retrieves call. (default)
1=FF-key press is ignored.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-15
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
If this is set to “1=Ignore,” the extension user will still be connected to the first call.
Related Programming:
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1
Exchange-Line Key Operation: Brokers Hold
System
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
%66&03748=3
#&2#.H\#237#7
FF1
System
Enable/Disable the Brokers Hold feature on a digital keyphone extension.
FF2
FF3 0 BSSC 04 15 Hold
Exchange
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF3
Extensions
FF2
(0 or 1) Hold
Exchange
0=Disable Brokers Hold. (default)
FF3
1=Enable Brokers Hold.
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Brokers Hold: The ability to toggle between two calls on exchange-line keys by pressing HOLD.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
❒ If this address is left at the default ”0=Disable,” the extension user will receive intercom dial tone
after putting the second call on hold (both calls will be on hold).
FF5
Groups
❒ If this address is set to “1=Enable,” the first call will be automatically retrieved when the second call
is put on hold.
FF5
Groups
(the following applies only if Brokers Hold is left at default ”0=Disable”) If an appearance call (on an
FF-key) and a non-appearance call (on "INT" LED - no FF-key) are both on hold...
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
❒ the appearance call’s FF-key will blink. Retrieve it by pressing the FF-key.
TRS/ARS
❒ the "INT" LED will blink for the non-appearance call. Retrieve it by pressing HOLD.
FF7
Related Programming:
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-16
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
System Mode Display
%66&03749=3
#600RGH#'LVSOD\
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enable/Disable the display of System Mode status (Day1/Day2/Night) on the
extension’s LCD.
FF3 0 BSSC 04 16 Hold
FF1
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
0
System
Configuration
(0 or 1) Hold
0=Do not display System Mode. (default)
FF1
System
1=Display System Mode.
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
By default, in Extension COS: System Mode Switch (pg. 1-62), only the Attendant can change the
system mode.
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
Extension COS: System Mode Switch (pg. 1-62)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 26 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
%66&0374:=4
Flash on PROG (Recall)
#5HFDOO#.H\
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Enable/Disable the PROG key for the Recall function (release line & seize new exchange line).
FF3 0 BSSC 04 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
Applications
0=Ignore pressing of PROG or Recall key for
flash to exchange line. (default-all except U.K.)
1=Send short flash when PROG or Recall key is
pressed. (default-U.K.)
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Some sites require a shorter flash than is provided by the FL/R key. There are two flash timers (in FF1
1 01) that are applied to individual exchange lines. One timer could be set for a longer period and used
for the FL/R key. The other timer could be shorter for PROG.
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Flash Signal Control (pg. 3-19) FF3 0 BSSC 04 17 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Flash Timer 1 for Exchange Line (pg. 1-128) FF1 1 01 0001 Hold (1-255) Hold
Flash Timer 2 for Exchange Line (pg. 1-129) FF1 1 01 0002 Hold (1-255) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-17
FF3: Extensions
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0374;=3
Call Duration Display
#,Q07DON#'XUDWLRQ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set whether call duration timing or the current date/time is displayed on the
extension phone after receiving a public-exchange call.
0
System
Configuration
FF3 0 BSSC 04 18 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
0=Call duration is displayed. (default)
1=Date/Time is displayed.
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
Call Duration (pg. 2-20) on analog public exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 02 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Call Duration Timer (Public Exchange Line) (pg. 1-131) FF1 1 01 0005 Hold (1-255) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
#5LQJ#92/#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3 0 BSSC 04 19 Hold
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
Applications
FF5
Groups
Enable/Disable separate volume controls for incoming call ringing and
intercom ringing on the extension.
FF6
FF8
%66&0374<=4
Ring Volume Control
FF6
(0 or 1) Hold
TRS/ARS
0=Same volume control for both.
1=Separate volume controls for incoming
call and intercom call ringing. (default)
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-18
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03753=3
Loop (AEC) Disconnect Signal for VM
#/RRS#'LVFRQQHFW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enable/Disable a 1-second (open-loop) disconnect signal sent from this extension port at
hangup, allowing for quick-disconnect from 3rd-Party and Built-In Voice Mail systems.
FF3 0 BSSC 04 20 Hold
FF1
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
(0 or 1) Hold
FF1
0=Do not send Loop Disconnect signal. (default)
1=Send Loop Disconnect signal.
Exchange
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
FF3 0 BSSC 04 06 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
##
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&03754=3
Flash Signal Control
#)ODVK#&RQWURO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
FF5
Enable/Disable flash signal sent from this extension whenever the user presses
Groups
the FL/R or Recall key.
FF3 0 BSSC 04 21 Hold
FF6
(0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
System
FF2
Notes:
SLT Voice Mail Connection (pg. 3-11)
FF4
0
System
Configuration
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
0=Send flash signal to public exchange. (default)
1=Send intercom dial tone.
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
FF8
The sending of the flash signal can also be enabled/disabled on individual exchange lines.
Maintenance
Maintenance
❒ If the flash signal is disabled on the exchange line but enabled on the extension (or vice versa), a flash
signal will be sent when the user accesses the exchange line and presses FL/R.
This setting will also affect the “SLT Flash Send” Flexible Feature Code
(765 by default). See FF1 2: Dial Plan (pg. 1-167).
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 and higher)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-19
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
Section 400-Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
Flash Key Operation ...
(pg. 2-24) on analog public exchange lines FF2 0 BSSC 02 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
(pg. 2-51) on AC-15 private lines FF2 0 BSSC 02 11 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
(pg. 2-68) on ISDN exchange lines FF2 1 BSSC 03 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
(pg. 2-100) on T1-CO lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
(pg. 2-128) on T1-E&M tie lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 03 09 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Flexible Feature Codes at Dial Tone ...
(pg. 1-168) for Dial Plan “A” FF1 2 02 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code) Hold
(pg. 1-170) for Dial Plan “B” FF1 2 03 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code) Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
System
%66&03755=3
Variable Mode Release
#9DULDEOH#0RGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set whether the phone stays in Variable Mode after the extension user executes
a feature in Variable Mode. This address applies to Small Display phones only.
(Large Display phones will automatically stay in Variable Mode.)
Extensions
FF3 0 BSSC 04 22 Hold
FF4
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF5
FF2
(0 or 1) Hold
0=Release Variable Mode. (default)
1=Stay in Variable Mode.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Notes:
Groups
Variable Mode: Activated via an FF-key programmed with the Variable Mode feature code. Provides
one-touch access to features on Large Display and Small Display phones. While Variable Mode is
activated (the FF-key will be lit red), a different menu of features can appear for each call state
(intercom calling, public-exchange dial tone, exchange-line call, and busy tone). Any of these features
can be executed during the call state in which they appear, by pressing the soft key next to the displayed
feature.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Related Programming:
Applications
Soft Key Feature Assignment (pg. 4-19)
FF4 2 BSSC 0 (01-30) Hold (Code) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-20
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03756=3
MCO Prime Line
#0&2#3UHIHUHQFH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Enable/Disable the MCO Prime Line feature on the extension.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF3 0 BSSC 04 23 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
FF2
Trunks
System
Configuration
0=Disable MCO Prime Line. (default)
FF1
System
1=Enable MCO Prime Line.
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
MCO Prime Line: When the user picks up the handset (ON/OFF not affected; it always gets intercom
dial tone), the 1st-priority MCO group is picked up automatically.
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF1 3: MCO Access in Tenant Groups (pg. 1-176)
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
%66&03757=3
Forced Account Codes
FF5
Groups
#)RUFHG#$&&'
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Enable/Disable “Forced” entry of Account Codes for calls on this extension.
FF3 0 BSSC 04 24 Hold
Groups
(0 or 1) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
0=Disabled/Not Forced (default)
1=Enabled/Forced
FF7
Applications
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Account Codes: The user dials the feature code for Account Code Entry (#8 by default), the Account
Code (1-10 digits long), and # before dialling an outbound call. Or, during an inbound call, the user
dials AUTO # [Account Code] #. Account Codes are useful for allocating telephone expenses on Call
Logging reports. They are also useful (as Forced, Not Forced, Verified, or Unverified) for overriding
the extension’s TRS/Call Barring Class for outbound calls that are “exceptions to the rule,” as shown in
the following table.
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-21
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
Section 400-Programming
Table 3-1. Account Codes and their interaction with TRS/Call Barring for outbound calls
(FF3 0 BSSC 04 24)
Are Account Codes
Forced or Not Forced
on this extension?
(FF3 0 BSSC 04 25)
Are Account Codes
Verified or Unverified
on this extension?
This TRS Class determines whether to allow the call or not...
Forced
Verified*
system-wide TRS Class for Account Code TRS Class
Forced Account Codes
(FF8 1 04)
(FF1 0 19)
Forced
Unverified
system-wide TRS Class for Extension TRS Class
Forced Account Codes
(FF3 0 BSSC 06)
(FF1 0 19)
System
If the user doesn’t enter an
Account Code:
If the user enters an
Account Code:
Not Forced
Verified*
Extension TRS Class
(FF3 0 BSSC 06)
Account Code TRS Class
(FF8 1 04)
Exchange
Not Forced
Unverified
Extension TRS Class
(FF3 0 BSSC 06)
Extension TRS Class
(FF3 0 BSSC 06)
FF3
* Anytime the extension is set for “Verified” Account Codes, and the user enters an Account Code, it is checked
against the Verified Account Code Table in FF8 1 04. If no match is found, further dialling is not allowed (TRS
Class isn’t even considered; the user gets fast-busy immediately).
FF2
Introduction
Extensions
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
For more information about Account Codes and their interaction with TRS, see Section 700-Feature
Operation.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
TRS Class for Forced Account Codes (pg. 1-117) FF1 0 19 0001 Hold (1-50) Hold
Verified Account Codes (pg. 3-22) for extensions FF3 0 BSSC 04 25 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-25) for extensions FF3 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-25) for extensions FF3 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
Verified Account Codes (pg. 8-50) FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0001 Hold FL/R (up to 10 digits) Hold
TRS Class for Verified Account Codes (pg. 8-50) FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0002 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
%66&03758=3
Verified Account Codes
#9HULILHG#$&&'
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
Enable/Disable Verified Account Codes for calls on this extension.
FF3 0 BSSC 04 25 Hold
FF8
(0 or 1) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Maintenance
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
0=Unverified (default)
1=Verified
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-22
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF3: Extensions
Notes:
Introduction
If this address is set to “1=Verified,” the system will check the entered Account Code for a matching
entry in Verified Account Codes (FF8 1 04). If no match is found, the phone user receives fast-busy
tone and further dialling is not allowed. See the table (previous page) for other interactions.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
TRS Class for Forced Account Codes (pg. 1-117) FF1 0 19 0001 Hold (1-50) Hold
Forced Account Codes (pg. 3-21) for extensions FF3 0 BSSC 04 24 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-25) for extensions FF3 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-25) for extensions FF3 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
Verified Account Codes (pg. 8-50) FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0001 Hold FL/R (up to 10 digits) Hold
TRS Class for Verified Account Codes (pg. 8-50) FF8 1 04 Hold Hold (001-500) 0002 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Not Used
FF3
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Extensions
FF3 0 BSSC 04 26
%66&03759=
Hold
#1RW#8VHG
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
%66&0375:=4
Hot Dial Pad
Groups
#+RW#'LDO#3DG
(all CPCs) - Version 2.5 or higher
FF6
Enable/Disable the Hot Dial Pad feature on this extension.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF3 0 BSSC 04 27
FF7
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Applications
FF8
Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0=Disable Hot Dial Pad.
1=Enable Hot Dial Pad. (default)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Notes:
Hot Dial Pad: The ability to dial a phone number without picking up the handset (call automatically
goes on-speaker).
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-23
FF3: Extensions
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&038###=4
Tenant Group Assignment
#7HQDQW#*URXS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign the extension to a Tenant Group.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF3 0 BSSC
FF1
05
Hold
(1-72) Hold
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
System
Configuration
FF1
Tenant Group No. 1-72
System
default: 1
FF2
NOTE: Available range of Tenant Group Nos. is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of
FF2
Exchange
CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
Exchange
CPC INSTALLED
FF3
Extensions
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
Tenant Group No. range:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
This is the ring assignment for incoming calls in the Inbound MCO Exchange-Line Group assigned to
this Tenant Group in FF1 3 03: Tenant Groups: Inbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-181).
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
In addition to ring assignments for incoming calls, Tenant Groups can be used for controlling the
extension’s MCO access, MOH (Music-On-Hold) source for intercom calls, and SSD block assignment.
Related Programming:
MOH Source for Intercom Calls (pg. 1-112) FF1 0 14 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-113) FF1 0 15 (0001-0072) Hold (0-72) Hold
Tenant Groups: Inbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-181) FF1 3 03 (0001-0072) Hold (1-99) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-24
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0393#=4
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
#'D\425#756#&/6
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign a Toll Restriction Service (TRS/Call Barring) class to the extension,
applicable to outbound calls during Day1 and Day2 modes.
FF3 0 BSSC
06 0
Hold
0
System
Configuration
(1-50) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
System
TRS Class No. 1-50 (Day)
default: 1 (for USA, U.K.)
9 (for all others)
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
%66&0394#=4
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
#1LJKW#756#&/6
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Assign a Toll Restriction Service (TRS/Call Barring) class to the extension,
applicable to outbound calls during Night mode.
FF6
FF3 0 BSSC
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF7
Applications
FF8
06 1
Hold
FF6
(1-50) Hold
TRS/ARS
TRS Class No. 1-50 (Night)
FF7
Applications
default: 1 (for USA, U.K.)
9 (for all others)
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-25
FF3: Extensions
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03:##=4
Extension COS Assignment
#([WHQVLRQ#&26
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign a Class of Service (COS) to the extension.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF3 0 BSSC
FF1
07
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
System
Hold
System
Configuration
(1-16) Hold
FF1
Extension COS No. 1-16
default: 1
System
NOTE: Based on default settings, Ext. COS #15
is used for Voice Mail ports, and COS #16 for
Attendant phones.
FF2
Exchange
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
FF3
Based on this Extension COS Assignment, extension features can be enabled/disabled.
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF1 0 03: Extension COS Definitions (pg. 1-35)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Extension Digital Pad Class Assignment
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
%66&03;##=4
FF5
Groups
#(;7#'3$'#&/6
Assign a Digital Pad Class to the extension.
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF3 0 BSSC
FF7
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
08
Hold
TRS/ARS
(1-8) Hold
Extension Digital Pad Class No. 1-8
FF7
Applications
default: 1 (for Analog Extension Card)
3 (for Digital Extension Card)
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
This Digital Pad Class assignment can be used for controlling volume adjustments between the
extension and other extensions, exchange lines, conference calls, etc. See Digital Pad Settings (FF1 8).
Appendix A
If a One-Line SLT Adapter is connected to the DEC port, the above address should be changed to “1”
(for AEC).
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 3-26
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF3: Extensions
Related Programming:
Introduction
FF1 8: Digital Pad Settings (pg. 1-193)
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
%66&03<##=4
Dial Plan Assignment
FF1
System
#'LDO#3ODQ#371
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Assign a Dial Plan to the extension.
FF3 0 BSSC
System
09
Hold
(1 or 2) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF3
1=Dial Plan ”A” (default)
2=Dial Plan “B”
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
The phone system supports two Dial Plans, each with a programmable set of Flexible Feature Codes.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF1 2: Dial Plan (pg. 1-167)
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-27
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
0
Section 400-Programming
3.
FF3 1: S-Point ISDN Extensions
NOTE:
System
Configuration
This section is basically the same as ISDN Exchange Line settings, but
here the PBX side is the public exchange.
FF1
System
Introduction
%66&0333##=
Common D-Channel Position
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
#6KDUHG#'FK#326
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Identify the position of the common D-channel (if used) that will control the
ISDN extension located on a 24B or 30B PRI card.
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
FF3 1 BSS1 00 0 Hold (BSSC) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
1=Circuit (PRI) 1
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Common D-Channel Position:
B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Extensions
default: (none)
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
Notes:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
This address is applicable only if the system is using multiple PRI or BRI cards. Skip this address if
using only the 30B+D card for PRI, or only one 2B+D card for BRI.
Related Programming:
D-Channel Interface ID Code (pg. 3-29)
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF3 1 BSS1 00 1 Hold (1-127) Hold
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-28
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
%66&0334#=
D-Channel Interface ID Code
#'FK#,2)#,'#&RGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
When Common D-Channel (see previous address) is used, identify the Interface ID
code (supplied by the public exchange) that will be used for common D-channel control.
0
System
Configuration
FF3 1 BSS1 00 1 Hold (1-127) Hold
FF1
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
1=Circuit (PRI) 1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
FF1
D-Channel Interface ID Code (max. 3 digits)
System
default: [no assignment]
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
The Common D-Channel Position must be set for the port before this address can be entered. If
Common D-Channel Position is cleared, this address will automatically be cleared also.
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
Common D-Channel Position (pg. 3-28)
FF3 1 BSS1 00 0 Hold (BSSC) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
%66&034###=
Extension Number Assignment
#(;7#1XPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Assign an extension number to the ISDN port only.
FF3 1 BSSC 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF7
Applications
Extension Number of ISDN Port
default: [no assignment]
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-29
FF3: Extensions
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03533=3
Connection Type
#&RQQHFWLRQ#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Choose the connection type for the ISDN extension.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF3 1 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
System
FF2
Exchange
System
Configuration
0=Point-to-Point (default)
1=Point-to-MultiPoint (BRI only)
FF1
System
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
If set to “1” (Point-to-MultiPoint), you can parallel-connect up to 8 different ISDN-BRI devices. This is
normally used with S-Point DDI.
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
DDI Dialling to ISDN “S” Point (pg. 1-189) FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Called Number Indication (pg. 3-34) FF3 1 BSSC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
%66&03534=3
Passive Bus
#3DVVLYH#%XV
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Groups
Set the distance between the phone system and a station or another system.
Controls voice level on the ISDN extension.
FF6
FF3 1 BSSC 02 01 Hold
FF6
(0 or 1) Hold
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF5
0=Short Loop (200m) (default)
1=Long Loop (1 km)
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-30
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03535=3
Layer 1 Operate Mode
#2SHUDWH#0RGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the ISDN detection method by the public exchange. (The public exchange
should be contacted to match this detection method.)
0
System
Configuration
FF3 1 BSSC 02 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
System
0=Active mode. (default)
1=Activated per call.
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
If “Active mode” (default) is selected, PBX will inform the public exchange of the existence of the
ISDN extension when PBX power is turned on.
If “Activated per call” is selected, system will inform the public exchange of the existence of the ISDN
extension when the extension makes an outgoing call, or the system detects an incoming call.
Groups
Extensions
FF4
Related Programming:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF3
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Not Used
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
FF3 1 BSSC
02 03 Hold
%66&03536=
#1RW#8VHG
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-31
FF3: Extensions
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03633=3
B-Channel Select
#%FK#6HOHFW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the method used by the system to seize a B-channel for an outgoing call.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF3 1 BSSC 03 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
System
0=System will search for highest-numbered
B-channel; system cannot change
channel. (default)
1=System will search for lowest-numbered
B-channel; system can change channel by
request from ISDN terminal equipment.
FF2
Exchange
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
B-Channel Numbering (Layer 3)
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
%66&03634=4
#%FK#0$3
FF5
Groups
Select the Layer 3 format of the messaging commands sent by the system/PBX
to the ISDN device.
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
TRS/ARS
FF3 1 BSSC 03 01 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
0=Slot Mapping
1=Channel Numbering (default)
Applications
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
When ordering span from the public exchange, specify Slot Mapping or Channel Numbering:
❒ Choose Slot Mapping for multirate (64kbps base rate) bearer capability on a Primary Rate Interface,
Appendix A
when you want to combine channels together -- for example, using many channels to provide a larger
bandwidth for video-conferencing.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 3-32
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF3: Extensions
❒ Choose Channel Numbering (default) when the information transfer rate is 64 kbps, and the
Introduction
channels on the span are used as single channels. For example, specify to the public exchange:
1st interface = channels 1-24, or 1-30 ???
2nd interface = channels 25-49, or _____???
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
In ISDN, Layers 1, 2 and 3 represent signalling levels over the D-channel. Layer 1 is the basic
hardware level that controls messages regarding electrical characteristics, such as speed, channel
structure, etc. Layer 2 is the “housekeeping” level, containing controls that make sure the messages
coincide, providing sequence and flow control, etc. Layer 3 is the feature level with messages that
establish, maintain, and terminate connections, as well as additional information for different
applications, such as passing the identity of the calling party, passing terminal compatibility
information, allowing the redirection of calls, etc.
Related Programming:
B-Channel Numbering (Layer 3) (pg. 2-71) on ISDN trunks
FF2 1 BSSC 03 10 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
%66&03635=
Call ID Length
#&DOO#,'#/HQJWK
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
Set the ID method by which the system/PBX flags messages sent to the ISDN
PRI equipment for calls.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3 1 BSSC 03 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF6
TRS/ARS
0=1 byte/octet (default for BRI)
1=2 bytes/octets (default for PRI)
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
“1 byte/octet” rotates from 1 to 127 IDs. “2 bytes/octets” rotates from 1 to 32,767 IDs.
FF7
Applications
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-33
FF3: Extensions
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
%66&03636=3
Called Number Indication
#&DOOHG#&#,1)2
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
For incoming calls, set whether the system will send the called party’s number
to the ISDN terminal.
0
System
Configuration
FF3 1 BSSC 03 03 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF2
Exchange
0=No called-number indication. (default)
System
1=Called-number indication.
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
This must be set to “1=Called-number indication” when using S-Point DDI (parallel connection).
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
DDI Dialling to ISDN “S” Point (pg. 1-189) FF1 4 05 (0001-0192) Hold (0-9999) Hold
Connection Type (pg. 3-30) for ISDN extensions FF3 1 BSSC 02 00 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
%66&03637=3
Called Sub-Address Indication
#6XE0$GGUHVV#,1)2
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
For incoming calls, set whether the PRI/BRI card will send the sub-address
that identifies the originating terminal, to the ISDN extension.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF3 1 BSSC 03 04 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
0=No sub-address indication. (default)
FF7
Applications
1=Sub-address indication.
FF8
Notes:
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-34
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
FF3 1 BSSC
System
Configuration
03 05 Hold
%66&03638=
#1RW#8VHG
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
%66&03639=4
Progress Tone
FF2
Trunks
#3URJUHVV#7RQH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set whether the system will send progress tones indicating call status (e.g.,
ringback tone, busy tone) to the analog terminal connected to the ISDN extension.
FF3 1 BSSC 03
FF3
06
FF2
Exchange
Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0=Do not send progress tones.
1=Send progress tones. (default)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
%66&0363:=3
Data Security
#'DWD#6HFXULW\
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
Set whether to allow interruptions (such as Busy Override-Receive) at the
analog terminal connected to the ISDN extension.
FF8
FF3 1 BSSC 03
Maintenance
Appendix A
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
07
FF8
Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Maintenance
0=Data Security OFF; interruptions
are allowed. (default)
1=Data Security ON; do not allow
interruptions.
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-35
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
0
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
Not Used
(all CPCs) - Version 2.5 or higher
FF2
Exchange
FF3 1 BSSC 03
08
%66&0363;=
Hold
FF2
Exchange
#1RW#8VHG
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
%66&037###=4
Tenant Group Assignment
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
#7HQDQW#*URXS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
Assign the ISDN extension’s PRI-/BRI-line to a Tenant Group.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3 1 BSSC 04 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF6
Tenant Group No. 1-72
default: 1
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
NOTE: Available range of Tenant Group Nos. is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of
CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
FF7
CPC INSTALLED
Applications
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF8
FF7
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
Tenant Group No. range:
4
5
6
Maintenance
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Tenant Groups cannot be assigned to individual channels; instead, they are assigned by PRI- or BRI-line
basis.
This is the ring assignment for incoming calls in the Inbound MCO Exchange-Line Group assigned to
this Tenant Group in FF1 3 03: Tenant Groups: Inbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-181).
Page 3-36
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Appendix A
Appendix B
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF3: Extensions
In addition to ring assignments for incoming calls, Tenant Groups can be used for controlling the
extension’s MCO access, MOH (Music-On-Hold) source for intercom calls, and SSD block assignment.
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
MOH Source for Intercom Calls (pg. 1-112) FF1 0 14 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-113) FF1 0 15 (0001-0072) Hold (0-72) Hold
Tenant Groups: Inbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-181) FF1 3 03 (0001-0072) Hold (1-99) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
%66&0383#=4
TRS Class Assignment (Day)
#'D\425#756#&/6
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
0
System
Configuration
FF2
Assign a Toll Restriction Service (TRS/Call Barring) class to the ISDN
extension, applicable to outbound calls during Day1 and Day2 modes.
FF3 1 BSSC 05 0
Exchange
Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF4
TRS Class No. 1-50 (Day)
default: 1 (for USA, U.K.)
9 (for all others)
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
#1LJKW#756#&/6
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3 1 BSSC 05 1
Maintenance
FF8
Hold (1-50) Hold
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF7
Applications
Assign a Toll Restriction Service (TRS/Call Barring) class to the ISDN
extension, applicable to outbound calls during Night mode.
FF8
Appendix A
%66&0384#=4
TRS Class Assignment (Night)
Maintenance
TRS Class No. 1-50 (Night)
default: 1 (for USA, U.K.)
9 (for all others)
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-37
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions (pg. 6-16)
%66&039##=4
Extension COS Assignment
#([WHQVLRQ#&26
FF1
System
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign a Class of Service (COS) to the ISDN extension.
FF2
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF2
FF3 1 BSSC 06 Hold (1-16) Hold
Exchange
Exchange
Extension COS No. 1-16
FF3
Extensions
default: 1
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Based on this Extension COS Assignment, extension features can be enabled/disabled.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF5
FF1 0 03: Extension COS Definitions (pg. 1-35)
Groups
Extension Digital Pad Class Assignment
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Maintenance
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF3 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-8) Hold
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF6
(;7#'3$'#&/6
Assign a Digital Pad Class to the ISDN extension.
Applications
FF8
%66&03:3#=8
FF8
Extension Pad Class No. 1-8
Maintenance
default: 5
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-38
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF3: Extensions
Notes:
Introduction
This Digital Pad Class assignment can be used for controlling volume adjustments between the
extension and other extensions, exchange lines, conference calls, etc. (To set these volume adjustment
levels, see Digital Pad Settings.)
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1 8: Digital Pad Settings (pg. 1-193)
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
Trunks
%66&03;##=4
Dial Plan Assignment
#'LDO#3ODQ#371
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Exchange
Assign a Dial Plan to the ISDN extension.
FF3 1 BSSC 08 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-4 (BRI) or 1 (PRI)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
1=Dial Plan “A” (default)
2=Dial Plan “B”
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Groups
The phone system supports two Dial Plans, each with a programmable set of Flexible Feature Codes.
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
FF1 2: Dial Plan (pg. 1-167)
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-39
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF3 2: Virtual Ports
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
334033##=
Extension Number Assignment
FF1
System
#(;7#1XPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Assign an extension number to the Virtual Port. This will be the number
dialled to reach the Virtual Port.
System
(or BLK-DOWN)
FF3 2
FF2
(001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
Virtual Port No.
Extension No. 0-9999
default: (none)
FF3
Extensions
NOTE: Available range of Virtual Ports is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of CCUs
FF3
Extensions
specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
CPC INSTALLED
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
FF4
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
FF-/Soft Keys
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
96
192
288
384
480
576
Virtual Port range:
FF5
Groups
Notes:
IMPORTANT: If the Extension No. starts with a “9”, it may not work if the “9” MCO access code is
being used (“9” is the default access code for MCO-1 in Tenant Group 1). Check the Virtual Port’s
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-43) and the Tenant Group’s associated MCO settings in FF1 3:
MCO Access in Tenant Groups (pg. 1-176).
Press the BLK-DOWN soft key instead of the last HOLD in the above address, to scroll to the next
BSSC extension port position and assign it an Extension Number (stay in same address).
Virtual Ports: Extensions that do not physically exist, and do not require any hardware (doesn’t take up
a slot, port, etc.). Virtual Ports can be used for multiple ringing. Some examples are as follows:
❒ Incoming DDI or DL calls to a Virtual Port can ring on multiple phones.
❒ Virtual Ports can be assigned to Hunt Groups.
❒ Virtual Ports can receive calls going through Auto Attendant (e.g., “for Customer Service, press 1”).
❒ Virtual Ports can be used as System Park orbits.
There are two kinds of Virtual Ports -- a Virtual Extension which is a Virtual Port with an assigned
(diallable) extension number (to set up multiple ringing), and a Floating Virtual Port which does not
have an extension number (similar to a Park Orbit).
Appendix B
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 3-40
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF3: Extensions
Related Programming:
Introduction
Virtual Key LED: Answer Control #1 (pg. 1-12) FF1 0 01 0007 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Virtual Key LED: Answer Control #2 (pg. 1-13) FF1 0 01 0008 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Floating Hold on Exchange Line Key (pg. 1-14) FF1 0 01 0009 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Floating Hold on Virtual Port Key (pg. 1-14) FF1 0 01 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s) (pg. 4-7) FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
(Code) Hold
FF1
System
33403433####=4
Ring Frequency
Set the ring frequency for incoming calls to the Virtual Port.
Trunks
FF3 2
FF3
System
FF2
Exchange
(001-576) 01 00 Hold (1-6) Hold
Virtual Port No.
FF3
1=400/562 Hz (default)
2=1000/1340 Hz
3=400 Hz
4=800/1040 Hz
5=1040/1320 Hz
6=660/1320 Hz
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1
#5LQJ#)UHTXHQF\
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
0
System
Configuration
Extensions
FF4
NOTE: Available range of Virtual Ports is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of CCUs
FF-/Soft Keys
specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
CPC INSTALLED
FF5
Groups
FF6
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
FF5
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
96
192
288
384
480
576
Virtual Port range:
Groups
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-41
FF3: Extensions
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
33403434####=4
Ring Pattern
#5LQJ#&\FOH#371
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the interval between rings for incoming calls to the Virtual Port.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF3 2
(001-576) 01 01 Hold (1-12) Hold
Virtual Port No.
FF1
System
System
Configuration
FF1
NOTE: Available range of Virtual Ports is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of
System
CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
CPC INSTALLED
FF2
Exchange
FF3
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
96
192
288
384
480
576
Virtual Port range:
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Setting Values for U.K.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Setting Values for USA and Hong Kong
Synchronise with public exchange
1on/2off (default) (in seconds)
2on/1off
1on/1off
.5on/.5off
.25on/2.75off
.25on/.25off/.25on/2.25off
.25on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1.75off
.75on/.25off/.75on/1.25off
1on/.25off/.25on/1.5off
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/1off
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
Continuous tone
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
No ring alarm
FF4
1on/3off (in seconds) (default)
FF-/Soft Keys
2on/2off
3on/1off
FF5
1on/1off
Groups
.5on/.5off
.5on/3.5off
.5on/.5off/.5on/2.5off
FF6
.25on/.25off/.25on/3.25off
TRS/ARS
1on/.25off/.25on/2.5off
1on/.25off/.25on/.25off/.25on/2off
1.375on/.125off/.125on/.125off/.125on/.125off
FF7
Applications
Continuous tone
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-42
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Introduction
334035###=4
Tenant Group Assignment
#7HQDQW#*URXS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign the Virtual Port to a Tenant Group.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF3 2 (001-576) 02 Hold (1-72) Hold
Tenant Group No.
default: 1
Virtual Port No.
FF1
System
FF1
System
NOTE: Available range of Virtual Ports and Tenant Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the
FF2
number of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
CPC INSTALLED
FF2
Exchange
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Virtual Port range:
96
192
288
384
480
576
Tenant Group range:
12
24
36
48
60
72
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Notes:
FF-/Soft Keys
This is the ring assignment for incoming calls in the Inbound MCO Exchange Line Group assigned to
this Tenant Group in FF1 3 03: Tenant Groups: Inbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-181).
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
In addition to ring assignments for incoming calls, Tenant Groups can be used for controlling the
extension’s MCO access, MOH (Music-On-Hold) source for intercom calls, and SSD block assignment.
Related Programming:
MOH Source for Intercom Calls (pg. 1-112) FF1 0 14 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-113) FF1 0 15 (0001-0072) Hold (0-72) Hold
Tenant Groups: Inbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-181) FF1 3 03 (0001-0072) Hold (1-99) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-43
FF3: Extensions
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
334036###=4
Extension COS Assignment
#([WHQVLRQ#&26
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign a Class of Service (COS) to the Virtual Port.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF3 2 (001-576) 03 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF1
Extension COS No. 1-16
default: 1
Virtual Port No.
System
FF1
System
NOTE: Available range of Virtual Ports is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of CCUs
FF2
specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
CPC INSTALLED
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF2
Exchange
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
96
192
288
384
480
576
Virtual Port range:
Notes:
Based on this Extension COS Assignment, extension features for incoming calls can be enabled/
disabled, such as restricting the receiving of camp-on calls or callbacks.
Related Programming:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF1 0 03: Extension COS Definitions (pg. 1-35)
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-44
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
FF3 3: RAI Extension Port#
NOTE:
RAI is not available in the USA.
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
33######=9<<
RAI Extension Number Assignment
#(;7#1XPEHU
FF1
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
System
Assign an extension number to the system’s Remote Administration Interface (RAI) port.
FF3 3
FF1
System
00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
RAI Extension No. 0-9999
default: 699
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
The RAI port is mounted on the CPC card.
FF4
Assign an extension number to the RAI port so that calls (DDI, DISA, DL, etc.) can ring directly to the
RAI port unattended, or a call can be transferred to it.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
34#####=4
Tenant Group Assignment
FF6
TRS/ARS
#7HQDQW#*URXS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
Assign the RAI port to a Tenant Group.
TRS/ARS
FF3 3 01 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
Tenant Group No. 1-72
default: 1
FF8
Maintenance
NOTE: Available range of Tenant Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of CCUs
specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
CPC INSTALLED
Appendix A
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
Maintenance
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
Tenant Group range:
FF8
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 3-45
FF3: Extensions
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
This is the ring assignment for incoming calls in the Inbound MCO Exchange-Line Group assigned to
this Tenant Group in FF1 3 03: Tenant Groups: Inbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-181).
0
System
Configuration
In addition to ring assignments for incoming calls, Tenant Groups can be used for controlling the
extension’s MCO access, MOH (Music-On-Hold) source for intercom calls, and SSD block assignment.
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
System
MOH Source for Intercom Calls (pg. 1-112) FF1 0 14 (0001-0072) Hold (0-3) Hold
SSD Block Assignment to MCO Tenant Groups (pg. 1-113) FF1 0 15 (0001-0072) Hold (0-72) Hold
Tenant Groups: Inbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-181) FF1 3 03 (0001-0072) Hold (1-99) Hold
FF2
System
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
35######=4
Extension COS Assignment
#([WHQVLRQ#&26
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3
FF1
Assign an Extension Class of Service (COS) to the RAI port.
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF3 3 02 Hold (1-16) Hold
FF4
FF4
Extension COS No. 1-16
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
default: 1
FF5
Groups
Notes:
Based on this Extension COS Assignment, RAI extension features can be enabled/disabled.
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
FF6
FF1 0 03: Extension COS Definitions (pg. 1-35)
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 3-46
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction
4. FF-Keys and Soft Keys (FF4)
Use the FF4 programming addresses in this chapter to assign Feature Codes
(including exchange-line FF-key ringing) to FF-keys and soft keys on ICX
phones:
0
System
Configuration
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM/24 Units
FF4 1: FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles
FF4 2: Soft Keys on Display Phones
FF1
System
FF Key Address
Topic
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
System
FF2
Default (all) Page
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones, SLTs, and EM/24 Units
FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital
Keyphones, SLTs, EM/24s)
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange-Line FF-Key: Outbound Call
Restriction
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Hold (0 or 1)
Exchange-Line FF-Key: Inbound
Hold
Answer Restriction
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx2 (0 or 1) Exchange-Line FF-Key: Day1 Ringing
Hold
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx3 (0 or 1) Exchange-Line FF-Key: Day2 Ringing
Hold
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx4 (0 or 1) Exchange-Line FF-Key: Night Ringing
Hold
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx5 (0 or 1) Exchange-Line FF-Key: No-Ring Auto
Hold
Answer
4-7
0 (Allowed)
4-10
0 (Allowed)
4-11
0 (No ring)
4-11
0 (No ring)
4-12
0 (No ring)
4-12
0 (Disabled)
4-13
4-14
FF-Key Feature Assignment (DSS/72)
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Outbound Call
Restrictionn
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Hold (0 or 1)
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Inbound
Hold
Answer Restriction
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx2 (0 or 1) DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Day1 Ringing
Hold
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx3 (0 or 1) DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Day2 Ringing
Hold
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx4 (0 or 1) DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Night Ringing
Hold
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx5 (0 or 1) DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: No-Ring Auto
Hold
Answer
-0 (Allowed)
4-14
4-15
0 (Allowed)
4-16
0 (No ring)
4-16
0 (No ring)
4-17
0 (No ring)
4-17
0 (Disabled)
4-18
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF4 2: Soft Keys on Display Phones
FF4 2 BSSC 0 (01-30) Hold (Code) Hold
Exchange
4-7
--
FF4 1: FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles
FF4 1 BSSC 0 (01-72) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF (0 or 1) Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
This chapter covers the following FF4 addresses:
FF2
Trunks
Introduction
4-19
Soft Key Feature Assignment
--
4-19
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 4-1
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction: Feature Codes in Programming Mode
Introduction
Use the Feature Codes table below for all FF4 addresses. (Some features cannot
be programmed into soft keys; these features are noted in the table below.)
0
The codes shown in the “Fixed Feature Codes” column are hard-coded and cannot
be changed. However, most of the features can also be assigned another “flexible”
code in FF1 2: Dial Plan (pg. 1-167) for end-user programming. Exceptions are
noted in the table below.
System
Configuration
FF1
When assigning features to keys in Programming Mode, you must always use the
Fixed Feature Code. However, end-users programming their own keys can use the
Flexible Code.
System
FF2
If the Flexible Codes are changed in the Dial Plan, it is not necessary to reprogram
extensions. When an end-user programs a Flexible Code into an FF-key or soft
key, the system will translate the Flexible Code into the Fixed Code. The enduser can still press the same FF-key or soft key to perform the feature, even if the
feature’s Flexible Code is changed in programming.
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
When you display the FF-key or soft key setting, it will always show the Fixed
Code.
FF4
FF4
Table 4-1. FF-Key/Soft Key Fixed Feature Codes
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
NOTE:
FF5
All features can be programmed on FF-Keys, and most (but not all) can also be programmed on
Soft Keys (the “Soft Key” column will be shaded for exceptions). Also, some features cannot be
assigned a Flexible Code for end-users, and can be set only in Programming Mode (the “EndUser” column will be shaded for these exceptions).
Groups
Feature
FF6
TRS/ARS
Description
Public Exchange Line Key
MCO Exchange Line Key
FF7
Applications
FF6
For incoming and outgoing
1 + (MCO 1-5) + (MCOcalls.
Incoming Group 00-99)
MCO No. 1 = ”9” access code
MCO No. 2 = “81” access code
MCO No. 3 = “82” access code
MCO No. 4 = “83” access code
MCO No. 5 = “84” access code
*9 + (VirtualPort 001-576)
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
DSS/BLF - Outgoing only
Call ext. / View status only.
9 + (Extension 0-9999)
End-User
DSS/BLF - Immediate Ring
Call ext. / View status /
Also rings immediately for
incoming call (can answer).
81 + (Extension 0-9999)
End-User
DSS/BLF - Delayed Ring
Call ext. / View status /
Also delay-rings incoming call
(can answer).
82 + (Extension 0-9999)
End-User
DSS/BLF - Flash/No-Ring
Call ext. / View status /
Also flashes for incoming call
(can answer).
83 + (Extension 0-9999)
End-User
Maintenance
Appendix A
End-User Soft Key
# + (Exch.Line 1-576)
Virtual Port Key
FF8
+ (additional digits to
program into key)
FF5
Groups
Fixed Feature Code
Soft Key
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 4-2
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Fixed Feature Code
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Feature
Description
Built-In VM Unit #1:
Mailbox Access
Access mailbox options.
61 + (Mailbox No. 00-9999)
Built-In VM Unit #2:
Mailbox Access
Access mailbox options.
62 + (Mailbox No. 00-9999)
Built-In VM Unit #3:
Mailbox Access
Access mailbox options.
63 + (Mailbox No. 00-9999)
Built-In VM Unit #4:
Mailbox Access
Access mailbox options.
64 + (Mailbox No. 00-9999)
Built-In VM Unit #1:
Message Broadcast
Copy a recording to other
(pre-programmed) mailboxes.
61 + (Broadcast Code 009999)
Built-In VM Unit #2:
Message Broadcast
Copy a recording to other
(pre-programmed) mailboxes.
62 + (Broadcast Code 009999)
Built-In VM Unit #3:
Message Broadcast
Copy a recording to other
(pre-programmed) mailboxes.
63 + (Broadcast Code 009999)
Built-In VM Unit #4:
Message Broadcast
Copy a recording to other
(pre-programmed) mailboxes.
64 + (Broadcast Code 009999)
Built-In VM: Retrieve
Messages
Listen to messages in mailbox. 5 + (Mailbox No. 00-9999)
Built-In VM: Start/Restart
2-Way Call Recording
Built-In VM: Stop
2-Way Call Recording
Built-In VM: Re-Record
(over the same call)
2-Way Call Recording
Built-In VM: Pause
2-Way Call Recording
Built-In VM: Stop/End
2-Way Call Recording
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Maintenance
*#57
Built-In VM: Copy
(a message into another
mailbox) 2-Way Call Recording
*#58
Built-In VM: Dial Pulse/
DTMF Switch
2-Way Call Recording
*#59
Speed-Dial Send Button
Direct Exch.Line Access
Appendix A
Verified ID Code Send
Floating Hold Answer
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
(call outside pager or phone)
2-Way Call Recording
ACD-2 Unavailable Button
FF3
*
*#54
*#55
Built-In VM: Notify
ACD-2 Work Unit
Exchange
#53
*
ACD-2 Log-In/Out Button
FF2
*#50
*#51
*#52
(delete recording)
2-Way Call Recording
ACD-1 Unavailable Button
FF1
Extensions
Built-In VM: Clear
ACD-1 Log-In/Out Button
0
System
Configuration
System
Built-In VM: Add Comment (to end of recording)
2-Way Call Recording
ACD-1 Work Unit
FF8
+ (additional digits to
program into key)
Introduction
End-User Soft Key
#56
*#80
*#81 + (Work Unit 00-19)
*#82
*#85
*#86 + (Work Unit 00-19)
*#87
01 + (SSD 000-799 or
*PSD
80-99)
*02
*03
*04
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 4-3
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Section 400-Programming
Fixed Feature Code
Introduction
Feature
0
System
Configuration
Description
Voice Mail MessageWaiting: Send
*05
End-User
Soft Key
Voice Mail MessageWaiting: Cancel
*06
End-User
Soft Key
Message-Waiting: Cancel
*07
*08
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
09
*
*10
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
Call Forward (All): Clear via
Attendant
*11
End-User
Soft Key
Call Forward (No Answer):
Set
71 + (Extension 0-9999)
End-User
Soft Key
Call Forward (No Answer):
Clear
*12
End-User
Soft Key
Call Forward (No Answer):
Set via Attendant
*13
End-User
Soft Key
Call Forward (No Answer):
Clear via Attendant
*14
End-User
Soft Key
Call Forward (Busy): Set
72 + (Extension 0-9999)
End-User
Soft Key
*
*16
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
*17
End-User
Soft Key
18
*
*19
*20
*21
*22
*23
*24
*25
*26
*27
*28
*29 + (Page Group 0-9)
*30
*31
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
*32
End-User
Soft Key
33 + (Call Pickup Group
*1-99)
End-User
Soft Key
Message-Waiting: Callback
FF1
System
Call Forward (All): Set
70 + (Extension 0-9999)
Call Forward (All): Clear
Call Forward (All): Set via
Attendant
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Call Forward (Busy): Clear
15
Call Forward (Busy): Set
via Attendant
FF5
Groups
Call Forward (Busy): Clear
via Attendant
DND Set from Attendant
TRS/ARS
DND Clear from Attendant
DND & Call Forward Clear
Alarm Set
Alarm Clear
FF7
Applications
BGM On/Off
Day 1/Night Toggle
Day 2
Night 1
FF8
Maintenance
Night 2 (for Built-In VM)
Paging
Meet-Me Answer
Call Pickup Group/
All Calls
Appendix A
Call Pickup Group/
Public-Exch. Calls Only
Call Pickup Group/
Specified
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
DND Set/Clear
FF6
+ (additional digits to
program into key)
Introduction
End-User Soft Key
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Pick up a call in another Call
Pickup Group.
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 4-4
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Fixed Feature Code
Introduction
Feature
0
System
Configuration
Description
Direct Call Pickup
73 + (Extension 0-9999)
End-User
Soft Key
Public Exchange Line Call
Pickup
*34
End-User
Soft Key
35
*
*36
*37
*38
*39
*40
*41
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
Headset Mode On/Off
3-party Conference Key
Transfer Key
FF1
Program Key
System
Recall - Flash Key
PSD Name Assignment
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Ext. Directory Name
Assignment
Speed-Dial Directory Name
Assignment
MCO-1 Access
For outgoing calls (default: 9)
MCO-2 Access
For outgoing calls (default: 81)
MCO-3 Access
For outgoing calls (default: 82)
MCO-4 Access
For outgoing calls (default: 83)
MCO-5 Access
For outgoing calls (default: 84)
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Mic/Mute (Talkback Key)
Callback at Busy Tone
Message-Waiting Set at
Busy Tone
Maintenance
End-User
Soft Key
FF1
System
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
*42
End-User
Soft Key
*43
*44
*45
*46
*47
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
*48
*49
*50
*51
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
*
Soft Key
Busy Override Send
*53
*54
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
Message-Waiting Set at
Ringback Tone
*55
End-User
Soft Key
Message-Waiting Priority
Set at Ringback Tone
*56
End-User
Soft Key
57
*
*58
*59
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
Exchange-Line Port No.
Confirm
*60
End-User
Soft Key
Voice Mail Transfer Key #1
74 + (VM Voice Port
Ext.No. 0-9999)
End-User
Soft Key
Voice Mail Transfer Key #2
75 + (VM Pilot Ext.No.
0-9999)
End-User
Soft Key
Variable Mode
*61
End-User
Soft Key
Extension Port Number
Confirm
Appendix A
Exchange
FF3
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
End-User
Account Code Entry
FF2
Extensions
52
Switch to Voice Call at
Ringback Tone
System
Configuration
Soft Key
Message-Waiting Priority
Set at Busy Tone
8-Party Conference
FF8
0
NOTE: No more than 5 MCO keys can be assigned per phone.
Camp-On at Busy Tone
FF5
+ (additional digits to
program into key)
Introduction
End-User Soft Key
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 4-5
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Section 400-Programming
Fixed Feature Code
Introduction
Feature
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
Description
+ (additional digits to
program into key)
Introduction
End-User Soft Key
Call Logging Confirmation
Mode
*62
End-User
Soft Key
Station Call Park Hold/
Answer
*63
End-User
Soft Key
Station Call Park Hold
*64
*65
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
Station Call Park Answer
(other extensions)
*66
End-User
Soft Key
Station Call Park Transfer
*67
*68
*69
*70
*71
*72
8 + (up to 4 digits,
*including
0-9, #, *)
End-User
Soft Key
End-User
Soft Key
Station Call Park Answer
(own extension)
Release Key
for headset on regular phone
Answer Key
for headset on regular phone
OHVA
Split Key
OHVA/Silent Transfer/Talkback
Walking TRS
FF3
ANY Key
Extensions
or higher)
(all CPCs-Version 1.3
Change phone status to
“Monitor ON”; put current
Public-Exch.Line call on hold.
NOTE: The “ANY” key LED won’t
light.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
End-User
End-User
End-User
Soft Key
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 4-6
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
FF4 0: FF-Keys on Digital Keyphones,
SLTs, and EM/24 Units
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
0
Before Programming:
❒
The extension’s Phone Type must be set to “1=Digital Keyphone or SLT” (default) or
“2=EM/24.” See Phone Type (pg. 3-3): FF3 0 BSSC 00 Hold (1-3) Hold.
❒
Although SLTs do not have Flexible Function Keys, the following addresses can be used for
assigning exchange line or Virtual Port ringing to them.
❒
There are 32 assignments for FF-keys in the following FF4 0 addresses. The largest phone
programmed by this address, the 24-key Small Display phone (see illustration, next page) has
24 FF-keys. The remaining 8 assignments for this phone can be used for Virtual Port ringing.
Virtual Ports can also be assigned on other phones using the extra FF-key assignments.
FF2
%66&033##=&4
FF3
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
System
Configuration
FF-Key Feature Assignment (Digital Keyphones,
SLTs, EM/24s)
FF1
System
Exchange
#))#$VVLJQ
Extensions
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
Assign Feature Codes to the FF-keys on digital keyphones, SLTs, or EM/24 units.
FF4 0 BSSC 0 (01-32) Hold FL/R
FF5
Groups
FF4
(to clear current
feature assignment)
FF-/Soft Keys
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF6
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
32=FF32 key
FF-/Soft Keys
(Code) Hold
Feature Code Assignment (see pg. 4-2)
initial default: [no assignment]
See figures starting on pg. 4-8 for
FF-key numbering on phones.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Applications
To copy FF-key and ring assignments from one phone to another,
use the COPY and PASTE commands (soft keys 6 and 7) as follows:
(1)
FF8
Maintenance
(2)
(3)
Appendix A
Enter the first part of the above address without specifying an
FF-key number to program:
FF4 0 BSSC 0 Hold (for BSSC, enter the port
position of the phone you want to copy settings from)
Press the COPY soft key. The display won’t change, but the
phone will beep once to indicate it has recognised the copy
command.
Use the BLK-DOWN or BLK_UP soft key to toggle to the next
extension you want to copy to. The display will change to the
new BSSC port position and extension number assignment.
FF7
Applications
BSSC-0**
FF-Key #
100
35,17
4
&23<
3$67(
5
9
:
+<3+(1
3$86( %/.B83
63'B,' %/.B'2:1
6
7
8
352*
&21)
)):
));
))4
))5
;
<
43
0,&
0(18
35(9
1(;7
))6
))7
))8
))9
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
4
5 ABC 6DEF
'1'2&)
)/25
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 4-7
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
(4)
Press the PASTE soft key. The display won’t change, but the phone will beep once to indicate the
paste command.
(5)
Repeat steps (3) and (4) for all extensions you want to copy to.
0
EM/24 units require their own extension port, separate from the phone. Therefore, when
programming the FF-keys on an EM/24 unit, enter the EM/24 port position (not the phone’s port
position).
FF1
If you assign the FF-key as an Exchange Line (public
exchange or MCO), Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF Key:
FF1 through FF6 on the phone will become toggle
switches for the Exchange-Line FF-Key addresses
starting on pg. 4-10. These keys will be lit either green for
a “0” setting, or red for a “1” setting. Press the
corresponding FF-key to change the setting:
System
Configuration
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF1 = Outbound Call Restriction
FF2 = Inbound Answer Restriction
FF3 = Day1 Ringing
FF4 = Day2 Ringing
FF5 = Night Ringing
FF6 = No-Ring Auto Answer
(green/0=Allow)
(green/0=Allow)
(green/0=Do not ring)
(green/0=Do not ring)
(green/0=Do not ring
(green/0=Disabled-No effect)
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
))4
))5
4
7
))6
))7
5 ABC 6 DEF
GHI
8
PRS
JKL
9
TUV
MNO
))8
'1'2&)
,17
))9
)/25
Groups
FF6
FF2
Exchange
5(',$/
WXY
FF3
Extensions
NOTE: This applies only if you start from the FF4 0 BSSC 0 address (not if you punch-in the address
directly).
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Introduction
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
For Example: Extension No. 300 is located in CCU 1, Card Slot 01, Circuit 1. Extension 300’s FF1
key is already assigned Exchange Line #1. To restrict incoming calls for FF1 (Exchange Line #1), first
display FF1’s assignment:
... punch in: FF4 0 1011 001 Hold LCD display shows:
(FF1 thru FF6 are all lit green for “0” setting)
43440334##=&4
FF5
Groups
#))#$VVLJQ
... punch FF2 to restrict incoming calls for Exchange Line #1 on the FF1 key. FF2 will now be lit red
for “1=Restrict”. (Corresponding address is FF4 0 BSSC 101 Hold CONF Hold 1 Hold.)
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 4-8
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Figure 4-1: FF-key layout on a Small Display phone
12-key Small Display phone
Introduction
24-key Small Display phone
(1'
02'(
03:14 Fri DEC 05
0
System
Configuration
03:14 Fri DEC 05
164 Davidson C
0
System
Configuration
164 Davidson C
352*
352*
&21)
&21)
FF1
))4< ))53
))54 ))55
))56 ))57
FF1
System
))46 ))47
))48 ))49
))4: ))4;
System
FF2
)):
));
))<
))43
))4
))5
))6
))7
4
Trunks
7
:
FF3
5 ABC 6 DEF
GHI
PRS
8
;
JKL
TUV
9
<
/,1(
)):
));
))<
))43 ))44 ))45
))8
))4
))5
))6
))7
'1'2&)
MNO
,17
WXY
0,&
3
Extensions
))44 ))45
))9
)/25
5(',$/
0(025<
4
5 ABC 6 DEF
'1'2&)
7 GHI
8 JKL 9MNO
,17
: PRS ;TUV <WXY
0,&
2122))
92/80(
))8
3
+2/'
/,1(
Speakerphone
))9
FF2
)/25
Exchange
5(',$/
0(025<
2122))
FF3
Extensions
+2/'
92/80(
Speakerphone
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Figure 4-2: FF-key layout on an EM/24 unit
FF5
FF5
EM/24 Unit (mated with a 12-key Small Display phone)
Groups
Groups
(1'
02'(
03:14 Fri DEC 05
FF6
352*
TRS/ARS
&21)
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
))45
))57
))44
))56
))43
))55
))<
))54
));
))53
)):
))4<
))9
))4;
))8
))4:
))7
))49
))6
))48
))5
))47
))4
))46
164 Davidson C
7R#SURJUDP#WKHVH
))0NH\V#RQ#WKH
/DUJH0/&'#SKRQH/
HQWHU#WKH#SKRQH·V
H[WHQVLRQ#SRUW
SRVLWLRQ#+%66&,#LQ
WKH#))7##3##DGGUHVV1
)):
));
))<
))43 ))44 ))45
))4
))5
))6
))7
4
5 ABC 6 DEF
'1'2&)
7 GHI
8 JKL 9MNO
,17
: PRS ;TUV <WXY
0,&
3
Appendix A
))8
/,1(
))9
)/25
5(',$/
0(025<
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
7R#SURJUDP#WKHVH
))0NH\V#RQ#WKH#(0257
8QLW/#HQWHU#WKH#(0257·V
H[WHQVLRQ#SRUW#SRVLWLRQ
+%66&,#LQ#WKH#))7##3
DGGUHVV1
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
2122))
92/80(
Appendix A
+2/'
Speakerphone
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 4-9
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Exchange-Line FF-Key: Outbound Call Restriction
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
%66&04344=3
#2XWJRLQJ#756
(for digital keyphones, SLTs, and EM/24s) Allow/Restrict outbound calls on the
FF-key programmed as a public-exchange line, MCO exchange-line group, Virtual
Port, or DSS/BLF key.
0
System
Configuration
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
FF2
System
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Exchange
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
32=FF32 key
0=Allow outbound calls on this FF-key.
(default)
1=Do Not Allow outbound calls on this
FF-key.
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
The LCD display will show the allow/restrict settings for this and the next 5
addresses after the first “Hold” is pressed in the above address:
FF4
[# #VHWWLQJ#´3µ
If Outbound Call Restriction is set to “0=Allow” (default), and
R# #VHWWLQJ#´4µ
Inbound Answer Restriction is set to “1=Do Not Allow”,
the FF-key cannot be used while an incoming call is ringing in on it (the LED will blink green). Once
the call is answered on another phone, however, the LED will extinguish and the FF-key will become
available for making an outbound call.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
%66&0434-=[R[[[[
#.H\#,1)2
To set delayed ringing for exchange-line FF-keys, use the Day1/2/Night Delayed Ring Type/
Destination addresses in FF2.
Groups
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
Exchange-Line Key Operation: Direct Calls (pg. 3-14) FF3 0 BSSC 04 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange-Line Key Operation: HOLD (pg. 3-15) FF3 0 BSSC 04 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange-Line Key Operation: Multiple Call Pickup (pg. 3-15) FF3 0 BSSC 04 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange-Line Key Operation: Brokers Hold (pg. 3-16) FF3 0 BSSC 04 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 4-10
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Introduction
Exchange-Line FF-Key: Inbound Answer Restriction %66&04345=3
#,QFRPLQJ#756
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(for digital keyphones, SLTs, and EM/24s) Allow/Restrict the ability to answer incoming calls
on the FF-key programmed as a public-exchange line, MCO exchange-line group, Virtual Port,
or DSS/BLF key.
0
System
Configuration
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
FF2
System
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Trunks
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
32=FF32 key
0=Allow answering inbound calls on
this FF-key. (default)
1=Do Not Allow answering inbound calls
on this FF-key.
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
If Inbound Answer Restriction is set to “1=Do Not Allow,” the FF-key will still flash green for an
incoming public-exchange or MCO call, although the user won’t be able to answer it.
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
%66&04346=3
Exchange-Line FF-Key: Day1 Ringing
#'D\4#5LQJ#$VVLJQ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Groups
(for digital keyphones, SLTs, and EM/24s) Allow/Restrict phone ringing during
Day1 mode for an incoming call on the FF-key programmed as a public-exchange
line, MCO exchange-line group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF6
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx2 (0 or 1) Hold
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF8
Maintenance
FF5
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
32=FF32 key
0=Do Not Ring inbound calls on this
FF-key during Day1 mode. (default)
1=Ring inbound calls on this FF-key
during Day1 mode.
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Even if this address is set to “0=Do Not Ring” (default), the user can still pick up the incoming call by
pressing the FF-key, as long as Inbound Answer Restriction (pg. 4-11) is set to “0=Allow” (default).
For DSS/BLF keys, if this address is set to “1=Ring,” Auto-Answer will
apply; user simply picks up the handset to answer the incoming call on the DSS/BLF key.
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 or higher)
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 4-11
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Related Programming:
BLF Call Pickup (pg. 1-24)
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF1 0 01 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange-Line FF-Key: Day2 Ringing
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
%66&04347=3
#'D\5#5LQJ#$VVLJQ
(for digital keyphones, SLTs, and EM/24s) Allow/Restrict phone ringing during
Day2 mode for an incoming call on the FF-key programmed as a public-exchange
line, MCO exchange-line group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
System
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx3 (0 or 1) Hold
FF2
Exchange
FF3
FF2
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
32=FF32 key
0=Do Not Ring inbound calls on this
FF-key during Day2 mode. (default)
1=Ring inbound calls on this FF-key
during Day2 mode.
Groups
FF6
FF3
Extensions
(same as Day1 Ringing)
Related Programming:
(same as Day1 Ringing)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Exchange
FF-/Soft Keys
Exchange-Line FF-Key: Night Ringing
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
%66&04348=3
#1LJKW#50$VVLJQ
(for digital keyphones, SLTs, and EM/24s) Allow/Restrict phone ringing during
Night mode for an incoming call on the FF-key programmed as a public-exchange
line, MCO exchange-line group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx4 (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF7
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Maintenance
Notes:
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
32=FF32 key
0=Do Not Ring inbound calls on this
FF-key during Night mode. (default)
1=Ring inbound calls on this FF-key
during Night mode.
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
(same as Day1 Ringing)
Related Programming:
(same as Day1 Ringing)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 4-12
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Introduction
Exchange-Line FF-Key: No-Ring Auto Answer
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
FF1
%66&04349=3
#1R05LQJ#$XWR#$16
(for digital keyphones, SLTs, and EM/24s) Allow/Restrict the phone’s ability to
answer incoming calls that are blinking, but not ringing, on the FF-key programmed
as a public-exchange line, MCO exchange-line group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key,
simply by picking up the handset.
0
System
Configuration
FF4 0 BSSC 1 (01-32) Hold CONF Holdx5 (0 or 1) Hold
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF1
System
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
32=FF32 key
0=Disabled; this address has no effect.
(default)
1=Enabled; pick up handset to answer call.
(don’t have to press FF-key)
Notes:
Even if this is set to “1=Enabled,” pressing ON/OFF will not pick up the call; the user must pick up the
handset to answer the call.
Related Programming:
BLF Call Pickup (pg. 1-24)
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF1 0 01 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 4-13
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF4 1: FF-Keys on DSS/72 Consoles
Before Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
❒
0
System
Configuration
The DSS/72 port’s Phone Type (pg. 3-3) must be set to “3=DSS/72.”
%66&0334#=
FF-Key Feature Assignment (DSS/72)
#)XQFWLRQ&#QQQQ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
(for DSS/72 Consoles) Assign Feature Codes to the FF-keys.
(to clear current
feature assignment)
FF2
FF2
FF4 1 BSSC 0 (01-72) Hold FL/R (Code) Hold
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Exchange
BSSC: Attendant Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Feature Code Assignment (see pg. 4-2)
initial default: [no assignment]
FF3
Extensions
See figure below for FF-key numbering on a DSS/72.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
72=FF72 key
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
See Notes on pg. 4-7. The same applies to DSS/72 consoles.
FF5
Groups
FF5
Related Programming:
Phone Type (pg. 3-3) on extensions
Groups
FF3 0 BSSC 00 Hold (1-3) Hold
Figure 4-3: FF-key layout on a DSS/72 Attendant Console
DSS/72 Console (mated with a Large Display phone)
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
))9: ))9; ))9< )):3 )):4
03:14 Fri DEC 05
)):5
164 Davidson C
3(5621$/ ',$/
6<67(0 ',$/
(;7(16,21
)81&7,21 6<67(0
)81&7,21 (;7
FF7
Applications
352*
FF8
Maintenance
))94 ))95
7R#SURJUDP
WKHVH#))0NH\V/
XVH#WKH#))7##3
DGGUHVVHV1
&21)
0,&
0(18
))96
))97 ))98 ))99
))88
))89 ))8: ))8; ))8< ))93
FF7
))7<
))83 ))84 ))85 ))86 ))87
Applications
))76 ))77 ))78 ))79 ))7:
35(9
1(;7
))6: ))6; ))6<
))73
))7;
))74 ))75
)):
));
))<
))43 ))44 ))45
))64 ))65 ))66 ))67 ))68
))4
))5
))6
))7
))58 ))59 ))5: ))5; ))5< ))63
4
7
GHI
5
ABC
6
8
JKL
9
DEF
'1'2&)
MNO
,17
:PRS ;TUV < WXY
3
Appendix A
/,1(
))8
0,&
))9
)/25
))4<
))69
7R#SURJUDP
WKHVH#))0NH\V/
XVH#WKH#))7##4
DGGUHVVHV1
Maintenance
))53 ))54 ))55 ))56 ))57
))46 ))47 ))48 ))49 ))4:
))4;
5(',$/
0(025<
)):
));
))<
))43
))44 ))45
))4
))5
))6
))7
))8
))9
Appendix A
2122))
92/80(
+2/'
$16:(5
5(/($6(
Speakerphone
Appendix B
Page 4-14
•
FF8
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Introduction
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Outbound Call
Restriction
0
System
Configuration
%66&04344=3
#2XWJRLQJ#756
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(for DSS/72 Consoles) Allow/Restrict outbound calls on the FF-key programmed as a
public-exchange line, MCO exchange-line group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key.
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
System
BSSC: Attendant Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
72=FF72 key
0=Allow outbound calls on this FF-key.
(default)
1=Do Not Allow outbound calls on this
FF-key.
Notes:
The LCD display will show the allow/restrict settings for this and the next 5
addresses after the first “Hold” is pressed in the above address:
FF2
Exchange
FF3
%66&0434-=[R[[[[
Extensions
#.H\#,1)2
[# #VHWWLQJ#´3µ
If Outbound Call Restriction is set to “0=Allow” (default), and
R# #VHWWLQJ#´4µ
Inbound Answer Restriction is set to “1=Do Not Allow”,
the FF-key can’t be used while an incoming call is ringing in on it (the LED will blink green). Once the
call is answered on another phone, however, the LED will extinguish and the FF-key will become
available for making an outbound call.
To set delayed ringing for exchange-line FF-keys, use the Day1/2/Night Delayed Ring Type/
Destination addresses in FF2.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
Exchange-Line Key Operation: Direct Calls (pg. 3-14) FF3 0 BSSC 04 12 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange-Line Key Operation: HOLD (pg. 3-15) FF3 0 BSSC 04 13 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange-Line Key Operation: Multiple Call Pickup (pg. 3-15) FF3 0 BSSC 04 14 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Exchange-Line Key Operation: Brokers Hold (pg. 3-16) FF3 0 BSSC 04 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 4-15
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Inbound Answer
Restriction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
%66&04345=3
#,QFRPLQJ#756
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
(for DSS/72 Consoles) Allow/Restrict the ability to answer incoming calls on the FF-key
programmed as a public-exchange line, MCO exchange-line group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key.
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Hold (0 or 1) Hold
System
FF2
Exchange
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
BSSC: Attendant Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
72=FF72 key
0=Allow inbound answer on
this FF-key. (default)
1=Do Not Allow inbound answer on
this FF-key.
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
If this address is set to “1=Do Not Allow,” the FF-key will still flash green for an incoming publicexchange or MCO call, although the user won’t be able to answer it.
Related Programming:
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Day1 Ringing
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
FF3
%66&04346=3
#'D\4#5LQJ#$VVLJQ
(for DSS/72 Consoles) Allow/Restrict phone ringing for an incoming call during
Day1 mode on the FF-key programmed as a public-exchange line, MCO exchangeline group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx2 (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF8
BSSC: Attendant Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
72=FF72 key
0=Do Not Ring inbound calls on this
FF-key during Day1 mode. (default)
1=Ring inbound calls on this FF-key
during Day1 mode.
Maintenance
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Even if this address is set to “0=Do Not Ring” (default), the user can still pick up the incoming call by
pressing the FF-key, as long as Inbound Answer Restriction is set to “0=Allow” (default).
Appendix A
For DSS/BLF keys, if this address is set to “1=Ring,” Auto-Answer will
apply; user simply picks up the handset to answer the incoming call on the DSS/BLF key.
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 or higher)
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 4-16
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Related Programming:
BLF Call Pickup (pg. 1-24)
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
FF1 0 01 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Day2 Ringing
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
%66&04347=3
#'D\5#5LQJ#$VVLJQ
(for DSS/72 Consoles) Allow/Restrict phone ringing for an incoming call during
Day2 mode on the FF-key programmed as a public-exchange line, MCO exchangeline group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
System
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx3 (0 or 1) Hold
FF2
Trunks
FF3
BSSC: Attendant Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF2
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
72=FF72 key
0=Do Not Ring inbound calls on this
FF-key during Day2 mode. (default)
1=Ring inbound calls on this FF-key
during Day2 mode.
Groups
FF3
Extensions
(same as Day1 Ringing)
Related Programming:
FF4
(same as Day1 Ringing)
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Exchange
FF-/Soft Keys
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: Night Ringing
%66&04348=3
#1LJKW#50$VVLJQ
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
(for DSS/72 Consoles) Allow/Restrict phone ringing for an incoming call on during
Night mode on the FF-key programmed as a public-exchange line, MCO exchangeline group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key.
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx4 (0 or 1) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
FF8
Applications
BSSC: Attendant Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
72=FF72 key
0=Do Not Ring inbound calls on this
FF-key during Night mode. (default)
1=Ring inbound calls on this FF-key
during Night mode.
FF8
Maintenance
(same as Day1 Ringing)
Related Programming:
(same as Day1 Ringing)
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 4-17
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
DSS Exch.Line FF-Key: No-Ring Auto Answer
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
%66&04349=3
#1R05LQJ#$XWR#$16
(for DSS/72 Consoles) Allow/Restrict the phone’s ability to answer incoming calls that are
blinking, but not ringing, on on the FF-key programmed as a public-exchange line, MCO
exchange-line group, Virtual Port, or DSS/BLF key, simply by picking up the handset.
0
System
Configuration
FF4 1 BSSC 1 (01-72) Hold CONF Holdx5 (0 or 1) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
System
BSSC: Attendant Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
01=FF1 key
02=FF2 key
03=FF3 key
...
72=FF72 key
0=Disabled; this address has no effect.
(default)
1=Enabled; pick up handset to answer call.
(no need to press FF-key)
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Even if this is set to “1=Enabled,” pressing ON/OFF will not pick up the call; the user must pick up the
handset to answer the call.
Related Programming:
BLF Call Pickup (pg. 1-24)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF1 0 01 0006 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 4-18
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
FF4 2: Soft Keys on Display Phones
Before Programming:
0
System
Configuration
❒
This address applies to both Large Display and Small Display phones.
❒
The extension’s Phone Type (pg. 3-3) must be set to “1=Digital Keyphone” (default).
FF1
FF1
System
System
%66&0334#=
Soft Key Feature Assignment
FF2
Trunks
#)XQFWLRQ#&#QQQQ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Assign Feature Codes to the soft keys on Large Display and Small Display phones.
Exchange
FF4 2 BSSC 0 (01-30) Hold (Code) Hold
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF3
BSSC: Extension Port Position B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
FF-/Soft Keys
01-10: during Dial Tone or dialling
11-15: during Ringback Tone
16-20: during Busy Tone
21-25: during OHVA/Receive
26-30=during Talk
Feature Code Assignment
(see pg. 4-2)
default: [no assignment]
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(See figures, next page, for soft key numbering on phones)
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF5
Groups
These features will apply in the following modes:
❒ On Large Display phones, press the FUNCTION EXT soft key to access these features. Up to 5
FF6
TRS/ARS
features are displayed at a time, and are executable by pressing the soft keys on the left side of the
LCD. During Dial Tone or dialling (which can have up to 10 feature assignments), press the NEXT or
PREV keys to toggle between the 2 screens of 5 functions each. Press the MENU key to exit.
FF6
TRS/ARS
❒ On Small Display phones, activate Variable Mode (default code = *61, or press the FF-key
FF7
Applications
programmed with this code). One feature at a time is displayed, and can be executed by pressing the
EXEC (R) or (L). Use the ▼ VOLUME ▲ key to change the feature name to be displayed. Press the
FF-key again to exit.
Variable Mode ON:
>DVVLJQHG#[email protected]
Maintenance
Applications
Variable Mode OFF:
)81&#',63#21
FF8
FF7
(FF-key: lit red)
)81&#',63#2))
FF8
#433######3DQDVRQLF
Maintenance
(FF-key: unlit)
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Dial Plan Assignment (pg. 3-27) to extensions FF3 0 BSSC 09 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
Flexible Feature Codes ...
at Dial Tone, for Dial Plan “A” (pg. 1-168) FF1 2 02 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code) Hold
at Dial Tone, for Dial Plan “B” (pg. 1-170) FF1 2 03 (0001-0056) Hold (max. 4-digit Code) Hold
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 4-19
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF4: FF-Keys and Soft Keys
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
at Ringback Tone, for Dial Plan “A” (pg. 1-172) FF1 2 04 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code) Hold
at Ringback Tone, for Dial Plan “B” (pg. 1-173) FF1 2 05 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code) Hold
at Busy Tone, for Dial Plan “A” (pg. 1-174) FF1 2 06 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code) Hold
at Busy Tone, for Dial Plan “B” (pg. 1-175) FF1 2 07 (0001-0010) Hold (1-digit Code) Hold
0
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Figure 4-4: Soft key layout on a Large Display phone
FF1
FF1
System
System
Talk
26
27
28
29
30
FF2
Exchange
FF3
03:14 Fri DEC 05
OHVA Busy Ringback Dial Tone
Receive Tone Tone
or Dial
21
22
23
24
25
16
17
18
19
20
11
12
13
14
15
06
07
08
09
10
164 Davidson C
3(5621$/ ',$/
6<67(0 ',$/
(;7(16,21
)81&7,21 6<67(0
)81&7,21 (;7
01
02
03
04
05
Extensions
352*
&21)
0,&
0(18
35(9
FF2
(these soft keys
are the same)
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
1(;7
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Figure 4-5: Soft key layout on a Small Display phone
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
(1'
02'(
03:14 Fri DEC 05
FF6
26-30 21-25 16-20 11-15
01-10
FF6
164 Davidson C
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
352*
&21)
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 4-20
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction
Introduction
5. Groups (FF5)
0
Use the FF5 programming addresses in this chapter to set parameters for the
following groups in the ICX:
System
Configuration
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group
FF5 1: Extension Hunt Groups
FF5 2: MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Groups
FF5 3: MCO Inbound Exchange-Line Groups
FF5 4: Paging Groups
FF5 5: Hot Line Group
FF5 6: Call Pickup Groups
FF1
System
FF2
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
This chapter covers the following FF5 addresses:
FF3
FF Key Address
Topic
Default (all)
Page
Extensions
Extensions
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 02 01 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF5 0 02 (02-21) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 02 22 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0 02 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0 02 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Groups
FF5 0 03 01 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
FF5 0 03 (02-21) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 03 22 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
FF5 0 03 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0 03 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 04 01 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
FF5 0 04 (02-21) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 0 04 22 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0 04 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 0 04 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Maintenance
5-3
Attendant HG: Pilot Number
Attendant HG: Day1 Hunt Mode
Attendant HG: Day1 Members
Attendant HG: Day1 Delayed (No Answer) Hunt
Timer
Attendant HG: Day1 Queuing Timer
Attendant HG: Day1 Next Extension/Hunt
Group
Attendant HG: Day2 Hunt Mode
Attendant HG: Day2 Members
Attendant HG: Day2 Delayed (No Answer) Hunt
Timer
Attendant HG: Day2 Queuing Timer
Attendant HG: Day2 Next Extension/Hunt
Group
Attendant HG: Night Hunt Mode
Attendant HG: Night Members
Attendant HG: Night Delayed (No Answer) Hunt
Timer
Attendant HG: Night Queuing Timer
Attendant HG: Night Next Extension/Hunt
Group
0
1 (Pilot terminal)
-0 (Stay at idle ext.)
5-3
5-3
5-4
5-5
0 (Stay in HG)
--
5-5
5-6
1 (Pilot terminal)
-0 (Stay at idle ext.)
5-6
5-7
5-8
0 (Stay in HG)
--
5-8
5-9
1 (Pilot terminal)
-0 (Stay at idle ext.)
5-9
5-10
5-11
0 (Stay in HG)
--
5-11
5-12
FF5 1 (01-72) 01 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF5 1 (01-72) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 1 (01-72) (03-22) Hold FL/R (09999) Hold
FF5 1 (01-72) 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF5 1: Extension Hunt Groups
Appendix A
FF3
5-13
Extension HG: Hunt Mode
Extension HG: Pilot Number
Extension HG: Members
1 (Terminal)
---
5-13
5-14
5-15
Appendix A
Extension HG: Delayed (No Answer) Hunt
Timer
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
16 (seconds)
5-16
Appendix B
•
Page 5-1
FF5: Groups
Introduction
FF5 1 (01-72) 24 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5 1 (01-72) 25 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Section 400-Programming
Extension HG: Queuing Timer
Extension HG: Next Extension/Hunt Group
0 (Stay in HG)
--
5-17
5-18
FF5 2: MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Groups
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
FF5 2 (01-99) 001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5 2 (01-99) (002-577) Hold (1-576)
Hold
5-19
0 (Reverse order)
--
5-21
FF5 3 (01-99) (001-576) Hold (1-576)
Hold
5-21
MCO Inbound Exchange-Line Group Members --
FF5 4 (01-10) 01 Hold (BSSC) Hold
FF5 4 (01-10) (02-73) Hold (0-9999)
Hold
FF3
FF5 5 (01-20) 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5 5 (01-20) 02 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5 5 (01-20) 03 Hold (1-9999 or 000799) Hold
5-22
External Page Port
Paging Group Members
* (use SCC port)
--
Hot Line Extension
Hot Line Mode
Hot Line Destination
-0 (Extension)
--
System
5-22
5-23
5-24
5-24
5-24
5-25
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF5 6: Call Pickup Groups
FF5 6 (01-72) (01-20) Hold (1-9999)
Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF5 4: Paging Groups
FF5 5: Hot Line Group
FF4
5-19
5-20
FF5 3: MCO Inbound Exchange-Line Groups
Exchange
Extensions
MCO Outbound Search Mode
MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Group
Members
Introduction
5-26
Call Pickup Group Members
--
5-26
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-2
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF5: Groups
Introduction
FF5 0: Attendant Hunt Group
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
34034#####=3
Attendant HG: Pilot Number
FF1
System
#$77#3LORW#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Enter the pilot number for the system’s Attendant Hunt Group.
System
FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Attendant Hunt Group Pilot No. 0-9999
(digit length: 1-4 digits - must match Extenson No. configuration)
default: 0
FF3
Extensions
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
Only one Attendant Hunt Group is allowed per system.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
A pilot number is a “phantom” extension number not assigned to a physical port. In pilot hunting, calls
are directed to the pilot number and sent to hunt group members from there.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
##
FF6
TRS/ARS
Attendant HG: Day1 Hunt Mode
35034#####=4
##$770'4#+XQW#0RG
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set the hunting method for the Attendant Hunt Group during Day1 mode.
FF7
FF7
FF5 0 02 01 Hold (0-2) Hold
Applications
Day1
Attendant Hunt Group
FF8
Maintenance
NOTE: If this address is reset to 0=no hunting,
the members in the next address will be automatically cleared.
Applications
0=no hunting
1=Pilot Terminal hunting (default)
2=Pilot Distributed hunting
FF8
Maintenance
(see explanation in Notes below)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 5-3
FF5: Groups
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Pilot Terminal hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Member #1 is tried first. Hunting
proceeds forward through the sequential members to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last
member) doesn’t answer, the call returns to Member #1 again, and the hunt cycle repeats until a member
answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs first).
Pilot Distributed hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Hunting begins at the next sequential
member after the member that received the last call. Hunting then proceeds forward from that member,
to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last member) doesn’t answer, the call goes to Member #1,
and hunting proceeds forward through the entire hunt group. The latter hunt cycle (Member #1 thru
Member #20) repeats until a member answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs
first).
Related Programming:
Extensions
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
0
System
Configuration
Exchange
Attendant HG: Day1#Members
35035#####=
#$770'4#0HPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3
Extensions
Assign extensions as members of the Attendant Hunt Group during Day1 mode.
FF4
FF5
FF4
FF5 0 02 (02-21) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
Day1
Attendant Hunt Group
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF-/Soft Keys
Extension No. 0-9999
Member Position:
02=Member #1
03=Member #2
04=Member #3
...
21=Member #20
FF5
default: [no assignment]
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Day1 Attendant Hunt Group Members can also be Day2 and Night Attendant Hunt Group
Members. However, an Extension Hunt Group Member cannot also be an Attendant Hunt Group
Member.
FF7
Applications
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-4
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Introduction
Attendant HG: Day1 Delayed (No Answer)
Hunt Timer
0
System
Configuration
35055#####=3
#$770'4#'HOD\HG
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the amount of time before an unanswered call ringing an idle member in the
Attendant Hunt Group, is forwarded to the next member during Day1.
FF5 0 02 22 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
Day1
Attendant Hunt Group
FF2
Delayed (No Answer) Hunt Timer:
0=stay at idle extension (default)
1-255=no. of seconds
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Attendant HG: Day1 Queuing Timer
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
35056#####=3
#$770'4#4XHXLQJ
FF5
Set the amount of time an incoming call is queued in the Attendant Hunt Group
(waiting for a member to become available) before being forwarded to the next
hunt group or extension, during Day1 mode.
FF6
Groups
FF6
FF5 0 02 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
TRS/ARS
Day1
Attendant Hunt Group
FF7
Applications
TRS/ARS
Queuing Timer:
0=stay in the same Hunt Group (default)
1-255=no. of seconds
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
A call is queued in a hunt group after the idle members are tried (once each) and the remaining members
are busy.
FF8
Maintenance
If there is no assigned Next Extension/Hunt Group (see next address), intercom and network calls will
be dropped after the Queuing Timer expires. Public-Exchange line calls will return to “Multiple
Incoming” status.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 5-5
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Related Programming:
Introduction
Attendant HG: Day1 Next Extension/Hunt Group (pg. 5-6)
0
System
Configuration
FF5 0 02 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
35057#####=
Attendant HG: Day1 Next Extension/Hunt Group ##$770'4#1H[W#+81
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Enter the Hunt Group pilot number or Extension number that will receive the
Attendant Hunt Group’s unanswered calls during Day1.
FF1
System
System
FF5 0 02 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2
Day1
Exchange
Attendant Hunt Group
Next Extension/Hunt Group
(enter Hunt Group Pilot No. or Extension No.)
FF2
Exchange
default: [no assignment]
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
The “Hunt Group Pilot No.” can be an Extension Hunt Group or Attendant Hunt Group.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
The “Extension No.” can be a Virtual Extension or an actual extension number.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
Attendant HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-3) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-14) FF5 1 (01-72) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-40) FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-4) FF3 0 BSSC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
36034#####=4
Attendant HG: Day2 Hunt Mode
#$770'5#+XQW#0RG
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
TRS/ARS
Set the hunting method for the Attendant Hunt Group during Day2 mode.
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF5 0 03 01 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
FF8
Day2
Maintenance
Attendant Hunt Group
1=Pilot Terminal hunting (default)
2=Pilot Distributed hunting
(see explanation in Notes below)
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Pilot Terminal hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Member #1 is tried first. Hunting
proceeds forward through the sequential members to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-6
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF5: Groups
Introduction
member) doesn’t answer, the call returns to Member #1 again, and the hunt cycle repeats until a member
answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs first).
0
Pilot Distributed hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Hunting begins at the next sequential
member after the member that received the last call. Hunting then proceeds forward from that member,
to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last member) doesn’t answer, the call goes to Member #1,
and hunting proceeds forward through the entire hunt group. The latter hunt cycle (Member #1 thru
Member #20) repeats until a member answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs
first).
System
Configuration
FF1
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
Related Programming:
System
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
#$770'5#0HPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3
Exchange
36035#####=
Attendant HG: Day2 Members
Assign extensions as members of the Attendant Hunt Group during Day2 mode.
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF5 0 03 (02-21) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Day2
Attendant Hunt Group
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Member Position:
02=Member #1
03=Member #2
04=Member #3
...
21=Member #20
FF4
Extension No. 0-9999
default: [no assignment]
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
Day2 Attendant Hunt Group Members can also be Day1 and Night Attendant Hunt Group
Members. However, an Extension Hunt Group Member cannot also be an Attendant Hunt Group
Member.
TRS/ARS
FF7
Related Programming:
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 5-7
FF5: Groups
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Attendant HG: Day2 Delayed (No Answer)
Hunt Timer
0
System
Configuration
36055######=3
##$770'5#'HOD\HG#
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the amount of time before an unanswered call ringing an idle member in the
Attendant Hunt Group, is forwarded to the next member during Day2.
FF5 0 03 22 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
Day2
Attendant Hunt Group
FF2
Delayed (No Answer) Hunt Timer:
0=stay at idle extension (default)
1-255=no. of seconds
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Attendant HG: Day2 Queuing Timer
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
36056#######=3
##$770'5#4XHXLQJ
FF5
Set the amount of time an incoming call is queued in the Attendant Hunt Group
(waiting for a member to become available) before being forwarded to the next
hunt group or extension, during Day2 mode.
FF6
Groups
FF6
FF5 0 03 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
TRS/ARS
Day2
Attendant Hunt Group
FF7
Applications
TRS/ARS
Queuing Timer:
0=stay in the same Hunt Group (default)
1-255=no. of seconds
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
A call is queued in a hunt group after the idle members are tried (once each) and the remaining members
are busy.
FF8
Maintenance
If there is no assigned Next Extension/Hunt Group (see next address), intercom and network calls will
be dropped after the Queuing Timer expires. Public-Exchange line calls will return to “Multiple
Incoming” status.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-8
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF5: Groups
Related Programming:
Introduction
Attendant HG: Day2 Next Extension/Hunt Group (pg. 5-9)
0
System
Configuration
FF5 0 03 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Attendant HG: Day2 Next Extension/Hunt Group
36057#####=
0
System
Configuration
$770'5#1H[W#+81
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Enter the Hunt Group pilot number or Extension number that will receive the
Attendant Hunt Group’s unanswered calls during Day2.
FF1
System
System
FF5 0 03 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF2
Day2
Trunks
Attendant Hunt Group
Next Extension/Hunt Group
(enter Hunt Group Pilot No. or Extension No.)
FF2
Exchange
default: [no assignment]
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
The “Hunt Group Pilot No.” can be an Extension Hunt Group or Attendant Hunt Group.
The “Extension No.” can be a Virtual Extension or an actual extension number.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
Attendant HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-3) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-14) FF5 1 (01-72) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-40) FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-4) FF3 0 BSSC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
Groups
FF6
37034#####=4
Attendant HG: Night Hunt Mode
TRS/ARS
#$7701#+XQW#0RGH
(all
r CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
FF5
Set the hunting method for the Attendant Hunt Group during Night mode.
Applications
FF7
Applications
FF5 0 04 01 Hold (1 or 2) Hold
Night
FF8
Attendant Hunt Group
Maintenance
1=Pilot Terminal hunting. (default)
2=Pilot Distributed hunting.
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Pilot Terminal hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Member #1 is tried first. Hunting
proceeds forward through the sequential members to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last
member) doesn’t answer, the call returns to Member #1 again, and the hunt cycle repeats until a member
answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs first).
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 5-9
FF5: Groups
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Pilot Distributed hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Hunting begins at the next sequential
member after the member that received the last call. Hunting then proceeds forward from that member,
to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last member) doesn’t answer, the call goes to Member #1,
and hunting proceeds forward through the entire hunt group. The latter hunt cycle (Member #1 thru
Member #20) repeats until a member answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs
first).
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
FF1
System
System
37035#####=
Attendant HG: Night Members
#$7701#0HPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
FF2
Assign extensions as members of the Attendant Hunt Group during Night mode.
Exchange
Exchange
FF5 0 04 (02-21) Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF3
Extensions
Night
Member Position:
02=Member #1
03=Member #2
04=Member #3
...
21=Member #20
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF3
Extension No. 0-9999
Attendant Hunt Group
Extensions
default: [no assignment]
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Night Attendant Hunt Group Members can also be Day1 and Day2 Attendant Hunt Group
Members. However, an Extension Hunt Group Member cannot also be an Attendant Hunt Group
Member.
FF6
TRS/ARS
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Related Programming:
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-10
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Introduction
Attendant HG: Night Delayed (No Answer)
Hunt Timer
0
System
Configuration
37055#####=3
#$7701#'HOD\HG#7
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the amount of time before an unanswered call ringing an idle member in the
Attendant Hunt Group, is forwarded to the next member during Night mode.
FF5 0 04 22 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
Night
Attendant Hunt Group
FF2
Delayed (No Answer) Hunt Timer:
0=stay at idle extension (default)
1-255=no. of seconds
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Attendant HG: Night Queuing Timer
FF5
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
37056#####=3
#$7701#4XHXLQJ#
FF5
Set the amount of time an incoming call is queued in the Attendant Hunt Group
(waiting for a member to become available) before being forwarded to the next
hunt group or extension, during Night mode.
FF6
Groups
FF6
FF5 0 04 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Night
Attendant Hunt Group
FF7
Applications
Queuing Timer:
0=stay in the same Hunt Group (default)
1-255=no. of seconds
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
A call is queued in a hunt group after the idle members are tried (once each) and the remaining members
are busy.
FF8
Maintenance
If there is no assigned Next Extension/Hunt Group (see next address), intercom and network calls will
be dropped after the Queuing Timer expires. Public-Exchange line calls will return to “Multiple
Incoming” status.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
Attendant HG: Night Next Extension/Hunt Group (pg. 5-12)
ICX-25-400
FF5 0 04 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix B
•
Page 5-11
FF5: Groups
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Attendant HG: Night Next Extension/Hunt Group
37057#####=
#$7701#1H[W#+817
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enter the Hunt Group pilot number or Extension number that will receive the
Attendant Hunt Group’s unanswered calls during Night mode.
0
System
Configuration
FF5 0 04 24 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF1
Night
System
Attendant Hunt Group
Next Extension/Hunt Group
(enter Hunt Group Pilot No. or Extension No.)
FF1
System
default: [no assignment]
FF2
Exchange
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
The “Hunt Group Pilot No.” can be an Extension Hunt Group or Attendant Hunt Group.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
The “Extension No.” can be a Virtual Extension or an actual extension number.
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
Attendant HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-3) FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension HG: Pilot Number (pg. 5-14) FF5 1 (01-72) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-40) FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment (pg. 3-4) FF3 0 BSSC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-12
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF5: Groups
Introduction
FF5 1: Extension Hunt Groups
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
Extension HG: Hunt Mode
FF1
System
34034#####=4
#+*#+XQW#0RGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Set the hunting method for each Extension Hunt Group.
System
FF5 1 (01-72) 01 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Extension Hunt Group No.
FF3
Extensions
0=No hunting.
1=Pilot Terminal hunting. (default)
2=Pilot Distributed hunting.
3=Switchback hunting.
4=Circular hunting.
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
(see explanation in Notes below)
FF4
NOTE: Available range of Extension Hunt Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the number
of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
CPC INSTALLED
FF5
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
Groups
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
Ext. Hunt Group range:
FF6
FF4
FF5
Groups
FF6
Notes:
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
If this address is reset to “0=No hunting,” the pilot number and members in the next addresses will be
automatically cleared.
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
Pilot Terminal hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Member #1 is tried first. Hunting
proceeds forward through the sequential members to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last
member) doesn’t answer, the call returns to Member #1 again, and the hunt cycle repeats until a member
answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs first).
FF7
Pilot Distributed hunting. Calls are directed to the pilot number. Hunting begins at the next sequential
member after the member that received the last call. Hunting then proceeds forward from that member,
to the end of the hunt group. If Member #20 (last member) doesn’t answer, the call goes to Member #1,
and hunting proceeds forward through the entire hunt group. The latter hunt cycle (Member #1 thru
Member #20) repeats until a member answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs
first).
FF8
Switchback hunting. The hunting cycle always starts at (and returns to) the member that first received
the call. Hunting proceeds forward through the Hunt Group members to the end of the Hunt Group, then
returns to the member extension and hunts backward until Member #1 is reached. The call returns again
Appendix A
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 5-13
Applications
Maintenance
Appendix B
FF5: Groups
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
Section 400-Programming
to the original member, and hunts forward, then returns again/hunts backward. This cycle is repeated
until a member answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires (whichever occurs first).
Circular hunting. Hunting begins at the member extension receiving the call, and proceeds forward to
end of the Hunt Group. If Member #20 (last member) doesn’t answer, Member #1 (first member) is
tried next. Hunting proceeds forward to the end of the Hunt Group again. The latter hunt cycle
(Member #1 thru Member #20) repeats until a member answers the call, or the Queuing Timer expires
(whichever occurs first).
Related Programming:
Exchange
System
FF2
34035#####=
Extension HG: Pilot Number
Exchange
#+*#3LORW#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3
Enter the pilot number of the Extension Hunt Group. Applies only if the hunt group
is assigned Pilot Terminal or Pilot Distributed hunting (see previous address).
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF5 1 (01-72)
FF4
Groups
TRS/ARS
Hold (0-9999) Hold
Pilot No. 0-9999
(digit length: 1-4 digits - must match
Extenson No. configuration)
default: [no assignment]
NOTE: Available range of Extension Hunt Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the number
of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
CPC INSTALLED
FF6
02
Extension Hunt Group No.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
FF7
FF8
Maintenance
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
Ext. Hunt Group range:
Applications
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Introduction
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Notes:
A pilot number is a “phantom” extension number not assigned to a physical port. In pilot hunting, calls
are directed to the pilot number and sent to hunt group members from there.
The pilot number cannot match an existing Extension No. or a Flexible Feature Code.
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Extension HG: Hunt Mode (pg. 5-13)
FF5 1 (01-72) 01 Hold (0-4) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-14
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Introduction
34036#####=
Extension HG: Members
#+*#0HPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign extensions as members of an Extension Hunt Group.
0
System
Configuration
FF5 1 (01-72) (03-22)
FF1
0
System
Configuration
(to clear current
assignment)
Hold
FL/R
FF2
Trunks
FF1
Extension No. 0-9999
Member Position:
03=Member #1
04=Member #2
05=Member #3
...
22=Member #20
Extension Hunt Group No.
System
(0-9999) Hold
System
default: [no assignment]
FF2
Exchange
NOTE: Available range of Extension Hunt Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the number
of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
FF3
CPC INSTALLED
Extensions
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF4
FF3
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
Ext. Hunt Group range:
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
An Extension Hunt Group Member cannot also be an Attendant Hunt Group Member.
FF5
Groups
Each extension can belong to only one Extension Hunt Group. (The most recent assignment is the
priority.)
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
To change an Extension Hunt Group Member, clear the current member by pressing FL/R first, then
entering the new extension member. Otherwise, the new extension will have the member position, and
the current assignment will move backward one member position. (You cannot override an extension
number, unless you press FL/R to clear it first.)
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 5-15
FF5: Groups
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Extension HG: Delayed (No Answer) Hunt
Timer
0
System
Configuration
34056#####=49
'HOD\HG#+XQW#70
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the amount of time before an unanswered call ringing an idle member in the
Extension Hunt Group, is forwarded to the next member in the group.
FF5 1 (01-72) 23 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
Extension Hunt Group No.
Delayed (No Answer) Hunt Timer:
0=stay at idle extension
1-255=no. of seconds
FF2
Exchange
FF2
Exchange
default: 16 seconds
FF3
Extensions
NOTE: Available range of Extension Hunt Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the number
of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
CPC INSTALLED
FF4
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Notes:
Groups
FF6
Extensions
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-288:
Ext. Hunt Group range:
FF3
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-16
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Introduction
Extension HG: Queuing Timer
34057#####=3
4XHXLQJ#7LPHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Set the amount of time an incoming call is queued in the Extension Hunt Group
(waiting for a member to become available) before being forwarded to the next
hunt group or extension.
0
System
Configuration
FF5 1 (01-72) 24 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
Extension Hunt Group No.
Queuing Timer:
0=stay in the same Hunt Group (default)
1-255=no. of seconds
FF2
Trunks
NOTE: Available range of Extension Hunt Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the number
FF2
Exchange
of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
FF3
Extensions
FF4
CPC INSTALLED
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
Ext. Hunt Group range:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
A call is queued in a hunt group after the idle members are tried (once each) and the remaining members
are busy.
If there is no assigned Next Extension/Hunt Group (see next address), intercom and network calls will
be dropped after the Queuing Timer expires. Public-Exchange line calls will return to “Multiple
Incoming” status.
FF5
Groups
FF6
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
Extension HG: Next Extension/Hunt Group
FF5 1 (01-72) 25 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 5-17
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
##
Introduction
34058#####=
Extension HG: Next Extension/Hunt Group
1H[W#+XQWLQJ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Enter the Hunt Group pilot number or Extension number that will receive the
Extension Hunt Group’s unanswered calls.
0
System
Configuration
FF5 1 (01-72) 25 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF1
Extension Hunt Group No.
System
Next Extension/Hunt Group
(enter Hunt Group Pilot No. or Extension No.)
FF1
System
default: [no assignment]
FF2
Exchange
NOTE: Available range of Extension Hunt Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the number
FF2
Exchange
of CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
CPC INSTALLED
FF3
Extensions
FF4
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
FF3
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
Ext. Hunt Group range:
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
The “Hunt Group Pilot No.” can be an Extension Hunt Group or Attendant Hunt Group.
FF5
Groups
FF5
The “Extension No.” can be a Virtual Extension or an actual extension number.
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
Attendant HG: Pilot Number FF5 0 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension HG: Pilot Number FF5 1 (01-72) 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment FF3 2 (001-576) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
Extension Number Assignment FF3 0 BSSC 02 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-18
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF5: Groups
FF5 2: MCO Outbound Exchange-Line
Groups
0
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Introduction
System
Configuration
340334#####=3
MCO Outbound Search Mode
#7*02XW#6HDUFK
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
Set the hunting method for each MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Group.
FF5 2 (01-99) 001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Group No.
(maximum 99 Groups)
FF3
1=Hunt for exchange lines in distributed
order.
Extensions
FF4
0=Hunt for exchange lines in reverse
order by Member No. (default)
Notes:
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 5-19
FF5: Groups
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Group Members 340335#####=
#7*02XW#0HPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign exchange lines as members of each MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Group.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF5 2
FF1
(01-99)
(002-577)
MCO Outbound
Exchange-Line
Group No.
System
Hold
Member Position:
002=Member #1
003=Member #2
004=Member #3
....
575=Member #576
FF2
(1-576)
System
Configuration
Hold
FF1
Exchange Line No. 1-576
System
default: (none)
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
NOTE: Available range of Group Members is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of
CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
FF3
CPC INSTALLED
Extensions
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF3
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
96
192
288
384
480
576
Max. no. of Members in
each MCO Outbound
Exch.Line Group:
Notes:
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
As each exchange line is added as a member, the system re-sorts the members from the highestnumbered exchange line as Member #1, to the lowest-numbered exchange line as the last assigned
Member Position. This means that you can enter exchange lines in no particular order.
Groups
FF6
An exchange line cannot belong to more than one Exchange-Line Group (the most recent assignment is
the priority).
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Groups can be assigned to MCO Access codes (e.g., MCO-1 is “9”
dialing by default; assign the Exchange-Line Group to be accessed when the user dials “9” or selects
MCO-1).
Applications
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Groups are also used in Toll Restriction (TRS) and Automatic Route
Selection (ARS).
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-177)
or 0-72) Hold
FF1 3 01 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-20
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF5: Groups
FF5 3: MCO Inbound Exchange-Line
Groups
0
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
NOTE: There is no search method for MCO Inbound Exchange-Line Groups.
FF1
System
340334#####=
MCO Inbound Exchange-Line Group Members
#7*0,Q#0HPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
Assign exchange lines as members of the MCO Inbound Exchange-Line Group.
FF2
FF5 3
Trunks
(01-99)
MCO Inbound
Exchange-Line
Group No.
FF3
Extensions
Hold
Member Position:
002=Member #1
003=Member #2
004=Member #3
....
575=Member #576
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(001-576)
(1-576)
FF2
Hold
Exchange
Exchange Line No. 1-576
FF3
Extensions
default: (none)
FF4
NOTE: Available range of Group Members is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of
FF-/Soft Keys
CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
CPC INSTALLED
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
FF5
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
96
192
288
384
480
576
Max. no. of Members in
each MCO Inbound
Exch.Line Group:
Groups
Notes:
Applications
As each exchange line is added as a member, the system re-sorts the members from the highestnumbered exchange line as Member #1, to the lowest-numbered exchange line as the last assigned
Member Position. This means that you can enter exchange lines in no particular order.
FF8
A exchange line cannot belong to more than one Exchange-Line Group (the most recent assignment is
the priority).
Maintenance
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
MCO Inbound Exchange-Line Groups are used in the Exchange-Line Group Pickup feature. See
Section 700-Feature Operation for more information.
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Tenant Groups: Inbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-181)
FF1 3 03 (0001-0072) Hold (1-99) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 5-21
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF5 4: Paging Groups
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
34034#####=-
External Page Port
FF1
System
#([WHUQDO#3RUW
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Set the position on the card (e.g., Exchange-Line Card) where the Paging
Adapter for external paging is installed for each Paging Group.
FF5 4
FF2
(01-10)
01
Hold
(BSSC)
System
Hold
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
Paging Group:
01=Paging Group 1
02=Paging Group 2
...
10=Paging Group 0
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
External Paging Adapter Port Position -B=CCU 1-6
SS=Slot 01-12
C=Circuit 1-8
Extensions
default: * (use paging port on SCC board)
Notes:
FF4
If the above address is left at the default “*”, voice will be sent through the paging port on the SCC
board. To disable external page output, press FL/R after 01 Hold in the above address to clear the “*”
setting.
FF5
Groups
FF3
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Related Programming:
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-22
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Introduction
34035#####=
Paging Group Members
#3DJH#0HPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign extensions as members of the Paging Group (up to 72 extensions per group).
0
0
System
Configuration
FF5 4
FF1
(01-10)
Paging Group:
01=Paging Group 1
02=Paging Group 2
...
10=Paging Group 0
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(02-73)
Hold
Paging Group Member
position:
02=Member #1
03=Member #2
04=Member #3
...
73=Member #72
(0-9999)
System
Configuration
Hold
FF1
Extension No.
(digit length: 1-4 digits)
System
default: [no assignment]
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
Phones set to DND will not receive pages. However, phones set to Call
Forward/All will receive pages.
(all CPCs - Version 2.5 or higher)
Related Programming:
Extension COS: Paging (pg. 1-51)
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 15 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 5-23
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF5 5: Hot Line Group
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
34034#####=
Hot Line Extension
FF1
System
#+RW0/#25*#(;7#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Assign up to 20 “Hot Line” extensions.
FF5 5
(01-20)
System
01
Hold
(0-9999)
Hold
FF2
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Exchange
Extension No. 0-9999
(digit length: 1-4 digits)
Hot Line Member No.:
01=Hot Line #1
02=Hot Line #2
...
20=Hot Line #20
default: [no assignment]
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
Hot Line Extension: Go off-hook. Phone automatically dials another extension or SSD code.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
34035#####=3
Hot Line Mode
#+RW0/#'(67#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Set whether the Hot Line destination is another extension or a System Speed
Dial (SSD) code.
FF7
FF5 5
Applications
02
Hold
(0 or 1)
Hot Line Member No.:
01=Hot Line #1
02=Hot Line #2
...
20=Hot Line #20
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
(01-20)
FF7
Hold
Applications
0=Extension (default)
1=SSD Code
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-24
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF5: Groups
Related Programming:
Introduction
Hot Line Extension (pg. 5-24)
FF5 5 (01-20) 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-46) FF8 1 02 Hold 1 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
34036#####=
Hot Line Destination
+RW0/#'(67#,1)2
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
FF1
Assign an extension number or System Speed Dial (SSD) code as the Hot Line
destination.
FF5 5
(01-20)
03
Hold
(1-9999 or 000-799)
System
Hold
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
Hot Line Member No.:
01=Hot Line #1
02=Hot Line #2
...
20=Hot Line #20
FF3
Extensions
Extension No. (1-9999) or
SSD Code (000-799)
FF3
default: [no assignment]
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
Hot Line Extension (pg. 5-24)
FF5 5 (01-20) 01 Hold (0-9999) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-46) FF8 1 02 Hold 1 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 16 char.) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 5-25
FF5: Groups
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF5 6: Call Pickup Groups
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
34034#######=
Call Pickup Group Members
FF1
System
##3LFN08S#0HPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
Assign extensions as members of a Call Pickup Group.
FF5 6 (01-72)
(01-20)
System
Hold
(1-9999)
Hold
FF2
Exchange
FF2
Call Pickup Group No.
Member Position:
01=Member #1
02=Member #2
...
20=Member #20
FF3
Extensions
Exchange
Extension No. 1-9999
(digit length: 1-4 digits)
default: (none)
FF3
Extensions
NOTE: Available range of Call Pickup Groups is determined by the CPC installed, and the number of
CCUs specified in programming (see 0: System Configuration).
FF4
CPC INSTALLED
FF-/Soft Keys
(shaded cells
not available
with this CPC)
FF5
Groups
FF4
NO. OF CCUS SPECIFIED IN PROGRAMMING
CPC-96:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-288:
1
2
3
4
5
6
CPC-576:
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
24
36
48
60
72
Max. no. of Call Pickup
Groups:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Group Call Pickup can be performed for both single-ringing calls (ringing only one extension) or
multiple-ringing calls (ringing on multiple extensions).
The following types of single-ringing calls can be retrieved via Group Call Pickup:
❒ DL (Direct Line)
❒ DDI (Direct Dialling Inward)
❒ DISA (Direct Inward System Access)
❒ Caller ID
❒ Network
❒ Intercom (tone and voice)
❒ Virtual Port
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
The following types of multiple-ringing calls can be retrieved via Group Call Pickup:
❒ Multiple Incoming exchange lines
❒ BLF (Busy Lamp Field)
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 5-26
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction
Introduction
6. TRS(Call Barring)/ARS (FF6)
Use the FF6 addresses in this chapter to set Toll Restriction Service (TRS or
Call Barring) and Automatic Route Selection (ARS) parameters in the ICX.
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
FF6 0: TRS/ARS Common
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions
FF6 2: ARS Settings
FF1
FF1
This chapter covers the following FF6 addresses:
System
FF-key Address
Topic
System
Default (U.K.)
Pg.
FF2
FF6 0: TRS/ARS Common
6-5
FF2
Trunks
FF6 0 00: Leading Digits Table
6-5
Exchange
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0001 Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold Leading Digits Table: Prefix String
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0002 Hold (0-99) Hold
Leading Digits Table: Prefix ID
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0003 Hold (0-16) Hold
Leading Digits Table: Follow Digit
Maximum
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0004 Hold (0-8) Hold
Leading Digits Table: TRS Level
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold
Leading Digits Table: Route Type
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0006 Hold (1-200/100/50) Hold Leading Digits Table: Route Number
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
6-6
6-7
0
0 (use Route)
0 (no routing)
6-8
6-9
6-10
6-11
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0001 Hold (0-99) Hold
Analyse Digits Table: Prefix ID
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0002 Hold (up to 8 digits) Hold Analyse Digits Table: Digit String
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0003 Hold (0-16) Hold
Analyse Digits Table: Follow Digit
Maximum
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0004 Hold (0-8) Hold
Analyse Digits Table: TRS Level
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold
Analyse Digits Table: Route Type
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0006 Hold (0-200/100/50) Hold Analyse Digits Table: Route Number
0 (none)
-- (none)
0 (no limit)
6-11
6-12
6-13
0
0 (use Route)
0(no routing)
6-13
6-14
6-15
6-16
FF6 1 00: TRS Class: Path Settings (non-ARS)
6-16
9 (allow all)
TRS Level for Originator (TRS/ARS)
ARS Level for Originator (Route List)
Exchange-Line Queuing for Originator
(Route List)
6-19
9 (allow all)
9
1 (Queuing)
FF6 1 02: TRS Class: Dialling Restrictions
0 (no limit)
0 (no restr.)
0 (not allowed)
0 (allowed)
FF6 1 03: TRS Class: SSD Range
FF6 1 03 0001 Hold (000-799) Hold
6-19
6-20
6-21
6-22
Outbound Dialled-Digit Maximum
Dialling Restriction During Inbound Calls
TRS Override on SSD Dialling
Star (*) and Pound (#) Dialling Restriction
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
0 (no TRS)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
6-23
6-24
6-25
6-25
6-26
Allowed SSD Range
Extensions
6-17
FF6 1 01: TRS Class: Originator Settings (TRS/ARS)
FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-9) Hold
FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0002 Hold (0-9) Hold
FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF3
Groups
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions
FF6 1 02 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-20) Hold
FF6 1 02 (01-50) 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 1 02 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 1 02 (01-50) 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
6-7
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table
FF6 1 00 (01-50) Hold (0001-0099) Hold (0-9) Hold TRS Level for Path (non-ARS)
FF7
-0 (not linked to
Anlys.Dig.)
0 (no limit)
Appendix A
6-26
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-1
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
FF6 2: ARS Settings
6-27
FF6 2 00 thru 02: Time List Tables
6-27
FF6 2 00 (0001-0007) Hold (1-4) Hold
FF6 2 01 (0001-0040) Hold (MMDD or 1-4) Hold
FF6 2 02 (0-3) (01-50) (0001-0010) Hold (00002359 or 0-100) Hold
Day of the Week for Time List Table
Day of the Year for Time List Table
Time List Tables
1
0000 and 1
0000 and 0
Route List Table: 1st Priority Route No.
Route List Table: 1st Priority ARS Level
Route List Table: 2nd Priority Route No.
Route List Table: 2nd Priority ARS Level
Route List Table: 2nd Priority ARS Alarm
Route List Table: 3rd Priority Route No.
Route List Table: 3rd Priority ARS Level
Route List Table: 3rd Priority ARS Alarm
Route List Table: 4th Priority Route No.
Route List Table: 4th Priority ARS Level
Route List Table: 4th Priority ARS Alarm
Route List Table: 5th Priority Route No.
Route List Table: 5th Priority ARS Level
Route List Table: 5th Priority ARS Alarm
0 (none)
0
0 (none)
0
0 (Alarm off)
0 (none)
0
0 (Alarm off)
0 (none)
0
0 (Alarm off)
0 (none)
0
0 (Alarm off)
6-38
FF4
Route Table: Exchange-Line Group
Assignment
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No.
0 (none)
6-38
FF-/Soft Keys
0 (none)
6-39
FF6 2 03: Route List Table
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF6 2 04: Route Table
FF-/Soft Keys
FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0001 Hold (0-99) Hold
FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
Groups
FF6 2 05: Digit Modify Table
TRS/ARS
FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-24) Hold
Digit Modify Table: Delete Beginning
Digits
Digit Modify Table: Add Beginning Digits
Digit Modify Table: Add Ending Digits
0
6-40
-- (none)
-- (none)
6-41
6-42
Authorisation Code
-- (none)
FF6 2 06: Authorisation Codes
6-43
FF6 2 06 (0001-0008) Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
6-43
FF6 2 07: Closed Number Table
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
6-44
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0002 Hold (0-16) Hold
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0003 Hold (0-8) Hold
Closed Number Table: Digit String
Closed Number Table: Follow Digit
Maximum
Closed Number Table: TRS Level
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0005 Hold (1-200/100) Hold
Closed Number Table: Route Type
Closed Number Table: Route Number
-- (none)
0 (no limit)
6-44
6-45
0 (Restrict all
outbound)
0 (use Route)
0 (none)
6-45
FF6 2 08: Tandem Exchange Table
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0002 Hold (0-16) Hold
Appendix A
6-30
6-31
6-31
6-32
6-32
6-33
6-33
6-34
6-34
6-35
6-35
6-36
6-36
6-37
6-40
FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0002 Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0003 Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
FF6
0
System
Configuration
6-30
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0001 Hold (0-200) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0002 Hold (0-9) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0003 Hold (0-200) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0004 Hold (0-9) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0005 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0006 Hold (0-200) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0007 Hold (0-9) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0008 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0009 Hold (0-200) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0010 Hold (0-9) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0011 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0012 Hold (0-200) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0013 Hold (0-9) Hold
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0014 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF4
FF5
6-27
6-28
6-29
Introduction
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0004 Hold (1-200/100) Hold
6-46
6-46
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
6-47
Tandem Exchange Table: Digit String
Tandem Exchange Table: Follow Digit
Maximum
Tandem Exchange Table: Route Type
Tandem Exchange Table: Route Number
-- (none)
0 (no limit)
6-47
6-48
0 (use Route)
0 (none)
6-48
6-49
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 6-2
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
General TRS/ARS Concepts in the ICX
TRS:
Outgoing calls are allowed or blocked, based on the path (originating
extension or DISA exchange line, seizing an outgoing exchange line) and
the dialled digits.
0
ARS:
0
System
Configuration
Automatic Route Selection.
(also called Least Cost Routing) Calls are automatically routed to the least
expensive exchange line when the user dials MCO-1 (“9” by default) to
make an outgoing call. The routing is based on the originating extension
or DISA exchange line, the dialled phone number, and when the call is
placed (Time of Day, Day of Week, or Special Day such as a holiday).
FF1
System
Trunks
Introduction
Toll Restriction Service, or Call Barring.
System
Configuration
FF2
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Implementing
TRS/ARS:
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
There are two ways you can use TRS/ARS in the ICX:
● TRS by itself.
FF3
FF3
● TRS and ARS together.
Extensions
(You cannot use ARS alone; it must go through TRS restrictions also.)
Extensions
If TRS is used by itself, the exchange line is selected before the system
FF4
analyses the path and the dialled phone number to determine whether to
allow/restrict the call.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
If TRS is used with ARS, however, the system will not select an exchange
line until the user has dialled enough digits to match an entry in the
Leading Digits Table. (Remember, ARS works when the user dials the
MCO-1 access code to get an outside line.) TRS will allow or block the
call by comparing the TRS Levels assigned to the originator and the
dialled phone number. If the call passes TRS, an exchange-line group is
then selected for the call based on ARS settings.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
For a detailled description of TRS/ARS operation, see Section 700-Feature
Operation: Appendix A.
FF7
Applications
FF7
Important Program Settings
●
FF8
Applications
TRS is always on. All calls are allowed by default (via the TRS Class assignments to
extensions and exchange lines). To activate ARS also, enable the following address:
ARS/LCR Setting (pg. 1-27)
FF1 0 02 0010 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Maintenance
●
(default: 0=disabled. Set it to 1=enabled.)
FF8
Maintenance
Before programming TRS/ARS in FF6, it is important to group extensions and DISA
exchange lines (as originators of outbound calls) into TRS Classes:
defaults for all: TRS Class 1 during Day Mode and Night Mode
for Digital Keyphones and SLTs:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-25) FF3 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-25) FF3 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-3
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 400-Programming
for S-Point ISDN Extensions:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-37) FF3 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-37) FF3 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
Introduction
for analog public-exchange lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-35) FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-36) FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
0
System
Configuration
for analog AC-15 private lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-58) FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-58) FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF1
for ISDN exchange lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-82) FF2 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-82) FF2 1 BSSC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
System
for T1-CO lines: (USA only)
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-112) FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-113) FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2
Exchange
for T1 E&M tie lines: (USA only)
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-135) FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-135) FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3
Extensions
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Before programming TRS/ARS in FF6, it is important to set up exchange-line groups,
assign them to the MCO-1 access code in each Tenant Group, and assign extensions
to the Tenant Groups:
●
FF4
MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Group Members (pg. 5-20)
FF5 2 (01-99) (002-577) Hold (1-576) Hold (default: no assignment)
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Tenant Group MCO Access: Outbound Exchange-Line Groups (pg. 1-177)
FF1 3 01 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99 or 0-72) Hold
defaults: Tenant Group #1/MCO-1=Exch.Line Group #1
Tenant Group #2/MCO-1=Exch.Line Group #2
Tenant Group #3/MCO-1=Exch.Line Group #3
...
Tenant Group #72/MCO-1=Exch.Line Group #72
FF5
Groups
FF6
Groups
TRS/ARS
for Digital Keyphones and SLTs:
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-24)
FF3 0 BSSC 05 Hold (1-72) Hold (default: Tenant Group #1)
FF7
FF5
FF6
Advanced Routing: Outbound Exchange-Line Group Chains (pg. 1-179)
FF1 3 02 (0001-0360) Hold (0-99) Hold (default: 0=no assignment)
TRS/ARS
FF4
FF7
Applications
for S-Point ISDN Extensions:
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-36)
FF3 1 BSSC 04 Hold (1-72) Hold (default: Tenant Group #1)
Applications
FF8
for Virtual Ports:
Tenant Group Assignment (pg. 3-43)
FF3 2 (001-576) 02 Hold (1-72) Hold (default: Tenant Group #1)
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Groups of extensions can be limited to MCO-1 access only, to get an outside line:
●
Extension COS: Forced ARS (pg. 1-78)
FF1 0 03 (00-15) 42 Hold (0 or 1) Hold (default: 0=Not Forced. Set it to 1=Forced)
Appendix A
Extension COS Assignment (pg. 3-26)
FF3 0 BSSC 07 Hold (1-16) Hold (default: Extension COS #1)
Appendix B
Page 6-4
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
FF6 0: TRS/ARS Common
NOTE: These FF6 0 addresses contain the Leading Digits Table and the Analyse Digits
Table. These tables store the dialled-digit string definitions, along with their assigned
TRS Level and ARS route. These tables are used with TRS/ARS and TRS alone.
IMPORTANT: In these tables, all dial string possibilities should be entered. If there is
no match, there is no restriction. As a catch-all, use * as a wild-card (for example, enter
900976* to cover all 1-900-976 phone calls). If there is more than one match, the system
will pick the most exact match and follow its settings (in the same example, the system
would follow the 900976* entry instead of a 900* entry).
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
FF3
FF6 0 00: Leading Digits Table
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Table 6-1. Leading Digits Table: FF6 0 00 (001-100) (0001 thru 0006) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF-/Soft Keys
(001-100)
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
Bin No.
Prefix String
Prefix ID
Follow Digit
Maximum
TRS Level
Route Type
Route No.
001
0-9,
(up to 10 dig.)
0-99
(up to 16 dig.
after Prefix
string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
002
0-9,
(up to 10 dig.)
0-99
(up to 16 dig.
after Prefix
string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
*
*
TRS/ARS
...
0-9,
(up to 10 dig.)
0-99
(up to 16 dig.
after Prefix
string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
100
0-9,
(up to 10 dig.)
0-99
(up to 16 dig.
after Prefix
string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
*
FF7
Applications
FF4
Leading Digits Table: FF6 0 00 .......
*
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
NOTE: The system will automatically re-sort this table after you exit Programming Mode.
The purpose of the re-sort is to place exact phone-number matches first, and the most ✱’s
last. (The system will start at the beginning of the Table when it searches for a match with
an actual dialled number; it will select the first match it comes to.) You can view the resort by re-entering Programming Mode.
Appendix B
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-5
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3334##=
Leading Digits Table: Prefix String
#/'334#1XPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign up to 100 dial strings, which will be matched with the first dialled
digits of outbound calls.
0
System
Configuration
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0001 Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
FF1
Leading Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-100
System
Leading Digits Prefix String (up to 10 digits)
valid entries: digits 0-9, and
Exchange
System
* (for wild-card)
default: [no assignment]
FF2
FF1
FF2
Exchange
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
FF6 0 00 (001-100)...
0001 Hold...
Default Prefix String
FF3
Extensions
FF4
0004 Hold...
Default TRS Level
00
8
0
6
1-9
3
(wild-card for all
*other
prefix strings)
8
Applies to these
countries
all countries;
applies when AutoConfiguration (for
single-CCU
systems only) (pg.
0-6) is performed.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
Groups
These prefix dial strings will be searched by the system to check for TRS restrictions and ARS call
routing when the digits are dialled by the user.
FF5
Groups
This address includes all leading digits dialled except for the ARS Access Code, which is equal to the
MCO-1 Access Code (“9” by default).
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
Related Programming:
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-6
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
3335###=3
Leading Digits Table: Prefix ID
#/'334#,'#&RGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign a prefix ID to each Leading Digits entry, if you intend to use FF6 0 01:
Analyse Digits Table (pg. 6-11) to further analyse this Leading Digits dial string.
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0002
Hold
0
System
Configuration
(0-99) Hold
FF1
FF1
Leading Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-100
System
Prefix ID No. 1-99
default: 0=not linked to
Analyse Digits Table
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
Prefix IDs serve as “pointers” to the Analyse Digits Table, for the purpose of determining TRS and ARS
for the dial string. The same Leading Digits can have several different routing possibilities depending
on what is dialled after the Leading Digits. The Analyse Digits Table can handle these possibilities.
If you assign a prefix ID 1-99 here, the system will not check the remaining FF6 0 00 addresses.
Instead, it will go straight to the Analyse Digits Table and look for the closest match to the entire dialled
number (not just the Leading Digits).
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table (pg. 6-11)
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
Leading Digits Table: Follow Digit Maximum
FF6
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
3336###=3
#/'334#)ROORZ#'*7
FF6
(for TRS/ARS only) For each Leading Digits entry, enter the maximum
number of digits a phone user can dial after the digits defined in Leading
Digits Table: Prefix String (pg. 6-6).
FF7
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0003
Applications
Leading Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-100
FF8
Maintenance
TRS/ARS
FF7
Hold (0-16) Hold
Applications
Maximum No. of Dialled Digits Allowed
after Prefix String (0-16)
FF8
Maintenance
default: 0=no maximum limitation
Notes:
Appendix A
This address applies only to TRS/ARS routing. It does not apply when TRS alone is used.
Appendix A
Appendix B
The system will start analysing the call immediately after the end-user has dialled the maximum number
of digits set in this address (1-16). However, if this address is set to 0=no maximum (default), the
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-7
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
system doesn’t know how many digits will be dialled. Therefore, the system will wait until the
appropriate Interdigit Timer expires before processing the call.
Introduction
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
Leading Digits Table: Prefix String (pg. 6-6) FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0001 Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
Interdigit Timer (ARS and ISDN Exchange Line) (pg. 1-133) FF1 1 01 0010 Hold (1-255) Hold
Interdigit Timer (DP SLTs) (pg. 1-154) FF1 1 03 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
Interdigit Timer (DTMF SLTs) (pg. 1-155) FF1 1 03 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Interdigit Timer (Digital Keyphones) (pg. 1-155) FF1 1 03 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
Exchange
3337###=3
Leading Digits Table: TRS Level
#/'334#756#/HYHO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Exchange
Assign a TRS Level to each Leading Digits entry. This TRS Level must be lower
than the path’s or originator’s TRS Level for the call to be allowed.
FF3
FF6 0 00 (001-100)
Extensions
0004
Hold
Leading Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-100
FF4
FF3
(0-8) Hold
Extensions
TRS Level 0-8
default: 0
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
FF6 0 00 (001-100)...
0001 Hold...
Default Prefix String
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
0004 Hold...
Default TRS Level
00
8
0
6
1-9
3
(wild-card for all
*other
prefix strings)
8
Applies to these
countries
all countries;
applies when AutoConfiguration (for
single-CCU
systems only) (pg.
0-6) is performed.
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
The TRS Level you assign to this dial string (above address) will be compared to the TRS Level
assigned (in FF6 1) to the path or originator of the call attempt. The call will be allowed only if the dial
string’s TRS Level is lower than the path/originator’s TRS Level.
❒ The “path” is the extension or DISA exchange line seizing an outbound exchange line. Applies
when TRS alone is used (without ARS).
❒ The “originator” is the extension or DISA exchange line attempting an outgoing call (before the
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
system selects an exchange line). Applies when TRS/ARS is used.
Appendix A
TRS Level 0 (when assigned to the path/originator) blocks all calls. TRS Level 9 (when assigned to the
path/originator) allows all calls. TRS Level 9 can be assigned to the path or originator, but not to the
dial string (0-8 only).
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 6-8
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Related Programming:
Introduction
for analog exchange lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-35)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-36)
for AC-15 private lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-58)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-58)
for ISDN exchange lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-82)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-82)
for T1-CO lines: (USA only)
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-112)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-113)
for T1-E&M tie lines: (USA only)
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-135)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-135)
for digital keyphones and SLTs:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-25)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-25)
for S-Point ISDN extensions:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-37)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-37)
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
0
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
System
Configuration
FF2 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF1
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
System
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2
Exchange
FF3 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3
FF3 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
Extensions
TRS Level for Path (non-ARS) (pg. 6-17) FF6 1 00 (01-50) Hold (0001-0099) Hold (0-9) Hold
TRS Level for Originator (TRS/ARS) (pg. 6-19) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-9) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
Leading Digits Table: Route Type
3338###=3
#/'334#5RXWH#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
(for TRS/ARS only) Assign the route type for each Leading Digits entry.
FF6 0 00 (001-100)
FF6
0005
Hold
(0-2) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Leading Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-100
FF7
Applications
0=Follow the assigned Route. (default)
1=Follow the assigned Route List.
2=Follow the assigned Time List.
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
Assign the Route, Route List, or Time List number in the next address.
FF8
This address applies only to TRS/ARS routing. It does not apply when TRS alone is used.
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Leading Digits Table: Route Number (pg. 6-10)
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0006 Hold (1-200/100/50) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-9
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3339###=3
Leading Digits Table: Route Number
#/'334#5RXWH#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(for TRS/ARS only) Assign a route number for each Leading Digits entry,
depending on the Route Type set in the previous address.
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0006
FF1
Hold
(1-200/100/50) Hold
Leading Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-100
System
0
System
Configuration
FF2
FF1
Route 1-200
Route List 1-100
Time List 1-50
System
default: 0 (no routing)
Exchange
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
This address applies only to TRS/ARS routing. It does not apply when TRS alone is used.
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Leading Digits Table: Route Type (pg. 6-9)
FF6 2 02: Time List Tables (pg. 6-29)
FF6 2 03: Route List Table (pg. 6-30)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-38)
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-10
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table
Table 6-2. Analyse Digits Table: FF6 0 01 (001-500) (0001 thru 0006) Hold
0
System
Configuration
Analyse Digits Table: FF6 0 01 .......
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
(001-500)
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
0006
Bin No.
Prefix ID
Digit String
Follow Digit
Maximum
TRS Level
Route Type
Route No.
001
0-99
0-9,
(up to 8 digits)
(up to 16 dig.
after Analyse
Digit string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
002
0-99
0-9,
(up to 8 digits)
(up to 16 dig.
after Analyse
Digit string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
...
0-99
0-9,
(up to 8 digits)
(up to 16 dig.
after Analyse
Digit string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
(up to 16 dig.
after Analyse
Digit string)
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
2=Time List
0-200
0-100
0-50
*
*
*
Extensions
500
0-99
0-9,
(up to 8 digits)
*
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Groups
FF6
If the Analyse Digits Table is used, the system will ignore the Leading Digits Table settings
(Follow Digit Maximum, TRS Level, Route Type and Route Number), and will follow the
settings here instead.
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Analyse Digits Table: Prefix ID
3334###=3
#)'334#,'#&RGH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF8
System
FF-/Soft Keys
NOTE: The system will search the Analyse Digits Table only if a Prefix ID 1-99 is entered
for a dial string defined in the Leading Digits Table (pg. 6-5). The Analyse Digits Table
allows further analysis of a dialled phone number whose beginning digits match an entry
in the Leading Digits Table.
FF5
FF1
Enter the Prefix ID created in Leading Digits Table: Prefix ID (pg. 6-7).
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
FF6 0 01 (001-500)
0001
Hold
Analyse Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-500
Appendix A
(0-99) Hold
Prefix ID No. 1-99
default: 0=none
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-11
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Notes:
Introduction
Prefix IDs serve as index numbers for Leading Digit strings. The same Prefix ID (Leading Digit string)
can be entered in the Analyse Digits Table as many times as necessary to cover all dialling possibilities
for that Leading Digit string.
0
System
Configuration
For example, Prefix ID #1 is assigned to Leading Digit String “1-900.” Prefix ID #1 can have multiple
entries in the Analyse Digits Table, to cover such dialling possibilities as “1-900-976,” “1-900-888,”
“1-900-973-5555,” etc.:
Bin No.
Prefix ID
001
1
002
1
003
1
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
0
System
Configuration
Analyse Digit String
FF1
976
*
888
*
System
9735555
FF2
Related Programming:
Exchange
Leading Digits Table: Prefix ID (pg. 6-7)
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0002 Hold (0-99) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
3335###=
Analyse Digits Table: Digit String
#)'334#1XPEHU
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
Assign up to 500 dial strings, which (along with the Leading Digits prefix
string) will be matched with an actual dialled number.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0002 Hold (up to 8 digits) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF5
Groups
Analyse Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-500
FF6
Digit String (up to 8 digits)
valid entries: digits 0-9, and
* (wild-card)
default: (none)
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
Related Programming:
Leading Digits Table: Prefix String (pg. 6-6)
FF6 0 00 (001-100) 0001 Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-12
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
Analyse Digits Table: Follow Digit Maximum
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
3336###=3
#)'334#)ROORZ#'*7
(for TRS/ARS only) Assign the maximum number of digits the user can dial after the
Analyse Digit string (defined in the previous address).
FF6 0 01 (001-500)
0003
Hold
0
System
Configuration
(0-16) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
Analyse Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-500
Maximum No. of Dialled Digits Allowed
after Analyse Digit string: 1-16 digits
default: 0=no maximum limitation
FF2
Trunks
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
This address applies only to TRS/ARS routing. It does not apply when TRS alone is used.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
The system will start analysing the call immediately after the end-user has dialled the maximum (1-16)
set in this address. However, if this address is set to ”0=no maximum (default)”, the system doesn’t
know how many digits will be dialled. Therefore, the system will wait until the appropriate Interdigit
Timer expires before processing the call.
FF-/Soft Keys
Analyse Digits Table: Digit String (pg. 6-12) FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0002 Hold (up to 8 digits) Hold
Interdigit Timer (ARS and ISDN Exchange Line) (pg. 1-133) FF1 1 01 0010 Hold (1-255) Hold
Interdigit Timer (DP SLTs) (pg. 1-154) FF1 1 03 0006 Hold (0-255) Hold
Interdigit Timer (DTMF SLTs) (pg. 1-155) FF1 1 03 0007 Hold (0-255) Hold
Interdigit Timer (Digital Keyphones) (pg. 1-155) FF1 1 03 0008 Hold (0-255) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF6
Applications
TRS/ARS
3337###=3
Analyse Digits Table: TRS Level
#)'334#756#/HYHO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Extensions
FF4
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF3
Assign a TRS Level to each Analyse Digits entry. This TRS Level must be
lower than the path’s or originator’s TRS Level for the call to be allowed.
FF6 0 01 (001-500)
0004
Hold
FF7
Applications
(0-8) Hold
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Analyse Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-500
TRS Level 0-8
default: 0
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix B
The TRS Level you assign to this dial string (above address) will be compared to the TRS Level
assigned (in FF6 1) to the path or originator of the call attempt. The call will be allowed only if the dial
string’s TRS Level is lower than the path/originator’s TRS Level.
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-13
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
❒ The “path” is the extension or DISA exchange line seizing an outbound exchange line. Applies
Introduction
when TRS alone is used (without ARS).
❒ The “originator” is the extension or DISA exchange line attempting an outgoing call (before the
system selects a exchange line). Applies when TRS/ARS is used.
0
System
Configuration
TRS Level 0 (when assigned to the path/originator) blocks all calls. TRS Level 9 (when assigned to the
path/originator) allows all calls. TRS Level 9 can be assigned to the path or originator, but not to the
dial string (0-8 only).
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
for analog exchange lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-35)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-36)
for AC-15 private lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-58)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-58)
for ISDN exchange lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-82)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-82)
for T1-CO lines: (USA only)
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-112)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-113)
for T1-E&M tie lines: (USA only)
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-135)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-135)
for digital keyphones and SLTs:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-25)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-25)
for S-Point ISDN extensions:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-37)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-37)
FF1
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
System
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2
Exchange
FF2 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
Extensions
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF5
FF3 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
Groups
TRS Level for Path (non-ARS) (pg. 6-17) FF6 1 00 (01-50) Hold (0001-0099) Hold (0-9) Hold
TRS Level for Originator (TRS/ARS) (pg. 6-19) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-9) Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
3338###=3
Analyse Digits Table: Route Type
#)'334#5RXWH#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF7
Applications
(for TRS/ARS only) Assign the route type for each Analyse Digits entry.
FF6 0 01 (001-500)
FF8
0005
Hold
(0-2) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Analyse Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-500
0=Follow the assigned Route. (default)
1=Follow the assigned Route List.
2=Follow the assigned Time List.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-14
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Notes:
Introduction
Assign the Route, Route List, or Time List number in the next address.
This address applies only to TRS/ARS routing. It does not apply when TRS alone is used.
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
Related Programming:
Analyse Digits Table: Route Number (pg. 6-15)
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0006 Hold (0-200/100/50) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
System
3339###=3
Analyse Digits Table: Route Number
#)'334#5RXWH#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Trunks
FF2
(for TRS/ARS only) Assign a route number for each Analyse Digits entry,
depending on the Route Type set in the previous address.
FF6 0 01 (001-500)
0006
Hold
Exchange
(0-200/100/50) Hold
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
Analyse Digits Entry
(Bin) No. 001-500
FF4
Route 1-200
Route List 1-100
Time List 1-50
FF4
default: 0=no routing
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Notes:
FF5
FF5
This address applies only to TRS/ARS routing. It does not apply when TRS alone is used.
Groups
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
Analyse Digits Table: Route Type (pg. 6-14)
FF6 2 02: Time List Tables (pg. 6-29)
FF6 2 03: Route List Table (pg. 6-30)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-38)
FF6 0 01 (001-500) 0005 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-15
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF6 1: TRS Class Definitions
NOTE: In these FF6 1 addresses, define TRS Classes 1-50 by assigning TRS restrictions
and ARS routing to each of them.
These TRS Classes can be assigned to extensions and exchange lines in FF2 and FF3 (the
default for all is TRS Class 1). The TRS Class assignment is used for TRS/ARS (or TRS
alone) when the extension or DISA exchange line originates an outbound call.
System
FF2
Exchange
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
FF6 1 00: TRS Class: Path Settings (non-ARS)
Exchange
NOTE: This applies only when TRS alone is used. It does not apply to TRS/ARS.
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Table 6-3. TRS Level for Path: FF6 1 00 (01-50) Hold (0001-0099) Hold (0-9) Hold
Extensions
TRS Level for Path: FF6 1 00 ......
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
(01-50)
(0001-0099)
(0-9)
TRS Class
Exch.Line Group No.
TRS Level
01
0001
0002
0003
...
0099
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
0001
0002
0003
...
0099
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
0001
0002
0003
...
0099
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
0001
0002
0003
...
0099
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
0-9
FF5
Groups
02
FF6
TRS/ARS
...
FF7
Applications
FF8
50
Maintenance
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-16
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
3334###=<
TRS Level for Path (non-ARS)
#&/634#7*34#/9
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
(for TRS only) Assign a TRS Level to each path possibillity (between the
originator’s TRS Class and the seized Exchange-Line Group).
FF6 1 00 (01-50) Hold
0
System
Configuration
(0001-0099) Hold (0-9) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
FF1
TRS Class 1-50 assigned to
the terminal/circuit that
will originate the call (eg.,
extension, DISA exch.line, etc.
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Exch.Line Group 1-99 that the
seized exch.line belongs to:
0001=Exch.Line Group #1
0002=Exch.Line Group #2
0003=Exch.Line Group #3
....
0099=Exch.Line Group #99
TRS Level 0-9:
0=Restrict all outbound calls.
1-8=Restrict dialling according
to TRS settings in FF6.
9=Allow all calls. (default)
Notes:
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
This address applies only when TRS is used by itself. It does not apply to TRS/ARS.
Extensions
The TRS Level you assign to the path (above address) will be compared to the TRS Level assigned (in
FF6 0) to the dialled digit string. The call will be allowed only if the path’s TRS Level is higher than
the dialled digit string’s TRS Level.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
❒ The “path” is the extension or DISA exchange line seizing an outbound exchange line.
TRS Level 0 (when assigned to the path) blocks all calls. TRS Level 9 (when assigned to the path)
allows all calls.
FF5
Groups
FF5
See figure (next page) for illustration.
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF1 3: MCO Access in Tenant Groups (pg. 1-176)
for analog exchange lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-35)
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-36)
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
for AC-15 private lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-58)
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-58)
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
for ISDN exchange lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-82)
FF2 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-82)
FF2 1 BSSC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
for T1-CO lines: (USA only)
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-112)
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-113)
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
for T1-E&M tie lines: (USA only)
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-135)
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-135)
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
for digital keyphones and SLTs:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-25)
FF3 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-25)
FF3 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix B
•
Page 6-17
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
for S-Point ISDN extensions:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-37)
FF3 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-37)
FF3 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF6 0 00: Leading Digits Table (pg. 6-5)
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table (pg. 6-11)
Introduction
Figure 6-1: TRS Levels comparison to allow/block the call
EXAMPLE #1: The originator’s/path’s TRS Level is higher than the dialled-digit string’s TRS Level.
0
System
Configuration
756#/HYHO#<
FF1
756#/HYHO#;
System
756#/HYHO#:
756#/HYHO#9
FF2
Exchange
756#/HYHO#8
756#/HYHO#7
756#/HYHO#6
756#/HYHO#:
DVVLJQHG#WR
3DWK#RU
2ULJLQDWRU
+LQ#))9##4,
756#/HYHO#5
FF3
Extensions
FF1
Call Is Allowed
System
756#/HYHO#9
DVVLJQHG#WR
FF2
'LDOOHG#'LJLW
6WULQJ
+LQ#))9##3,
Exchange
756#/HYHO#4
FF3
756#/HYHO#3
Extensions
EXAMPLE #2: The originator’s/path’s TRS Level is equal to the dialled-digit string’s TRS Level.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
756#/HYHO#<
756#/HYHO#;
756#/HYHO#:
FF5
Groups
756#/HYHO#9
756#/HYHO#8
756#/HYHO#7
756#/HYHO#6
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Call Is Blocked
756#/HYHO#:
DVVLJQHG#WR
756#/HYHO#:
DVVLJQHG#WR
3DWK#RU
2ULJLQDWRU
+LQ#))9##4,
'LDOOHG#'LJLW
6WULQJ
+LQ#))9##3,
FF5
Groups
756#/HYHO#5
FF6
756#/HYHO#4
TRS/ARS
756#/HYHO#3
FF7
Applications
EXAMPLE #3: The originator’s/path’s TRS Level is lower than the dialled-digit string’s TRS Level.
756#/HYHO#<
756#/HYHO#;
FF8
Maintenance
756#/HYHO#:
756#/HYHO#9
756#/HYHO#8
756#/HYHO#7
756#/HYHO#6
Appendix A
Appendix B
Applications
Call Is Blocked
756#/HYHO#:
DVVLJQHG#WR
3DWK#RU
2ULJLQDWRU
+LQ#))9##4,
756#/HYHO#;
DVVLJQHG#WR
FF8
'LDOOHG#'LJLW
6WULQJ
+LQ#))9##3,
Maintenance
756#/HYHO#5
Appendix A
756#/HYHO#4
756#/HYHO#3
Page 6-18
•
FF7
Appendix B
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
FF6 1 01: TRS Class: Originator Settings (TRS/ARS)
#
Table 6-4. TRS Class: TRS/ARS Levels: FF6 1 01 (01-50) (0001 thru 0003) Hold
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
TRS Class: TRS/ARS Levels: FF6 1 01 .......
(01-50)
0001
0002
0003
FF1
TRS Class No.
TRS Level
ARS Level
Exch.Line Queuing?
System
01
0-9
0-9
0=No
1=Yes
02
0-9
0-9
0=No
1=Yes
FF2
Trunks
...
0-9
0-9
0=No
1=Yes
50
0-9
0-9
0=No
1=Yes
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Extensions
3334###=<
TRS Level for Originator (TRS/ARS)
#&/6#34##756#/9
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
(for TRS/ARS only) Assign a TRS Level to each originator (via their assigned TRS Class).
FF-/Soft Keys
FF6 1 01 (01-50)
FF5
0001
Hold
TRS Class 1-50 assigned to
the originator of an outbound
call (eg., extension, DISA
exchange line, etc.
Groups
Default
FF7
TRS Class 1
TRS Level 1
Applications
TRS Class 2
TRS Level 2
TRS Class 3
TRS Level 3
TRS Class 4
TRS Level 4
TRS Class 5
TRS Level 5
TRS Class 6
TRS Level 6
TRS Class 7
TRS Level 7
TRS Class 8
TRS Level 8
FF8
Maintenance
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
for TRS Class Nos.
Appendix A
FF-/Soft Keys
(0-9) Hold
TRS Level 0-9:
0=Restrict all outbound calls.
1-8=Restrict dialling according to the
Leading Digits/Analyse Digits Tables.
9=Allow all calls. (default)
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF4
Applies to these
countries
all countries;
applies when AutoConfiguration (for
single-CCU
systems only) (pg.
0-6) is performed.
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
This address applies only when TRS/ARS is used. It does not apply when TRS alone is used.
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-19
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
The TRS Level you assign to the originator (above address) will be compared to the TRS Level assigned
(in FF6 0) to the dialled digit string. The call will be allowed only if the originator’s TRS Level is
higher than the dialled digit string’s TRS Level.
Introduction
❒ The “originator” is the extension or DISA exchange line attempting an outbound call (the system
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
has not yet seized the exchange line).
TRS Level 0 (when assigned to the originator) blocks all calls. TRS Level 9 (when assigned to the
originator) allows all calls. (see illustration, previous page)
Related Programming:
for analog exchange lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-35)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-36)
for AC-15 private lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-58)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-58)
for ISDN exchange lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-82)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-82)
for T1-CO lines: (USA only)
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-112)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-113)
for T1-E&M tie lines: (USA only)
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-135)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-135)
for digital keyphones and SLTs:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-25)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-25)
for S-Point ISDN extensions:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-37)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-37)
FF6 0 00: Leading Digits Table (pg. 6-5)
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table (pg. 6-11)
FF1
System
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
Exchange
FF2 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3
Extensions
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF5
Groups
FF3 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF3 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
0
System
Configuration
TRS/ARS
ARS Level for Originator (Route List)
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
3335###=<
#&/6#34#$56#/9
FF7
Applications
(for TRS/ARS only) Assign an ARS Level to each originator (via their TRS Class).
FF8
FF6 1 01 (01-50)
0002
Hold
FF8
(0-9) Hold
Maintenance
Maintenance
TRS Class 1-50 assigned to
the originator of an outbound
call (eg., extension, DISA
exchange line, etc.
Appendix A
ARS Level 0-9
default: 9
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-20
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Notes:
Introduction
This address applies only when TRS/ARS is used. It does not apply when TRS alone is used.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
This setting will be used in the Route List Table (pg. 6-30). If the originator’s ARS Level (assigned in
the above address) is higher than (or equal to) the ARS Level assigned to the Route in the Route List
Table, the exchange-line group for that Route will be searched for an available exchange line.
However, if the originator’s ARS level is lower than the Route’s ARS Level, call routing will stop and
the user will receive busy tone.
Related Programming:
FF1
FF6 2 03: Route List Table (pg. 6-30)
System
FF2
Trunks
0
System
Configuration
Exchange-Line Queuing for Originator (Route List)
3336###=4
FF2
Exchange
#&/6#34#47
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF3
(for TRS/ARS only) Set whether the phone user will be queued (waiting) for an available
exchange line when attempting to seize a busy Exchange-Line Group during ARS routing.
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF6 1 01 (01-50)
FF4
TRS Class 1-50 assigned to
the originator of an outbound
call (eg., extension, DISA
exchange line, etc.
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
0003
Hold
(0 or 1) Hold
0=Disable Queuing; go to next-priority route
in Route List Table.
1=Enable Queuing; wait for an available
exchange line in current Exch.Line Group.
(default)
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
This address applies only when TRS/ARS is used. It does not apply when TRS alone is used.
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF6
TRS/ARS
This setting will be used in the Route List Table (pg. 6-30). If set to “1=Enable” (default), the call
will be queued until an exchange line in the current Route’s exchange-line group becomes available, or
the Queuing Timer (ARS) (pg. 1-149) expires, whichever occurs first. If the Queuing Timer expires
first, the call will move to the next-priority route.
Applications
FF7
Applications
However, if set to “0=Disable”, the call will go immediately to the next-priority route in the Route List
Table.
FF8
FF8
Related Programming:
Maintenance
Maintenance
FF6 2 03: Route List Table (pg. 6-30)
Queuing Timer (ARS) (pg. 1-149) FF1 1 02 0014 Hold (0-255) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-21
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF6 1 02: TRS Class: Dialling Restrictions
Table 6-5. TRS Class: Dialling Restrictions: FF6 1 02 (01-50) (0001 thru 0004) Hold
0
System
Configuration
TRS Class: Dialling Restrictions: FF6 0 02 .......
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
(01-50)
0001
0002
0003
0004
TRS Class No.
Outbound DialledDigit Maximum
Dialling Restriction
During Inbound Calls
TRS Override on
SSD Dialling
Star (*) and Pound (#)
Restriction
01
0=no restriction
1-20=max. no. of
digits allowed
0=no restriction
1=restrict
0=restrict
1=no restriction
0=no restriction
1=restrict
02
0=no restriction
1-20=max. no. of
digits allowed
0=no restriction
1=restrict
0=restrict
1=no restriction
0=no restriction
1=restrict
...
0=no restriction
1-20=max. no. of
digits allowed
0=no restriction
1=restrict
0=restrict
1=no restriction
0=no restriction
1=restrict
0=no restriction
1-20=max. no. of
digits allowed
0=no restriction
1=restrict
0=restrict
1=no restriction
0=no restriction
1=restrict
Extensions
50
FF4
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-22
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
3334###=3
Outbound Dialled-Digit Maximum
#&/6#34#'*7#756
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set the maximum number of digits that can be dialled by originators with this TRS Class.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 1 02 (01-50)
FF1
0001
Hold
FF2
(0-20) Hold
FF1
0=No restriction. (default)
TRS Class 1-50 assigned to
the originator of an outbound
call (eg., extension, DISA
exchange line, etc.
System
System
Configuration
System
1-20=Maximum number of digits allowed
in dial string.
FF2
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
Trunks
Exchange
Applies to these
countries
for TRS Class Nos.
Default
TRS Class 1
max. 1 digit
TRS Class 2
max. 5 digits
TRS Class 3
max. 10 digits
TRS Class 4
max. 10 digits
TRS Class 5
max. 15 digits
FF4
TRS Class 6
max. 15 digits
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
TRS Class 7
max. 20 digits
FF-/Soft Keys
TRS Class 8
max. 20 digits
FF3
Extensions
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
all countries;
applies when AutoConfiguration (for
single-CCU
systems only) (pg.
0-6) is performed.
FF3
Extensions
FF5
Notes:
When a user makes an outbound call attempt in TRS/ARS routing, the system will read this setting first,
then (if the maximum is not exceeded) will check the Leading Digits Table.
Related Programming:
FF6 0 00: Leading Digits Table (pg. 6-5)
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table (pg. 6-11)
for analog exchange lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-35)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-36)
for AC-15 private lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-58)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-58)
for ISDN exchange lines:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-82)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-82)
for T1-CO lines (USA only):
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-112)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-113)
for T1-E&M tie lines (USA only):
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 2-135)
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 2-135)
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF7
Applications
FF2 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF8
FF2 1 BSSC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 1 BSSC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
Maintenance
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
Appendix A
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF2 2 BSSCC 07 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-23
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
for digital keyphones and SLTs:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-25)
FF3 0 BSSC 06 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-25)
FF3 0 BSSC 06 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
for S-Point ISDN extensions:
TRS Class Assignment (Day) (pg. 3-37)
FF3 1 BSSC 05 0 Hold (1-50) Hold
TRS Class Assignment (Night) (pg. 3-37)
FF3 1 BSSC 05 1 Hold (1-50) Hold
FF6 0 00: Leading Digits Table (pg. 6-5)
FF6 0 01: Analyse Digits Table (pg. 6-11)
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
3335###=3
Dialling Restriction During Inbound Calls
#&/6#34#,1&20(#756
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
Set whether dialling during an incoming call is restricted for originators with this TRS Class.
Exchange
FF2
Exchange
FF6 1 02
FF3
(01-50)
TRS Class 1-50 assigned to
the originator of an outbound
call (eg., extension, DISA
exchange line, etc.
Extensions
FF4
0002
Hold
(0 or 1) Hold
FF3
0=No restriction. (default)
Extensions
1=Do not allow dialling on the extension during
an incoming call.
FF4
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF-/Soft Keys
Applies to these
countries
for TRS Class Nos.
Default
TRS Class 01-08
1=Do not allow Hong Kong, Taiwan,
Indonesia, Malaysia
Groups
FF5
Groups
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
If an extension user receives an incoming call and remains off-hook after the caller hangs up, sometimes
the Public Exchange will send dial tone to the extension, allowing an outgoing call to be placed without
being routed through TRS or ARS. This address prevents that from happening, if set to “1=Do not
allow.”
Related Programming:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-24
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
3336###=3
TRS Override on SSD Dialling
#&/6#34#66'#756
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set whether SSD dialling will override TRS for originators with this TRS Class.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 1 02 (01-50)
FF1
Trunks
(0 or 1) Hold
0=Do not allow SSDs to override TRS.
(default)
TRS Class 1-50 assigned to
the originator of an outbound
call (eg., extension, DISA
exchange line, etc.
System
FF2
0003 Hold
System
Configuration
FF1
System
1=Allow SSDs to override TRS.
FF2
Notes:
Exchange
If this is set to “0=Do not allow” (default), the system will check the phone number stored inside the
SSD bin for TRS restrictions, and allow or block the call based on those restrictions.
FF3
Extensions
If this is set to “1=Allow,” users in this TRS Class can dial SSD numbers regardless of any TRS
restrictions that may apply to the dialled number.
FF3
Extensions
Related Programming:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Allowed SSD Range (pg. 6-26) FF6 1 03 0001 Hold (000-799) Hold
SSD Numbers (pg. 8-46) FF8 1 02 Hold 0 Hold Hold (00/0-79/9) Hold FL/R (up to 24 char.) Hold
FF4
3337###=3
FF5
FF5
Star ( ) and Pound (#) Dialling Restriction
Groups
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
*
Allow/Restrict dialling the
FF6
FF-/Soft Keys
#&/6#34#-2&#756
Groups
* or # key for originators with this TRS Class.
FF6 1 02 (01-50)
0004
Hold
FF6
(0 or 1) Hold
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
TRS Class 1-50 assigned to
the originator of an outbound
call (eg., extension, DISA
exchange line, etc.
FF7
Applications
0=Allow
* and # dialling. (default)
1=Do not allow or # dialling.
*
FF7
Applications
DEFAULT EXCEPTIONS:
FF8
Maintenance
Applies to these
countries
for TRS Class Nos.
Default
TRS Class 01-08
1=Do not allow Hong Kong, Taiwan,
Indonesia, Malaysia
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-25
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF6 1 03: TRS Class: SSD Range
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
3334###=3
Allowed SSD Range
#66'#2YHUULGH#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
System
FF1
Set the highest-numbered SSD code allowed to be dialled by originators with
TRS Classes that are enabled for TRS Override on SSD Dialling (pg. 6-25).
System
FF6 1 03 0001 Hold (000-799) Hold
FF2
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
NOTE: The lowest allowed SSD code is
always 000.
FF3
Extensions
Highest-Numbered SSD Code Allowed
default: 0 (No TRS)
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
The system will check this setting only if TRS Override on SSD Dialling (pg. 6-25) is set to
“1=Allow” (the default is “0=Do Not Allow”).
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
TRS Override on SSD Dialling (pg. 6-25)
FF6 1 02 (01-50) 0002 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-26
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
FF6 2: ARS Settings
NOTE: These addresses include ARS routing tables:
❒ Time List Tables
❒ Route List Table
❒ Closed Numbering Table
❒ Tandem Exchange Table
0
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF6 2 00 thru 02: Time List Tables
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Exchange
NOTE: In the Time List Tables, you can set up ARS routing based on when the call is
placed -- time of day, day of week, or day of year (such as holiday). Each entry points to a
Route List Table.
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF3
Extensions
FF4
3334###=4
Day of the Week for Time List Table
#681#7/#3DWWHUQ
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF-/Soft Keys
Assign a Time List Table number to each day of the week.
FF5
FF5
FF6 2 00 (0001-0007) Hold (1-4) Hold
Groups
0001=Sunday
0002=Monday
0003=Tuesday
0004=Wednesday
0005=Thursday
0006=Friday
0007=Saturday
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Groups
Time List Table No. 1-4
FF6
default: 1
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-27
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3334###=3333
Day of the Year for Time List Table
#'DWH34#00''
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Assign up to 20 Special Days during the year that are “exceptions to the rule”
(such as holidays), and assign a Time List Table number to each.
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 01 (0001-0040) Hold (MMDD or 1-4) Hold
FF1
0001=Special Day 1: Date
0002=Special Day 1: Time List Tbl
0003=Special Day 2: Date
0004=Special Day 2: Time List Tbl
0005=Special Day 3: Date
0006=Special Day 3: Time List Tbl
...
0039=Special Day 20: Date
0040=Special Day 20: Time List Tbl
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
FF1
0101-1231
1-4
0101-1231
1-4
0101-1231
1-4
System
FF2
Exchange
0101-1231
1-4
FF3
default: 0000 (Date) or 1 (Time List Table)
for all Special Days
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Extensions
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-28
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
3334###=3333
Time List Tables
#3713#7/34#7=4#7
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
Define up to 4 different Time List Tables, each with up to 50 time-period
groups. Within each group, up to 5 different time periods can be entered, with
each entry pointing to a Route List Table.
FF6 2 02
(0-3)
0
System
Configuration
(01-50) (0001-0010) Hold (0000-2359 or 0-100) Hold
FF1
System
FF2
Trunks
FF3
FF1
Time List Table No.
0=Table #1
1=Table #2
2=Table #3
3=Table #4
Group No.
1-50
defaults: 0000 (Start Time) and
0 (no assigned Route List)
Extensions
System
0001=Time Period #1 Start Time
0002=Time Period #1 Route List
0003=Time Period #2 Start Time
0004=Time Period #2 Route List
0005=Time Period #3 Start Time
0006=Time Period #3 Route List
0007=Time Period #4 Start Time
0008=Time Period #4 Route List
0009=Time Period #5 Start Time
0010=Time Period #5 Route List
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
...
HHMM (0000-2359)
(0-100)
HHMM (0000-2359)
(0-100)
HHMM (0000-2359)
(0-100)
HHMM (0000-2359)
(0-100)
HHMM (0000-2359)
(0-100)
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
FF6 2 03: Route List Table (pg. 6-30)
FF5
Groups
FF5
Table 6-6. Time List Tables #1 thru #4: FF6 2 02 (0-3) (01-50) (0001-0010) Hold
Groups
Time List Tables #1 thru #4: FF6 2 02 ......
FF6
TRS/ARS
(0-3)
(01-50)
Time Period #1
Time Period #2
...
Time Period #5
FF6
0001
0002
0003
0004
...
0009
0010
TRS/ARS
Rt.List No.
Start Time
Rt.List No.
...
Start Time
Rt.List No.
Table No. Group No. Start Time
FF7
0 (Tbl.#1)
Applications
1 (Tbl.#2)
FF8
Maintenance
2 (Tbl.#3)
Appendix A
3 (Tbl.#4)
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
01
...
0000-2359
0000-2359
0-100
0-100
0000-2359
0000-2359
0-100
0-100
...
...
0000-2359
0000-2359
0-100
0-100
50
0000-2359
0-100
0000-2359
0-100
...
0000-2359
0-100
01
...
0000-2359
0000-2359
0-100
0-100
0000-2359
0000-2359
0-100
0-100
...
...
0000-2359
0000-2359
0-100
0-100
50
0000-2359
0-100
0000-2359
0-100
...
0000-2359
0-100
01
...
0000-2359
0000-2359
0-100
0-100
0000-2359
0000-2359
0-100
0-100
...
...
0000-2359
0000-2359
0-100
0-100
50
0000-2359
0-100
0000-2359
0-100
...
0000-2359
0-100
01
...
0000-2359
0000-2359
0-100
0-100
0000-2359
0000-2359
0-100
0-100
...
...
0000-2359
0000-2359
0-100
0-100
Appendix A
50
0000-2359
0-100
0000-2359
0-100
...
0000-2359
0-100
Appendix B
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-29
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF6 2 03: Route List Table
NOTE: The Route List Table can contain up to 100 different routing paths. Each path can
have up to 5 different Routes to be checked by the system in priority order when an
outbound call is ARS-routed. Each Route points to an entry in the Route Table.
0
System
Configuration
0
System
Configuration
Table 6-7. Route List Table: FF6 2 03 (001-100) (0001 thru 0014) Hold
FF1
System
1st Priority Route
FF2
(001-100)
0001
0002
Bin No.
Extensions
FF4
System
2nd Priority Route
...
0003
0004
0005
Route
ARS
Level
Route
ARS
Level
ARS
Alarm
001
0-200
0-9
0-200
0-9
002
0-200
0-9
0-200
...
0-200
0-9
100
0-200
0-9
Exchange
FF3
FF1
Route List Table: FF6 2 03 ......
0012
0013
0014
...
Route
ARS
Level
ARS
Alarm
0=OFF
1=ON
...
0-200
0-9
0=OFF
1=ON
0-9
0=OFF
1=ON
...
0-200
0-9
0=OFF
1=ON
0-200
0-9
0=OFF
1=ON
...
0-200
0-9
0=OFF
1=ON
0-200
0-9
0=OFF
1=ON
...
0-200
0-9
0=OFF
1=ON
FF-/Soft Keys
...
5th Priority Route
FF5
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Groups
3334###=3
Route List Table: 1st Priority Route No.
#5/334#34#57#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
For each Route List Table entry, assign the first Route to be checked by the system.
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF6 2 03 (001-100)
0001
Hold
(0-200)
Hold
FF7
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Route List Table Entry
(Bin) No. 1-100
Applications
1st-Priority Route No. 1-200
default: 0 (not linked to Route Table)
FF8
Notes:
Route Nos. 1-200 are defined in FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-38), in which each Route is assigned an
Exchange-Line Group and a Digit Modify Pattern (if any) for adding digits to the beginning and/or end
of the dialled number, or deleting digits from the beginning of it.
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Route Table: Exchange-Line Group Assignment (pg. 6-38) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0001 Hold (0-99) Hold
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No. (pg. 6-39) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 6-30
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
3335###=3
Route List Table: 1st Priority ARS Level
#5/334#34#$56#/9
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign an ARS Level to the first-priority Route.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 03 (001-100)
FF1
0002
Route List Table Entry
(Bin) No. 1-100
System
Hold (0-9)
System
Configuration
Hold
ARS Level 0-9 for 1st-Priority Route
FF1
System
default: Level 0
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
If the route’s ARS Level is higher than the call originator’s ARS Level, ARS routing will stop and the
caller will receive busy tone.
FF3
However, if the route’s ARS level is lower than or equal to the originator’s ARS Level, the system will
search for an available exchange line in the current-priority Route. If all exchange lines are busy, the
system will either continue to the next-priority route, or queue the call to wait for an available exchange
line on the current-priority route (if Exchange-Line Queuing for Originator (Route List) is enabled/
default).
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
ARS Level for Originator (Route List) (pg. 6-20) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0002 Hold (0-9) Hold
Exchange-Line Queuing for Originator (Route List) (pg. 6-21) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Route List Table: 1st Priority Route No. (pg. 6-30) FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0001 Hold (0-200) Hold
Route List Table: 2nd Priority Route No. (pg. 6-31) FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0003 Hold (0-200) Hold
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
Route List Table: 2nd Priority Route No.
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
3336###=3
#5/334#35#57#&
FF6 2 03 (001-100)
FF7
0003
Hold
(0-200)
Hold
FF7
Applications
Applications
Route List Table Entry
(Bin) No. 1-100
FF8
Maintenance
FF6
TRS/ARS
For each Route List Table entry, assign the second Route to be checked by the system.
2nd-Priority Route No. 1-200
default: 0 (not linked to Route Table)
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
Route Nos. 1-200 are defined in FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-38), in which each Route is assigned an
Exchange-Line Group and a Digit Modify Pattern (if any) for adding digits to the beginning and/or end
of the dialled number, or deleting digits from the beginning of it.
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Route Table: Exchange-Line Group Assignment (pg. 6-38) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0001 Hold (0-99) Hold
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No. (pg. 6-39) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-31
Appendix B
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3337###=3
Route List Table: 2nd Priority ARS Level
#5/334#35#$56#/9
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign an ARS Level to the second-priority Route.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 03 (001-100)
FF1
0004
Hold
Hold
ARS Level 0-9 for 2nd-Priority Route
Route List Table Entry
(Bin) No. 1-100
System
(0-9)
System
Configuration
FF1
System
default: Level 0
Notes:
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
If the route’s ARS Level is higher than the call originator’s ARS Level, ARS routing will stop and the
caller will receive busy tone.
However, if the route’s ARS level is lower than or equal to the originator’s ARS Level, the system will
search for an available exchange line in the current-priority Route. If all exchange lines are busy, the
system will either continue to the next-priority route, or queue the call to wait for an available exchange
line on the current-priority route (if Exchange-Line Queuing for Originator (Route List) is enabled/
default).
TRS/ARS
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Related Programming:
ARS Level for Originator (Route List) (pg. 6-20) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0002 Hold (0-9) Hold
Exchange-Line Queuing for Originator (Route List) (pg. 6-21) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Route List Table: 2nd Priority Route No. (pg. 6-31) FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0003 Hold (0-200) Hold
Route List Table: 3rd Priority Route No. (pg. 6-33) FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0006 Hold (0-200) Hold
Groups
FF6
FF2
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
Route List Table: 2nd Priority ARS Alarm
3338###=3
#5/334#35#:7
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF6
TRS/ARS
Enable/Disable the ARS Alarm for the second-priority Route.
FF7
FF6 2 03 (001-100)
Applications
0005
Route List Table Entry
(Bin) No. 1-100
FF8
Hold
(0 or 1)
FF7
Hold
Applications
0=Alarm OFF for 2nd Route (default)
1=Alarm ON for 2nd Route
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
The ARS Alarm tells callers they are going to be using a more-expensive (lower-priority) exchange
line. The ARS Alarm sounds in the receiver only once, just before the system seizes the exchange line.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
Route List Table: 2nd Priority Route No. (pg. 6-31)
Page 6-32
•
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0003 Hold (0-200) Hold
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
3339###=3
Route List Table: 3rd Priority Route No.
#5/334#36#57#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
For each Route List Table entry, assign the third Route to be checked by the system.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 03 (001-100)
0006
Route List Table Entry
(Bin) No. 1-100
FF1
System
Hold (0-200)
System
Configuration
Hold
3rd-Priority Route No. 1-200
default: 0 (not linked to Route Table)
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Route Nos. 1-200 are defined in FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-38), in which each Route is assigned an
Exchange-Line Group and a Digit Modify Pattern (if any) for adding digits to the beginning and/or end
of the dialled number, or deleting digits from the beginning of it.
Related Programming:
Route Table: Exchange-Line Group Assignment (pg. 6-38) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0001 Hold (0-99) Hold
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No. (pg. 6-39) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
Maintenance
0007
Route List Table Entry
(Bin) No. 1-100
TRS/ARS
FF8
Extensions
#5/334#36#$56#/9
Assign an ARS Level to the third-priority Route.
FF6 2 03 (001-100)
Applications
FF3
FF-/Soft Keys
333:###=3
Route List Table: 3rd Priority ARS Level
Groups
FF7
Exchange
FF4
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
FF2
Hold
(0-9)
Hold
ARS Level 0-9 for 3rd-Priority Route
FF6
TRS/ARS
default: Level 0
Notes:
If the route’s ARS Level is higher than the call originator’s ARS Level, ARS routing will stop and the
caller will receive busy tone.
However, if the route’s ARS level is lower than or equal to the originator’s ARS Level, the system will
search for an available exchange line in the current-priority Route. If all exchange lines are busy, the
system will either continue to the next-priority route, or queue the call to wait for an available exchange
line on the current-priority route (if Exchange-Line Queuing for Originator (Route List) is enabled/
default).
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Appendix B
ARS Level for Originator (Route List) (pg. 6-20) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0002 Hold (0-9) Hold
Exchange-Line Queuing for Originator (Route List) (pg. 6-21) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Route List Table: 3rd Priority Route No. (pg. 6-33) FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0006 Hold (0-200) Hold
Route List Table: 4th Priority Route No. (pg. 6-34) FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0009 Hold (0-200) Hold
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-33
Appendix A
Appendix B
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Route List Table: 3rd Priority ARS Alarm
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
333;###=3
#5/334#36#:7
Enable/Disable the ARS Alarm for the third-priority Route.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 03 (001-100)
0008
Route List Table Entry
(Bin) No. 1-100
FF1
System
Hold (0 or 1)
System
Configuration
Hold
0=Alarm OFF for 3rd Route (default)
1=Alarm ON for 3rd Route
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Exchange
The ARS Alarm tells callers they are going to be using a more-expensive (lower-priority) exchange
line. The ARS Alarm sounds in the receiver only once, just before the system seizes the exchange line.
FF2
Exchange
Related Programming:
FF3
Route List Table: 3rd Priority Route No. (pg. 6-33)
FF3
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0006 Hold (0-200) Hold
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Extensions
333<###=3
Route List Table: 4th Priority Route No.
#5/334#37#57#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
For each Route List Table entry, assign the fourth Route to be checked by the system.
FF5
FF6 2 03 (001-100)
Groups
0009
Route List Table Entry
(Bin) No. 1-100
FF6
Hold
(0-200)
FF5
Hold
Groups
4th-Priority Route No. 1-200
default: 0 (not linked to Route Table)
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Applications
Route Nos. 1-200 are defined in FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-38), in which each Route is assigned an
Exchange-Line Group and a Digit Modify Pattern (if any) for adding digits to the beginning and/or end
of the dialled number, or deleting digits from the beginning of it.
FF7
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
Maintenance
Route Table: Exchange-Line Group Assignment (pg. 6-38) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0001 Hold (0-99) Hold
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No. (pg. 6-39) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-34
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
Route List Table: 4th Priority ARS Level
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
3343###=3
#5/334#37#$56#/9
Assign an ARS Level to the fourth-priority Route.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 03 (001-100)
FF1
0010
Hold (0-9)
Route List Table Entry
(Bin) No. 1-100
System
System
Configuration
Hold
ARS Level 0-9 for 4th-Priority Route
FF1
System
default: Level 0
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
If the route’s ARS Level is higher than the call originator’s ARS Level, ARS routing will stop and the
caller will receive busy tone.
However, if the route’s ARS level is lower than or equal to the originator’s ARS Level, the system will
search for an available exchange line in the current-priority Route. If all exchange lines are busy, the
system will either continue to the next-priority route, or queue the call to wait for an available exchange
line on the current-priority route (if Exchange-Line Queuing for Originator (Route List) is enabled/
default).
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
Related Programming:
ARS Level for Originator (Route List) (pg. 6-20) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0002 Hold (0-9) Hold
Exchange-Line Queuing for Originator (Route List) (pg. 6-21) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Route List Table: 4th Priority Route No. (pg. 6-34) FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0009 Hold (0-200) Hold
Route List Table: 5th Priority Route No. (pg. 6-36) FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0012 Hold (0-200) Hold
Groups
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
Route List Table: 4th Priority ARS Alarm
TRS/ARS
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
3344###=3
#5/334#37#:7
FF6
TRS/ARS
Enable/Disable the ARS Alarm for the fourth-priority Route.
FF7
FF6 2 03 (001-100)
Applications
0011
Route List Table Entry
(Bin) No. 1-100
FF8
Hold
(0 or 1)
FF7
Hold
Applications
0=Alarm OFF for 4th Route (default)
1=Alarm ON for 4th Route
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Notes:
The ARS Alarm tells callers they are going to be using a more-expensive (lower-priority) exchange
line. The ARS Alarm sounds in the receiver only once, just before the system seizes the exchange line.
Appendix A
Appendix A
Related Programming:
Appendix B
Route List Table: 4th Priority Route No. (pg. 6-34)
ICX-25-400
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0009 Hold (0-200) Hold
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Appendix B
Page 6-35
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3345###=3
Route List Table: 5th Priority Route No.
#5/334#38#57#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
For each Route List Table entry, assign the fifth Route to be checked by the system.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 03 (001-100)
0012
Route List Table Entry
(Bin) No. 1-100
Hold (0-200)
System
Configuration
Hold
5th-Priority Route No. 1-200
default: 0 (not linked to Route Table)
FF1
Route Nos. 1-200 are defined in FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-38), in which each Route is assigned an
Exchange-Line Group and a Digit Modify Pattern (if any) for adding digits to the beginning and/or end
of the dialled number, or deleting digits from the beginning of it.
FF2
FF1
System
System
Notes:
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
Route Table: Exchange-Line Group Assignment (pg. 6-38) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0001 Hold (0-99) Hold
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No. (pg. 6-39) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
3346###=3
Route List Table: 5th Priority ARS Level
#5/334#38#$56#/9
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Assign an ARS Level to the fifth-priority Route.
FF5
FF6 2 03 (001-100)
Groups
0013
Hold
Route List Table Entry
(Bin) No. 1-100
FF6
(0-9)
FF5
Hold
Groups
ARS Level 0-9 for 5th-Priority Route
default: Level 0
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
If the route’s ARS Level is higher than the call originator’s ARS Level, ARS routing will stop and the
caller will receive busy tone.
However, if the route’s ARS level is lower than or equal to the originator’s ARS Level, the system will
search for an available exchange line in the current (5th)-priority Route. If all exchange lines are busy,
the system will either queue the call to wait for an available exchange line on the 5th-priority route (if
Exchange-Line Queuing for Originator (Route List) is enabled/default), or give the caller busy tone
(if Trunk Queuing is disabled).
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Appendix A
ARS Level for Originator (Route List) (pg. 6-20) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0002 Hold (0-9) Hold
Exchange-Line Queuing for Originator (Route List) (pg. 6-21) FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Route List Table: 5th Priority Route No. (pg. 6-36) FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0012 Hold (0-200) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
Page 6-36
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
Route List Table: 5th Priority ARS Alarm
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
3347###=3
#5/334#38#:7
Enable/Disable the ARS Alarm for the fifth-priority Route.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0014
Route List Table Entry
(Bin) No. 1-100
FF1
System
Hold
(0 or 1)
System
Configuration
Hold
0=Alarm OFF for 5th Route (default)
1=Alarm ON for 5th Route
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
The ARS Alarm tells callers they are going to be using a more-expensive (lower-priority) exchange
line. The ARS Alarm sounds in the receiver only once, just before the system seizes the exchange line.
FF2
Exchange
Related Programming:
FF3
Route List Table: 5th Priority Route No. (pg. 6-36)
FF3
FF6 2 03 (001-100) 0012 Hold (0-200) Hold
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-37
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF6 2 04: Route Table
NOTE: The Route Table contains up to 200 entries. Each entry is assigned an ExchangeLine Group and a Digit Modify Pattern No. (which points to the Digit Modify Table in FF6
2 05, for adding digits to the beginning or end of the dialled number, or deleting digits
from the beginning of it).
Table 6-8. Route Table: FF6 2 04 (001-200) (0001 and 0002) Hold
System
FF1
System
Route Table: FF6 2 04 ......
FF2
Exchange
FF3
(001-200)
0001
0002
Route No.
Exch.Line Group
Digit Modify Pattern
001
0-99
0-50
002
0-99
0-50
...
0-99
0-50
200
0-99
0-50
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
0
System
Configuration
Extensions
Route Table: Exchange-Line Group Assignment 3334###=3
#57334#7UXQN#*#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Assign an Exchange-Line Group to each Route.
FF5
FF6 2 04 (001-200)
0001
Hold
(0-99)
FF5
Hold
Groups
Groups
Route No. 001-200
FF6
Exchange-Line Group No. 1-99
FF6
default: 0 (none)
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
FF7
Exchange Lines are assigned to Exchange-Line Groups in FF5 2.
Applications
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
MCO Outbound Search Mode (pg. 5-19) FF5 2 (01-99) 001 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
MCO Outbound Exchange-Line Group Members (pg. 5-20) FF5 2 (01-99) (002-577) Hold (1-576) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-38
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
3335###=3
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No.
#57334#0'#7%/#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Assign a Digit Modify Pattern to each Route.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 04 (001-200)
0002
Hold
Route No. 001-200
FF1
System
(0-50)
System
Configuration
Hold
Digit Modify Pattern No. 1-50
default: 0 [no assignment]
FF1
System
Notes:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
Digit Modify Patterns are used for deleting digits from the beginning of a dialled number, or adding
digits to the beginning and/or end of it.
Related Programming:
Route Table: Exchange-Line Group Assignment (pg. 6-38) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0001 Hold (0-99) Hold
Digit Modify Table: Delete Beginning Digits (pg. 6-40) FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-24) Hold
Digit Modify Table: Add Beginning Digits (pg. 6-41) FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0002 Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
Digit Modify Table: Add Ending Digits (pg. 6-42) FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0003 Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-39
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF6 2 05: Digit Modify Table
NOTE: The Digit Modify Table contains up to 50 entries (“Patterns”) for any
combination of the following:
❒ deleting digits from the beginning of the dialed number
❒ adding digits to the beginning of the dialed number
❒ adding digits to the end of the dialed number.
0
System
Configuration
FF1
The Digit Modify Patterns can be assigned to Route Table entries in FF6 2 04.
System
Table 6-9. Digit Modify Table: FF6 2 05 (01-50) (0001 thru 0003) Hold
FF2
Exchange
FF2
Digit Modify Table: FF6 2 05 ......
Exchange
(01-50)
0001
0002
0003
Digit Modify Pattern No.
Delete Beginning Digits
Add Beginning Digits
Add Ending Digits
01
up to 24 digits
up to 10 digits, including
0-9, ✱, #, and One-Touch
keys + codes
up to 10 digits, including
0-9, ✱, #, and One-Touch
keys + codes
up to 10 digits, including
0-9, ✱, #, and One-Touch
keys + codes
up to 10 digits, including
0-9, ✱, #, and One-Touch
keys + codes
FF3
Extensions
02
up to 24 digits
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
...
up to 24 digits
up to 10 digits, including
0-9, ✱, #, and One-Touch
keys + codes
up to 10 digits, including
0-9, ✱, #, and One-Touch
keys + codes
50
up to 24 digits
up to 10 digits, including
0-9, ✱, #, and One-Touch
keys + codes
up to 10 digits, including
0-9, ✱, #, and One-Touch
keys + codes
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
Digit Modify Table: Delete Beginning Digits
Applications
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
3334###=3
#0'#34#'HOHWH#'*7
FF7
Applications
Set the number of digits the system will take away from the beginning of the
dialled-digit string when the number is sent to the public exchange.
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
FF6 2 05 (01-50)
Digit Modify Pattern No. 01-50
Appendix A
0001
Hold
(0-24)
Maintenance
Hold
No. of digits to be removed from the
beginning of a dialled number
Appendix A
default: 0
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-40
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Notes:
Introduction
The Digit Modify Patterns can be assigned to Routes in the Route Table (pg. 6-38).
Related Programming:
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No. (pg. 6-39)
Digit Modify Table: Add Beginning Digits
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF2
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
FF1
3335###=
#0'#34#3UHIL[#'*
Specify the digit(s) that the system will add to the beginning of a dialled-digit
string when the number is sent to the public exchange.
System
FF2
Trunks
Exchange
FF6 2 05 (01-50)
FF3
0002
Hold
(up to 10 char.)
Hold
Digit Modify Pattern No. 01-50
Digits or Codes to be added to the beginning of
a dialled number, including:
Digits 0-9
and #
(“OT” = One-Touch key)
OT-4 (for pause)
OT-5 + 6 (for DTMF conversion)
OT-5 + 9 (for itemised code) -U.K. only
OT-5 + (1-8) (for auth. code) -U.K. only
Extensions
*
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
default: (none)
Groups
Groups
Notes:
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
The “itemised code” OT-5 + 9 is used in the U.K. to send the calling extension’s number to the public
exchange.
The “authorisation code” OT-5 + (1-8) is used in the U.K. to send a system identifier code to the public
exchange when the system seizes the exchange line.
The Digit Modify Patterns can be assigned to Routes in the Route Table (pg. 6-38).
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No. (pg. 6-39) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
Authorisation Code (pg. 6-43) FF6 2 06 (0001-0008) Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-41
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Digit Modify Table: Add Ending Digits
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
3336###=
#0'#34#6XIIL[#'*7
Specify the digit(s) that the system will add to the end of a dialled digit string
when the number is sent to the public exchange.
FF6 2 05 (01-50)
0003
0
System
Configuration
Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
FF1
FF1
System
Digit Modify Pattern No. 01-50
Digits or Codes to be added to the end of
a dialled number, including:
Digits 0-9
and #
(“OT” = One-Touch key)
OT-4 (for pause)
OT-5 + 6 (for DTMF conversion)
OT-5 + 9 (for itemised code) -U.K. only
OT-5 + (1-8) (for auth. code) -U.K. only
*
FF2
Exchange
FF3
FF2
Exchange
FF3
default: (none)
Extensions
System
Extensions
Notes:
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
The “itemised code” OT-5 + 9 is used in the U.K. to send the calling extension’s number to the public
exchange.
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
The “authorisation code” OT-5 + (1-8) is used in the U.K. to send a system identifier code to the public
exchange when the system seizes the exchange line.
FF5
FF5
The Digit Modify Patterns can be assigned to Routes in the Route Table (pg. 6-38).
Groups
Groups
Related Programming:
FF6
Route Table: Digit Modify Pattern No. (pg. 6-39) FF6 2 04 (001-200) 0002 Hold (0-50) Hold
Authorisation Code (pg. 6-43) FF6 2 06 (0001-0008) Hold (up to 10 digits) Hold
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-42
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
FF6 2 06: Authorisation Codes
3334###=
Authorisation Code
#$XWKRUL]DWLRQ#4
0
System
Configuration
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF1
(U.K. use only) Specify the digit(s) of the Authorisation Code sent to the
public exchange every time an exchange line is seized.
FF1
System
System
FF6 2 06 (0001-0008)
FF2
Code Entry No. 1-8
Trunks
Hold
(up to 10 digits)
Hold
FF2
Authorisation Code
(up to 10 digits, including 0-9)
Exchange
default: (none)
FF3
Extensions
FF3
Notes:
Extensions
When the Authorisation Code is assigned in this address, it is not displayed on the LCD (per
government regulations). Instead, a appears for each digit in the Code.
*
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Related Programming:
Digit Modify Table: Add Beginning Digits (pg. 6-41) FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0002 Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
Digit Modify Table: Add Ending Digits (pg. 6-42) FF6 2 05 (01-50) 0003 Hold (up to 10 char.) Hold
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-43
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
FF6 2 07: Closed Number Table
Table 6-10. Closed Number Table: FF6 2 07 (001-150) (0001 thru 0005) Hold
0
System
Configuration
Closed Number Table: FF6 2 07 ......
FF1
System
(001-150)
0001
0002
0003
0004
0005
Entry No.
Closed No.
Digit String
Follow Digit
Maximum
TRS Level
Route Type
Route No.
1 to 4 digits long,
including 0-9,
and #
0-16 digits can be
dialled after Closed
No. Digits
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
1-200
1-100
1 to 4 digits long,
including 0-9,
and #
0-16 digits can be
dialled after Closed
No. Digits
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
1-200
1-100
1 to 4 digits long,
including 0-9,
and #
0-16 digits can be
dialled after Closed
No. Digits
0-8
0=Route
1=Route List
1-200
1-100
1 to 4 digits long,
including 0-9,
and #
0-16 digits can be
dialled after Closed
No. Digits
0-8
001
FF2
Exchange
*
002
*
...
FF3
Extensions
*
150
*
FF4
Groups
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
0=Route
1=Route List
1-200
1-100
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF1
FF-/Soft Keys
3334###=
Closed Number Table: Digit String
#&334#&ORVHG#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Groups
Define up to 150 different Closed Numbers.
FF6 2 07 (001-150)
FF6
0001
Hold
(1-4 digits)
Hold
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Closed Number Entry:
001=Closed Number #1
002=Closed Number #2
...
150=Closed Number #150
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenance
FF6
Closed Number Digits (can be 1-4 digits
in length, including digits 0-9, and #)
*
default: [no assignment]
Applications
IMPORTANT: The Closed Number Digits
must not match an Extension Number.
FF8
Notes:
If a
FF7
Maintenance
* is entered in this address, the system will dial it as a * (it is not a wild-card character).
Related Programming:
Appendix A
Ext.No. Display for Closed-Number Calls (pg. 1-118)
Appendix A
FF1 0 20 0001 Hold (0-4) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-44
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
3335###=3
Closed Number Table: Follow Digit Maximum
#&334#)ROORZ#'*7
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Specify the maximum number of digits that can be dialled after a Closed Number.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 07 (001-150)
FF1
FF2
FF3
Extensions
Hold
Closed Number Entry:
001=Closed Number #1
002=Closed Number #2
....
150=Closed Number #150
System
Trunks
0002
(0-16)
System
Configuration
Hold
Maximum Number of dialled digits after
the Closed Number
FF1
System
default: 0 (no maximum)
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
Closed Number Table: Digit String (pg. 6-44)
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0001 Hold (1-4 digits) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
3336###=3
Closed Number Table: TRS Level
FF5
Groups
#&334#756#/HYHO
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Assign a TRS Level to each Closed Number.
FF6 2 07 (001-150)
Groups
0003
Hold
(0-8)
Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
Closed Number Entry:
001=Closed Number #1
002=Closed Number #2
...
150=Closed Number #150
FF7
Applications
TRS/ARS
TRS Level 0-8
default: 0 (restrict all
outbound calls)
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
If a TRS Level is assigned here, the system will check the setting in TRS Level for Originator (TRS/
ARS) (pg. 6-19).
FF8
Maintenance
TRS Level 9 allows all calls, so it is not included here.
Related Programming:
Appendix A
TRS Level for Originator (TRS/ARS) (pg. 6-19)
Appendix A
FF6 1 01 (01-50) 0001 Hold (0-9) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-45
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
3337###=3
Closed Number Table: Route Type
#&334#5RXWH#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
Set which table the system will follow when the Closed Number is dialled.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 07 (001-150)
FF1
Hold
(0 or 1)
Closed Number Entry:
001=Closed Number #1
002=Closed Number #2
...
150=Closed Number #150
System
FF2
Exchange
0004
System
Configuration
Hold
FF1
0=Route (default)
1=Route List
System
FF2
Exchange
Notes:
The Route or Route List number is assigned in the next address.
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
Closed Number Table: Route Number (pg. 6-46)
FF6 2 03: Route List Table (pg. 6-30)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-38)
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0005 Hold (1-200/100) Hold
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
3338###=3
Closed Number Table: Route Number
FF5
Groups
#&334#5RXWH#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
Assign a route to the Closed Number, depending on the setting in the previous address.
FF6 2 07 (001-150)
0005
Hold
(1-200/100)
Groups
Hold
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
Closed Number Entry:
001=Closed Number #1
002=Closed Number #2
...
150=Closed Number #150
FF7
Applications
Route 1-200 or
Route List 1-100
default: 0
FF7
Applications
Notes:
FF8
Maintenance
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Closed Number Table: Route Type (pg. 6-46)
FF6 2 03: Route List Table (pg. 6-30)
FF6 2 04: Route Table (pg. 6-38)
FF6 2 07 (001-150) 0004 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-46
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
0
System
Configuration
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
FF6 2 08: Tandem Exchange Table
Table 6-11. Tandem Exchange Table: FF6 2 08 (01-50) (0001 thru 0004) Hold
0
System
Configuration
Tandem Exchange Table: FF6 2 08 ......
FF1
System
(01-50)
0001
0002
0003
0004
Entry No.
Tandem Exchange
Digit String
Follow Digit
Maximum
Route Type
Route No.
1 to 4 digits long,
including 0-9,
and #
0-16
0=Route
1=Route List
2=local PBX
1-200
1-100
1 to 4 digits long,
including 0-9,
and #
0-16
0=Route
1=Route List
2=local PBX
1-200
1-100
1 to 4 digits long,
including 0-9,
and #
0-16
0=Route
1=Route List
2=local PBX
1-200
1-100
01
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
02
...
50
*
*
*
FF1
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
3334###=
Tandem Exchange Table: Digit String
#734#7DQGHP#&
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF5
FF5
Define up to 50 different Tandem Exchange numbers.
Groups
Groups
FF6 2 08 (01-50)
FF6
0001
Tandem Exchange Entry No. 01-50
TRS/ARS
Hold
(1-4 digits)
Hold
Tandem Exchange Number
(can be 1-4 digits long, including
digits 0-9, and #)
*
FF7
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
default: (none)
Applications
Applications
Notes:
Tandem Exchange applies to AC-15 private lines set to “Tandem.”
FF8
Maintenance
Appendix A
FF8
Maintenance
Related Programming:
Day1 Ring Type (pg. 2-54) for AC-15 private lines FF2 0 BSSC 03 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Day2 Ring Type (pg. 2-55) for AC-15 private lines FF2 0 BSSC 03 2 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Night Ring Type (pg. 2-55) for AC-15 private lines FF2 0 BSSC 03 4 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Day1 Ring Type (pg. 2-131) for T1-E&M tie lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 04 0 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Day2 Ring Type (pg. 2-132) for T1-E&M tie lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 04 2 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Night Ring Type (pg. 2-133) for T1-E&M tie lines (USA only) FF2 2 BSSCC 04 4 Hold (0 or 1) Hold
Appendix B
Appendix A
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-47
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
Tandem Exchange Table: Follow Digit Maximum
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
3335###=3
#734#)ROORZ#'*7
Specify the maximum number of digits that can be dialled after a Tandem Exchange number.
0
0
System
Configuration
FF6 2 08 (01-50)
FF1
0002
Tandem Exchange Entry 1-50
System
Hold
(0-16)
System
Configuration
Hold
Maximum Number of dialled digits after
the Tandem Exchange Number
FF1
System
default: 0 (no maximum)
FF2
Notes:
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Related Programming:
FF3
Exchange
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Extensions
3336###=3
Tandem Exchange Table: Route Type
#734#5RXWH#7\SH
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
Set which table the system will follow when the Tandem Exchange number is dialled.
FF5
FF6 2 08 (01-50)
Groups
0003
Hold
Tandem Exchange Entry 1-50
(0-2)
FF5
Hold
Groups
0=Route (default)
1=Route List
2=local PBX
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF6
TRS/ARS
Notes:
FF7
FF7
The Route or Route List number is assigned in the next address.
Applications
Applications
Related Programming:
FF8
Tandem Exchange Table: Route Number (pg. 6-49)
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0004 Hold (1-200/100) Hold
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-48
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Section 400-Programming
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Introduction
Introduction
Tandem Exchange Table: Route Number
(all CPCs) - Version 2.0 or higher
0
System
Configuration
0004
FF1
System
Tandem Exchange Entry 1-50
Trunks
Notes:
FF3
Related Programming:
Extensions
#734#5RXWH#&
Assign a route to the Tandem Exchange Number, depending on the setting in
the previous address.
FF6 2 08 (01-50)
FF2
3337###=3
Hold
(1-200/100)
0
System
Configuration
Hold
FF1
Route 1-200 or
Route List 1-100
default: 0
System
FF2
Exchange
FF3
Extensions
Tandem Exchange Table: Route Type (pg. 6-48)
FF6 2 08 (01-50) 0003 Hold (0-2) Hold
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
ICX-25-400
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
•
Page 6-49
FF6: TRS(Call Barring)/ARS
Section 400-Programming
Introduction
Introduction
0
0
System
Configuration
System
Configuration
FF1
FF1
System
System
FF2
FF2
Exchange
Exchange
FF3
FF3
Extensions
Extensions
FF4
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF-/Soft Keys
FF5
FF5
Groups
Groups
FF6
FF6
TRS/ARS
TRS/ARS
FF7
FF7
Applications
Applications
FF8
FF8
Maintenance
Maintenance
Appendix A
Appendix A
Appendix B
Appendix B
Page 6-50
•
ICX (UK) issued August 1998
ICX-25-400
Introduction
Introduction
7. Applications (FF7)
Use the FF7 programming addresses in this chapter to set parameters for the
following optional applications of the ICX:
0
System
Configuration
FF7 0: Built-In Voice Mail
FF7 1: Built-In ACD
FF7 2: API
FF1
0
System
Configuration
FF1
System
System
This chapter covers the following FF7 addresses:
FF2
Trunks
FF3
Extensions
FF4
FF-/Soft Keys
FF Key Address
Topic
Default (all) Page
FF7 0: Built-In Voice Mail
7-3
FF7 0 (BSS) 00 Hold (0-4) Hold
FF7 0 (BSS) 01 (01-16) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF7 0 (BSS) 01 (01-16) 01 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF7 0 (BSS) 01 (01-16) 02 (0 and 1) Hold (1-50)
Hold
FF7 0 (BSS) 01 (01-16) 03 Hold (1-8) Hold
FF7 0 (BSS) 02 01 (0001-0016) Hold (0-6 or 00-12)
Hold
FF7 0 (BSS) 03 Hold CONF...
VM Unit Number
VPU Port Extension Numbers
VPU Port Tenant Group Assignment
VPU Port TRS Class Assignment (Day/
Night)
VPU Port Digital Pad Class Assignment
Built-In VM: Service Range Assignment
0 (none)
-1
1
7-3
7-4
7-5
7-6
6
0/00 (none)
7-7
7-8
Built-In VM: Detail Settings
--
7-9
ACD Unit Number
ACD Port Extension Numbers
ACD Port Tenant Group Assignment
ACD Port TRS Class Assignment (Day/
Night)
ACD Port Digital Pad Class Assignment
Built-In ACD: Service Range
Assignment
Built-In ACD: Detail Setting
0 (none)
-1
1
7-10
7-11
7-12
7-12
6
0/00 (none)
7-13
7-14
--
7-15
FF7 2 (BSS) 00 Hold (0-6) Hold
FF7 2 (BSS) 01 (01-08) 00 Hold (0-9999) Hold
FF7 2 (BSS) 01 (01-08) 01 Hold (1-72) Hold
FF7 2 (BSS) 01 (01-08) 02 (0 and 1) Hold (1-50)
Hold
FF7 2 (BSS) 01 (01-08) 03 Hold (1-8) Hold
API Unit Number
API Port Extension Numbers
API Port Tenant Group Assignment
API Port TRS Class Assignment (Day/
Night)
API Port Digital Pad Class Assignment
0 (none)
-1
1
7-16
7-17
7-18
7-18
7-19
FF7 2 (BSS) 02 01 0001 Hold (0-7) Hold
API: Data Format via RS-232C
3 (DEC card)
1 (AEC card)
6 (8bits/Even/
1 stop bit)
5 (9600 bps)
0/00 (none)
FF7 1: Built-In ACD
FF5
Groups
FF6
TRS/ARS
FF7
Applications
FF8
Maintenan
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement